THE
FIFTH
BOOK
OF
AMADIS
DE
GAULE
,
Containing
part
of
the
valiant
Acts
of
Esplandian
his
Son
,
and
others
.
CHAP.
I.
How
Esplandian
sleeping
in
the
great
Serpent
,
when
he
awaked
,
he
found
himself
to
be
at
the
foot
of
the
Rock
of
the
Enchauntress
,
and
what
happened
unto
him
.
ESplandian
that
had
fallen
asleep
in
the
Serpent
by
means
of
the
melodious
noise
of
trumpets
,
that
the
six
Gentlewomen
sounded
along
the
shoar
,
after
he
had
received
the
order
of
Knighthood
,
as
it
hath
béen
declared
unto
you
in
the
end
of
our
fourth
book
,
when
he
awaked
was
much
abashed
that
he
saw
not
any
of
the
company
that
were
there
present
when
the
Giant
Balan
dubbed
him
Knight
,
but
found
himself
alone
betwéen
the
wings
of
that
monstrous
beast
,
at
the
●oot
of
a
rock
unknown
to
him
,
which
rock
was
so
high
,
that
he
thought
it
impossible
to
climb
up
,
but
he
was
perswaded
that
Urganda
la
Descogneve
(
whose
works
and
enterprises
were
most
wonderful
)
had
ordained
it
to
be
so
,
and
thereupon
he
comforted
himself
,
going
down
into
the
body
of
the
ship
(
where
the
day
before
that
great
assembly
had
béen
)
but
he
found
no
man
;
and
séeking
further
,
he
went
into
the
chappel
,
where
he
espied
Sergil
his
squire
fast
sléeping
,
and
hard
by
him
two
old
men
with
rolls
on
their
heads
,
apparelled
like
Turks
:
with
that
he
went
to
Sergil
,
and
with
his
foot
gave
him
such
a
thrust
,
that
on
a
sudden
he
started
up
,
and
speaking
to
his
master
(
as
though
he
had
never
seen
him
before
)
asked
him
what
he
meant
,
whereat
Esplandian
began
to
laugh
,
and
said
unto
him
:
Good
God
,
Sergil
,
hast
thou
béen
in
my
company
all
thy
life
time
,
and
knowest
me
no
better
?
and
taking
him
by
the
hand
,
he
drew
him
in
such
manner
to
him
that
therewith
he
awaked
,
much
ashamed
to
have
committed
such
a
fault
:
whereof
séeking
to
excuse
himself
,
he
said
unto
his
master
,
By
my
faith
sir
,
I
was
so
fast
asléep
when
you
called
me
,
that
I
neither
remembered
you
nor
my self
,
and
I
am
now
more
a
bashed
then
I
was
before
to
think
how
I
fell
into
so
sound
a
sléep
:
That
cannot
I
tell
(
answered
Esplandian
)
although
as
much
hath
happened
unto
me
.
Then
he
told
him
that
he
had
slept
,
and
when
he
awaked
he
found
himself
alone
betwéen
the
wings
of
the
Serpent
,
without
any
of
the
company
that
were
with
him
when
he
received
the
order
of
Knighthood
,
and
now
(
said
he
)
we
are
arrived
at
the
foot
of
the
highest
rock
that
ever
I
saw
,
and
withal
it
is
so
hard
and
difficult
to
climb
up
,
that
I
can
finde
neither
path
nor
way
how
to
do
it
,
yet
have
I
beheld
it
long
,
but
(
as
I
perce
give
)
it
is
environed
with
the
Sea
in
such
manner
,
that
consider
in
the
scituation
of
the
place
,
I
certainly
believe
it
is
the
Rock
of
the
Enchauntress
,
whereof
in
times
past
thou
hast
heard
by
Amadis
my
father
.
And
as
they
were
in
this
manner
speaking
,
Sergil
heard
the
two
old
men
snort
(
that
as
yet
they
had
not
once
perceived
)
and
demanded
of
Esplandian
if
he
knew
them
not
:
As
God
help
me
no
(
said
Esplandian
for
as
far
as
I
remember
I
never
saw
them
before
,
but
I
judge
that
Urganda
hath
left
them
here
to
help
us
if
we
need
.
I
pray
you
said
Sergil
let
us
awake
them
:
then
he
called
them
so
loud
that
they
rose
up
,
Esplandian
asking
them
who
brought
them
thither
,
but
they
made
signs
that
they
could
not
speak
.
It
was
then
about
twelve
of
the
clock
,
and
Esplandian
would
willingly
have
eaten
if
he
had
found
meat
,
and
said
unto
Sergil
,
Friend
,
never
in
all
my
life
had
I
so
good
an
appetite
to
eat
as
I
have
now
,
but
I
doubt
we
shall
find
no
victuals
in
the
ship
,
I
pray
the
Sergil
let
us
go
sée
,
for
as
I
perceive
,
if
we
trust
unto
these
dumb
men
,
we
are
like
to
fare
but
hardly
:
but
the
dumb
men
perceived
well
what
he
meant
:
wherefore
going
out
of
the
chappel
they
entred
into
a
chamber
that
joined
to
the
hall
,
from
whence
they
presently
returned
,
bringing
with
them
such
quantity
of
meat
that
Esplandian
and
Sergil
were
never
better
satisfied
in
all
their
lives
:
having
dyned
and
the
tables
uncovered
,
they
went
into
the
place
where
Esplandian
had
slept
,
from
whence
he
shewed
Sergil
the
rock
whereof
he
had
told
him
before
,
saying
:
Assure
thy self
Sergil
,
séeing
the
serpent
stirreth
not
from
hence
,
it
is
a
sign
that
I
must
go
upon
this
high
rock
to
sée
if
there
be
any
adventures
,
and
if
I
can
bring
them
to
an
end
.
I
know
not
(
answered
Sergil
)
what
you
will
do
,
but
if
you
trust
to
the
counsel
of
our
dumb
men
we
shall
stay
long
enough
here
before
we
have
any
words
of
them
.
Let
us
land
(
said
Esplandian
)
and
with
that
he
made
signs
to
the
old
men
,
that
they
should
hoise
out
the
boat
,
whereunto
they
willingly
obeyed
:
which
done
,
the
first
that
entred
was
Sergil
,
then
Esplandian
(
armed
in
the
same
armour
he
ware
when
the
great
Balan
dubbed
him
knight
)
and
rowing
with
their
oares
they
made
towards
the
rock
,
at
the
foot
whereof
they
descended
out
of
the
boat
,
leaving
the
two
dumb
men
alone
in
the
serpent
,
and
as
they
were
looking
for
a
way
to
get
up
,
they
found
the
same
path
that
Amadis
and
Gransador
had
taken
when
they
went
up
to
see
the
strange
adventures
that
the
Enchaunteress
had
left
there
,
and
they
had
not
travelled
long
,
but
that
Sergil
perceived
his
master
to
want
a
sword
,
(
for
of
all
other
armour
he
was
wel
furnished
when
he
received
the
order
of
Knighthood
onely
of
a
sword
)
wherefore
he
said
unto
him
:
Sir
,
I
know
not
whither
you
mean
to
go
,
but
if
we
pass
forward
,
and
that
upon
the
top
of
this
rock
,
if
you
find
any
dangerous
adventure
,
you
have
nothing
to
defend
your self
withal
,
but
if
you
will
believe
me
,
you
shall
rather
take
an
oar
out
of
our
boat
,
for
oftentimes
the
stoutest
man
is
overcome
,
not
for
want
of
courage
or
stomack
to
resist
,
but
for
want
of
weapons
to
defend
himself
,
and
with
that
he
went
back
unto
the
boat
,
and
bringing
one
of
the
oares
with
him
,
gave
it
to
his
master
,
in
which
manner
they
began
to
mount
upon
the
Rock
not
without
great
pain
,
the
way
being
so
difficul●
,
the
air
hot
,
and
Esplandian
heavily
armed
.
Notwithstanding
they
ceased
not
to
travail
day
and
night
,
till
they
arrived
at
the
Hermitage
,
where
the
image
of
brass
stood
with
a
serole
of
writing
at
his
féet
(
as
you
have
read
in
the
fourth
book
)
which
as
then
they
could
not
discern
by
reason
it
was
dark
,
wherefore
they
determined
to
pass
the
night
under
the
gate
,
not
entering
any
further
,
for
it
was
extream
hot
.
Then
Esplandian
put
off
his
Helmet
,
and
laying
down
his
Shield
,
eat
such
meat
as
his
Squire
had
brought
with
him
:
which
done
,
lying
down
upon
the
grass
he
stept
till
the
morning
that
he
and
Sergil
entered
into
the
chappel
,
where
they
beheld
the
image
and
the
writing
,
but
neither
of
them
could
read
it
because
the
letters
were
in
Gréek
,
which
they
understood
not
.
Then
Esplandian
determining
to
go
further
,
said
to
Sergil
,
Friend
,
it
is
best
for
you
to
stay
here
till
I
come
again
,
for
if
this
be
the
rock
where
my
father
and
Gransador
(
whether
it
were
by
fortune
or
willingly
)
did
once
arrive
,
I
remember
I
have
heard
them
tell
,
that
in
Summer
the
air
is
so
hot
therein
that
it
bréedeth
many
venomous
beasts
,
whereby
thou
mightest
receive
some
harm
,
being
no
better
armed
then
th●u
art
,
but
as
for
me
thou
knowest
I
am
predestined
to
those
adventures
that
other
men
have
failed
to
accomplish
,
which
putteth
me
in
hope
either
that
I
shall
not
live
long
,
or
I
shal
accomplish
the
things
that
are
foreshewed
of
me
,
and
by
that
means
shall
conquer
the
sword
and
the
treasure
,
that
for
certain
is
said
to
be
in
an
old
palace
within
this
Rock
.
What
,
said
Sergil
,
Do
you
think
that
although
I
should
die
a
thousand
deaths
I
would
refuse
to
go
with
you
?
No
by
my
faith
,
for
I
know
that
without
your
company
life
wil
be
irksomer
to
me
then
a
thousand
deaths
if
a
man
could
endure
so
many
.
Friend
,
answered
Esplandian
,
I
believe
it
well
,
nevertheless
if
any
inconvenience
should
happen
unto
thée
,
besides
the
blame
I
might
receive
thereby
,
thy
déed
would
be
more
estéemed
folly
,
then
done
of
any
courage
:
but
not
to
me
that
have
both
armour
and
shield
to
fight
against
the
strongest
enemy
that
may
be
found
,
wherefore
I
pray
thée
once
again
do
as
I
would
have
thée
.
Wherewith
Sergil
perceiving
no
remedy
,
turned
his
head
aside
and
began
to
wéep
.
In
the
mean
time
Esplandian
laced
on
his
Helmet
,
and
hanging
his
Shield
about
his
neck
with
the
oar
on
his
shoulder
,
kept
on
the
pathes
that
at
the
last
brought
him
to
the
top
of
the
rock
,
and
being
there
he
went
toward
the
broken
Castle
,
where
he
perceived
the
other
Image
with
the
table
that
she
held
in
her
left
hand
,
the
contents
whereof
he
could
no
more
understand
then
that
of
the
Hermitage
,
wherefore
without
longer
staying
●e
passed
forward
towards
the
chamber
where
the
treasure
lay
,
being
continually
guarded
by
a
most
great
and
horrible
Serpent
:
and
as
he
went
néerer
to
it
,
he
perceived
the
gates
to
be
of
hard
stone
,
where
there
was
a
sword
so
far
thrust
in
,
that
nothing
but
the
handle
could
be
séen
,
therewith
he
thought
it
to
be
the
same
whereof
he
had
heard
,
and
being
moved
with
great
desire
to
have
it
,
he
determined
(
alth●ugh
he
had
but
a
staff
to
defend
himself
)
to
assaile
the
beast
,
whatsoever
happened
thereby
.
And
to
the
same
end
with
a
●●ld
courage
he
set
forwards
,
but
the
serpent
(
that
as
thē
flept
)
awaked
,
and
looking
with
a
cruel
countenance
upon
Espland●an
,
began
to
hiss
,
and
cast
out
fire
at
her
mouth
as
if
she
would
devour
him
.
Nevertheless
Esplandian
covered
with
his
shield
went
néer
unto
her
,
and
with
his
oar
gave
her
such
a
blow
betwéen
the
ears
,
that
with
the
force
he
used
,
it
had
almost
fallen
out
of
his
hands
.
Notwithstanding
the
beast
made
towards
him
so
furiously
that
she
overthrew
him
on
the
ground
and
trode
upon
his
belly
,
whereat
he
was
not
a
little
abashed
,
but
perceived
what
danger
he
was
in
,
suddenly
started
up
,
and
by
little
and
little
g●t
to
the
Gate
wherein
the
Sword
stuck
,
which
at
the
last
he
laid
hold
upon
,
and
with
both
hands
drew
it
to
him
with
such
force
that
he
puld
it
cut
:
and
with
that
the
gates
opened
with
so
fearful
a
noise
,
that
presently
the
serpent
fell
down
upon
the
ground
,
and
Esplandian
was
so
astonished
that
he
knew
not
what
he
did
,
but
it
was
no
marvel
,
for
that
Sergil
that
stayed
in
the
hermitage
far
from
thence
was
in
the
greatest
fear
that
ever
he
had
,
and
besides
the
saylers
that
as
then
sayled
along
the
c●ast
,
thought
verily
the
rock
would
have
fallen
into
the
Sea
,
so
great
was
the
noise
at
the
opening
of
the
gate
.
Mean
time
Esplandian
lay
in
a
sw●un
till
midnight
following
that
he
opened
his
eyes
,
when
he
saw
a
great
brightness
in
the
plate
,
perceiving
the
serpent
dead
and
the
inchanted
Sword
lying
by
his
side
,
which
he
took
in
his
hand
,
and
rising
up
entred
into
a
chamber
,
in
the
middle
whereof
he
saw
a
Tomb
shining
brighter
then
fire
,
and
upon
it
a
great
lion
of
brass
,
holding
in
his
right
paw
the
scabberd
of
the
sword
,
from
whence
the
great
brightness
issued
,
and
in
his
left
a
roll
of
letters
written
in
Latine
:
The
contents
whereof
do
follow
:
CHAP.
II.
How
Esplandian
having
read
the
Writing
contained
in
the
Roll
that
the
Lyon
held
,
took
the
shining
Scabberd
,
and
what
speech
he
and
Sergil
had
together
.
THe
fearful
cries
at
the
time
of
the
great
constraint
,
shall
force
thee
(
O
thou
Knight
that
hast
conquered
the
Sword
)
to
return
again
to
conquer
the
great
Treasure
whereby
thy
joy
shall
be
restored
in
such
sort
,
that
the
kindled
flames
,
by
whose
beams
thou
shalt
far
off
be
wounded
,
shall
be
extinguished
,
and
content
thy self
with
this
glorious
Conquest
thou
hast
made
,
for
that
variable
fortune
hath
advanced
thee
before
all
others
,
and
thou
hast
obtained
the
honor
whereunto
so
many
good
Knights
could
never
attain
,
notwithstanding
all
their
prowess
.
Esplandian
having
read
and
again
perused
the
Contents
of
the
writing
,
for
a
time
stood
musing
thereon
,
and
in
the
end
perceived
thereby
,
that
although
he
had
brought
the
Adventure
of
the
Sword
unto
an
end
,
yet
he
should
be
constrained
to
attend
the
time
appointed
(
according
to
the
Contents
of
the
Writing
)
nevertheless
he
knew
not
the
meaning
thereof
,
being
as
then
at
liberty
and
free
from
all
passions
of
love
.
Notwithstanding
the
cruel
tyrant
Love
afterward
obtained
so
great
a
Conquest
against
him
,
that
he
made
him
fall
in
love
with
her
that
he
never
had
séen
,
nor
never
was
in
her
company
,
as
reading
further
in
this
History
you
shall
at
large
perceive
.
Then
he
laid
hand
upon
the
scabberd
,
and
put
the
Sword
in
it
,
thanking
God
devoutly
for
the
grace
he
had
obtained
.
After
that
he
went
divers
times
about
the
Tomb
to
sée
if
he
could
open
it
without
breaking
,
but
he
perceived
the
christal
,
from
whence
issued
part
of
the
brightness
to
be
covered
with
another
plate
coloured
like
azure
,
so
wonderfully
wrought
,
that
it
would
scarce
be
judged
whether
it
were
marble
,
mettal
,
or
any
other
stuff
:
whereupon
he
left
off
his
enterprize
,
and
returned
into
the
hall
where
the
dead
Serpent
lay
,
but
as
then
neither
the
Sword
nor
the
Scabberd
yielded
any
such
brightness
as
before
they
did
,
because
it
was
day
:
Then
going
out
he
went
down
again
towards
the
Hermitage
where
he
had
left
his
Squire
,
who
being
melancholly
and
amazed
at
the
long
absence
of
his
master
,
(
fearing
some
danger
happened
unto
him
was
gone
out
of
the
Hermitage
to
séek
him
,
and
he
had
not
travelled
far
,
but
he
perceived
him
coming
with
the
sword
by
his
side
,
whereat
he
made
such
joy
,
that
being
yet
far
from
him
,
he
cryed
out
and
said
;
O
my
lord
,
blessed
be
God
that
hath
given
you
so
good
a
beginning
whereat
every
man
shall
wonder
.
Friend
(
said
Esplandian
)
he
hath
yet
done
more
for
me
then
thou
wouldest
think
,
and
with
that
he
began
from
point
to
point
to
shew
him
the
danger
wherein
he
was
,
and
being
in
that
discourse
,
it
waxed
dark
even
then
when
they
arrived
at
the
Hermitage
:
wherefore
they
determined
not
to
travel
any
further
that
night
,
but
layed
them
down
under
the
next
trées
they
came
unto
,
still
speaking
of
the
strangeness
of
the
place
:
whereat
Sergil
being
more
abashed
then
before
,
could
not
refrain
to
say
:
As
God
help
me
Master
,
by
good
reason
you
may
be
esteemed
a
better
Knight
then
Amadis
your
father
,
that
came
into
this
place
,
and
saw
the
Image
at
the
Hermitage
,
the
writing
that
standeth
upon
the
Arch
of
stone
,
the
Serpent
,
the
Sword
that
stuck
in
the
gate
where
you
found
it
,
and
the
shining
Tomb
,
yet
durst
he
never
prove
any
of
these
adventures
:
and
he
said
true
,
for
Amadis
knew
well
by
the
Contents
of
the
Letters
written
in
Gréek
,
that
those
adventures
were
ordained
for
his
Son
Esplandian
,
and
therefore
undertook
them
not
,
but
all
others
,
onely
Gransador
and
Urganda
knew
it
not
till
then
:
but
although
Sergil
thought
to
please
his
Master
using
such
words
in
his
commendation
,
yet
Esplandian
took
it
not
so
well
,
saying
:
I
pray
thée
Sergil
never
use
such
spéeches
,
for
if
the
prowess
and
knightly
adventures
of
my
Father
had
béen
as
well
employed
to
the
advancing
of
the
Christian
faith
as
they
were
to
win
and
obtain
honor
in
this
world
,
I
think
his
like
would
not
be
found
,
but
having
passed
his
youth
in
things
so
vain
and
transitory
,
doubtless
his
glory
is
the
less
,
not
that
I
presume
in
any
thing
to
accuse
him
,
and
God
forbid
I
should
,
yet
is
he
known
in
so
many
places
to
be
so
valiant
a
Knight
,
that
whosoever
he
be
can
second
him
may
well
estéem
himself
happy
among
the
happyest
,
wherefore
I
pray
thée
let
us
talk
of
other
matters
.
Thus
sometimes
talking
and
other
whiles
sléeping
,
day
began
to
appear
,
when
they
rose
up
,
taking
their
way
towards
the
Sea-side
,
descending
down
the
Rock
,
till
they
came
where
the
two
dumb
men
stayed
for
them
,
one
within
the
ship
,
the
other
in
a
little
bark
,
wherein
Esplandian
entred
,
according
to
the
sign
the
dumb
man
had
made
,
and
Sergil
went
into
the
Serpent
,
and
with
that
they
departed
,
and
the
bark
sailed
so
swiftly
,
that
in
short
space
they
left
the
sight
one
of
the
other
.
But
we
will
leave
Sergil
with
his
dumb
man
,
making
extream
sorrow
to
sée
himself
bereaved
of
his
Masters
presence
,
and
will
shew
you
of
Esplandian
that
from
this
time
forwards
shall
be
called
the
B●ack
Knight
,
by
reason
of
the
arms
he
bare
,
who
being
in
the
little
bark
with
his
conducter
,
sailed
so
long
that
they
took
landing
néer
the
Port
where
King
Lisuart
lay
prisoner
.
CHAP.
III.
How
the
bark
wherein
the
black
Knight
and
the
dumb
man
sailed
,
arrived
in
the
borders
of
Turky
hard
by
the
place
called
The
defended
Mountain
,
and
of
the
discourse
that
an
hermite
and
the
Knight
had
together
.
TEn
days
and
as
many
nights
together
the
Black
Knight
and
the
dumb
man
sailed
on
the
Sea
,
not
knowing
in
what
parts
they
were
,
for
if
he
had
enquired
of
his
guide
,
it
had
béen
but
labor
lost
:
the
eleventh
day
they
discovered
a
great
and
pleasand
Island
,
where
the
Knight
being
wearied
with
the
impetuosity
of
the
waves
,
desired
his
guide
to
put
his
bark
on
shoar
,
but
he
regarding
not
his
words
,
thrust
it
néer
unto
a
high
Rock
,
by
nature
cut
in
such
manner
,
that
it
séemed
a
wall
purposely
made
for
the
defence
thereof
:
and
the
country
was
so
full
of
woods
and
bushes
,
that
it
might
be
estéemed
unhabitable
.
Then
the
dumb
man
shewed
him
a
path
that
led
him
up
to
the
Rock
,
and
made
him
a
sign
to
go
thither
,
wherewith
he
issued
out
of
the
Barque
,
armed
at
all
points
,
and
began
to
mount
up
,
the
weather
was
then
extream
hot
,
whereby
the
Knight
was
so
chased
in
his
harness
,
that
he
was
constrained
to
put
off
his
Helmet
and
carry
it
in
his
hand
,
till
he
perceived
a
little
Hermitage
among
the
bushes
,
and
before
it
stood
a
high
cress
,
which
pleased
him
well
,
not
onely
for
the
hope
he
had
to
finde
some
one
of
whom
he
might
enquire
in
what
country
he
was
,
but
because
he
was
assured
that
there
dwelt
a
Christian
,
and
with
that
he
perceived
a
man
apparelled
like
an
Hermit
,
so
old
and
withered
that
his
long
white
beard
hung
down
to
his
girdle
,
carrying
in
his
hand
a
pitcher
of
water
,
that
he
had
drawn
out
of
a
fountain
not
far
from
thence
,
and
was
passing
by
when
the
Knight
spake
unto
him
,
saying
:
Father
,
God
save
you
,
which
when
the
good
man
heard
,
he
was
in
so
great
amase
,
that
for
fear
his
pitcher
fell
out
of
his
hand
and
brake
in
pieces
.
Nevertheless
by
little
and
little
he
came
to
himself
again
,
and
perceiving
him
that
spake
unto
him
,
answered
and
said
,
My
Son
,
it
is
now
twenty
years
past
sithence
I
left
the
pleasures
of
this
world
,
and
forsook
my
native
soyl
to
obtain
the
grace
of
God
,
and
that
which
most
abasheth
me
is
,
that
since
the
time
whereof
I
speak
I
never
found
man
that
as
yet
saluted
me
in
this
manner
,
and
I
think
verily
you
are
a
stranger
in
these
countries
,
or
else
your
spéech
and
apparel
disguiseth
you
much
Father
(
said
the
Knight
)
true
it
is
I
am
a
stranger
,
brought
hither
by
such
means
,
that
I
neither
know
the
country
where
I
am
,
nor
any
man
or
woman
inhabiting
therein
,
for
you
are
the
first
creature
that
I
met
since
I
arrived
here
,
of
whom
I
might
enquire
,
assuring
you
that
when
I
perceived
this
cross
it
rejoyced
my
heart
,
for
it
is
the
arms
of
the
Master
that
I
serve
.
What
?
sayed
the
Hermit
,
do
you
then
know
the
vertue
thereof
?
I
,
answered
the
Knight
,
that
I
do
,
being
well
assured
that
upon
the
like
cross
our
Redéemer
(
whereof
I
speak
)
suffered
death
and
passion
.
Alas
said
the
holy
man
,
you
say
true
,
praised
be
his
holy
name
,
that
once
before
I
die
hath
given
me
the
grace
to
let
me
see
a
man
of
this
side
the
Sea
that
beliveth
in
him
,
assuring
you
sir
Knight
that
you
and
I
are
onely
the
two
creatures
in
this
country
that
are
christians
,
for
all
the
rest
are
Pagans
and
Idolaters
.
And
as
he
would
have
proceeded
further
,
his
speech
failed
him
,
doubting
that
he
to
whom
he
spake
,
was
but
a
fantasie
or
shadow
of
a
man
,
but
at
the
last
he
waxt
bolder
,
&
in
manner
of
conjuration
asked
him
if
he
were
a
mortal
man
or
not
?
Mortal
(
answered
the
Knight
)
that
I
am
for
certain
,
and
withal
a
sinner
,
which
displeaseth
me
much
,
and
if
it
abasheth
you
at
this
present
to
sée
me
here
,
I
am
my self
no
less
abashed
to
see
you
:
for
without
doubt
the
manner
of
my
arrival
in
this
country
hath
been
such
and
so
strange
,
that
I
can
render
you
no
reason
thereof
,
but
if
you
know
the
country
wherein
we
are
,
I
beseech
you
good
Father
,
tell
it
me
to
put
me
out
of
doubt
.
Gladly
,
(
said
the
Hermit
)
and
with
that
he
took
him
by
the
hand
,
and
led
him
to
his
Hermitage
,
and
there
sitting
down
together
upon
a
log
of
wood
,
the
old
man
began
to
speak
in
this
manner
,
and
said
,
Now
sir
Knight
,
tell
me
I
pray
you
what
country
man
you
are
.
Father
(
said
he
)
Great
Britain
is
the
country
where
in
my
youth
I
was
born
&
bred
,
I
know
not
if
ever
you
were
acquainted
therewith
:
How
long
is
it
said
the
Hermit
,
since
you
came
from
thence
?
It
is
fiftéen
days
and
more
since
I
was
there
said
the
Knight
:
Did
you
never
know
King
Lisuart
(
said
the
Hermit
)
that
in
my
time
raigned
therein
?
Yes
truly
(
said
the
Knight
)
for
I
have
seen
him
many
times
:
how
did
he
when
you
came
from
thence
said
the
Hermit
?
That
can
I
not
certainly
shew
said
the
Knight
,
for
he
was
lost
and
led
away
from
thence
,
but
by
whom
or
in
what
manner
no
man
can
tell
,
notwithstanding
the
great
pain
and
diligence
divers
of
his
Knights
have
used
to
finde
him
out
.
When
the
Hermit
heard
that
,
he
seemed
very
pensive
,
which
the
Knight
perceiving
,
thought
in
his
mind
that
he
could
tell
him
some
news
,
whereupon
he
began
to
behold
him
well
in
the
face
to
see
if
he
changed
colour
,
with
that
the
Hermit
(
that
well
perceived
the
Knights
meaning
)
said
unto
him
.
Truly
Sir
Knight
,
not
without
cause
have
I
enquired
so
much
touching
King
Lisuart
,
but
before
I
will
shew
you
my
reason
why
,
you
shall
understand
that
I
am
of
great
Britain
as
well
as
you
,
where
as
yet
the
greatest
part
of
my
kindred
are
living
,
whom
I
forsook
at
the
same
time
that
a
Giant
Lord
of
this
country
married
with
a
Lady
who
as
then
I
served
,
and
with
her
passed
the
Sea
,
not
onely
hoping
to
reap
some
reward
of
my
former
service
,
but
(
as
yong
men
are
moved
)
with
a
great
desire
to
sée
strange
countries
,
but
it
fortuned
,
that
my
Mistriss
being
forsaken
of
God
,
as
soon
as
she
arrived
in
this
country
,
left
his
holy
law
to
receive
the
law
of
her
husband
,
wherefore
considering
with
my self
,
that
by
reason
as
well
of
my
natural
weakness
,
as
by
often
frequenting
the
company
of
these
country
men
I
might
fall
into
some
error
,
I
determined
to
withdraw
my self
into
this
place
,
wherein
I
have
endured
much
pain
&
misery
,
to
the
great
danger
of
my
life
,
by
reason
of
the
controversie
betwéen
the
law
of
Iesus
Christ
,
which
I
hold
,
and
the
law
of
the
Pagans
that
séek
daily
to
destroy
it
,
that
without
the
favor
of
my
mistriss
that
would
not
suffer
them
to
displease
me
,
I
had
not
lived
so
long
as
I
have
done
among
them
,
but
when
it
pleaseth
God
I
wil
depart
hence
,
and
return
again
into
mine
own
country
,
now
you
have
heard
how
I
have
hitherto
lived
,
I
pray
you
sir
Knight
(
said
he
)
shew
me
your
adventures
,
and
who
hath
brought
you
into
this
place
from
whence
very
hardly
you
will
ever
be
able
to
return
again
,
but
rather
are
in
danger
of
most
cruel
death
,
or
to
indure
the
most
horrible
imprisonment
that
ever
was
heard
of
,
which
would
grief
me
much
,
not
onely
for
the
great
beauty
and
young
years
that
I
perceive
to
be
in
you
,
but
for
that
you
are
my
native
countryman
.
Father
answered
the
Knight
,
you
have
done
me
great
pleasure
to
shew
me
the
manner
of
your
life
and
bringing
up
,
nevertheless
before
I
satisfie
your
request
,
tell
me
(
if
it
pleaseth
you
)
wherefore
when
you
spake
of
King
Lisuart
you
seemed
so
sad
,
which
made
me
conjecture
that
you
know
something
touching
him
.
Son
(
said
the
Hermit
)
you
shall
understand
that
a
daughter
of
mine
,
servant
to
the
Lady
whereof
I
spake
,
not
long
since
came
hither
to
sée
me
,
and
told
me
that
her
mistriss
returning
from
great
Britain
,
whither
she
went
to
deliver
a
brother
of
hers
out
of
prison
,
brought
with
her
very
secretly
a
Knight
of
great
estimation
as
she
said
,
nevertheless
I
cannot
assure
you
who
it
is
:
but
as
I
have
learned
since
,
they
say
the
two
Giants
sons
were
much
pleased
therewith
,
which
maketh
me
doubt
,
considering
the
news
you
have
shewed
me
touching
King
Luisart
,
that
he
is
most
likely
to
be
the
man
,
for
she
is
so
well
séen
in
the
art
of
Nigromancy
and
Magick
,
that
oftentimes
she
procureth
mischief
unto
those
that
never
offended
her
.
And
in
what
country
are
we
now
(
said
the
Knight
?
)
You
are
between
the
Marches
of
Turky
and
Greece
said
the
Hermit
,
for
this
mountain
parteth
both
the
countries
,
but
it
is
so
strong
,
not
onely
by
nature
,
but
by
art
,
that
neither
of
the
two
Princes
of
those
countries
,
what
force
soever
they
brought
hither
,
could
never
win
it
.
And
now
a
Giant
(
son
unto
my
Lady
and
mistriss
)
and
one
of
the
most
strongest
and
puissant
Knights
in
the
East
parts
,
(
as
many
of
his
neighbors
,
whose
goods
he
hath
by
force
usurped
,
and
that
in
despight
of
the
Emperor
,
or
any
other
contradicting
the
same
have
proved
)
is
Lord
thereof
.
Where
dwelleth
be
(
said
the
Knight
?
)
Above
upon
the
Rock
(
said
the
Hermit
)
in
a
Castle
which
he
hath
most
strongly
fortified
,
and
is
kept
with
all
diligence
and
care
by
a
Giant
one
of
his
brethren
,
with
others
,
of
as
good
condition
as
themselves
,
and
which
is
more
,
it
is
not
possible
to
come
neer
the
Castle
,
but
by
a
little
path-way
whereon
the
Sea
continually
beateth
,
at
the
end
whereof
there
is
a
pair
of
stairs
cut
out
of
the
Rock
,
whereby
you
mount
up
till
you
come
to
an
Iron-gate
,
where
a
villain
,
in
whom
the
Lord
of
the
Castle
putteth
his
trust
,
watcheth
continually
,
for
there
is
no
other
enterance
,
but
onely
the
great
gate
that
is
defended
with
strong
Platforms
and
great
Towers
,
in
the
middle
whereof
there
is
a
door
so
straight
,
that
a
man
on
horseback
can
hardly
enter
therein
,
and
that
way
most
commonly
those
of
the
Castle
do
issue
forth
.
Before
it
be
night
,
said
the
Knight
,
I
mean
to
see
what
manner
of
place
it
is
,
and
if
I
can
I
will
know
who
it
is
,
that
was
so
lately
brought
thither
.
God
keep
you
from
thence
(
said
the
Hermit
)
for
thereby
you
will
either
procure
your
own
death
,
or
at
the
least
perpetual
imprisonment
.
Happen
what
may
(
said
the
Knight
)
I
will
prove
what
fortune
it
shall
please
God
to
send
me
.
That
were
but
ill
done
of
you
(
said
the
Hermit
)
for
that
men
are
bound
to
imploy
their
forces
onely
in
things
that
stand
for
reason
and
possibility
,
thereby
to
reap
a
benefit
by
their
labors
,
otherwise
they
are
to
be
esteemed
desperate
fools
,
and
not
valiant
and
hardy
Knights
adventuring
(
without
due
respect
)
not
onely
their
bodies
,
but
their
souls
which
are
of
greater
price
,
and
Christ
himself
hath
by
example
plainly
shewed
it
unto
us
,
for
when
the
devil
came
and
tempted
him
,
bidding
him
do
certain
things
,
which
indeed
(
as
he
was
Christ
)
were
possible
,
but
as
he
was
man
were
impossible
to
do
,
he
answered
him
that
he
should
not
tempt
the
Lord
his
God
.
So
my
good
Son
(
said
he
)
I
would
advise
you
to
desist
from
so
unreasonable
an
enterprise
.
You
may
preach
what
you
will
to
perswade
me
to
the
contrary
(
said
the
Knight
)
but
I
must
do
that
whereunto
I
am
called
,
which
is
to
prove
my self
in
those
adventures
that
in
mans
judgement
seem
impossible
:
otherwise
those
that
have
foreshewed
of
me
,
should
not
onely
have
travelled
in
vain
,
but
be
esteemed
liars
and
fools
.
If
then
these
sayings
be
true
,
what
greater
honor
can
I
obtain
then
bringing
most
wonderful
adventures
to
an
end
,
I
may
from
henceforth
thereby
restrain
the
rage
and
fury
of
such
men
as
hurt
,
and
do
injury
unto
others
,
contrary
to
the
Laws
of
God
and
man
?
And
if
they
be
found
liars
,
I
had
rather
they
should
be
reproved
for
their
want
of
knowledge
,
then
I
accused
of
any
point
of
cowardise
.
And
if
the
worst
fall
out
,
I
will
imploy
my
force
against
such
accursed
people
,
(
members
and
ministers
of
the
devil
)
whom
by
the
help
of
God
I
shall
overcome
:
and
I
believe
and
am
certainly
perswaded
(
that
if
I
die
in
those
adventures
)
he
will
receive
my
soul
into
his
heavenly
joy
.
The
Hermit
marvelled
much
to
hear
the
Black
Knight
speak
so
wisely
,
and
with
so
great
a
courage
,
nevertheless
the
great
beauty
and
yong
years
he
perceived
him
to
have
,
moved
him
to
so
great
compassion
,
that
the
tears
ran
down
his
eyes
,
and
therewith
he
said
,
Ha
good
Knight
,
he
in
whom
thou
trustest
,
preserve
thee
and
send
thee
long
life
,
and
seeing
thou
art
resolutely
determined
to
pass
forward
,
I
pray
thee
defer
the
time
for
this
night
,
for
it
is
already
so
late
,
that
although
thou
shouldest
have
time
enough
to
get
unto
the
gate
before
the
Sun
goeth
down
,
yet
shalt
thou
finde
it
shut
as
it
is
accustomed
to
be
,
whereupon
the
Knight
kept
the
Hermit
company
till
the
next
day
in
the
morning
.
CHAP.
IIII.
How
the
black
Knight
went
up
the
Rock
,
where
by
force
of
Arms
he
slew
three
Giants
,
and
delivered
King
Luisart
out
of
prison
.
AT
the
Hermits
request
the
Knight
stayed
and
bare
him
company
all
night
,
who
entertained
him
in
the
best
manner
he
could
,
where
after
they
had
supped
,
they
layed
them
down
upon
a
little
straw
till
day
began
to
appear
,
when
they
rose
up
,
and
the
Knight
having
said
his
prayers
in
the
Chappel
,
being
Armed
at
all
points
,
took
his
leave
of
the
Hermit
,
that
brought
him
a
great
part
of
his
way
,
and
had
gone
further
but
he
feared
the
Giants
.
Wherefore
committing
him
to
God
,
he
took
his
leave
and
returned
.
Being
gone
,
the
Knight
travelled
so
fast
,
that
having
coasted
along
the
Sea-shore
,
and
passed
the
side
of
a
great
and
thick
forrest
,
be
descended
into
the
goodliest
meddow
that
ever
was
séen
,
from
whence
he
perceived
the
Castle
,
scituated
upon
the
top
of
a
high
Rock
,
and
making
towards
it
,
he
came
to
a
long
bridge
,
finding
no
other
way
unto
it
,
at
the
end
whereof
was
a
broad
causie
paved
with
stone
,
and
the
Sea
beating
continually
against
the
Towers
,
out
of
the
windows
he
espyed
two
Knights
,
one
as
he
thought
was
a
Giant
,
the
Ladies
Son
.
Notwithstanding
he
stayed
not
,
but
took
his
way
on
the
left
band
,
and
mounting
up
the
steps
,
came
to
a
Marble-gate
kept
by
a
Knight
all
armed
,
that
before
he
came
to
him
cryed
as
loud
as
he
could
,
saying
,
Thou
accursed
wretch
,
the
colour
of
thy
armor
foresheweth
not
so
much
sorrow
and
grief
as
here
thou
shalt
receive
confusion
.
What
devil
was
he
that
sent
thée
hither
being
so
young
?
Mean
time
the
Knight
by
little
and
little
got
up
the
Hill
,
making
as
if
he
heard
him
not
,
for
he
had
work
enough
to
look
to
himself
,
the
way
was
strait
and
uneasie
to
pass
,
and
therefore
he
bare
his
Helmet
under
his
arm
.
But
when
he
approached
the
Gate
,
and
heard
the
other
continue
in
his
bravery
,
he
answered
him
and
said
,
He
that
is
afraid
commonly
threatneth
a
far
off
,
as
thou
doest
me
,
but
if
thou
destrest
to
know
the
cause
of
my
coming
,
open
me
the
Gate
,
and
thou
shalt
see
if
I
can
satisfie
thy
desire
.
With
that
the
Porter
came
down
,
and
(
while
the
Knight
put
on
his
Helmet
)
he
opened
the
Gate
,
and
looking
out
cryed
with
a
loud
voice
,
come
in
unhappy
creature
to
the
place
where
yet
never
any
stranger
had
good
entertainment
.
Then
the
black
knight
went
in
,
and
entred
into
a
vault
,
mean
time
the
gate
was
shut
whereby
the
place
seemed
very
dark
,
for
there
entred
no
light
but
onely
by
a
little
hole
that
came
through
the
Rock
,
and
as
he
passed
forward
,
the
Porter
that
was
behind
,
staying
him
,
said
unto
him
,
Villain
,
leave
thy
armor
here
,
and
I
will
bring
thee
where
the
Lords
of
the
Castle
shall
reward
thee
according
to
thy
deserts
.
It
were
better
(
said
the
knight
)
without
so
much
trouble
to
bring
me
thither
e'n
as
I
am
,
and
I
will
follow
thee
.
But
I
will
not
(
said
he
)
lest
I
lose
too
much
by
thee
,
for
then
my
companion
will
have
thy
Armor
,
which
by
right
is
mine
,
and
with
that
he
lifted
up
his
hatchet
,
thinking
to
cleave
his
head
,
whereat
the
black
knight
stept
back
,
and
with
his
Sword
gave
him
such
a
blow
,
that
he
overthrew
him
on
the
ground
,
and
stepping
upon
him
,
thrust
him
into
the
body
,
and
as
he
had
done
,
there
entered
at
the
Gate
(
that
went
out
of
the
vault
)
a
villain
all
armed
,
who
thinking
to
speak
to
the
Porter
,
with
a
rude
and
churlish
voice
,
said
,
Argantes
,
why
stayest
thou
so
long
to
bring
up
that
accursed
wretch
that
even
now
entred
at
the
Gate
?
Be
content
a
while
(
said
the
black
Knight
)
I
will
be
there
soon
enough
both
for
thée
and
those
that
sent
thée
,
if
the
Gates
be
open
.
With
that
the
villain
perceived
himself
to
be
deceived
,
for
he
espyed
Argantes
dead
upon
the
ground
,
wherefore
without
longer
staying
he
turned
his
back
,
and
pulled
the
door
after
him
,
left
the
knight
shut
into
the
vault
,
whereat
he
was
abashed
,
fearing
to
be
famished
for
want
of
meat
,
but
it
fell
out
otherwise
,
for
not
long
after
he
saw
the
gate
opened
,
whereat
there
entred
a
Giant
arned
all
in
gréen
,
who
perceiving
the
party
dead
,
and
the
Knight
that
had
slain
him
standing
by
him
,
was
in
such
a
rage
,
that
he
said
unto
him
,
Thou
cursed
wretch
,
I
am
much
abashed
how
thou
hast
thus
intangled
thy self
within
this
place
,
from
whence
while
thou
livest
thou
shalt
never
be
able
to
escape
,
but
when
thou
hast
indured
a
long
and
most
hard
imprisonment
,
shalt
be
constrained
to
end
thy
miserable
days
with
a
thousand
cruel
torments
that
are
prepared
for
thee
.
Art
thou
at
that
point
(
said
the
Knight
)
I
hope
rather
before
we
depart
to
make
thée
bear
this
villain
company
,
that
at
my
entring
spared
not
to
threaten
me
as
thou
doest
now
.
What
(
said
the
Giant
?
)
I
assure
thee
I
loved
this
dead
Knight
as
well
as
I
love
my self
,
and
now
I
finde
him
in
this
manner
slain
before
mine
eyes
,
yet
art
thou
not
afraid
to
boast
thereof
:
By
my
head
(
said
he
)
thou
shalt
dearly
buy
it
.
Behold
I
pray
thee
,
answered
the
Knight
,
how
thy
unhappy
fortune
followeth
thee
at
once
,
here
before
thy
face
thou
seest
thy
friend
dead
,
and
by
the
same
means
thou
shalt
likewise
loose
the
soul
out
of
thy
body
,
which
the
devil
hath
waited
for
since
thou
first
beganst
to
lead
an
evil
life
.
That
shall
soon
be
seen
(
said
the
Giant
)
and
with
that
they
encountered
,
and
at
their
meeting
laid
upon
each
other
so
fiercely
,
that
with
the
noise
they
made
,
it
seemed
ten
Knights
fighting
together
:
and
so
long
they
continued
the
Combate
,
that
in
the
end
the
Giant
waxed
faint
,
which
he
perceiving
,
having
lost
the
greatest
part
of
his
Shield
,
and
in
a
manner
all
his
blood
,
he
began
to
flie
,
and
the
black
Knight
after
him
so
fast
,
that
before
he
could
get
out
of
the
vault
with
one
blow
that
clave
his
Head
to
the
teeth
,
he
flew
him
in
the
place
.
And
as
the
Knight
stepped
forth
,
he
met
two
Squires
that
came
to
see
the
Combate
,
who
perceiving
the
Knight
with
his
Sword
bloody
in
his
hand
,
asked
him
what
was
become
of
their
guard
.
I
have
dealt
with
them
(
said
he
)
as
it
hath
pleased
God
to
dispose
?
And
how
is
that
?
(
said
they
)
To
send
them
both
(
said
the
Knight
)
an
unhappy
end
of
their
wretched
lives
,
that
their
souls
might
be
tormented
in
the
everlasting
pains
of
hell
.
With
that
they
looked
in
and
perceived
Argantes
on
the
one
side
,
and
the
Giant
on
the
other
as
yet
shaking
their
legs
with
the
pangs
of
death
:
whereat
they
had
so
great
fear
,
that
in
great
haste
they
presently
retired
,
cr●ing
with
a
loud
voice
,
Come
forth
my
Lords
,
come
forth
,
for
your
Vncle
and
the
Porter
are
both
slain
,
wherewith
at
the
gate
of
the
dungeon
there
appeared
another
Giant
unarmed
,
very
young
and
of
a
huge
stature
,
named
Frerion
,
who
perceiving
the
black
Knight
marching
so
boldly
towards
him
,
held
the
door
half
shut
,
and
with
a
loud
voice
spake
unto
him
and
said
,
By
my
Fathers
soul
thou
must
surely
be
some
devil
disguised
in
humane
shape
,
otherwise
it
had
been
impossible
for
thee
to
have
slain
two
of
the
best
Knights
in
the
world
,
and
in
despight
of
them
to
enter
thus
far
within
the
Castle
,
but
of
one
thing
am
I
well
assured
,
that
what
pain
or
torment
soever
I
shall
cause
thée
to
indure
,
I
cannot
be
revenged
of
the
least
wrong
and
injury
I
have
received
at
thy
hands
.
Thou
brutish
&
unreasonable
beast
(
said
the
Knight
)
thou
art
surely
worse
then
he
of
whom
thou
speakest
,
for
that
he
being
already
judged
of
God
,
hath
neither
mean
to
repent
his
wickedness
,
nor
hope
of
salvation
,
but
thou
to
whom
it
hath
pleased
God
to
give
sence
and
reason
to
know
both
good
and
evil
,
doest
still
persevere
in
thy
wickedness
,
making
of
vice
a
vertue
,
in
such
manner
that
by
good
right
I
may
better
tearm
thee
a
devil
then
those
that
are
wearied
and
wax
melancholly
to
have
so
long
attended
for
thy
accursed
soul
,
which
I
will
shortly
send
them
if
thou
come
forth
into
this
court
,
or
let
me
enter
in
.
Then
stay
(
said
Frerion
)
and
thou
shalt
sée
how
I
will
teach
thée
to
preach
in
other
sort
,
and
with
that
he
shut
the
door
and
went
in
to
arm
him
,
mean
time
the
black
Knight
sat
down
upon
a
marble
stone
,
and
he
had
not
rested
long
,
but
the
Giant
came
again
,
who
bringing
a
great
Cimiter
upon
his
shoulder
,
would
have
issued
at
the
gate
,
when
the
Knight
spake
unto
him
,
saying
.
Stay
a
little
I
pray
thée
before
thou
comest
forth
,
and
grant
me
one
request
which
in
right
thou
canst
not
well
deny
me
,
for
although
neither
courtesie
nor
any
part
thereof
did
ever
lodge
within
thy
breast
,
that
habit
of
Knighthood
wherewith
thou
art
invested
,
ought
more
to
move
thée
to
humanity
then
thy
nature
of
it self
affordeth
.
Ask
what
thou
wilt
(
said
the
Giant
)
and
it
may
be
thou
shalt
be
refused
.
Both
thou
&
I
(
said
the
Knight
)
are
now
on
foot
,
I
pray
thée
then
let
us
fight
in
the
other
Court
,
that
those
of
thy
Castle
may
behold
the
pastime
:
which
he
said
to
the
end
that
if
he
overcame
his
enemies
as
he
doubted
not
thereof
,
they
should
not
shut
him
out
.
By
my
head
(
said
the
Giant
)
at
the
first
I
thought
thou
wouldest
have
asked
mercy
at
my
hands
,
which
would
not
much
avail
thée
:
but
séeing
thy
request
is
no
other
,
I
am
content
to
grant
it
,
although
a
means
to
flie
away
were
(
much
more
advantage
unto
thée
which
these
high
walls
will
not
permit
thee
,
if
thou
be
once
inclosed
within
them
:
Thou
speakest
said
the
black
Knight
)
as
thy
nature
yieldeth
,
and
I
as
vertue
bindeth
me
,
for
the
rest
let
God
work
his
will
.
Come
in
then
(
said
Frerion
)
and
defend
thy self
from
me
if
thou
canst
.
With
that
the
black
Knight
entred
into
a
fair
court
paved
with
white
Marble
,
all
galleried
about
and
supported
with
Pillars
of
Porphire
,
in
the
middest
whereof
stood
the
portal
that
entered
into
the
house
,
where
an
old
Lady
accompanied
of
divers
yong
gentlewomen
stood
looking
forth
,
to
whom
the
Giant
went
,
and
knéeling
on
his
knée
,
said
unto
her
:
Madam
,
I
most
humbly
beséech
you
,
that
neither
for
good
nor
evil
which
may
happen
unto
me
in
fighting
with
this
Knight
,
not
one
of
your
house
be
so
bold
to
help
or
favor
me
in
any
sort
,
for
I
my self
will
put
him
to
death
with
this
my
trenchant
blade
,
and
rising
up
again
holding
his
Shield
before
him
with
his
Cimiterre
in
his
hand
,
he
marched
towards
his
enemy
,
who
having
God
on
his
side
(
to
whom
he
recommended
himself
)
stood
ready
to
receive
him
.
Then
there
began
such
a
Combate
betwéen
them
,
that
their
blows
séemed
two
Smiths
forging
upon
their
Anvils
,
seeming
like
fire
that
the
wind
kindled
in
the
air
,
and
surely
the
black
Knight
had
sped
but
hardly
at
that
time
had
it
not
been
for
the
Armor
Urganda
gave
him
,
that
could
not
be
cut
by
any
weapon
,
and
for
the
good
Sword
he
conquered
in
the
Rock
of
the
Enchantress
,
wherewith
he
stroke
not
one
blow
,
but
he
drew
blood
on
the
Giant
Frerion
,
who
nevertheless
did
marvellously
both
defend
himself
and
assayl
his
enemy
,
but
by
evil
fortune
as
he
thought
to
strike
the
Knight
on
the
right
arm
,
he
started
back
,
and
stepping
forwards
again
,
gave
the
Giant
such
a
blow
upon
the
Helmet
that
he
cut
away
a
great
piece
thereof
,
together
with
the
buckle
that
made
it
fast
,
but
although
the
blow
was
marvellous
great
,
and
in
a
manner
incredible
,
yet
was
not
the
Giant
any
thing
therewith
abashed
,
but
still
shewed
himself
as
fresh
as
if
he
had
not
fought
all
the
day
long
:
Nevertheless
the
blood
in
such
abundance
issued
out
of
his
body
,
that
the
white
pavement
of
the
Court
was
changed
into
red
,
and
therewith
he
grew
so
weak
,
that
it
might
easily
be
judged
he
had
the
worst
,
whereby
he
still
began
to
revile
,
seeking
onely
to
defend
himself
from
his
enemies
blows
,
whereat
the
old
Lady
that
beheld
them
,
considering
her
Sons
extreamity
,
cryed
out
and
said
,
Alas
my
childe
,
is
it
possible
I
should
see
thee
murthered
before
my
face
,
and
therewith
in
great
haste
she
ran
thither
,
thinking
to
part
them
,
but
it
was
too
late
,
for
as
she
began
to
go
towards
them
,
the
Giant
fell
dead
on
the
ground
with
two
blows
that
the
black
Knight
gave
him
,
one
upon
the
head
where
he
was
unarmed
,
the
other
right
in
the
middle
of
his
leg
,
wherewith
he
cut
it
from
his
body
,
whereat
the
old
Lady
was
so
grieved
that
she
swooned
in
the
place
,
being
by
her
Gentlewomen
carryed
from
thence
into
her
Chamber
,
where
they
layed
her
on
a
bed
,
cursing
him
that
was
the
cause
thereof
,
nevertheless
he
followed
them
to
the
chamber
door
,
where
the
old
woman
(
being
revived
)
perceiving
him
to
enter
,
began
again
to
lament
and
mourn
,
and
shedding
great
abundance
of
tears
,
she
said
unto
him
:
Alas
thou
cruel
knight
,
the
onely
bereaver
of
all
my
joy
and
felicity
,
art
thou
not
satisfied
yet
?
But
wilt
thou
likewise
have
my
life
and
my
Sons
both
?
Then
I
pray
thee
with
spéed
either
execute
thy
will
or
else
depart
from
hence
,
and
take
what
thou
thinkest
good
,
permitting
me
to
live
the
rest
of
my
miserable
days
in
sorrow
and
care
,
with
these
poor
women
:
but
all
her
intent
was
to
make
him
enter
into
the
chamber
,
which
was
so
inchanted
,
that
no
man
could
pass
the
threshold
of
the
door
,
but
presently
he
lost
all
his
sences
and
fell
down
upon
the
ground
,
as
if
he
were
dead
,
but
little
did
the
inchantment
avail
her
against
the
black
knight
,
because
the
shining
Sword
had
such
a
property
in
it
,
that
no
enchantment
whatsoever
could
hurt
the
bearer
thereof
.
Therefore
the
Knight
hearing
the
sorrow
the
old
Lady
made
,
he
went
into
the
chamber
,
speaking
courteously
unto
her
,
and
said
,
Madam
me
thinks
you
should
take
the
offence
I
have
committed
on
your
behalf
,
in
much
better
part
,
considering
such
hazards
are
common
unto
Knights
,
desiring
to
win
honor
,
and
therefore
I
pray
you
applease
your
sorrow
and
shew
me
the
Knight
you
brought
hither
out
of
great
Britain
.
When
the
old
Lady
perceived
him
so
far
within
the
Chamber
without
let
,
and
that
he
desired
to
sée
the
King
,
she
being
as
it
were
out
of
her
wits
,
cryed
as
loud
as
she
could
,
and
said
,
alas
unhappy
wretch
that
I
am
,
what
have
I
done
,
for
thinking
to
revenge
another
mans
death
,
I
have
procured
the
destruction
of
mine
own
children
,
and
therewith
she
sighed
in
such
manner
as
if
her
heart
would
burst
within
her
body
,
and
lamenting
the
absence
of
her
other
Son
,
said
:
Alas
Matroco
,
where
art
thou
now
?
What
happy
fortune
hath
thus
separated
thée
from
thy
brother
and
me
?
Surely
when
thou
hearest
of
his
death
,
and
at
thy
return
shalt
finde
another
Lord
of
this
castle
,
I
am
in
doubt
thou
wilt
not
have
the
patienre
to
put
up
so
great
an
injury
,
but
thinking
to
revenge
thy self
I
fear
this
devil
will
handle
thée
in
the
like
sort
he
hath
done
the
rest
,
for
sure
he
is
no
mortal
man
,
for
if
he
were
he
had
found
more
resistance
in
this
place
then
he
hath
done
.
Then
speaking
unto
the
Knight
she
asked
him
if
he
knew
the
man
she
held
in
prison
,
I
truly
(
said
he
)
it
is
King
Lisuart
,
whereof
I
am
right
sorry
,
being
well
assured
that
Kings
elected
of
God
,
(
as
he
is
)
for
the
government
of
his
people
,
ought
not
to
be
used
in
that
manner
.
Wherefore
I
would
have
you
shew
me
where
be
is
,
otherwise
,
I
will
do
worse
then
I
have
hitherto
done
.
I
know
not
(
said
she
)
who
thou
art
,
nor
by
what
means
thou
hast
so
great
power
,
but
I
am
well
assured
and
I
would
never
have
thought
that
twenty
such
Knights
(
as
once
this
day
I
did
estéem
thée
)
could
ever
have
attained
to
the
atchieving
of
so
great
an
enterprize
,
and
much
less
to
have
withstood
my
art
as
thou
hast
done
,
so
that
considering
thereof
,
I
suppose
that
this
thy
power
procéedeth
from
him
in
whom
in
my
young
years
I
did
once
believe
,
and
since
that
have
forsaken
him
,
to
follow
the
works
of
the
common
enemy
of
all
mankinde
,
who
according
to
his
natural
instinction
,
hath
justly
rewarded
me
to
my
desert
:
therefore
it
were
but
folly
to
deny
thee
any
thing
,
that
art
so
surely
defended
by
him
to
whom
all
things
are
obedient
.
Follow
me
then
(
said
she
)
and
I
will
shew
thee
the
king
,
but
as
I
think
,
it
is
not
he
thou
seekest
.
And
with
that
she
rose
up
and
went
into
a
dark
chamber
,
the
knight
following
her
:
then
she
opened
an
Iron-gate
,
and
said
unto
him
go
in
,
and
there
shalt
thou
find
the
pris●ner
.
Lady
(
said
the
knight
)
if
it
were
to
fight
I
would
not
fail
to
do
your
commandment
,
but
if
by
subtilty
I
should
be
shut
in
prison
,
you
would
laugh
at
me
that
I
had
no
more
wit
but
to
put
my
trust
in
you
,
wherefore
go
you
in
first
,
that
whatsoever
happeneth
,
you
may
have
your
part
,
I
see
well
(
said
the
Lady
)
that
my
labor
is
in
vain
,
and
all
my
art
is
nothing
in
respect
of
thee
,
therefore
I
am
content
to
do
thy
will
,
but
we
have
no
light
to
see
.
Care
you
not
for
that
(
said
he
)
for
I
will
provide
you
light
,
and
with
that
he
pulled
of
the
taffata
that
covered
the
scabberd
of
his
Sword
,
whereby
there
was
so
great
a
brightness
in
the
place
,
as
if
the
Sun
had
shone
therein
.
Then
they
descended
into
a
Cave
,
where
the
Knight
perceived
King
Lisuart
lie
upon
a
couch
of
straw
,
with
a
great
collar
of
Iron
about
his
neck
,
and
fetters
on
his
legs
,
whereby
he
indured
no
little
pain
,
whereat
he
was
so
grieved
,
that
for
sorrow
the
tears
ran
down
his
eyes
,
yet
would
he
not
disclose
himself
unto
him
,
neither
once
utter
what
he
thought
,
but
without
making
himself
known
,
said
unto
him
Noble
King
,
you
have
been
overlong
within
this
filthy
place
,
rise
up
I
pray
you
and
follow
me
.
When
the
King
heard
him
speak
in
that
manner
,
he
made
no
other
account
but
to
end
his
days
at
that
time
,
wherewith
he
could
not
refrain
to
weep
,
and
speaking
unto
the
old
Lady
,
asked
her
if
she
knew
him
:
For
(
said
he
)
since
I
entred
into
this
place
,
I
never
saw
any
Knight
nor
any
one
that
spake
unto
me
,
but
that
little
sustenance
I
had
was
let
down
at
a
hole
from
the
top
of
this
dungeon
.
Then
she
answered
him
,
and
in
great
despite
said
,
Thou
accursed
King
,
if
I
had
not
known
thee
,
I
would
never
have
taken
pains
to
fetch
thee
so
far
,
from
hence
as
I
have
done
,
cursed
be
the
time
when
first
I
took
it
upon
me
,
for
thou
onely
art
the
cause
of
my
great
sorrow
,
and
the
sole
instrument
of
my
bereaved
joys
.
In
faith
Lady
(
said
the
King
)
I
know
not
what
you
mean
,
&
am
very
sorry
for
your
heaviness
,
for
I
never
sought
but
to
do
honor
and
pleasure
unto
all
Ladies
and
Gentlewomen
that
desired
the
same
,
and
for
them
have
I
oftentimes
enterprised
many
dangerous
adventures
,
to
the
great
peril
and
hazard
of
my
life
,
and
if
it
hath
happened
otherwise
unto
you
,
it
is
altogether
unknown
to
me
and
wholly
against
my
will
,
wherefore
I
beseech
you
be
not
offended
with
me
,
but
tell
me
where
I
am
,
and
in
whose
power
I
now
remain
a
prisoner
in
so
great
misery
,
for
by
my
soul
I
know
it
not
,
neither
can
I
so
much
as
conceive
which
way
I
came
into
this
place
;
onely
I
remember
that
to
second
a
Gentlewoman
that
a
villain
would
have
forced
,
I
entered
into
a
tent
,
but
what
happened
unto
me
after
that
I
know
not
,
but
that
now
I
finde
my self
lying
on
straw
like
a
thief
with
Irons
on
my
legs
.
King
(
said
she
)
the
short
time
of
thy
continuance
in
this
darkness
hath
not
satisfied
(
as
I
well
hoped
it
would
)
the
great
mischief
I
do
wish
thée
,
and
that
for
good
cause
,
séeing
that
by
thée
onely
I
have
indured
so
much
sorrow
,
that
if
the
heart
and
bowels
were
taken
out
of
my
body
they
would
be
found
as
burning
hot
,
as
flaming
fire
,
and
especially
for
the
new
displeasure
I
have
now
conceived
to
sée
thée
so
soon
delivered
out
of
my
hands
,
being
in
good
hope
by
thy
long
imprisonment
to
satisfie
my
losses
past
:
but
yet
I
am
deceived
,
for
that
fortune
hath
now
made
me
pay
the
usury
of
my
forepassed
joys
,
having
given
thée
into
my
hands
,
from
whe●ce
by
the
exquisite
force
of
this
devil
incarnate
(
thou
ar●
now
delivered
)
who
having
put
to
death
the
Guardians
of
this
Castle
and
slain
mine
own
Son
,
hath
constrained
me
to
bring
him
unto
thée
,
which
I
never
thought
he
could
have
done
,
much
less
that
ever
I
should
have
yielded
unto
his
request
,
knowing
the
wrath
of
a
woman
not
to
have
any
bridle
,
or
means
of
mittigation
until
her
desired
revenge
,
hath
wrought
the
effect
:
and
so
had
it
happened
unto
thée
without
the
force
of
this
my
enemy
,
but
in
despight
both
of
him
and
thée
with
mine
own
hands
I
will
slay
my self
,
if
my
accursed
fortune
bereave
me
not
the
sooner
of
my
wretched
days
:
Cursed
be
both
thou
and
thy
King
,
thou
now
hast
found
(
said
she
unto
the
Knight
,
)
Now
take
him
and
do
thy
pleasure
with
him
.
I
pray
you
then
Lady
(
said
he
)
unlose
his
Irons
,
and
help
me
to
lead
him
up
,
with
that
she
took
the
keys
out
of
her
pocket
,
and
opened
the
locks
of
his
chains
,
whereby
the
King
rose
up
upon
his
féet
,
and
embracing
the
Knight
,
said
unto
him
,
What
great
good
or
pleasure
sir
Knight
did
I
ever
do
you
,
whereby
you
should
purchase
this
liberty
unto
me
?
By
my
soul
I
swear
,
that
besides
the
honor
you
have
obtained
in
this
place
,
you
have
so
much
bound
me
unto
you
,
that
during
my
life
I
shall
never
forget
your
courtesie
,
wherefore
if
you
love
me
let
me
know
your
name
.
Noble
King
(
said
the
Knight
)
whosoever
I
am
,
I
account
my self
happy
if
in
any
sort
I
may
be
able
to
do
you
service
,
as
for
the
rest
pardon
me
if
it
pleaseth
you
,
and
let
us
go
out
of
this
Cave
,
thanking
God
,
that
oftentimes
sendeth
scourges
unto
those
he
loveth
,
as
in
his
heavenly
wisdom
he
thinketh
convenient
,
thereby
to
kéep
them
in
obedience
unto
him
.
The
King
perceiving
well
by
the
Knights
words
that
he
desired
not
to
be
known
,
and
for
the
same
cause
kept
his
Helmit
on
his
head
,
therefore
he
determined
not
to
move
him
any
more
,
but
with
that
they
went
all
thrée
out
of
the
Cave
,
and
came
into
a
goodly
hall
,
when
the
Sun
began
to
go
down
.
CHAP.
V.
How
that
after
King
Luisart
was
delivered
out
of
prison
,
Matroco
(
Frerions
elder
brother
)
with
his
Ships
,
arrived
at
the
foot
of
the
Rock
called
The
Defended
Rock
,
and
of
the
Battel
between
the
said
Matroco
and
the
black
Knight
.
KIng
Luisart
,
the
black
Knight
,
and
the
Lady
being
entred
into
the
hall
,
as
they
looked
out
at
the
windows
into
the
Sea
,
there
entred
a
Gentlewoman
,
and
doing
reverence
unto
the
Lady
,
she
said
,
Madam
,
your
Son
Matroco
with
his
Ships
is
even
now
arrived
at
the
foot
of
the
Kock
,
and
with
him
great
numbers
of
other
vessels
,
that
he
hath
taken
upon
the
Seas
,
What
is
your
pleasure
to
say
unto
him
?
When
the
Lady
heard
her
she
waxed
pale
,
and
with
tears
in
her
eyes
,
answered
her
and
said
,
I
would
to
God
he
were
as
far
from
hence
as
he
is
néer
:
for
my
heart
giveth
me
he
will
spéed
in
the
like
manner
that
others
have
done
before
him
.
And
as
she
spake
,
King
Luisart
and
the
Knight
looked
into
the
sea
,
and
perceiving
the
Giants
Fléet
surging
on
the
shoar
out
of
wind
and
weather
,
among
the
which
they
knew
Elizabeth
Libee
his
nephew
,
and
divers
others
that
were
bound
in
Chains
,
making
great
sorrow
,
but
none
of
Mattocos
men
durst
set
foot
on
land
,
having
already
béen
advertised
by
some
of
the
Castle
,
of
the
great
misfortune
happened
therein
,
and
for
the
same
cause
stayed
so
long
without
,
till
the
Giant
espyed
at
the
windows
the
Knight
and
the
King
looking
upon
them
,
wherewith
in
a
great
rage
he
cryed
unto
the
black
Knight
whom
he
perceived
all
armed
,
and
said
unto
him
:
Thou
accursed
slave
is
it
thou
that
so
cowardly
hath
slain
my
uncle
,
my
brother
,
and
the
porter
of
the
Castle
?
When
the
Knight
heard
him
,
he
answered
him
and
said
,
I
have
done
my
endeavor
to
make
thee
know
,
that
it
belongeth
not
to
such
as
thou
art
either
to
imprison
Kings
,
or
to
molest
and
grieve
so
many
men
as
continually
thou
doest
.
By
all
my
Gods
(
said
Matroco
)
fortune
favoreth
thee
too
much
,
when
at
my
arrival
I
finde
thee
armed
with
the
walls
of
this
my
Castle
,
for
if
I
had
thee
here
upon
the
shore
,
I
would
soon
send
thee
fishing
into
the
Sea
as
I
have
done
many
other
rash
and
bold
fools
like
thy self
,
that
hast
enterprised
without
cause
to
inforce
my
Castle
,
but
if
I
continue
here
ten
years
together
,
I
will
never
depart
hence
till
I
have
thee
in
my
hands
,
then
shalt
thou
know
how
I
use
to
handle
such
as
thou
art
.
Stay
a
while
(
said
the
black
Knight
)
there
is
much
more
difference
between
saying
and
doing
,
then
there
is
distance
of
place
betwéen
thée
and
me
.
Thy
threatnings
make
me
more
assured
,
wherefore
now
I
fear
thée
lesser
then
I
did
before
,
and
that
thou
mayest
well
know
it
to
be
so
,
take
thy
choice
,
whether
I
shall
come
down
to
sight
with
thée
,
or
thou
come
up
to
me
.
Then
shalt
thou
plainly
sée
to
whom
God
will
give
the
victory
,
either
to
thée
that
trustest
in
thy
own
strength
,
or
to
me
,
that
trust
onely
in
him
.
The
greatest
oxen
and
the
fattest
bulls
are
oftentimes
brought
unto
the
slaughter
as
well
as
lesser
beasts
.
So
thou
great
beast
,
I
advise
thée
to
remember
thy
former
life
before
worse
happen
unto
thée
,
forsaking
thy
accursed
faith
which
thou
now
holdest
,
and
with
might
maintainest
,
otherwise
be
thou
assured
the
wrath
of
God
will
fall
upon
thée
,
as
it
hath
already
done
upon
thy
friends
.
That
shall
be
séen
(
said
Matroco
)
and
if
thou
hast
the
courage
to
stay
for
me
,
I
assure
thee
thou
wilt
be
glad
to
deny
the
villainous
words
thou
now
hast
uttered
.
Therefore
cause
the
gate
to
be
opened
,
for
seeing
thou
puttest
me
to
my
choice
,
I
will
come
up
to
thee
,
were
it
into
the
dungeon
,
from
whence
thou
hast
delivered
that
villain
standing
by
thee
,
and
therewith
leaving
his
company
behind
him
,
being
all
armed
,
he
began
to
mount
up
the
Rock
,
and
went
unto
the
Castle
,
but
when
he
came
to
the
Iron-gate
,
(
which
he
found
open
,
because
the
watch
had
left
it
and
were
gone
)
and
saw
Argantes
lying
dead
,
he
was
in
a
manner
out
of
his
wits
,
n●t
so
much
for
the
prowess
he
knew
to
be
in
him
,
as
that
he
had
from
his
youth
béen
nourished
and
bred
up
in
the
Castle
by
the
Giant
his
Father
.
Nevertheless
he
dissembled
his
grief
,
hoping
to
be
revenged
at
his
pleasure
,
and
going
further
,
in
an
other
place
he
found
the
Giant
armed
all
in
green
,
dead
and
freshly
bléeding
,
wherewith
he
was
so
moved
,
that
he
stayed
and
stood
still
,
and
casting
forth
a
great
sigh
,
began
to
cry
out
and
said
,
alas
Arcalaus
my
good
Vncle
,
how
néer
doth
the
loss
of
thée
go
to
my
heart
,
wheresoever
it
had
happened
,
but
especially
being
done
within
mine
own
Castle
,
wherein
I
thought
long
time
to
live
and
make
merry
with
thee
:
Alas
is
fortune
so
cruel
unto
thée
,
that
after
so
many
travels
and
dangerous
adventures
,
with
infinite
perils
,
that
in
the
flower
of
thy
youth
thou
hast
sustained
,
thou
must
in
thine
old
years
come
and
receive
so
cruel
a
death
within
my
house
,
which
I
esteemed
as
an
assured
hold
and
defence
,
not
onely
for
me
,
but
for
thee
and
the
rest
of
our
kindred
and
friends
?
O
immortal
Gods
,
what
vengeance
can
I
take
upon
the
Traitor
that
hath
so
much
offended
me
,
seeing
that
to
cause
him
to
die
each
day
a
hundred
times
were
nothing
in
respect
of
the
mischief
he
hath
done
unto
me
?
At
the
least
if
it
were
Amadis
De
Gaule
,
so
much
esteemed
of
all
men
or
any
of
his
two
brethren
,
or
all
they
three
together
,
my
grief
would
be
somewhat
eased
by
reason
of
the
sorrows
I
would
cause
them
to
indure
.
But
what
?
Now
I
am
constrained
to
fight
against
one
alone
,
who
by
reason
considering
the
travel
he
hath
taken
all
this
day
,
ought
already
to
esteem
himself
overcome
and
vanquished
:
What
glory
then
can
I
obtain
by
winning
victory
against
him
?
Truly
as
much
as
if
I
sought
against
a
simple
woman
,
being
(
as
by
nature
she
is
)
both
weak
and
feeble
,
so
he
unworthy
of
my
presence
will
be
much
prouder
if
I
do
but
make
a
countenance
to
fight
with
him
?
nevertheless
what
blot
s●ever
may
happen
unto
mine
honor
,
of
force
he
must
die
.
In
this
manner
did
the
Giant
lament
over
the
body
of
Arcalaus
his
dead
Vncle
,
not
moving
from
thence
,
till
at
last
he
perceived
the
black
Knight
that
stood
to
hear
him
,
wherewith
being
somewhat
ashamed
he
marched
towards
him
,
thinking
without
hinderance
to
enter
into
the
dungeon
,
but
he
found
the
black
Knight
at
the
gate
that
boldly
thrust
him
back
,
and
said
unto
him
,
Thou
brutish
and
unreasomable
beast
,
thinkest
thou
to
enter
in
by
force
?
Whereat
the
Giant
all
abashed
,
stayed
without
and
said
,
Thou
biddest
me
to
come
up
,
have
I
then
done
thee
wrong
to
come
at
thy
commandment
?
No
(
said
the
Knight
)
but
beholding
thy
countenance
,
it
seemeth
thou
wouldest
enter
by
authority
,
and
therewith
stepping
aside
,
he
said
:
Now
come
in
,
and
do
what
thou
canst
.
When
the
old
woman
(
with
whom
King
Luisart
talked
)
perceived
them
ready
to
fight
,
in
great
fear
she
ran
out
of
the
Hall
,
and
fell
down
at
her
Sons
feet
,
crying
out
and
said
,
Alas
Matroco
,
I
pray
thee
,
and
by
the
duty
a
childe
oweth
unto
the
mother
,
I
command
thee
not
to
enter
into
this
Combate
,
for
thou
knowest
well
that
of
all
thy
brethren
,
thou
art
onely
left
alive
,
wherewith
my
heart
is
so
grieved
,
that
had
it
not
been
for
the
love
I
bear
thee
,
thou
hadst
found
me
now
at
thy
return
in
as
pitiful
estate
as
thou
seest
thy
brother
Frerion
:
neither
is
there
any
woman
at
this
present
living
in
the
world
,
that
ought
(
with
better
reason
)
to
wish
for
death
then
I.
Alas
what
fortune
is
this
,
that
now
again
I
must
renew
the
sorrows
,
which
both
time
and
long
patience
(
as
I
thought
)
had
buried
in
oblivion
?
Alas
miserable
woman
that
I
am
,
I
onely
have
forged
the
weapon
that
hath
given
the
wound
,
whereby
at
this
present
I
receive
this
dammage
,
for
upon
the
day
of
my
husbands
decease
,
thinking
to
revenge
the
grief
that
my
soul
sustained
,
I
have
to
the
contrary
advanced
mine
own
shame
and
utter
ruine
,
justly
receiving
the
reward
that
belongeth
unto
such
,
as
refusing
the
better
part
,
think
to
remedy
one
mischief
by
procuring
a
worse
upon
themselves
.
Madam
(
said
the
Giant
)
if
at
this
present
you
have
received
great
loss
by
the
death
of
some
of
your
friends
,
nevertheless
you
ought
not
to
take
it
so
offensively
,
seeing
they
have
ended
their
days
in
honorable
Combate
,
as
behoveth
all
worthy
Knights
such
as
they
were
.
And
as
for
me
,
think
you
that
for
fear
of
death
I
will
refuse
to
do
that
whereunto
by
Knighthood
I
am
bound
?
No
,
no
:
likewise
what
reason
or
what
excuse
should
move
me
,
being
as
I
am
both
fresh
and
well
disposed
,
to
refuse
the
Combate
alone
against
one
simple
Knight
?
I
deny
not
Madam
,
but
confess
that
affection
causeth
you
to
use
these
words
,
and
shew
the
nature
of
a
woman
:
but
you
must
conceive
and
think
with
your
felf
that
I
answer
you
as
it
becometh
me
,
prefeirving
mine
honor
before
your
tears
,
wherefore
I
beseech
you
suffer
me
to
take
the
small
vengeance
I
can
upon
the
villain
that
hath
so
much
offended
me
.
Matroco
(
said
the
Knight
)
thou
reckonest
before
thine
host
,
I
would
not
for
al
the
gold
in
the
world
,
lose
such
an
occasion
offered
as
I
now
have
,
both
for
mine
honor
and
advantage
.
Believe
me
,
that
neither
thy
mothers
tears
,
nor
the
duty
thou
owest
unto
her
(
as
being
her
childe
)
can
by
any
means
prolong
the
end
of
thee
or
me
,
if
without
dissimulation
thou
dost
not
by
oath
promise
and
assure
me
to
live
in
as
good
sort
from
this
time
forwards
as
in
times
past
thou
hast
lived
wickedly
.
Wherefore
it
were
better
for
thée
to
make
me
know
by
effect
the
Prowess
thou
vauntest
thy self
to
have
,
and
for
me
to
let
thée
sée
the
courtesie
,
which
it
may
be
thou
shalt
finde
at
my
hands
if
I
overcome
thée
.
When
the
Lady
perceived
that
her
prayers
could
take
no
place
,
she
left
them
,
and
the
two
Knights
began
to
run
one
upon
the
other
so
bravely
,
and
with
such
fury
,
that
King
Luisart
beholding
them
,
thought
he
never
saw
so
cruel
a
battel
,
and
the
which
abashed
him
more
was
,
that
he
could
not
presume
how
or
in
what
manner
the
black
Knight
had
found
him
in
so
strange
a
place
,
and
yet
he
knew
him
not
:
sometime
he
thought
him
to
be
Amadis
,
but
when
he
remembred
the
love
he
bare
unto
the
Lady
Oriana
that
he
had
newly
married
,
he
was
otherwise
perswaded
,
and
likewise
he
remembred
very
well
the
Combates
he
had
séen
Amadis
De
Gaule
make
at
Windsore
against
Dardan
le
Superbe
,
and
after
that
with
Ardan
Canile
,
wherein
he
used
all
his
forces
,
yet
were
they
not
comparable
to
those
of
the
black
Knights
:
who
as
then
found
himself
as
fresh
and
well
disposed
to
fight
as
if
he
had
not
fought
all
the
day
before
.
Again
when
he
thought
it
to
be
his
nephew
Esplandian
,
for
that
Urganda
had
foreshewed
many
wonderful
things
of
him
,
he
was
soon
disswaded
from
that
opinion
,
by
reason
be
left
him
with
the
Queen
his
Mother
,
not
once
séeking
to
receive
the
order
of
Knighthood
,
and
although
that
since
his
departure
out
of
Britain
he
might
have
obtained
that
honor
,
yet
did
he
estéem
it
impossble
for
Esplandian
to
do
so
valiantly
at
the
first
.
Further
,
Urganda
had
always
prophesied
of
him
that
the
first
valiant
acts
he
should
atchieve
,
should
be
renowned
and
spoken
of
by
his
strange
and
fearful
navigation
in
the
great
Serpent
,
wherein
he
should
be
imbarqued
,
and
for
the
black
knight
he
knew
he
arrived
there
in
a
little
Barque
unfurnished
,
whereby
he
esteemed
it
unlikely
to
be
his
nephew
Esplandian
.
But
he
thought
he
never
had
séen
so
valiant
and
and
hardy
a
Knight
,
for
the
longer
he
fought
,
the
more
he
wearied
and
labored
Matroco
.
Nevertheless
he
continued
fighting
for
the
space
of
two
hours
together
before
it
could
be
judged
who
should
have
the
victory
,
but
in
the
end
the
Giant
feeling
himself
wounded
in
so
many
places
(
his
armor
altogether
broken
,
and
his
shield
half
cloven
in
two
)
began
to
mistrust
his
own
force
.
Wherefore
stepping
back
he
stayed
his
hand
,
and
said
:
Knight
I
pray
thee
let
us
breath
our selves
a
while
,
and
hear
what
I
will
offer
thee
,
which
cannot
be
other
then
to
thy
honor
and
advantage
.
With
that
the
Knight
stood
still
,
and
Matroco
began
to
speak
,
saying
:
I
wonder
(
sir
Knight
)
what
moved
thee
to
venture
in
this
manner
upon
this
Rock
,
wherein
never
any
but
thy self
durst
enterprise
to
come
during
my
Fathers
life
,
neither
yet
sithence
that
by
his
death
I
have
been
Lord
thereof
,
and
besides
this
thy
enterprise
,
wherein
thou
hast
done
the
thing
that
all
others
feared
to
do
before
thee
,
thou
hast
also
slain
three
of
my
friends
,
whereof
two
of
them
as
I
think
were
the
best
Knights
in
their
time
living
on
the
earth
,
whereby
I
have
just
cause
to
hate
thee
more
then
any
man
living
.
But
when
I
call
to
minde
that
thou
hast
done
therein
like
a
valiant
and
hardy
Knight
,
I
have
some
reason
to
pardon
thee
,
and
to
esteem
thee
for
one
of
the
valiantest
Champions
that
ever
I
saw
in
all
my
life
,
although
I
have
both
proved
and
vanquished
many
others
longer
practised
in
arms
,
and
stronger
then
thy self
.
Wherefore
if
the
onely
cause
of
thy
arrival
in
this
place
was
to
deliver
the
King
that
looketh
on
us
,
I
am
content
thou
take
and
lead
him
hence
in
safety
,
and
for
the
same
cause
likewise
I
quit
thee
of
the
combate
,
upon
condition
that
without
longer
sojourning
here
,
thou
shalt
presently
depart
out
of
this
castle
that
belongeth
unto
me
.
When
the
black
Knight
had
●eard
him
,
be
answered
him
and
said
,
Giant
,
as
far
as
I
perceive
thou
esteemest
it
a
great
enterprise
that
I
have
done
to
come
hither
and
finde
thee
here
within
thy
Castle
,
where
by
me
those
that
thou
so
much
lamentest
have
been
slain
,
but
if
thou
knowest
the
master
that
I
serve
,
to
whom
as
duty
bindeth
me
,
I
am
obedient
,
thou
shouldst
presently
perceive
and
plainly
see
,
this
enterprise
by
thee
estéemed
much
,
to
be
nothing
in
comparison
of
that
he
is
able
to
do
and
bring
to
pass
,
for
that
from
him
onely
and
none
other
procéedeth
all
whatsoever
I
have
done
,
whereby
of
good
right
the
glory
belongeth
unto
him
:
and
to
the
contrary
,
you
that
are
idolaters
,
serve
th●se
that
are
accustomed
to
rock
,
and
lull
you
asléep
in
all
kind
of
vices
,
cruelties
,
outrages
,
thefts
,
murthers
,
and
infinite
other
wickedness
,
which
for
a
time
do
prosper
with
you
,
whereby
you
live
in
honor
,
riches
,
and
all
worldly
pleasures
,
and
so
are
nusted
in
all
filthiness
,
but
surely
,
such
manner
of
life
may
well
be
compared
to
buildings
erected
upon
the
sands
,
that
cannot
continue
long
,
but
are
most
sure
to
have
an
evil
end
,
even
then
when
they
are
esteemed
to
be
at
the
top
of
all
their
worldly
felicity
:
like
as
it
happened
unto
Lucifer
and
his
fellows
,
whereof
it
may
be
thou
hast
heard
spoken
.
Nevertheless
if
thou
wilt
acknowledge
thy
former
life
,
and
of
a
wicked
wretch
(
as
thou
hast
always
lived
)
become
a
vertuous
Knight
,
and
as
thou
hast
béen
most
cruel
and
inhumane
,
become
courteous
and
pitiful
,
forsaking
thy
vain
and
foolish
faith
to
believe
in
my
God
,
who
is
the
most
true
and
mighty
Lord
of
all
Lords
,
I
will
not
onely
pardon
thée
the
Combate
whereof
thou
hast
the
worst
,
but
will
leave
thée
thy
castle
frée
unto
thy self
,
&
so
wil
be
thy
friend
,
upon
condition
nevertheless
,
that
from
hence
forth
both
thou
&
I
shall
imploy
our
forces
to
overthrow
and
destroy
all
those
,
that
(
as
thy self
)
do
walk
in
darkness
,
from
whence
(
if
thou
wilt
believe
me
)
thou
shalt
come
out
.
This
answer
of
the
black
Knight
moved
the
Giant
in
such
manner
,
that
like
a
wilde
Bear
he
began
to
fome
at
the
mouth
,
and
said
unto
the
Knight
,
Thou
accursed
wretch
,
and
of
all
others
the
most
vile
,
doest
thou
so
little
estéem
my
force
that
thou
thinkest
me
already
overcome
and
vanquished
?
And
therewith
he
pulled
away
the
pieces
of
his
Shield
that
hung
about
his
neck
,
and
threw
them
on
the
ground
,
and
taking
his
sword
in
both
his
hands
,
he
struck
at
the
black
Knight
,
thinking
to
cleave
his
head
,
but
he
perceiving
the
stroke
,
stepped
under
the
blow
,
and
closed
with
the
Giant
,
whereby
the
sword
passing
over
his
head
,
hir
upon
the
pavement
with
so
great
force
,
that
it
brake
in
pieces
,
and
therewith
the
pummel
fell
out
of
his
hand
,
so
that
the
two
Knights
being
closed
together
,
could
not
hurt
one
the
other
but
with
their
fists
or
pummels
of
their
swords
,
whereby
the
black
Knight
much
grieved
the
Giant
,
before
he
could
finde
the
means
to
recover
the
handle
of
his
sword
,
but
in
the
end
he
found
means
to
unlose
himself
from
the
Knight
,
and
as
he
recoiled
back
,
shunning
the
fury
of
his
enemy
,
the
old
woman
séeing
her
son
in
so
great
danger
,
went
between
them
,
and
wéeping
most
bitterly
,
said
unto
the
Knight
:
Alas
Gentleman
,
if
ever
you
came
of
woman
,
or
have
compassion
of
a
poor
widows
estate
,
I
beséech
you
for
the
honor
of
him
in
whom
you
believe
,
to
pity
my
misery
,
and
leaving
me
this
onely
son
,
content
your self
with
the
death
of
those
,
that
most
cruelly
you
have
slain
before
my
face
.
Lady
(
said
the
Knight
)
then
cause
him
to
ask
mercy
,
and
he
shall
finde
it
in
me
,
otherwise
you
labor
but
in
vain
.
To
ask
mercy
of
thée
(
said
the
Giant
)
I
can
never
be
dishonored
thereby
,
knowing
it
by
experience
to
be
most
true
,
that
such
power
and
strength
as
I
I
finde
in
thée
,
cometh
not
from
thy self
,
but
proceedeth
and
is
onely
caused
by
the
favor
of
thy
God
,
for
without
his
help
thou
hadst
no
more
béen
able
to
endure
against
me
,
than
straw
against
the
flaming
fire
,
therefore
it
were
great
folly
in
me
to
fight
both
against
God
and
man
,
but
I
had
rather
(
perceiving
my
end
to
approach
)
ask
him
mercy
and
forgiveness
,
then
believe
any
longer
in
those
in
whom
I
have
hitherto
put
my
trust
,
whereof
I
am
right
sorry
,
so
that
whether
I
fight
,
or
fight
not
,
or
whether
I
live
or
die
,
I
protest
and
make
a
vow
from
henceforth
,
never
to
worship
other
then
Iesus
Christ
thy
Lord
and
Master
.
Meanest
thou
as
thou
sayest
(
said
the
Knight
?
)
I
truly
,
answered
Matroco
,
and
therewith
kneeling
on
the
ground
,
and
lifting
both
his
eyes
and
hands
unto
heaven
,
he
cryed
out
and
said
,
Jesus
the
Son
of
the
Virgin
Mary
,
I
most
certainly
believe
thee
to
be
the
onely
,
infallible
,
true
,
and
living
God
,
and
that
all
others
whom
during
my
life
I
have
worshipped
and
adored
,
are
of
no
power
,
wherefore
forsaking
their
false
doctrine
,
to
worship
thee
according
to
thy
holy
Law
,
I
most
humbly
beseech
thee
to
be
merciful
unto
me
:
and
making
the
sign
of
the
Cross
upon
the
ground
,
he
stooped
down
and
kissed
it
.
Which
the
black
Knight
beholding
,
for
joy
thanked
God
with
all
his
heart
,
&
taking
his
sword
by
the
point
,
presented
the
handle
to
Matroco
,
saying
unto
him
:
Truly
valiant
Knight
,
among
so
many
triumphant
victories
that
in
times
past
you
have
obtained
,
there
never
happened
any
one
so
honorable
as
this
,
for
that
herein
you
have
not
onely
vanquished
me
,
but
your self
also
,
that
for
strength
of
body
are
invincible
:
wherefore
as
a
victorious
Knight
I
present
my
sword
unto
you
.
It
shall
not
be
so
(
said
Matroco
)
but
the
contrary
,
for
I
being
vanquished
,
submit
my self
unto
your
pleasure
,
and
from
this
time
forwards
dispose
of
me
,
my
goods
and
honor
,
as
you
shall
think
convenient
.
I
pray
you
then
(
said
the
black
Knight
)
have
pity
upon
the
poor
prisoners
that
even
now
I
saw
bound
within
your
Gallies
,
and
let
them
be
sent
for
hither
,
that
I
might
speak
with
them
:
With
all
my
heart
(
said
the
Giant
)
and
therewith
calling
his
mother
,
said
unto
her
,
Madam
,
I
pray
you
send
down
unto
the
ships
to
fetch
the
prisoners
that
the
Knight
desireth
to
sée
,
and
let
none
of
my
men
set
foot
on
land
till
I
send
them
further
Commission
,
which
she
presently
did
.
But
when
Master
Elizabeth
Libee
,
and
the
rest
of
the
prisoners
heard
the
message
,
they
made
no
little
sorrow
,
thinking
the
best
comfort
they
could
have
would
be
a
most
miserable
and
cruel
imprisonment
,
but
when
they
entred
the
first
gate
of
the
Castle
,
where
the
Porter
and
Arcalaus
lay
dead
,
they
were
somewhat
revived
,
and
in
better
hope
than
at
the
first
,
especially
when
they
saw
the
black
Knight
that
came
to
meet
them
,
who
without
making
himself
known
to
any
but
to
Master
Elizabeth
,
took
him
by
the
hand
,
and
said
unto
him
:
My
good
friend
,
because
I
will
not
that
any
but
you
alone
shall
know
who
I
am
,
I
pray
you
in
the
morning
come
and
●isit
me
in
an
Hermitage
that
standeth
at
the
foot
of
this
hill
,
where
I
will
stay
for
you
,
in
the
mean
time
you
shall
find
King
Luisart
in
the
Castle
,
who
I
leave
behinde
me
,
but
as
you
love
your
life
,
be
secret
and
tell
him
not
who
I
am
.
Master
Elizabeth
was
much
abashed
when
he
knew
him
to
be
Esplandian
,
and
willingly
would
have
had
more
conference
with
him
,
had
it
not
bin
for
the
charge
he
had
given
him
before
,
as
also
that
at
the
same
time
a
Gentlewoman
came
unto
him
,
and
said
,
Sir
Knight
,
if
ever
you
will
sée
Matroco
alive
,
make
haste
and
come
unto
him
,
for
he
is
even
now
fallen
upon
the
ground
,
and
(
as
I
think
is
dead
)
he
hath
lost
so
much
of
his
blood
.
Go
(
said
he
)
to
Master
Elizabeth
,
and
help
him
what
you
can
,
for
your
help
will
do
him
more
pleasure
at
this
time
,
than
my
presence
can
comfort
him
,
wherewith
he
left
Master
Elizabeth
with
the
Gentlewoman
,
and
went
unto
the
Hermitage
,
where
the
night
before
he
had
lodged
,
but
he
got
not
thither
before
the
Sun
went
down
,
being
so
weary
and
sore
with
fighting
all
the
day
,
that
he
could
not
go
further
:
where
he
found
the
Hermit
and
the
dumb
man
fitting
together
,
by
whom
he
was
presently
unarmed
,
and
meat
set
before
him
,
for
all
that
day
he
had
not
eaten
,
and
having
supped
,
they
layed
him
in
a
bed
,
where
the
Hermits
daughter
,
when
she
came
to
sée
her
Father
used
to
lie
,
and
visiting
his
body
to
see
if
he
were
hurt
,
they
found
it
much
bruised
and
black
in
divers
places
,
but
not
wounded
by
reason
of
the
goodness
of
his
Armor
,
which
no
Sword
or
other
weapon
could
pierce
,
then
they
annointed
him
with
certain
ointments
that
appeased
the
soreness
of
his
bruises
,
wherewith
he
fell
on
sleep
till
the
next
morning
.
CHAP.
VI.
Of
the
great
displeasure
King
Luisart
took
for
the
departure
of
the
black
Knight
,
and
what
conference
he
had
with
Arcabonna
Mother
to
Matroco
,
touching
her
unfortunate
life
.
THe
black
Knight
being
departed
out
of
the
Castle
he
had
newly
conquered
,
and
the
prisoners
entred
therein
,
among
the
rest
King
Luisart
knew
master
Elizabeth
,
wherefore
he
rose
up
(
sitting
by
Arcabonna
,
Matrocos
Mother
,
who
as
then
leaned
on
her
lap
)
and
went
to
imbrace
him
,
asking
him
what
fortune
had
brought
him
thither
at
that
time
to
save
the
Giants
life
,
being
in
so
great
extremity
?
And
it
pleaseth
your
Grace
(
said
he
)
once
this
day
I
did
not
think
he
would
have
had
so
much
néed
of
my
help
as
he
now
hath
:
But
as
I
understand
by
a
Knight
that
I
méet
going
down
the
hill
,
he
is
in
great
danger
of
his
life
:
Nevertheless
for
the
honor
of
him
that
commanded
me
to
help
him
,
I
will
do
the
best
I
can
.
I
pray
you
do
so
(
said
the
King
.
)
Then
master
Elizabeth
caused
Matroco
to
be
softly
layed
upon
his
bed
,
and
being
unarmed
searched
his
wounds
,
and
perceiving
them
to
be
deadly
,
would
not
for
that
time
do
any
thing
unto
them
but
stanch
their
bléeding
,
leaving
the
rest
till
he
had
slept
,
wherein
he
was
newly
fallen
.
In
the
mean
time
King
Luisart
not
forgetting
what
master
Elizabeth
at
his
coming
in
had
said
unto
him
,
asked
him
what
was
become
of
the
black
Knight
:
and
it
pleaseth
your
Grace
(
said
he
)
as
we
entred
into
the
Castle
,
I
met
him
going
secretly
from
hence
,
and
not
minding
to
return
again
.
By
Saint
Mary
(
said
the
King
)
have
I
received
so
great
aid
at
his
hands
,
and
am
I
so
unfortunate
,
that
he
should
depart
from
hence
without
knowing
him
?
Truly
I
am
sorry
I
stayed
here
to
sée
what
would
become
of
Matroco
,
if
I
had
not
,
I
would
surely
have
followed
him
,
and
with
much
importunity
have
craved
his
name
.
Master
Elizabeth
(
said
he
)
will
you
upon
your
faith
tell
me
truly
whether
you
know
him
or
not
?
If
it
be
so
,
if
you
will
do
me
any
pleasure
,
hide
it
no
longer
from
me
,
for
I
never
had
so
great
desire
to
know
any
Knight
,
not
onely
for
the
aid
he
hath
done
me
,
but
for
the
valiant
enterprise
at
this
present
atchieved
by
him
.
Your
grace
shal
pardon
me
if
it
pleaseth
you
,
said
master
Elizabeth
,
for
it
is
true
that
I
know
him
wel
,
but
if
I
tell
you
any
more
,
I
should
do
him
wrong
,
for
he
hath
expressely
forbidden
me
to
do
it
.
I
sée
well
(
said
the
King
)
you
will
but
increase
the
desire
I
have
to
know
him
,
&
that
is
worse
,
by
the
same
means
bereave
me
of
all
hope
ever
to
sée
him
again
.
With
that
they
entred
into
the
Hal
,
where
they
méet
Arcabonne
half
dead
with
sorrow
,
whom
the
King
in
courteous
manner
prayed
to
stay
a
while
,
asking
her
how
her
son
did
.
He
doth
(
said
she
)
as
one
in
whom
I
have
as
little
hope
of
life
as
of
the
other
that
lyeth
dead
in
the
court
,
&
to
say
the
truth
,
it
séemeth
that
fortune
hath
wholly
bent
her self
against
me
,
not
ceasing
continually
to
heap
sorrow
upon
sorrow
to
make
me
desperate
.
Notwithstanding
I
know
full
well
how
to
be
revenged
,
and
that
is
,
in
dispight
of
her
and
her
cruelties
to
bereave
my self
of
life
whereof
she
shall
lose
her
power
,
which
by
good
reason
I
cannot
well
prolong
,
séeing
she
hath
not
spared
me
one
hour
of
rest
since
she
first
began
,
still
playing
her
part
in
tormenting
me
,
but
of
all
other
my
misfortunes
,
none
hath
grieved
me
so
much
as
the
force
of
this
Knight
,
by
whose
power
(
said
she
unto
the
King
)
I
sée
thée
now
delivered
out
of
my
hands
,
and
from
the
cruel
torments
I
had
prepared
for
thée
,
if
accursed
fortune
had
not
withstood
them
.
Madam
(
said
the
King
)
I
pray
you
declare
unto
me
the
cause
of
this
your
great
malice
towards
me
,
and
whether
at
any
time
I
have
done
you
wrong
or
injury
whereby
I
should
deserve
it
:
that
will
I
shew
thée
,
said
Arbaconne
,
not
therein
to
do
thée
pleasure
,
but
rather
to
grieve
thée
more
when
thou
shalt
know
and
understand
that
I
was
born
and
bred
in
the
same
country
,
wherein
to
my
great
despight
thou
hast
raigned
overlong
,
for
there
I
and
Arcalaus
my
brother
by
father
and
mother
,
were
doth
begotten
and
brought
up
in
the
art
of
Nigromancy
,
which
oftentimes
we
have
practised
and
put
in
effect
,
therewith
to
torment
divers
persons
that
never
did
offend
us
.
In
the
which
art
,
as
age
and
knowledge
increased
,
I
growing
very
expert
,
in
the
end
became
acquainted
with
Cartadaque
,
as
then
Lord
of
this
Castle
,
and
with
him
I
grew
in
so
great
familiarity
,
that
he
married
me
,
and
with
him
ever
sithence
have
dwelt
here
in
this
Castle
,
where
not
long
after
I
was
delivered
of
a
Son
called
Lindoraque
,
after
that
of
another
named
Matroco
,
that
now
lyeth
in
this
bed
,
and
lastly
of
the
third
called
Frerion
,
whom
thou
hast
slain
,
and
my
brother
also
,
that
went
to
help
Argantes
the
Porter
of
this
Castle
.
And
being
thus
married
unto
such
a
husband
as
Cartadaque
,
was
so
much
feared
and
redoubted
in
all
places
,
and
having
thrée
of
the
most
valiant
and
worthy
knights
to
my
sons
,
that
ever
lived
,
I
was
so
elevated
in
pride
,
and
so
little
estéemed
of
cruel
fortune
,
that
I
thought
it
unpossible
for
her
to
work
me
any
woe
.
But
by
tract
of
time
I
found
it
otherwise
,
for
by
little
and
little
she
hath
wholly
changed
my
joy
into
most
grievous
sorrow
,
and
wilt
thou
know
how
?
Then
I
think
thou
doest
yet
remember
the
discord
that
long
sithence
happened
betwéen
thée
and
Childadan
King
of
Ireland
,
and
of
the
battel
wherein
thou
overcamest
him
,
where
my
deceased
husband
minding
to
be
present
,
expresly
departed
from
hence
thither
,
and
as
accursed
fortune
would
,
took
my
son
Lindoraque
with
him
,
and
having
travelled
many
countries
,
at
the
last
arrived
at
the
place
where
my
brother
stayed
for
them
,
travelling
all
thrée
together
with
full
purpose
and
intent
to
do
thée
all
the
injury
they
could
,
and
they
had
scarce
entered
into
a
forrest
not
far
from
London
,
but
they
méet
a
Knight
as
then
surnamed
Le
Beautenebreux
,
riding
in
company
of
a
Gentlewoman
,
that
ware
on
her
head
a
Call
all
set
with
strange
flowers
,
whom
my
Son
(
as
accursed
fortune
would
)
liked
so
well
,
that
with
a
great
desire
to
have
her
to
present
unto
the
Lady
Madasine
his
love
,
commanded
one
of
his
Squires
to
go
fetch
her
to
him
,
which
the
Knight
called
Le
Beautenebreux
,
whereof
I
speak
,
would
not
permit
,
but
sent
the
messenger
back
again
well
beaten
,
wherewith
my
Son
being
moved
,
thought
to
have
her
by
force
,
but
it
fell
out
otherwise
for
him
,
for
at
the
first
encounter
the
Knight
with
one
blow
with
his
Sword
,
thrust
him
into
the
body
,
whereof
he
died
,
and
as
much
had
chanced
to
his
Vncle
Arcalaus
,
if
his
horse
had
not
saved
him
by
running
away
,
having
first
lost
four
of
his
fingers
on
the
right
hand
.
Yet
fortune
not
contenting
her self
with
this
mischief
,
prepared
me
a
wose
,
for
my
husband
(
who
for
his
valour
and
prowess
was
feared
and
redoubted
throughout
all
Asia
and
Europe
)
was
cruelly
slain
by
the
same
murtherer
of
Lindoraque
,
upon
the
same
day
the
battel
was
fought
,
if
thou
canst
remember
it
,
whereby
ever
sithence
I
remained
a
widdow
with
my
other
Sons
as
then
very
young
and
tender
of
age
,
with
whom
I
have
passed
the
greatest
part
of
my
days
most
extreamly
,
wéeping
and
lamenting
with
continual
sadness
,
which
had
been
more
grievous
unto
me
,
had
it
not
béen
for
the
hope
I
conceived
of
their
valour
and
prowess
.
But
to
come
to
the
point
of
my
discourse
,
time
and
reason
having
in
a
manner
suppressed
my
forepassed
sorrows
,
news
was
brought
me
of
the
last
victory
thou
didst
obtain
by
the
prowess
of
the
Knight
named
Le
Beautenebreux
(
now
as
it
is
said
,
called
Amadis
de
Gaule
)
&
likewise
of
my
brothers
imprisonment
,
wherewith
I
was
so
grieved
,
that
respecting
not
my
old
years
,
I
took
upon
me
to
travel
into
Britain
,
hoping
by
some
means
to
get
him
out
of
thy
hands
.
But
before
I
arrived
there
,
I
had
certain
news
of
his
delivery
,
nevertheless
considering
with
my self
the
fore-passed
injuries
I
have
received
by
thy
kinsmen
,
namely
by
that
wicked
wretch
Amadis
De
Gaule
,
I
determined
before
my
return
hither
to
finde
the
means
to
make
him
know
that
small
good
will
I
bear
him
.
But
having
imployed
all
my
art
,
and
finding
it
in
vain
to
work
any
further
therein
against
him
,
by
reason
of
a
ring
he
beareth
daily
on
his
finger
,
given
him
by
that
wicked
enchantress
Urganda
:
I
determined
to
prove
my
skill
(
which
could
not
take
effect
in
him
)
against
thee
,
being
advertised
of
thy
often
riding
to
hunt
,
with
very
few
in
thy
company
,
where
I
made
thée
sée
one
of
my
Gentlewomen
,
and
a
villain
that
would
deflower
her
,
whom
thou
thoughtest
to
succour
,
and
if
thou
now
remembrest
me
,
I
am
the
very
same
thou
foundest
in
the
pavillion
,
following
after
him
that
fled
before
thee
,
and
there
thou
remainedst
inchanted
,
from
whence
we
carryed
thee
into
our
Barque
,
and
without
knowledge
unto
any
but
mine
own
servants
,
thou
wast
brought
hither
by
Sea
,
with
full
deliberation
to
cause
thée
languish
in
prison
:
in
the
mean
time
with
the
help
of
my
allies
and
friends
,
thy
country
should
be
invaded
,
but
I
find
my self
deceived
.
For
that
this
place
which
never
was
conquered
by
any
power
whatsoever
the
Kings
of
Turky
,
or
the
Emperors
of
Constantinople
,
could
ever
bring
against
it
,
in
less
then
one
day
is
both
conquered
and
taken
by
one
simple
Knight
,
with
the
loss
of
my
two
Sons
,
and
others
,
esteemed
Paragons
among
the
best
Knights
in
the
world
,
whereby
it
may
clearly
be
perceived
,
that
by
means
of
thy
captivity
there
is
much
more
mischief
happened
unto
me
then
sorrow
to
thy
person
.
While
Arcabonne
made
this
long
discourse
,
the
King
that
still
beheld
her
in
the
face
,
remembred
well
it
was
she
to
whom
he
spake
in
the
pavillion
,
wherefore
he
said
unto
her
,
In
good
faith
Madam
I
now
believe
you
better
then
at
the
first
,
yet
me
thinketh
you
do
me
wrong
to
make
me
bear
the
burthen
of
another
mans
offence
.
Thinkest
thou
so
(
said
she
?
)
No
truly
,
for
thy
imprisonment
onely
had
wrought
great
damage
unto
divers
men
,
but
to
me
and
mine
great
profit
and
advantage
.
It
might
be
so
(
answered
the
King
)
notwithstanding
I
will
not
cease
to
do
you
all
the
favor
and
pleasure
that
I
can
.
In
the
mean
time
I
pray
you
take
your
adversity
with
as
great
constancy
as
you
may
.
By
my
soul
(
said
she
)
thou
speakest
at
thy
pleasure
,
and
therewith
in
a
great
fury
,
she
went
into
Matroco's
Chamber
,
leaving
the
King
that
had
not
eaten
all
that
day
,
wherefore
he
called
master
Elizabeth
and
the
other
company
,
that
mean
time
had
prepared
his
meat
,
and
sitting
down
to
supper
,
they
discoursed
of
the
talk
he
and
Arcabonne
had
together
,
till
it
was
time
to
go
to
rest
when
the
King
went
to
bed
,
leaving
Libee
to
guard
the
Castle
.
CHAP.
VII
.
How
the
Giant
Matroco
died
,
whereat
Arcabonne
was
in
such
a
fury
,
that
having
failed
to
kill
King
Luisart
,
she
threw
her self
headlong
out
of
a
window
into
the
sea
.
KIng
Luisart
was
not
fully
asléep
,
but
he
was
forced
to
awake
by
means
of
a
cry
of
a
woman
that
he
heard
,
making
great
lamentation
,
wherefore
starting
up
,
and
calling
master
Elizabeth
and
the
rest
of
his
company
,
he
took
a
Hatchet
which
he
had
layed
under
the
bolster
of
his
Bed
,
and
went
to
sée
what
it
meant
,
and
as
he
passed
through
the
Hall
,
he
perceived
Arcabonne
coming
towards
him
(
covered
onely
with
a
Mantle
)
wringing
her
hands
,
and
tearing
of
her
hair
,
making
great
sorrow
.
Wherewith
the
King
went
to
her
,
asking
her
what
she
meant
?
Alas
(
said
she
)
that
which
I
most
feared
,
and
ever
sithence
yesterday
most
assuredly
expected
,
is
fallen
out
:
and
as
she
uttered
those
words
,
she
pulled
out
a
naked
sword
that
she
bare
under
her
arm
,
wherewith
she
meant
to
kill
the
King
But
as
fortune
would
,
he
perceived
the
blow
coming
,
and
stepped
aside
,
and
with
the
force
of
the
blow
the
sword
hitting
upon
the
pavement
,
fell
out
of
the
old
womans
hands
,
wherewith
the
King
stepped
upon
it
,
and
when
he
stooped
to
take
up
,
Arcabonne
perceiving
the
chamber
door
where
master
Elizabeth
was
,
to
be
open
,
she
ran
thither
,
and
threw
her self
out
of
a
window
into
the
sea
:
the
King
followed
her
not
,
but
went
into
the
chamber
where
Matroco
lay
,
and
perceiving
him
to
be
dead
,
came
forth
again
into
the
Hall
,
where
he
met
master
Elizabeth
,
that
told
him
news
of
Arcabonnes
death
.
In
good
truth
(
said
he
)
there
is
no
extremity
like
to
that
of
a
woman
,
behold
,
I
pray
you
with
what
fury
she
was
possessed
,
for
as
I
issued
out
of
the
Chamber
,
I
met
her
,
and
thinking
with
fair
spéeches
and
good
perswasions
to
comfort
her
,
she
failed
not
much
to
kill
me
with
this
sword
that
I
have
in
my
hand
:
and
as
they
beheld
it
,
the
King
knew
it
to
be
the
same
he
wore
when
he
was
inchanted
,
which
pleased
him
so
well
,
that
he
said
,
Ha
good
sword
,
the
best
and
faithfullest
companion
that
ever
man
had
!
how
many
victories
have
I
had
by
thy
means
,
and
what
combates
and
adventures
have
I
brought
to
an
end
by
thy
help
?
And
by
great
misfortune
having
lost
thée
,
thou
knewest
me
,
for
being
in
a
mad
womans
hands
,
that
with
thée
would
have
slain
me
,
thou
hast
not
onely
denied
her
that
favor
,
but
hast
fallen
out
of
her
hands
to
return
again
unto
him
that
never
(
while
his
arm
is
able
to
wield
thée
)
will
forsake
thée
.
Now
(
said
he
to
Libee
)
if
we
chance
to
be
assaulted
,
we
have
wherewith
to
defend
us
.
Truly
(
said
master
Elizabeth
)
I
believe
all
those
that
could
hurt
us
in
this
place
,
are
either
dead
or
fled
away
,
wherefore
I
am
of
opinion
in
the
morning
to
bury
them
that
are
slain
,
mean
time
expecting
some
means
whereby
we
may
return
into
your
Graces
country
,
we
will
enquire
what
is
become
of
the
black
Knight
that
you
so
much
desire
to
know
.
You
shall
do
well
(
said
the
King
)
and
therewith
each
man
went
to
rest
till
the
morning
,
that
master
Elizabeth
and
others
of
his
company
went
to
bury
the
porter
&
the
rest
of
the
dead
Knights
,
among
the
which
they
knew
Arcalaus
the
Inchanter
,
that
not
fiftéen
days
before
had
arrived
in
the
Castle
;
for
at
his
delivery
out
of
prison
,
being
advertised
of
King
Luisart's
sudden
departure
,
he
suspected
his
sister
Arcabonne
had
stollen
him
away
,
and
therefore
came
expresly
to
the
Castle
armed
in
gréen
as
you
have
heard
,
and
although
master
Elizabeth
had
séen
him
oftentimes
before
,
yet
at
the
first
fight
he
doubted
it
was
he
,
considering
where
not
long
before
he
had
left
him
,
wherefore
he
sent
to
tell
the
King
,
that
presently
came
to
sée
him
,
who
knew
him
well
,
yet
I
thought
(
said
he
)
he
had
still
béen
prisoner
in
the
Ferm
Isle
:
And
it
pleaseth
your
Grace
(
said
master
Elizabeth
)
he
was
delibered
from
thence
before
my
departure
,
and
therewith
shewed
him
the
means
how
,
as
it
is
at
large
declared
in
the
end
of
our
Fourth
Book
.
Behold
(
said
the
King
)
how
great
are
the
judgements
of
God!
let
his
body
be
put
into
some
cold
place
,
for
I
am
well
assured
that
his
soul
shall
endure
more
heat
than
ever
it
had
in
this
world
.
CHAP.
VIII
.
How
master
Elizabeth
went
to
find
the
black
Knight
in
the
Hermitage
,
and
what
conference
they
had
.
ARcalaus
and
the
rest
being
buried
,
King
Luisart
went
into
his
Chamber
,
and
as
he
looked
into
the
sea
,
he
could
not
sée
the
ships
that
Matroco
brought
with
him
,
wherefore
enquiring
which
way
they
went
,
he
was
certified
,
that
when
Arcabonne
threw
her self
out
of
the
window
into
the
Sea
,
they
took
up
her
dead
body
,
and
laying
it
in
their
Vessels
,
hoised
sayls
,
and
put
to
sea
.
Let
them
go
to
the
devil
(
said
the
King
)
and
we
to
dinner
,
if
there
be
any
thing
to
eat
:
your
dinner
is
ready
(
said
master
Elizabeth
)
when
it
pleaseth
your
Grace
to
sit
down
:
whereupon
the
meat
was
brought
in
,
and
the
King
did
eat
with
a
good
appetite
,
but
he
had
taken
so
little
rest
the
night
before
,
that
as
he
sate
at
the
Table
he
fell
asléep
.
Wherefore
rising
up
,
he
laid
him
down
on
his
Bed
,
commanding
his
men
not
to
wake
him
,
wherewith
master
Elizabeth
was
well
pleased
,
knowing
that
in
the
mean
time
he
might
have
convenient
leisure
to
go
unto
Esplandian
,
as
he
had
promised
,
whereupon
he
departed
secretly
out
of
the
Castle
,
and
going
down
the
hill
,
went
so
long
that
he
came
to
the
Hermitage
,
where
he
found
the
Hermite
and
the
dumb
man
sitting
at
the
door
,
and
he
saluting
them
,
asked
if
the
black
Knight
were
there
?
the
Hermit
said
no
:
but
the
dumb
man
made
signs
that
he
should
go
into
the
Chamber
,
which
he
did
,
where
he
found
him
very
melancholy
lying
upon
a
bed
.
But
when
he
perceived
master
Elizabeth
,
he
took
him
by
the
hand
,
and
said
:
My
good
friend
master
Elizabeth
you
are
welcome
hither
,
tell
me
I
pray
you
how
you
left
the
Ferm
Isle
,
in
this
manner
to
serve
Matroco
and
his
barbarous
companions
?
Wherewith
he
laughed
,
for
the
Giant
had
tyed
him
to
a
chain
,
and
made
him
row
in
his
Gallies
as
other
slaves
did
.
My
Lord
(
said
master
Elizabeth
)
when
you
received
the
Order
of
Knighthood
,
and
that
King
Bruneo
,
Quedragant
,
and
all
our
company
that
were
as
then
with
your
father
Amadis
de
Gaule
,
slept
by
means
of
the
melodious
noise
of
nine
Trumpets
that
sounded
on
the
shoar
,
Grasinde
my
Mistriss
sent
me
on
a
message
to
the
Marquess
Saluder
her
brother
,
to
certifie
him
of
her
Marriage
with
the
Prince
of
Sansuegue
,
wherefore
I
imbarqued
my self
,
and
had
so
good
a
winde
,
that
in
short
time
after
I
arrived
at
Constantinople
,
where
I
found
the
Emperor
,
that
took
great
pleasure
to
hear
me
discourse
what
had
happened
sithence
the
return
of
Gastilles
his
Nephew
.
And
the
next
day
when
I
meant
to
return
,
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
who
in
my
minde
is
the
beautifullest
Princess
living
at
this
time
,
sent
for
me
,
most
instantly
desiring
me
that
in
the
presence
of
Quéen
Minoresse
,
with
divers
other
Ladies
and
Gentlewomen
,
I
would
shew
her
what
I
had
heard
touching
the
Knight
with
the
gréen
sword
.
For
(
said
she
)
although
that
now
we
understand
he
is
named
Amadis
de
Gaule
,
yet
will
we
not
change
his
other
name
,
till
such
time
he
sendeth
us
some
other
of
his
linage
,
or
else
return
himself
to
do
us
service
,
according
to
his
promise
.
Then
I
shewed
them
of
the
strangeness
of
the
Ark
of
Lovers
,
the
singularities
of
the
Isle
,
whereof
they
never
had
heard
,
the
loss
of
King
Luisart
,
the
maner
how
you
received
the
Order
of
Knighthood
,
the
ceremonies
that
at
the
same
time
Urganda
commanded
to
be
used
,
the
commandment
that
your
father
Amadis
de
Gaule
gave
you
to
come
and
serve
them
in
this
place
,
and
lastly
how
in
the
end
we
fell
asléep
in
the
great
Serpent
from
whence
we
were
carried
(
not
knowing
thereof
)
to
the
Palace
of
Apolidon
,
where
when
we
awaked
,
we
found
all
our
company
together
(
onely
you
)
Manley
,
the
King
of
Dacia
,
Ambor
,
and
Talanque
,
not
knowing
what
was
become
of
you
.
And
while
I
made
this
long
discourse
,
the
Princess
Leonorine
would
not
suffer
me
to
make
an
end
,
but
interrupting
me
in
my
tale
,
said
unto
me
:
Master
Elizabeth
,
when
my
Cousin
Gastilles
returned
from
thence
,
I
remember
that
among
other
things
by
him
declared
,
he
said
something
touching
the
yong
gentleman
whereof
you
speak
,
wherefore
I
pray
you
shew
us
what
you
know
of
him
:
wherein
séeking
to
fulfil
her
request
,
I
began
to
shew
her
the
manner
of
your
nativity
,
how
King
Luisart
found
you
in
the
forrest
with
the
Lions
,
of
the
letters
he
received
that
day
,
what
letters
you
had
on
your
body
when
you
were
born
,
whereof
some
were
as
white
as
Snow
,
signifyng
your
own
name
,
the
rest
as
red
as
blood
,
shewing
the
name
of
your
love
,
as
yet
unknown
,
by
reason
the
characters
cannot
be
understood
.
Then
smilingly
she
asked
me
how
you
would
know
it
,
and
I
answered
her
,
that
love
in
time
would
learn
,
and
that
for
certain
she
would
be
of
royal
blood
,
and
one
that
should
be
the
beautifullest
Lady
living
in
her
time
.
Truly
(
said
she
)
he
deserveth
no
less
,
wherefore
I
pray
you
heartily
when
you
sée
him
,
perswade
him
to
come
hither
and
fulfil
the
promise
that
his
father
made
us
,
for
I
have
great
desire
to
sée
him
,
that
he
might
be
as
much
at
our
commandment
,
as
heretofore
his
Father
Amadis
hath
béen
,
which
I
promised
her
to
do
,
although
I
said
I
doubted
it
would
not
be
so
soon
as
I
could
wish
.
So
my
Lord
I
stayed
certain
days
at
Constantinople
,
speaking
continually
of
you
,
that
done
,
I
imbarqued
my self
again
,
where
by
evil
fortune
we
fell
into
the
hands
of
the
Giant
Matroco
,
whom
as
then
was
upon
the
Sea
.
While
master
Elizabeth
shewed
the
black
Knight
of
the
beauty
of
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
and
what
she
had
inquired
of
him
,
love
entered
so
far
into
his
heart
,
that
oftentimes
he
changed
colour
,
but
for
the
time
he
covered
his
intent
as
much
as
he
could
:
and
entering
into
another
matter
,
asked
master
Elizabeth
how
he
found
the
means
to
leave
King
Luisart
▪
As
well
as
I
would
wish
(
said
he
)
for
as
soon
as
he
had
dined
,
he
lay
down
to
sléep
,
in
the
mean
time
I
came
hither
to
you
.
I
pray
you
(
said
the
Knight
)
let
him
know
nothing
touching
me
.
And
wherefore
(
said
master
Elizabeth
)
will
you
hide
your self
from
him
,
séeing
there
is
no
Prince
living
in
the
world
,
worthier
then
he
to
be
honored
and
served
of
all
good
Knights
?
It
is
true
(
said
the
Knight
)
but
I
have
done
so
little
as
yet
,
that
I
am
ashamed
he
should
hear
no
better
news
of
me
,
séeing
I
am
in
hope
,
that
in
time
I
shall
do
great
matters
,
which
of
themselves
will
set
forth
my
renown
,
without
the
praise
of
other
men
.
Séeing
it
is
your
pleasure
(
said
master
Elizabeth
)
I
will
do
so
,
although
it
would
rejoyce
him
much
,
to
hear
that
such
unexpected
aid
should
come
unto
him
onely
by
your
means
.
That
shall
be
at
another
time
(
said
the
Knight
)
and
not
now
:
Wherefore
lest
he
should
miss
you
when
he
awaketh
,
I
pray
you
return
unto
the
Castle
,
and
when
you
sée
convenient
time
,
come
hither
again
to
visit
me
.
Wherewith
master
Elizabeth
took
his
leave
,
vidding
him
farewel
,
and
went
the
same
day
he
came
towards
the
Castle
.
CHAP.
IX
.
How
Carmelle
the
Hermits
Daughter
found
the
black
Knight
sleeping
in
the
Hermitage
,
and
thinking
to
kill
him
,
perceiving
him
so
fair
,
she
fell
in
love
with
him
.
MAster
Elizabeth
gone
from
the
Hermitage
where
he
left
the
black
Knight
,
went
so
fast
and
made
such
haste
,
that
he
came
again
unto
the
Castle
,
not
missed
of
any
,
yet
the
King
was
awake
before
he
came
,
who
leaning
in
a
window
,
and
séeing
him
below
in
the
Court
,
asked
him
if
he
had
slept
:
No
,
and
it
liketh
your
Grace
(
said
he
)
I
have
béen
abroad
,
walking
along
the
country
,
which
I
finde
environed
with
the
goodliest
meddows
that
ever
were
séen
:
come
up
hither
(
said
the
King
)
and
we
will
talk
with
you
,
but
he
was
no
sooner
entred
into
the
Chamber
,
when
Carmelle
the
Hermites
Daughter
came
to
the
King
,
and
knéeling
down
before
him
,
said
,
May
it
please
your
Grace
to
entertain
me
into
your
service
,
that
am
one
of
your
natural
subjects
,
and
will
be
during
life
:
wherewith
the
King
took
her
up
and
said
,
Gentlewoman
,
if
you
desire
any
thing
at
my
hands
,
assure
your self
it
shall
not
be
denyed
,
for
I
did
never
during
my
life
but
honor
and
pleasure
such
as
you
are
,
and
although
such
favors
have
oftentimes
turned
to
my
great
trouble
,
therein
do
I
blame
no
man
but
my self
,
for
that
God
justly
sendeth
both
good
and
evil
,
when
,
where
,
and
to
whom
it
pleaseth
him
,
wherefore
I
pray
you
shew
me
who
you
are
.
Then
Carmelle
made
a
long
discourse
,
how
from
her
youth
upwards
she
had
served
her
mistriss
Arcabonne
,
and
what
occasion
moved
her
father
to
become
an
Hermit
,
as
you
heard
before
.
Truly
Gentlewoman
(
said
the
King
)
if
you
will
return
into
great
Britain
,
I
will
take
you
with
me
.
I
will
do
(
said
she
)
what
your
Grace
commandeth
:
in
the
mean
time
I
pray
you
grant
me
leave
to
give
my
father
intelligence
who
you
are
,
for
he
will
be
most
ready
and
glad
to
do
your
Grace
service
.
With
a
good
will
(
said
the
King
)
and
tell
him
I
desire
to
sée
him
,
wherewith
Carmelle
thanked
his
Grace
,
and
because
it
was
late
,
she
went
again
into
her
Chamber
till
the
next
morning
that
she
rose
,
and
issuing
out
of
the
Castle
,
about
break
of
the
day
went
down
a
certain
path
,
she
ordinarily
used
to
go
,
whereby
she
came
into
the
Hermitage
at
such
time
as
the
Hermite
and
the
dumb
man
were
gone
to
the
Barque
to
fetch
such
necessaries
as
the
black
Knight
wanted
,
who
in
the
mean
time
slept
in
his
bed
,
for
after
that
master
Elizabeth
had
given
him
intelligence
what
the
Princess
Leonorine
had
said
,
he
could
not
rest
,
till
the
very
same
time
when
she
entered
into
her
Fathers
cell
,
wherein
she
found
him
,
and
not
doubting
any
thing
,
went
into
the
Chamber
,
where
she
heard
the
black
Knight
s●ort
,
wherewith
being
abashed
she
opened
the
window
,
and
perceived
him
asléep
,
his
Sword
hanging
at
his
beds-head
,
which
she
took
down
,
and
softly
drew
out
of
the
Scabberd
,
finding
it
freshly
spotted
with
blood
,
whereupon
she
suspected
it
was
he
that
had
slain
Frerion
,
Matroco
,
and
others
in
the
Castle
,
and
as
she
looked
about
her
she
knew
his
black
Armor
,
wherewith
she
was
in
such
a
fear
,
that
she
had
almost
fallen
down
,
and
let
the
Sword
fall
out
of
her
hands
,
but
taking
courage
,
she
went
néerer
to
the
bed
,
to
know
him
better
,
being
fully
determined
if
it
were
he
,
to
kill
him
as
he
lay
,
and
therewith
began
by
little
and
little
to
uncover
his
face
,
but
he
shewed
so
fair
,
that
suddenly
the
fury
she
had
,
changed
into
so
burning
a
love
,
that
during
her
life
it
was
never
quenched
,
in
such
manner
that
the
more
she
beheld
him
,
the
more
did
her
love
increase
,
and
as
he
fell
on
sléep
when
his
minde
was
busied
with
the
imagination
conceived
of
Leonorine
,
after
Carmelle
had
beheld
him
long
,
he
turned
towards
her
,
and
without
waking
,
cast
forth
a
great
sigh
saying
in
his
sléep
,
Alas
poor
wretch
,
what
shall
become
of
me
?
The
Gentlewoman
knew
well
he
had
not
séen
her
,
wherefore
she
imboldened
her self
to
kiss
him
,
and
found
his
face
all
wet
with
tears
,
whereby
she
feared
he
had
some
melancholly
humor
that
troubled
him
,
and
although
she
estéemed
not
thereof
,
féeling
her
new
disease
much
more
then
his
grief
,
taking
all
to
her
advantage
,
she
hoped
from
that
time
forwards
to
find
the
meanes
to
obtain
his
love
,
yet
did
she
fail
thereof
,
for
that
love
(
to
shew
his
power
)
had
wounded
them
both
diversly
in
one
place
,
and
at
one
time
,
a
thing
almost
incredible
,
for
who
would
ever
think
that
little
god
would
enter
into
such
a
place
?
Where
a
poor
Hermit
lived
all
alone
in
most
strict
manner
,
with
a
few
cold
roots
,
and
not
his
belly
full
of
bread
:
yet
did
he
overcome
them
both
,
in
the
most
unfit
time
(
as
it
may
be
thought
)
that
could
be
found
,
for
the
black
Knight
had
indured
so
great
travel
in
fighting
,
and
the
Gentlewoman
séen
so
many
of
her
friends
slain
at
one
time
,
that
the
one
had
not
so
much
néed
of
comfort
,
but
the
other
as
much
cause
to
rest
.
If
then
it
be
so
(
as
it
is
most
true
)
that
we
are
all
subject
to
this
Tyrant
,
he
that
hath
past
the
flower
of
his
youth
,
not
tasting
of
his
fury
,
may
not
think
himself
in
any
thing
more
happy
,
séeing
it
is
his
manner
to
constrain
young
men
to
love
,
and
oftentimes
old
fools
to
dote
.
In
that
sort
the
Gentlewoman
did
pennance
for
the
evil
she
conceived
against
the
black
Knight
,
and
had
continued
longer
there
,
had
it
not
been
for
fear
to
be
discovered
.
Wherefore
with
the
sword
in
her
hand
she
returned
back
again
towards
the
Castle
,
and
without
being
once
perceived
,
entred
at
a
postern
door
,
whereof
she
had
the
key
,
and
so
went
up
into
her
chamber
,
departing
from
the
hermitage
not
long
before
her
Father
and
the
dumb
man
returned
from
the
barque
,
and
found
the
Knight
sleeping
,
who
presently
awaked
,
and
missing
his
Sword
,
asked
them
if
they
had
taken
it
away
.
No
truly
(
said
the
Hermit
)
for
we
came
but
now
from
the
Sea
side
Wherewith
Esplandian
esteeming
it
lost
,
made
account
,
that
as
he
had
conquered
it
after
a
strange
manner
,
so
he
had
lost
it
by
a
stranger
means
,
but
the
Hermit
and
the
dumb
man
sought
it
about
the
house
,
and
could
not
finde
it
.
CHAP.
X.
How
King
Luisart
being
advertised
by
Carmelle
where
the
Black
Knight
was
,
departed
with
her
alone
to
finde
him
out
.
CArmelle
returned
to
the
Castle
(
as
it
is
said
before
)
went
to
the
King
,
who
at
the
same
time
was
talking
with
master
Elizabeth
,
touching
the
wrong
he
thought
the
black
Knight
did
him
,
in
departing
thence
without
being
known
,
séeking
by
that
means
if
it
were
possible
to
draw
from
him
what
he
knew
as
touching
the
Knight
:
but
all
in
vain
,
for
the
King
was
not
so
subtile
to
undermine
him
,
but
master
Elizabeth
was
as
crafty
to
prevent
him
,
not
intending
to
falsifie
the
trust
reposed
in
him
:
and
although
the
Gentlewoman
had
determined
to
shew
the
king
what
she
had
learned
of
the
Knight
,
hoping
thereby
to
obtain
her
purpose
.
Nevertheless
,
séeing
master
Elizabeth
in
presence
,
she
held
her
peace
till
he
went
away
,
and
perceiving
the
King
alone
,
said
unto
him
,
My
Lord
,
if
it
pleaseth
your
Grace
to
shew
me
so
much
favor
,
as
to
assist
me
in
a
thing
that
importeth
me
as
much
my
life
,
in
the
behalf
of
the
Knight
that
you
so
much
desire
to
sée
,
before
to
morrow
at
night
I
will
shew
him
unto
you
,
if
you
think
good
,
in
such
a
place
,
where
you
may
easily
speak
with
him
:
and
to
the
end
you
shall
not
suspect
me
of
untruth
,
I
will
shew
you
a
certain
token
,
that
when
you
sée
it
,
I
am
assured
you
will
easily
believe
me
.
Gentlewoman
(
said
the
King
)
if
you
do
so
,
I
will
not
fail
if
it
be
possible
,
to
satisfie
your
request
.
I
beseech
your
Grace
(
said
she
)
when
you
are
both
together
,
it
would
please
you
to
be
a
mean
unto
him
in
my
behalf
to
grant
me
a
gift
that
I
shall
ask
him
.
By
the
faith
of
a
Prince
(
said
he
)
I
will
not
fail
to
do
it
,
nor
a
greater
matter
than
that
,
if
it
lieth
in
my
power
.
Then
follow
me
(
said
the
Gentlewoman
)
bringing
him
where
she
had
laid
the
sword
,
and
shewing
it
unto
●im
,
asked
if
he
had
never
séen
it
.
That
I
have
(
said
the
King
,
and
I
would
to
God
the
Knight
that
knoweth
so
well
how
to
handle
it
,
were
as
near
unto
me
as
it
is
.
You
shall
sée
him
in
the
morning
(
said
she
)
if
it
pleaseth
you
to
follow
me
.
That
will
I
do
(
said
the
King
)
armed
or
unarmed
I
estéem
not
whether
,
so
I
may
sée
him
.
Then
be
you
ready
(
said
she
)
when
I
shall
call
,
and
let
no
man
go
with
you
.
Content
(
said
the
King
)
wherewith
he
went
out
of
the
Chamber
,
and
passing
through
the
Court
,
he
met
Libee
and
others
,
to
whom
he
said
,
that
in
the
morning
he
meant
to
walk
along
the
Rock
(
because
master
Elizabeth
had
certified
him
it
was
so
goodly
a
Countrey
)
and
that
none
but
Carmelle
should
bear
him
company
:
and
falling
into
other
speeches
,
they
passed
the
time
till
they
went
to
rest
,
but
the
King
could
not
sléep
for
the
great
desire
he
had
to
sée
the
Knight
,
whereby
he
was
hardly
fallen
asléep
,
when
Carmelle
came
to
awake
him
,
saying
:
My
Lord
,
may
it
please
your
Grace
to
remember
your
promise
?
Let
us
go
(
said
he
)
and
therewith
making
himself
ready
,
commanded
two
horses
to
be
sadled
,
one
for
himself
,
the
other
for
Carmelle
,
and
issuing
out
of
the
Castle
,
rode
toward
the
Hermitage
.
And
they
had
not
travelled
far
,
but
they
perceived
a
man
coming
towards
them
in
great
haste
,
and
as
he
came
near
,
the
Gentlewoman
knew
him
,
asking
him
what
he
meant
to
make
such
haste
,
and
whither
he
rode
?
I
ride
to
the
Castle
(
said
be
)
to
fetch
Matroco
,
and
his
brother
Frerion
,
with
all
spéed
to
help
their
Vncle
Lindoraque
,
who
coming
to
sée
them
,
hath
met
with
two
Knights
armed
all
in
white
,
that
have
slain
his
men
,
and
(
as
I
think
)
I
left
him
in
as
great
danger
as
possibly
may
be
.
When
the
king
heard
him
,
he
thought
him
to
be
of
the
black
knights
company
,
and
said
unto
the
Gentlewoman
,
I
pray
you
stay
here
with
this
man
,
and
I
will
ride
to
see
them
,
and
with
that
he
set
spurs
to
his
Horse
,
and
taking
the
same
way
the
other
came
,
he
perceived
afar
off
the
two
knights
fighting
with
the
Giant
,
that
defended
himself
most
valiantly
with
his
Mace
,
forcing
them
oftentimes
to
recoil
,
but
the
two
knights
as
bold
as
nimble
,
handled
him
in
such
sort
,
that
he
knew
not
how
to
defend
himself
,
and
if
he
had
not
slain
one
of
their
horses
,
it
had
gone
worse
with
him
.
Neverthless
the
knight
on
horse-back
seeking
to
revenge
his
companion
,
was
nothing
abashed
,
but
when
the
other
rose
up
,
set
more
fierce
upon
the
Giant
then
before
,
in
such
maner
,
that
they
closed
,
and
striving
together
,
sought
by
all
means
to
unhorse
each
other
.
Mean
time
the
knight
on
foot
went
unto
the
Giant
,
and
taking
him
by
the
left
leg
,
pulled
him
by
such
force
,
that
both
he
and
the
other
knight
fell
off
their
horses
,
and
holding
each
other
fast
,
the
Giant
fell
under
with
his
face
upwards
,
wherewith
the
knight
that
threw
him
down
,
thrust
him
into
the
face
,
that
he
was
constrained
to
let
go
his
hold
,
nevertheless
rising
up
again
with
great
force
,
and
laying
hold
upon
the
knight
that
had
so
wounded
him
,
he
threw
him
on
the
ground
,
mean
time
the
other
gave
the
Giant
such
a
blow
upon
the
head
,
that
he
began
to
réel
,
and
therewith
stretching
out
his
legs
,
yielded
up
the
ghost
.
With
that
the
king
rode
somewhat
nearer
,
and
perceived
the
two
knights
to
bear
black
Crosses
,
that
shewed
them
to
be
Christians
,
wherefore
riding
boldly
unto
them
,
he
went
so
near
that
they
knew
him
,
whereupon
they
went
to
do
him
honor
,
much
abashed
to
sée
him
.
But
the
King
perceiving
the
honor
they
did
him
,
was
no
less
abashed
,
and
said
unto
them
:
My
good
friends
,
I
know
you
not
,
I
pray
you
put
off
your
Helmets
that
I
may
see
your
faces
,
which
they
did
,
whereby
he
knew
the
one
to
be
Talanque
son
of
Galaor
,
the
other
Ambor
de
Gadel
,
son
of
Angriote
de
Stravaulx
,
whom
he
friendly
embraced
,
and
said
unto
them
,
In
faith
my
good
friends
,
it
is
not
without
cause
,
if
it
liketh
you
well
,
to
sée
me
here
,
for
all
my
life
have
I
desired
the
companies
of
your
fathers
,
the
like
do
I
of
their
children
,
wherefore
for
the
love
of
God
I
pray
you
shew
me
what
strange
adventure
hath
brought
you
into
this
Countrey
.
And
it
pleaseth
your
Grace
(
said
Talanque
)
we
séek
after
a
Knight
armed
all
in
black
,
of
whom
as
yet
we
can
hear
no
newes
.
Do
you
know
his
name
(
said
the
king
?
)
That
we
do
(
said
Ambor
)
for
it
is
your
Nephew
Esplandian
:
that
contents
me
(
said
the
king
)
do
but
follow
me
and
I
wil
bring
you
where
he
is
With
that
Ambor
,
who
before
was
alighted
to
honor
the
king
,
mounted
again
on
horsback
,
and
Talanque
on
the
Giants
horse
,
for
his
own
was
slain
,
and
all
thrée
together
rode
the
way
the
king
came
thither
,
till
such
time
they
espied
the
Gentlewoman
that
stayed
for
him
:
who
perceiving
them
to
ride
in
such
haste
towards
her
,
was
in
minde
to
have
fled
away
,
fearing
they
had
taken
the
king
,
and
forcibly
had
him
with
them
,
but
perceiving
them
by
their
gestures
to
be
his
friends
,
she
stayed
till
they
came
to
her
,
saying
to
the
king
:
My
Lord
,
where
hath
your
Grace
gotten
company
so
soon
?
Gentlewoman
(
said
he
)
you
shall
know
it
all
in
good
time
,
but
what
have
you
done
(
said
he
)
with
the
man
that
I
left
with
you
?
Let
us
know
what
news
he
hath
told
you
.
Truly
(
said
she
)
I
had
no
sooner
assured
him
of
the
death
of
Matroco
and
the
rest
of
the
Castle
,
but
he
fled
over
this
hill
,
as
if
all
the
devils
in
hell
had
been
behind
him
:
yet
he
told
me
that
the
Giant
his
master
had
heard
some
rumor
thereof
,
and
for
the
same
cause
was
coming
to
the
Castle
to
know
the
truth
,
accompanied
onely
with
two
Knights
,
that
he
caused
to
ride
before
him
,
but
to
their
hard
fortunes
,
for
he
found
them
both
slain
,
not
knowing
who
had
done
it
,
but
onely
that
not
long
after
he
met
with
two
strange
Knights
,
that
assayled
him
,
and
left
them
fighting
(
as
he
said
)
together
.
By
God
(
said
the
King
)
if
the
first
two
Knights
sped
hardly
,
their
master
that
followed
after
them
had
little
better
entertainment
,
for
they
are
all
slain
upon
the
way
,
and
here
are
the
Knights
that
did
it
,
whom
I
pray
you
let
us
take
with
us
,
for
they
are
friends
and
companions
unto
that
Knight
you
have
promised
to
shew
me
.
Let
us
go
then
(
said
she
)
seeing
it
is
your
Graces
pleasure
:
and
therewith
they
rode
unto
the
Hermitage
,
at
the
entery
whereof
,
they
found
the
Hermit
set
upon
a
stone
,
who
being
abashed
to
see
his
daughter
in
such
company
,
asked
whither
she
went
.
Father
(
said
she
)
here
is
King
Luisart
your
Prince
and
mine
,
whom
I
have
brought
to
see
you
.
And
althought
the
Hermit
had
not
seen
him
in
long
time
before
,
yet
he
presently
knew
him
,
wherewith
he
stepped
to
kiss
his
feet
,
which
the
King
would
not
suffer
him
to
do
,
but
imbraced
him
,
and
lighting
off
his
horse
,
followed
the
Gentlewoman
,
till
he
met
the
dumb
man
,
that
hearing
the
noise
and
trampling
of
horses
,
came
to
see
who
they
were
,
and
perceiving
the
king
,
he
bowed
his
head
before
him
.
Nevertheless
the
king
went
foward
,
not
staying
to
speak
unto
him
,
entring
presently
after
Carmelle
into
the
Chamber
,
where
he
found
the
knight
set
upon
the
beds-side
.
Wherewith
Esplandian
presently
knew
him
,
but
the
king
taking
him
up
,
weeping
for
joy
imbraced
him
.
With
that
Talanque
and
Ambor
entred
in
,
and
perceiving
their
companion
(
that
they
so
long
had
sought
)
were
marvellous
glad
,
and
coming
to
imbrace
him
,
the
King
said
unto
Esplandian
:
My
son
,
although
you
have
sought
by
all
means
to
hide
your self
from
us
,
yet
God
hath
so
wrought
,
that
at
one
instant
we
have
all
three
found
you
out
:
wherefore
I
pray
you
let
us
depart
hence
,
and
go
with
us
unto
the
Castle
,
where
you
shall
be
better
at
your
ease
than
in
this
simple
Hermitage
.
My
Lord
,
(
said
he
)
I
am
at
your
commandment
,
with
that
he
went
to
imbrace
Talanque
and
Ambor
,
asking
them
(
and
they
him
)
what
had
happened
unto
them
since
Urganda
caused
them
to
be
dubbed
Knights
.
By
Gods
help
(
said
the
King
)
you
shall
stay
to
hear
the
sequel
until
we
be
in
the
Castle
,
for
then
you
shall
have
better
leisure
to
declare
the
same
.
With
that
he
called
Carmelle
,
willing
her
to
return
with
all
dilligence
to
the
Castle
,
and
command
Libee
to
bring
one
of
Matroco's
Horses
for
Esplandian
.
My
Lord
(
said
Ambor
)
it
will
be
late
before
he
cometh
hither
,
he
shall
rather
have
my
Horse
,
and
I
will
go
on
foot
:
but
you
shall
not
(
said
the
King
)
get
you
upon
Carmelles
Horse
,
and
let
her
sit
up
behinde
you
.
In
which
manner
they
rode
unto
the
Castle
,
after
whom
the
Hermit
and
the
dumb
man
followed
as
fast
as
they
could
.
But
they
scarce
alighted
off
their
horses
,
Ambor
and
Talanque
being
unarmed
,
but
Carmelle
moved
with
the
extream
passions
of
love
she
bare
unto
the
black
Knight
,
had
almost
slain
her self
with
the
sword
that
the
day
before
she
had
stoln
from
him
,
the
occasion
whereof
procéeded
from
a
conceit
that
he
would
disdain
her
as
unworthy
of
him
,
he
being
the
son
of
Amadis
de
Gaule
,
as
she
understood
:
yet
in
the
end
she
remembred
the
promise
the
king
had
made
,
wherefore
she
determined
to
desire
so
much
of
him
,
to
be
a
means
unto
Esplandian
,
that
he
would
grant
she
might
never
be
absent
from
him
,
but
would
serve
him
during
her
life
with
all
fidelity
,
and
to
the
same
end
,
putting
her
determination
in
effect
,
as
they
sat
all
together
,
she
kneeled
before
the
king
,
and
said
,
My
Lord
,
now
your
Grace
séeth
I
have
kept
my
promise
.
That
is
true
(
said
he
)
and
while
I
live
I
shall
not
be
unmindful
of
it
.
My
Lord
(
said
she
)
then
I
trust
your
Grace
hath
not
forgotten
the
gift
you
promised
me
:
and
to
perform
your
word
,
I
pray
you
be
a
means
to
the
black
Knight
that
he
will
grant
me
my
request
.
Gentlewoman
(
said
the
King
)
be
you
assured
I
will
do
it
with
all
my
heart
.
Your
Grace
(
said
she
)
as
yesterday
gave
me
leave
to
visite
my
father
in
the
Hermitage
,
who
as
it
fortuned
when
I
came
thither
was
gone
forth
,
whereat
I
was
abashed
,
because
he
never
used
to
be
far
from
thence
:
And
finding
the
door
open
,
I
went
into
a
chamber
(
that
I
caused
to
be
furnished
)
wherein
sometimes
I
use
to
lie
,
when
time
or
foul
weather
would
not
permit
me
to
return
unto
the
castle
,
where
I
found
this
Knight
(
pointing
to
Esplandian
)
which
you
also
much
desired
to
sée
,
fast
sléeping
,
his
Sword
hanging
at
his
beds-head
,
wherewith
not
long
sithence
he
hath
slain
those
,
that
from
my
infancy
had
brought
me
up
,
and
being
moved
by
reason
of
my
no
little
loss
,
with
a
desire
to
revenge
both
my self
and
my
friends
,
I
thought
to
kill
him
,
and
was
so
néer
the
point
to
execute
my
will
,
that
as
I
held
the
Sword
drawn
in
my
hand
,
and
began
to
lift
up
mine
arm
to
give
the
blow
,
he
séemed
so
fair
within
mine
eye
,
that
suddenly
I
was
surprised
with
love
,
and
that
so
fervently
,
that
were
it
not
for
the
promise
you
have
made
me
,
I
had
not
béen
alive
at
this
present
time
.
Nevertheless
having
sithence
understood
,
that
he
by
whom
I
am
in
this
extremity
,
in
estate
and
degrée
,
not
to
be
my
equal
,
whereby
I
perceive
my self
unworthy
either
to
be
wife
or
companion
unto
him
,
I
have
somewhat
moderated
my
first
deliberation
in
such
manner
,
that
I
will
hold
my self
more
then
satisfied
,
if
it
please
him
I
may
only
continue
with
him
,
to
serve
at
his
commandment
during
my
life
,
which
in
reason
he
cannot
well
deny
me
,
for
let
him
do
what
he
will
,
so
long
as
life
is
in
my
body
,
I
will
never
forsake
him
,
if
I
be
not
constrained
thereunto
.
Wherefore
my
Lord
,
for
the
honor
of
God
,
I
beséech
your
Grace
to
finde
the
means
my
poor
request
may
once
be
granted
,
and
you
Gentlemen
(
said
she
to
Ambor
and
Talanque
)
I
pray
you
put
to
your
helps
,
that
by
your
favors
the
life
of
me
poor
lover
,
not
beloved
,
may
be
prolonged
.
The
King
hearing
the
Gentlewoman
(
that
while
she
spake
sometime
blushed
,
and
other
whiles
waxed
pale
)
make
this
discourse
,
could
hardly
abstain
to
laugh
,
thinking
how
inconsiderately
she
had
fallen
into
so
great
extremity
,
whereby
he
feared
if
he
should
make
an
answer
other
then
pleased
her
,
she
would
kill
her self
,
but
with
courteous
spéech
he
said
unto
her
:
Gentlewoman
,
your
request
is
so
reasonable
,
that
I
am
of
opinion
he
will
not
deny
it
:
and
for
my
part
,
I
will
intreat
him
as
much
as
possible
I
can
.
My
Lord
(
said
Esplandian
)
I
will
do
what
your
Grace
commandeth
Grant
her
then
I
pray
you
(
said
the
King
)
what
she
craveth
at
your
hands
,
that
from
henceforth
she
may
be
called
your
faithful
servant
,
her
honor
always
saved
,
as
in
the
Knighthood
you
are
bound
.
I
will
do
it
,
answered
Esplandian
,
and
thereof
I
assure
you
(
saith
he
)
speaking
to
Carmelle
,
who
knéeling
on
the
ground
kissed
his
féet
,
and
thanked
the
King
and
him
most
heartily
,
reputing
her self
most
happy
,
in
obtaining
so
great
favor
.
CHAP.
XI
.
How
Talanque
and
Ambor
shewed
the
King
what
adventure
they
had
found
seeking
for
Esplandian
their
companion
,
after
they
had
received
the
order
of
Knighthood
.
YOu
heard
before
in
what
sort
King
Luisart
was
delivered
cut
of
prison
by
his
nephew
Esplandian
,
but
as
yet
he
knew
not
the
manner
how
he
received
the
order
of
Knighthood
.
Wherefore
as
they
rose
from
dinner
,
the
King
desired
him
to
tel
him
how
he
was
made
Knight
,
as
also
what
happened
unto
him
since
that
time
,
to
the
end
(
said
he
)
that
Talanque
and
Ambor
may
do
the
like
.
Then
Esplandian
told
how
Urganda
came
unto
the
Ferm
Island
in
the
great
Serpent
,
what
spéech
she
had
with
Amadis
De
Gaule
,
and
others
that
were
with
him
,
the
order
she
used
to
dub
him
Knight
,
together
with
Talanque
,
Ambor
,
Manely
,
and
the
King
of
Denmark
:
The
sléep
wherein
they
fell
,
and
that
when
he
awaked
,
he
found
himself
at
the
foot
of
the
Rock
of
the
Enchantress
,
in
company
of
Sergil
his
Squire
and
two
dumb
men
,
also
how
he
conquered
the
Sword
,
with
his
arrival
at
the
mountain
,
where
he
found
the
Hermit
,
that
disswaded
him
from
fighting
with
the
Giants
.
By
my
head
(
said
the
King
)
I
never
heard
stranger
things
.
And
now
Ambor
(
said
he
)
what
became
of
you
?
My
Lord
(
said
Ambor
)
my
companion
and
I
were
likewise
asléep
,
and
when
we
awaked
we
found
our selves
in
a
little
Barque
with
our
two
horses
,
in
a
Haven
of
the
Sea
called
Armata
,
in
the
Countrey
of
Norway
,
(
as
then
unknown
to
us
)
where
we
landed
before
a
Town
,
not
onely
to
know
in
what
countrey
we
were
,
but
also
to
séek
for
victuals
.
And
as
we
went
towards
it
,
the
watch
of
the
town
(
by
reason
of
certain
dissension
not
long
before
moved
betwéen
them
and
their
neighbors
)
sent
to
know
what
we
would
have
.
Wherewith
we
made
them
answer
,
we
were
Knights
adventurous
that
came
from
the
Ferm
Isle
,
cast
upon
that
shore
by
tempest
of
weather
.
In
good
truth
said
he
that
spake
unto
us
,
our
king
hath
so
great
cause
to
use
your
helps
,
that
if
you
go
unto
him
,
I
am
well
assured
he
will
bid
you
welcome
.
We
asked
him
the
Kings
name
,
and
what
Countrey
we
were
in
.
My
Lords
(
said
he
)
the
Countrey
is
called
Norway
,
whereof
Adroni
father
in
law
to
Agraies
,
son
to
the
King
of
Scots
one
,
of
the
best
Knights
in
the
world
,
is
our
King
,
I
know
not
whether
you
know
him
.
And
what
cause
(
said
we
)
hath
your
King
to
use
our
help
?
I
will
tell
you
(
said
he
)
he
is
so
old
,
that
one
of
his
nephews
,
his
Sisters
son
,
(
procured
thereto
by
evil
counsel
)
is
risen
in
Arms
against
him
,
séeking
to
have
the
Government
of
the
Countrey
,
in
respect
(
as
he
saith
)
his
Vncle
is
no
more
able
to
rule
the
same
.
And
under
that
pretence
hath
already
usurped
a
great
part
thereof
,
and
now
lieth
in
Camp
before
one
of
the
best
Cities
in
this
Land
,
which
the
King
by
no
means
can
relieve
,
by
reason
that
most
of
his
trustiest
friends
have
forsaken
him
,
and
hold
with
the
young
presumptuous
fool
,
that
winneth
them
by
fair
promises
,
a
thing
that
oftentimes
happeneth
unto
such
as
fortune
favoreth
not
,
and
when
men
are
fallen
,
they
are
not
onely
abandoned
of
strangers
,
but
by
their
own
kindred
and
friends
,
that
properly
may
be
tearmed
friends
for
the
present
time
.
In
good
faith
(
said
we
)
if
the
Town
will
give
us
victuals
,
and
one
to
guide
us
,
we
will
gladly
go
and
present
our
service
unto
him
,
not
only
for
the
love
of
Agraies
,
to
whom
we
are
companions
,
but
for
the
right
he
hath
,
as
you
have
told
us
.
That
shall
be
done
(
said
he
)
and
therewith
desired
us
to
stay
till
he
came
again
from
the
City
,
where
he
stayed
not
long
,
but
he
brought
what
we
desired
,
and
a
guide
that
conducted
us
so
well
,
that
the
next
day
about
dinner
time
we
arrived
where
the
king
lay
.
Who
being
advertised
of
our
coming
,
and
that
we
were
of
Agraies
companions
entertained
us
most
courteously
,
commanding
one
of
his
Gentlemen
to
unarm
us
in
one
of
his
best
chambers
,
whither
he
came
,
and
after
he
had
bidden
us
welcome
,
began
in
the
same
manner
to
shew
us
all
what
the
watch
had
before
declared
unto
us
,
and
what
an
unnatural
part
his
Nephew
shewed
unto
him
,
procured
thereunto
by
two
Knights
,
in
whom
onely
he
putteth
his
whole
trust
,
because
(
said
he
)
they
are
well
assured
,
that
not
any
of
my
Knights
dareth
enter
into
combate
with
them
,
they
are
estéemed
so
valiant
and
hardy
.
But
who
hath
moved
them
and
your
cousin
(
said
we
)
to
undertake
so
foul
an
action
?
Because
(
said
the
King
)
I
have
no
issue
male
,
and
my
cousin
alledgeth
I
am
over
old
to
govern
the
country
,
saying
,
it
is
fitter
for
him
then
for
me
to
do
it
:
but
if
I
can
I
will
hold
him
from
it
,
and
kéep
it
for
my
daughter
Ol●nde
and
Agraies
her
husband
:
By
my
soul
(
said
I
)
I
am
of
this
opinion
,
that
séeing
this
war
is
begun
onely
to
try
the
title
you
both
pretend
in
one
thing
,
it
were
good
your
quarrel
should
be
ended
by
the
Combate
of
two
Knights
of
both
parts
,
without
the
death
and
destruction
of
so
many
poor
innocent
people
as
daily
perish
by
the
same
means
,
remitting
the
issue
thereof
to
those
whom
it
shall
please
God
to
make
victorious
:
and
if
it
pleaseth
you
,
I
and
my
companion
will
be
the
two
Knights
that
shall
fight
for
you
.
But
when
he
heard
me
speak
in
that
manner
,
he
paused
a
while
,
séeming
very
pensive
,
till
in
the
end
he
answered
me
and
said
,
Sir
Knights
,
I
am
not
yet
so
well
acquainted
with
you
,
that
I
should
venture
to
hazard
so
great
a
Kingdom
as
this
is
upon
your
valor
:
Nevertheless
,
if
you
will
assure
me
for
a
truth
that
you
are
Knights
of
the
Ferm
Island
,
I
am
content
to
stand
to
it
whatsoever
may
chance
.
For
there
can
none
but
valiant
Knights
come
from
thence
,
being
assured
(
as
I
suppose
)
that
otherwise
the
Lord
of
the
place
would
not
give
them
intertainment
.
Then
we
swore
unto
him
,
that
what
we
had
said
was
true
.
Whereupon
he
presently
dispatched
a
trumpet
with
message
to
his
enemy
,
to
offer
him
the
combate
,
who
hearing
the
news
séemed
very
glad
,
making
account
that
his
two
Knights
(
so
much
estéemed
)
would
easily
overcome
any
two
of
the
best
Knights
the
King
had
.
So
that
returning
the
messenger
again
,
he
sent
one
of
his
trumpets
with
him
to
conclude
the
combate
,
with
the
day
,
time
and
place
where
it
should
be
done
,
as
also
what
pledges
should
on
both
sides
be
given
for
performance
thereof
,
so
that
on
the
day
appointed
,
after
each
party
had
solemnly
taken
their
oaths
,
we
entred
into
that
lists
,
where
we
had
a
cruel
and
dangerous
Combate
one
against
the
other
,
but
in
the
end
,
right
lying
in
our
sides
,
we
wan
the
victory
.
And
as
we
would
have
stricken
off
their
heads
,
the
kings
nephew
desired
us
most
earnestly
to
grant
them
their
lives
which
we
agréed
unto
,
upon
condition
,
that
from
that
time
forwards
he
should
suffer
his
uncle
to
raign
in
peace
,
not
molesting
him
any
more
,
which
he
promised
to
perform
.
In
this
Combate
we
were
so
wounded
,
that
of
force
we
continued
in
Norway
longer
then
we
meant
to
do
,
where
during
our
abode
,
certain
Merchants
arrived
in
the
City
,
that
had
séen
(
as
they
told
us
)
upon
the
Sea
,
néer
unto
the
Rock
of
the
enchantress
,
a
Serpent
greater
then
any
vessel
,
which
so
much
astonished
them
,
that
they
knew
not
what
to
do
,
whereby
we
heard
news
of
Esplandian
.
With
that
(
although
we
were
not
altogether
healed
of
our
wounds
)
yet
we
besought
the
King
to
cause
us
to
be
conducted
thither
,
which
he
willingly
granted
,
and
we
took
Sea
,
with
so
good
a
wind
,
that
within
six
days
after
we
approached
the
Rock
where
the
Serpent
stayed
,
that
at
the
first
made
us
somewhat
abashed
,
although
we
had
seen
it
oftentimes
before
.
Nevertheless
,
we
found
it
flashing
such
flames
of
fire
out
of
the
mouth
and
nostrils
thereof
,
that
we
feared
the
fire
would
fall
into
our
Ship
,
whereby
not
without
much
pain
and
trouble
,
we
procured
our
Master
and
Mariners
to
approach
it
,
and
perceiving
no
creature
aboard
to
speak
unto
,
we
began
to
hollow
unto
them
with
so
loud
a
voice
,
that
at
the
last
Sergil
appeared
upon
the
hatches
,
and
wéeping
,
told
us
what
had
happened
unto
his
master
on
the
Rock
of
the
Enchantress
,
and
how
after
that
one
of
the
dumb
men
had
caused
him
to
enter
into
a
little
Barque
,
and
therewith
put
to
Sea
,
so
that
he
knew
not
if
he
were
dead
or
living
,
for
he
had
heard
no
news
of
him
,
and
there
he
stayed
with
another
dumb
man
in
the
greatest
care
that
might
be
.
With
that
we
willed
him
to
call
the
dumb
man
unto
us
,
and
when
he
came
,
by
signs
we
made
unto
him
,
we
shewed
him
what
pleasure
he
might
do
us
if
he
would
bring
us
to
the
place
where
his
fellow
had
carryed
Esplandian
,
which
as
it
séemed
he
was
content
to
do
,
for
presently
thereupon
he
entred
into
our
vessels
and
sailed
so
well
,
that
the
tenth
day
after
he
set
us
on
land
,
hard
by
the
place
where
we
slew
the
Giant
and
the
two
Knights
,
and
so
your
Grace
hath
heard
what
fortunes
we
have
passed
since
we
received
the
order
of
Knighthood
.
Truly
(
said
the
King
)
if
those
of
Manely
and
the
King
of
Denmark
be
as
strange
,
it
may
well
be
said
,
there
never
happened
the
like
beginning
unto
six
young
Knights
.
CHAP.
XII
.
How
one
night
as
King
Luisart
was
in
his
bed
,
thinking
how
he
might
return
again
into
great
Britain
,
he
heard
so
pleasant
a
sound
of
instruments
,
that
he
rose
up
to
see
where
it
might
be
:
and
what
happened
after
that
.
KIng
Luisart
continued
so
long
in
the
Castle
on
the
mountain
,
that
at
the
last
he
waxed
weary
,
not
so
much
for
the
desire
he
had
to
be
in
his
own
country
,
as
for
the
grief
he
certainly
knew
the
Quéen
would
conceive
,
by
reason
of
his
long
absence
,
which
kinde
of
pensiveness
he
continued
certain
nights
together
,
that
by
mean
thereof
he
could
take
no
rest
,
till
at
the
last
one
night
among
the
rest
about
half
an
hour
before
day
,
he
heard
the
swéetest
musick
that
ever
played
,
wherewith
he
arose
out
of
his
be●
,
and
without
making
any
noise
opened
the
window
,
to
hear
it
better
.
But
as
then
it
was
very
dark
,
and
the
wind
blew
so
hard
,
that
the
Sea
rising
therewith
,
beat
against
the
hollowness
of
the
Rock
,
in
such
sort
that
the
noise
thereof
,
and
the
sound
of
musick
,
made
a
new
kind
of
harmony
,
wherewith
he
was
so
much
delighted
,
that
he
awaked
Esplandian
,
Ambor
and
Talanque
,
that
slept
soundly
,
as
yong
men
without
melancholly
humors
,
are
accustomed
to
do
.
But
when
they
heard
the
musick
,
they
stayed
not
long
in
their
beds
,
but
went
to
the
window
to
sée
whom
it
might
be
,
but
they
could
sée
nothing
till
day
began
to
appear
.
Wherewith
they
perceived
the
great
Serpent
surging
on
the
shoar
,
wherewith
they
were
excéeding
glad
,
making
full
account
that
the
arrival
thereof
brought
them
some
good
news
:
Wherewith
they
made
them
ready
,
and
without
longer
staying
,
issued
out
of
the
Castle
,
to
sée
who
was
in
the
same
,
and
as
they
stood
on
the
shoar
,
they
perceived
a
small
Boat
,
and
a
Gentlewoman
coming
out
of
it
,
bearing
in
her
arms
a
Packet
covered
with
Laffary
,
who
coming
unto
the
King
,
with
most
humble
reverence
said
unto
him
,
M●
Lord
,
and
it
pleaseth
your
Grace
,
Urganda
recommendeth
her
unto
your
Majesty
,
and
hath
commanded
me
to
give
you
intelligence
,
that
being
busied
to
aid
the
Emperor
and
the
Empress
your
Daughter
,
in
a
certain
thing
of
great
importance
,
she
hath
not
had
the
means
to
come
and
visit
you
.
Then
presenting
the
packet
to
Esplandian
,
said
unto
him
,
Gentle
knight
,
my
Mistriss
that
loveth
and
favoreth
you
,
as
it
is
well
known
,
giveth
you
those
Arms
,
and
sendeth
you
word
by
me
,
that
as
she
gave
you
the
black
Arms
,
that
hitherto
you
have
born
(
to
testifie
thereby
the
sorrow
for
the
loss
of
the
king
,
that
as
then
was
common
among
all
his
true
subjects
and
friends
)
so
in
these
you
shall
finde
the
device
of
the
Lady
,
that
in
beauty
and
comliness
of
person
surpasseth
all
the
Ladies
in
the
world
,
as
Amadis
your
father
in
time
past
well
proved
,
when
she
set
the
Crown
upon
her
head
,
in
remembrance
whereof
she
hath
ever
sithence
born
the
like
device
.
Who
from
henceforth
shall
be
so
strongly
fixed
in
your
heart
,
that
you
shall
never
give
stroke
with
sword
nor
launce
,
but
you
will
remember
her
.
Which
she
said
in
respect
of
the
princess
Leonorine
,
Daughter
to
the
Emperor
of
Constantinople
,
that
by
destiny
was
appointed
onely
unto
him
.
And
opening
the
pack
she
pulled
out
a
Helmet
,
Shield
,
Haubert
,
and
a
Caparison
for
a
horse
,
all
of
white
,
imbroidered
with
crowns
of
gold
,
and
set
with
Diamonds
and
Pearls
,
which
he
most
willingly
received
,
saying
to
the
Gentlewoman
:
I
pray
you
in
my
behalf
give
Urganda
hearty
thanks
for
the
great
honor
and
much
good
she
hath
continually
done
unto
me
,
assuring
her
,
that
wheresoever
I
become
,
she
hath
a
knight
of
me
ready
to
obey
her
,
and
that
for
the
love
of
her
will
bear
these
Arms
as
long
as
it
pleaseth
her
.
Be
it
so
in
the
name
of
God
(
said
she
)
but
before
long
time
be
past
,
you
shall
have
another
mistriss
,
that
will
constrain
you
to
do
greater
matters
,
for
she
shall
ravish
both
your
heart
and
liberty
in
such
manner
,
that
you
should
loose
overmuch
,
if
at
sometimes
you
loose
not
your self
for
her
.
And
to
conclude
,
I
tell
you
that
my
mistriss
féeleth
her self
as
yet
so
much
bound
,
and
beholding
to
my
Lord
Amadis
your
father
,
because
that
by
his
means
,
she
recovered
her
friend
,
that
during
her
life
she
wil
use
al
the
means
she
can
to
do
him
pleasure
,
and
you
likewise
for
his
sake
.
And
as
she
delivered
the
message
unto
him
,
Carmelle
came
thither
,
and
hearing
her
speak
in
that
manner
,
answered
her
and
said
,
Gentlewoman
,
I
pray
you
tell
your
mistriss
from
me
,
that
she
hath
great
cause
to
recompence
them
well
,
by
whom
she
enjoyed
her
friend
she
loveth
so
entirely
:
and
tell
her
I
know
many
,
to
whom
if
such
chance
should
happen
,
that
would
not
fail
to
acknowledge
it
with
the
price
of
their
dearest
blood
,
and
their
souls
likewise
if
néed
were
.
In
faith
(
said
the
gentlewoman
)
I
knot
not
in
whose
behalf
you
speak
it
,
but
I
know
assuredly
you
touch
me
at
the
quick
,
which
she
uttered
with
so
good
a
grace
,
that
the
king
could
not
refrain
to
smile
,
having
in
times
past
felt
the
fury
of
love
,
when
he
first
saw
the
Quéen
in
the
country
of
Denmark
.
Yet
he
changed
his
countenance
,
asking
the
Gentlewoman
from
whence
that
musick
came
that
he
heard
in
the
morning
before
break
of
day
.
My
lord
(
said
she
)
being
sometimes
in
greater
passions
then
willingly
I
would
,
I
pass
my
melancholly
humors
with
a
Lute
that
I
have
,
especially
when
I
cannot
sléep
,
which
as
I
think
,
was
it
you
heard
.
What
company
have
you
in
the
Serpent
(
said
the
King
?
)
None
(
said
she
)
but
Esplandians
Squire
,
that
I
found
in
a
manner
dead
,
for
the
desire
he
had
to
hear
news
of
his
master
,
to
whom
also
I
have
brought
the
goodliest
white
horse
,
and
the
best
harnaised
that
ever
was
séen
,
which
my
mistriss
sendeth
him
likewise
.
Did
she
command
you
to
say
nothing
else
unto
me
(
said
the
King
?
)
Yes
my
lord
(
said
she
)
she
sendeth
you
word
,
that
at
my
arrival
here
,
you
and
he
should
enter
into
this
ship
,
that
of
it self
will
bring
you
into
great
Britain
,
and
that
the
fortunes
that
not
long
since
happened
unto
you
,
are
snares
the
world
setteth
to
intrap
those
it
séeketh
to
deceive
,
séeming
to
joyn
gréen
and
flourishing
age
with
that
which
already
is
dryed
up
and
withered
.
And
further
willeth
you
to
put
in
effect
,
that
which
in
your self
you
have
determined
●●
do
:
)
which
was
to
forsake
his
Kingly
estate
,
and
live
a
solitary
life
)
but
he
wondered
much
that
Urganda
knew
it
,
yet
he
made
no
shew
thereof
,
but
speaking
to
the
Gentlewoman
,
he
said
,
Your
mistriss
bindeth
me
daily
more
and
more
unto
her
,
being
well
assured
,
that
without
her
help
I
could
hardly
have
found
any
to
have
brought
me
into
my
country
.
Wherefore
I
pray
you
tell
her
,
that
whatsoever
I
have
,
is
at
her
commandment
,
and
as
touching
my
determination
,
which
(
as
soon
as
I
conceited
in
my
minde
,
I
perceived
it
was
known
to
her
)
being
at
home
,
if
God
giveth
me
life
,
I
mean
to
put
in
execution
.
My
Lord
(
said
she
)
she
prayeth
you
to
commend
the
kéeping
of
this
Castle
to
Talanque
and
Ambor
,
(
not
taking
any
with
you
but
Esplandian
,
Sergil
and
master
Elizabeth
)
knowing
for
certain
that
hereafter
they
shall
do
such
things
,
that
their
renown
will
spread
throughout
the
world
.
Wherewish
my
Lord
I
will
take
my
leave
,
and
return
again
to
her
with
the
dumb
men
,
that
shall
guide
me
in
this
little
Barque
.
God
have
you
in
his
keeping
(
said
the
King
.
)
Then
the
Gentlewoman
with
her
two
Marriners
entered
into
the
Barque
that
brought
Esplandian
thither
,
and
setting
sayl
put
to
Sea
.
CHAP.
XIII
.
How
King
Luisart
imbarqued
himself
in
the
great
Serpent
,
and
of
the
message
Esplandian
sent
by
Carmelle
unto
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
daughter
to
the
Emperor
of
Constantinople
.
THe
Gentlewoman
that
brought
the
message
with
the
two
dumb
men
,
imbarqued
and
put
to
Sea
,
far
from
the
Rock
:
King
Luisart
and
the
rest
went
unto
the
Castle
,
where
he
stayed
not
long
,
for
according
to
the
advice
Urganda
had
given
him
,
he
desired
Ambor
and
Talanque
,
with
Libee
and
the
rest
of
the
company
to
keep
the
Castle
,
promising
with
all
speed
to
send
them
provision
of
all
things
necessary
,
whereof
they
wanted
.
But
when
Esplandian
saw
there
was
no
remedy
,
but
of
force
he
must
obey
the
King
(
much
displeased
to
depart
so
far
from
the
borders
of
Constantinople
,
where
he
hoped
to
finde
her
whereof
master
Elizabeth
had
brought
him
the
first
news
)
he
took
his
faithful
servant
Carmelle
aside
,
and
said
unto
her
:
My
good
friend
,
I
was
in
mind
never
to
falsifie
the
promise
I
have
made
you
,
nor
the
gift
you
required
at
my
hands
,
nevertheless
,
trusting
more
in
you
then
any
other
,
I
pray
you
take
it
not
in
evil
part
,
if
(
to
save
my
life
)
I
send
you
to
a
place
,
whither
I
thought
to
have
gone
my self
in
person
,
but
it
pleaseth
the
King
(
as
you
well
know
)
that
I
shall
bear
him
company
.
My
Lord
(
said
she
)
I
most
humbly
thank
you
for
the
honor
it
pleaseth
you
to
shew
me
,
swearing
unto
you
by
the
living
God
,
that
I
take
no
pleasure
but
in
fulfilling
your
desire
,
wherefore
I
pray
you
fear
not
to
command
me
what
you
think
good
,
for
whatsoever
may
happen
thereby
,
I
will
be
obedient
unto
you
during
my
life
.
My
good
friend
(
said
Esplandian
)
imbracing
her
,
I
will
one
day
recompence
your
good
will
,
and
séeing
you
are
minded
to
do
me
so
much
favor
,
you
must
then
take
your
journey
to
Constantinople
,
on
message
to
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
the
Emperors
daughter
,
to
whom
(
having
presented
my
most
humble
and
harty
commendations
)
you
shall
on
my
behalf
say
,
How
that
at
such
time
as
I
received
the
order
of
Knighthood
,
I
was
commanded
by
my
lord
Amadis
my
father
to
repair
to
her
fathers
court
,
there
to
discharge
him
of
the
promise
he
made
unto
her
(
which
was
either
to
return
again
to
do
her
service
,
or
to
send
one
of
his
linage
thither
in
his
place
)
Nevertheless
,
considering
with
my self
his
great
valor
and
prowess
,
and
the
great
beauty
that
is
reported
to
be
in
her
,
which
my
small
desert
in
reward
of
him
that
gave
me
the
commandment
,
I
am
afraid
to
undertake
the
same
.
Notwithstanding
,
it
hath
pleased
her
(
by
master
Elizabeth
)
to
put
me
in
minde
thereof
,
although
while
breath
is
in
my
body
I
will
never
fail
to
be
her
Knight
.
And
to
the
end
she
may
give
credit
to
your
message
,
you
shall
present
this
ring
unto
her
,
which
she
knoweth
well
,
as
being
the
same
she
gave
unto
my
father
,
to
put
him
in
remembrance
of
his
promise
.
My
Lord
(
said
she
)
I
will
fulfil
your
commandment
,
but
if
you
go
so
far
from
hence
,
where
shall
I
finde
you
,
when
I
come
back
again
?
In
this
place
(
said
Esplandian
)
whither
I
will
return
as
soon
as
I
have
●rought
the
King
into
great
Brittain
.
Then
calling
Libee
,
he
●ommanded
him
,
that
presently
after
he
had
set
sayl
,
he
should
cause
a
ship
to
be
prepared
for
Carmelle
,
to
go
on
message
where
he
should
send
her
,
that
done
,
he
went
to
finde
the
king
and
master
Elizabeth
,
that
stayed
for
him
in
the
Serpent
,
the
which
presently
upon
his
entring
therein
,
of
her self
began
to
set
forwards
with
such
spéed
,
that
in
short
space
they
left
the
coast
of
Turky
,
and
the
twentieth
day
after
,
they
discovered
the
Ferm
Isle
,
where
she
stayed
,
which
those
of
the
country
perceiving
,
advertised
Amadis
and
the
rest
of
the
company
,
who
in
great
haste
ran
unto
the
Haven
,
but
they
were
no
sooner
come
thither
,
when
they
espyed
the
King
,
Esplandian
,
master
Elizabeth
,
and
Sergil
,
landing
out
of
a
little
boat
.
Wherewith
being
all
abashed
,
but
much
more
pleased
stepped
forwards
to
receive
them
,
&
after
many
imbracings
and
salutations
on
either
part
,
Amadis
presented
the
Giant
Balan
to
the
King
,
whom
as
yet
he
had
never
séen
,
and
therewith
set
forward
towards
the
pallace
of
Apolidon
,
where●f
Oriane
and
the
rest
of
the
Ladies
having
intelligence
,
the
great
sorrow
that
so
long
time
they
had
used
for
his
absence
,
was
converted
into
joy
,
which
much
more
increased
,
when
the
king
in
presence
of
them
all
,
rehearsed
the
manner
how
Esplandian
delivered
him
out
of
Arcabonnes
hands
,
and
the
great
prowess
he
shewed
against
Matroco
,
Frerion
,
and
Arcalaus
their
uncle
.
Oriane
knew
well
the
great
desire
and
much
grief
the
Quéen
had
,
because
she
heard
no
news
of
the
King
,
wherefore
the
same
day
she
sent
her
Danish
Gentlewoman
to
advertise
her
of
his
arrival
,
who
made
such
haste
,
that
within
six
days
after
she
arrived
at
London
,
at
such
time
the
Quéen
sat
down
to
dinner
.
CHAP.
XIIII
.
How
King
Luisart
departed
from
the
Ferm
Isle
,
accompanied
of
divers
Knights
,
Ladies
,
and
Gentlewomen
,
and
being
neer
London
,
in
a
forest
they
met
four
Knights
,
that
sent
to
ask
four
courses
with
their
launces
against
Esplandian
.
THrée
days
King
Luisart
continued
in
the
Ferm
Isle
,
and
the
fourth
day
he
determinded
to
go
sée
the
Quéen
,
and
to
the
same
end
,
with
all
that
company
of
Knights
,
Ladies
,
&
Gentlewomen
,
he
set
forwards
towards
London
,
and
travelled
so
fast
,
that
they
were
within
a
days
journey
of
the
City
.
And
as
they
entred
into
a
forrest
,
where
they
used
commonly
to
chase
the
Hart
,
they
saw
in
the
high
way
four
knights
,
well
mounted
&
armed
at
all
points
,
each
his
Squire
by
his
side
,
bearing
their
shield
and
launces
,
for
they
had
their
helmets
on
their
heads
.
And
with
that
they
perceived
a
Gentlewoman
coming
towards
them
,
riding
on
a
palfrey
,
and
being
néer
them
,
speaking
to
Esplandian
,
she
said
,
Sir
knight
with
the
white
arms
,
those
four
knights
you
sée
in
the
high
way
before
you
,
send
you
word
by
me
,
that
they
would
gladly
know
the
cause
why
you
bear
the
device
of
crowns
,
wherein
if
you
satisfie
their
desire
,
in
such
sort
that
their
honors
be
not
stained
,
they
will
from
henceforth
refrain
to
inquire
the
same
any
more
:
otherwise
,
they
give
you
by
me
to
understand
,
it
were
best
for
you
to
leave
them
,
or
else
that
you
defend
them
well
,
as
being
the
most
honorable
devise
that
is
in
all
the
world
.
When
Esplandian
heard
her
speak
in
that
manner
,
in
courteous
sort
he
answered
her
,
and
said
,
Gentlewoman
,
to
satisfie
their
request
I
pray
you
tell
them
that
the
devise
and
the
arms
I
bear
was
given
me
by
Urganda
,
but
for
what
cause
I
know
not
,
nevertheless
I
bear
them
for
the
love
of
her
,
as
also
that
they
like
me
wel
:
and
if
this
content
them
not
,
tell
them
,
me
thinketh
the
occasion
of
combate
betwéen
me
and
them
is
so
small
,
that
for
this
time
I
would
desire
them
to
forbear
the
same
.
In
good
faith
(
said
she
)
smiling
,
you
speak
with
reason
,
for
they
are
Knights
that
séem
to
have
much
néed
of
your
councel
,
but
notwithstanding
good
sir
,
I
pray
you
be
not
unprovided
,
for
your
excuses
will
not
be
received
.
Gentlewoman
(
said
Esplandian
)
if
they
assayl
me
,
it
shall
be
against
my
will
.
Truly
(
said
she
)
as
far
as
I
perceive
,
the
great
beauty
that
is
in
you
,
together
with
the
rich
arms
and
goodly
horse
you
ride
upon
,
are
worse
bestowed
then
ever
was
any
,
when
you
are
not
ashamed
to
make
an
answer
so
little
to
your
credit
.
Nevertheless
,
either
you
must
forsake
the
way
to
London
,
and
this
good
company
,
or
defend
●he
brave
devise
you
bear
,
as
they
have
sent
you
word
.
The
way
(
said
Esplandian
)
is
common
to
all
men
,
and
out
of
it
(
for
them
)
I
will
not
g●
,
wheref●re
if
they
assayl
me
,
I
must
of
force
defend
my self
.
And
because
the
Gentlewoman
was
not
known
among
them
,
they
all
mused
who
she
might
be
,
as
also
who
the
four
Knights
were
that
sent
her
,
to
whom
she
returned
again
Mean
time
Esplandian
lace●
on
his
Helmet
,
taking
his
Launce
in
his
hand
,
ready
to
fight
if
occasion
served
.
Wherewith
Amadis
and
the
rest
of
the
company
were
excéeding
glad
,
doubting
lest
the
King
had
spoken
in
favor
of
him
,
when
he
thewed
what
he
had
done
,
but
they
had
not
ridden
long
,
but
one
of
the
four
Knights
came
riding
softly
towards
them
,
and
about
a
careers
length
from
them
,
calling
to
Esplandian
and
said
,
You
sir
Knight
that
would
not
satisfie
our
desires
,
defend
your self
from
me
.
Wherewith
he
set
spurs
to
his
horse
and
Esplandian
likewise
,
who
at
the
first
encounter
cast
him
so
strongly
out
of
his
saddle
,
that
in
long
time
after
he
could
not
rise
again
,
therewith
his
launce
brake
:
with
that
the
second
Knight
came
forwards
,
willing
Esplandian
to
take
another
launce
,
for
he
meant
to
revenge
his
companion
.
Which
Amadis
hearing
,
sent
him
his
launce
,
that
he
willingly
received
,
and
being
in
a
rage
to
sée
himself
assayled
without
cause
,
he
ran
against
the
knight
&
brake
him
so
surely
on
the
breast
,
that
he
overthrew
him
both
horse
and
man
.
Well
(
said
the
king
)
to
the
standers
by
,
judge
you
if
it
be
possible
to
do
better
?
My
Lord
(
said
Agraies
)
I
never
saw
two
fairer
strokes
given
with
a
launce
,
the
rest
I
will
leave
to
consider
of
till
I
know
those
that
ran
against
him
.
Let
us
sée
the
end
(
said
the
king
)
and
calling
a
Squire
,
he
sent
his
launce
unto
Esplandian
,
for
as
then
the
third
kinght
prepared
himself
to
run
,
and
spurring
their
horses
,
set
forwards
so
fiercely
,
that
breaking
their
launces
,
they
met
so
strongly
,
body
and
shields
,
and
heads
together
,
that
Esplandian
had
much
ado
to
sit
upon
his
horse
,
and
the
other
had
such
a
fall
,
that
he
lay
still
upon
the
ground
.
Whereat
the
fourth
knight
being
abashed
,
said
unto
himself
,
Truly
,
both
the
king
and
Urganda
have
good
reason
(
as
they
do
)
to
assure
the
valor
and
prowess
of
this
knight
,
séeing
it
it
much
more
then
they
warrant
it
to
be
:
Nevertheless
,
I
must
of
force
try
him
,
otherwise
I
should
do
both
my self
and
him
wrong
.
And
with
that
he
called
Esplandian
and
said
,
Knight
,
although
I
well
know
the
small
courtesie
that
I
and
my
companions
have
shewed
unto
you
,
yet
I
must
not
refuse
to
do
the
same
that
they
have
done
before
me
,
wherefore
I
pray
you
send
to
some
of
your
company
for
another
launce
,
that
we
may
sée
who
shall
bear
the
honor
of
this
enterprise
.
I
will
do
it
(
said
he
)
séeing
you
constrain
me
thereunto
,
upon
condition
that
if
I
can
,
I
will
serve
you
in
the
like
sort
I
have
done
your
companions
.
With
that
Gransador
that
heard
them
speak
,
gave
him
his
launce
,
which
he
presently
charging
,
they
met
together
with
such
force
,
that
their
launces
brake
close
unto
their
hands
,
neither
of
them
removing
out
his
saddle
,
wherefore
the
Knight
of
the
forrest
turned
to
Esplandian
and
said
,
Sir
Knight
,
let
us
yet
try
one
blow
more
,
and
I
will
quire
you
for
this
time
.
You
might
content
your self
(
said
he
)
with
that
is
done
,
but
séeing
you
are
so
void
of
reason
,
I
am
content
to
try
it
with
you
,
till
one
of
us
be
beaten
off
his
horse
.
Then
he
sent
Sergil
to
fetch
another
launce
,
and
he
brought
him
one
somewhat
bigger
and
shorter
then
those
he
had
before
,
wherewith
he
stroke
the
Knight
of
the
forrest
so
valiantly
,
that
he
overthrew
him
,
himself
being
constrained
to
imbrace
his
horse
about
the
neck
,
or
else
he
had
fallen
as
the
other
did
that
lay
on
the
ground
,
yet
he
rose
before
Esplandian
had
run
out
his
course
and
as
he
returned
back
,
he
stayed
him
by
the
armor
and
said
unto
him
,
Before
God
sir
Knight
,
you
have
sufficiently
shewed
that
in
valor
and
prowess
you
are
second
to
none
but
to
your self
:
but
he
answered
not
a
word
,
but
holding
down
his
head
(
ashamed
of
that
had
happened
unto
him
)
passed
forth
.
With
that
the
King
came
thither
to
know
what
Knights
they
were
that
had
béen
overthrown
,
amongt
the
which
he
knew
Galaor
,
for
he
had
put
off
his
Helmet
to
do
him
honor
when
he
saw
him
come
,
whereat
the
King
was
so
well
pleased
,
that
he
alighted
off
his
horse
and
ran
to
imbrace
him
,
the
like
did
Amadis
,
sa●ing
unto
him
,
with
a
smiling
countenance
,
How
now
brother
Galaor
,
how
long
have
you
used
to
be
a
kéeper
of
the
high
ways
?
You
sée
(
said
he
)
that
I
and
my
companions
have
sought
to
try
whether
this
Knight
be
of
such
force
as
we
have
found
him
,
and
what
hath
happened
you
may
well
judge
.
When
Esplandian
understood
his
uncle
Galador
(
fearing
to
have
offended
)
he
lighted
off
his
horse
,
and
knéeling
down
before
him
,
asked
pardon
for
his
fault
.
Nephew
(
said
he
)
it
is
I
that
have
done
the
wrong
,
and
therefore
I
told
the
king
that
you
are
a
better
knight
then
I
,
and
marvel
not
if
I
sought
to
prove
it
,
because
I
thought
to
do
it
with
mine
honor
,
but
I
found
the
contrary
,
which
from
henceforth
shall
make
me
think
the
things
foreshewed
of
you
will
be
accomplished
so
well
,
that
the
glory
of
your
father
,
and
the
reputation
by
many
knights
in
times
past
obtained
,
shall
from
henceforth
be
extinguished
,
you
having
so
easily
overthrown
thrée
of
the
best
knights
in
Great
Brittain
,
and
my self
the
fourth
.
What
are
they
(
said
the
king
?
)
My
Lord
(
said
Galaor
)
the
first
that
ran
was
Sendale
of
Gonaste
,
the
second
Galuanes
,
the
third
Angriote
d'estrauaulx
,
and
my self
hath
done
worse
then
they
.
Whereat
the
king
and
all
the
company
began
to
laugh
,
and
embracing
them
,
caused
them
to
mount
on
horseback
,
riding
towards
London
,
where
in
the
way
the
king
prayed
them
to
tell
him
how
this
enterprize
was
devised
.
My
Lord
(
said
Galaor
)
having
understood
by
the
Danish
Gentlewoman
(
that
my
Lady
Oriane
not
long
since
sent
unto
the
Queen
,
to
bring
her
news
of
your
return
,
and
what
had
happened
unto
you
during
your
imprisonment
)
the
valiant
acts
by
you
declared
of
my
Nephew
Esplandain
,
we
conceived
such
a
jealousie
against
him
,
estéeming
the
honor
you
did
him
thereby
,
to
procéed
rather
of
fatherly
love
then
otherwise
,
that
we
determined
secretly
to
depart
ou●
of
London
to
prove
his
force
,
as
now
you
have
well
séen
:
and
to
move
him
thereunto
,
we
sent
the
Gentlewoman
with
the
message
you
have
heard
.
Of
my
faith
(
said
the
king
)
the
device
was
good
,
and
hath
fallen
out
well
.
In
this
maner
devising
of
sundry
things
,
he
came
to
Mirefleur
,
where
the
Quéen
met
him
,
praising
God
for
his
unexpected
return
,
and
considering
his
trouble
past
,
with
the
grief
she
had
for
his
long
absence
,
séeing
him
there
safe
and
in
good
health
,
she
thought
her self
well
recompenced
with
his
presence
.
The
next
day
in
the
morning
they
set
forwards
towards
London
,
where
the
people
wept
for
joy
to
sée
him
,
for
there
was
never
Prince
better
loved
of
his
subjects
than
he
.
Being
there
,
Esplandian
began
to
be
weary
of
the
place
,
longing
to
hear
news
of
Carmelle
,
that
he
had
sent
to
Constantinople
,
as
you
have
heard
before
.
And
therefore
every
day
he
devised
means
to
get
licence
to
depart
from
thence
,
pretending
a
cause
of
returning
to
the
Castle
called
the
defended
mountain
,
shewing
the
king
what
promise
he
had
made
to
his
Companions
,
which
if
he
did
not
perform
,
they
should
have
cause
to
complain
of
him
,
but
the
king
would
not
in
any
sort
grant
to
his
request
,
yet
in
the
end
,
overcome
with
much
importunity
,
he
was
content
,
wherewith
he
took
his
leave
of
all
the
Court
;
and
upon
a
munday
in
the
morning
taking
horse
,
accompanied
onely
of
master
Elizabeth
,
and
Sergil
his
Squire
,
he
took
his
way
towards
the
Ferme
Isle
,
hoping
to
finde
the
great
Serpent
there
,
wherein
they
might
imbarque
themselves
.
CHAP.
XV.
How
Esplandian
riding
towards
the
Ferm
Isle
,
was
assayled
by
a
strange
Knight
that
watched
him
in
the
Forrest
.
ESplandian
departed
from
the
King
,
and
having
taken
his
leave
of
all
the
Court
,
as
you
heard
before
,
took
the
crookeddest
way
he
could
,
through
woods
and
forrests
towards
the
Ferm
Isle
,
thinking
not
to
be
perceived
of
any
,
that
might
hinder
his
enterprize
.
And
having
ridden
thrée
miles
,
he
entred
into
a
Forrest
,
which
having
almost
passed
,
he
came
unto
a
great
river
whereupon
the
king
had
built
a
house
,
called
Bellerose
,
where
oftentimes
being
on
hunting
,
he
used
to
resort
.
And
as
he
thought
to
pass
the
Bridge
,
he
perceived
on
the
other
side
a
Knight
armed
at
all
points
ready
to
fight
,
that
cried
unto
him
with
a
loud
voice
,
and
said
:
Sir
knight
,
you
must
ask
me
leave
if
you
will
come
over
,
for
according
to
my
promise
,
I
have
taken
upon
me
to
kéep
this
bridge
for
the
space
of
one
whole
year
,
wherefore
if
you
think
good
,
you
may
take
some
other
way
.
With
that
Esplandian
was
much
grieved
,
perceiving
that
either
of
force
he
must
fight
,
or
séek
another
passage
,
wherefore
he
would
willingly
have
excused
him
,
and
said
:
Sir
knight
,
I
pray
you
then
shew
me
which
way
I
were
best
to
go
,
for
by
me
you
shall
have
no
cause
at
this
time
to
trouble
your self
.
You
must
return
again
to
London
(
said
he
)
for
other
passage
there
is
none
,
unless
you
will
loose
your
horse
,
and
go
on
foot
.
Rather
then
I
would
do
so
(
said
Esplandian
)
I
will
prove
if
.
I
can
win
yours
,
and
therewith
lacing
his
helmet
,
took
his
launce
and
road
unto
the
Knight
,
who
no
sooner
perceived
him
coming
,
but
setting
spurs
to
his
horse
,
ran
towards
him
,
whereby
they
met
so
fiercely
together
,
that
both
the
knights
fell
off
their
horses
,
in
such
manner
,
that
master
Elizabeth
and
Sergil
,
thought
verily
they
had
slain
each
other
,
but
they
stayed
not
long
before
they
rose
again
,
and
laying
hand
on
their
swords
,
there
began
between
them
the
cruelest
and
most
dangerous
battel
that
ever
was
seen
:
wherea●
master
Elizabeth
much
abashed
,
said
unto
himself
,
Good
God
,
what
may
this
mean
,
I
believe
for
certain
that
some
devil
of
hell
hath
transformed
himself
into
humane
shape
,
to
destroy
us
all
.
Mean
time
the
two
Knights
continued
in
most
cruel
fight
,
still
increasing
their
mights
,
cleaving
shields
and
armors
,
in
such
sort
,
that
all
the
field
was
covered
with
pieces
of
the
harness
,
and
dyed
with
blood
that
issued
from
their
bodies
,
till
at
the
last
knight
of
the
bridge
stept
back
and
said
unto
Esplandian
,
Sir
Knight
,
take
another
way
,
and
I
am
content
to
quite
you
of
combate
,
for
you
are
the
valiantest
knight
that
ever
I
dealt
withal
,
and
it
should
displease
me
much
,
if
by
your
wilfulness
you
would
be
cause
of
your
own
death
.
In
good
faith
(
said
he
)
I
had
done
it
at
the
first
,
had
it
not
been
the
fear
I
had
,
that
you
would
esteem
me
a
coward
,
but
knowing
very
well
that
the
honor
of
this
combate
cannot
be
had
,
but
onely
by
the
death
of
one
of
us
,
or
both
together
,
I
will
try
my
fortune
,
till
I
be
no
longer
able
to
weld
a
sword
.
Is
that
true
(
said
the
knight
?
)
Then
let
us
see
to
whom
fortune
will
be
favorable
▪
And
therewith
covering
themselves
with
that
little
of
their
shields
that
rested
in
their
hands
,
they
began
the
combate
crueller
then
before
,
and
though
all
the
day
they
had
not
given
a
stroke
,
so
that
after
many
cruel
blows
with
their
swords
,
they
closed
together
,
&
wrastling
long
time
,
they
sought
to
cast
each
other
to
the
ground
.
But
seeing
the
little
advantage
gotten
thereby
,
they
began
again
to
lay
on
with
their
swords
with
such
fury
,
that
Sergil
looked
for
no
other
but
when
they
should
fall
dead
upon
the
ground
,
not
being
able
to
judge
who
would
have
the
victory
.
Whereat
master
Elizabeth
was
so
much
displeased
,
that
he
could
not
abstain
from
weeping
,
saying
unto
himself
,
Alas
what
fortune
is
this
,
must
the
best
Knight
living
in
the
world
,
and
in
the
flower
of
his
age
loss
his
life
at
that
time
by
so
hard
a
chance
?
Cursed
be
the
day
that
ever
he
met
with
him
,
that
is
the
cause
of
so
great
loss
.
And
to
say
truth
,
if
God
had
not
provided
for
them
,
the
father
had
slain
the
son
,
and
the
son
the
father
,
for
the
Knight
of
the
bridge
was
Amadis
De
Gaule
,
who
being
over
curious
of
his
sons
glory
would
prove
his
force
,
and
the
better
to
do
it
,
the
day
before
Esplandian
took
his
leave
,
he
departed
secretly
from
the
Court
,
and
stayed
for
him
at
the
bridge
,
bearing
an
unknown
armor
,
where
after
many
attempts
on
either
part
given
,
Amadis
perceiving
both
their
dangers
,
said
unto
Esplandian
:
Knight
,
you
sée
well
you
cannot
overcome
me
,
and
I
assure
you
,
I
never
had
to
do
with
any
Knight
,
that
ever
put
me
to
so
great
extreamity
,
wherefore
I
am
content
to
let
you
pass
.
But
not
I
you
(
said
he
)
unless
you
tell
me
your
name
.
I
will
not
deny
you
that
(
said
Amadis
)
wherefore
cause
master
Elizabeth
to
come
hither
,
for
I
think
we
have
both
néed
of
his
help
.
Then
Esplandian
called
him
unto
them
,
mean
time
Aamdis
put
off
his
helmet
,
so
faint
and
weary
,
that
he
was
constrained
to
lean
unto
a
trée
.
But
when
Esplandian
knew
him
,
and
perceiving
the
fault
he
had
committed
,
he
cast
forth
a
great
cry
,
and
said
:
Alas
wicked
wretch
that
I
am
,
and
therewith
he
fell
upon
the
ground
,
whereat
master
Elizabeth
and
Amadis
thinking
him
to
be
in
a
swoon
,
ran
to
lift
him
up
,
but
it
was
not
so
,
onely
that
it
grieved
him
he
had
dealt
in
such
manner
with
his
father
,
who
said
unto
him
,
Son
,
although
I
am
as
sore
wounded
as
possible
may
be
,
without
death
,
yet
have
I
not
received
so
much
hurt
,
as
conceived
pleasure
,
perceiving
the
valor
I
find
to
be
in
you
,
wherefore
be
not
discomforted
.
Notwithstanding
he
could
not
content
himself
,
but
cursed
his
own
life
,
being
(
as
he
said
)
the
most
unhappy
man
that
ever
was
born
of
woman
.
And
continuing
in
that
grief
,
the
blood
in
divers
places
ran
out
of
his
body
,
whereby
he
waxed
faint
,
which
master
Elizabeth
perceiving
,
and
knowing
assuredly
,
if
remedy
were
not
spéedily
had
,
they
were
both
in
danger
of
their
lives
,
he
said
unto
them
:
I
pray
you
for
this
time
leave
off
your
sorrow
,
and
let
us
presently
go
to
Mirefleur
,
not
far
from
hence
,
for
you
both
have
greater
néed
of
rest
,
then
of
longer
staying
in
this
place
,
wherewith
he
and
Sergil
set
them
on
their
horses
,
and
with
great
pain
brought
them
to
the
castle
,
where
their
wounds
were
dressed
.
Such
was
the
combate
between
the
two
Knights
as
you
have
heard
,
yet
some
write
,
that
Amadis
was
so
wounded
by
Esplandian
,
that
in
the
end
with
a
thrust
of
a
launce
into
the
right
shoulder
,
and
other
blows
with
his
Sword
,
he
was
slain
in
the
field
,
which
Oriane
hearing
,
threw
her self
out
of
a
window
,
and
brake
her
neck
.
But
it
is
not
true
,
for
they
raigned
after
that
both
in
France
and
great
Britain
,
and
had
another
Son
named
Perion
,
and
a
Daughter
no
less
beautiful
then
her
Mother
,
that
marryed
Arquisil
Son
to
the
Emperor
of
Rome
.
But
I
cannot
conceive
from
whence
those
lyars
could
invent
such
a
thing
,
if
they
understand
not
by
(
death
)
the
shadows
that
Esplandian
caused
his
fathers
valiant
acts
to
be
covered
withal
,
by
the
light
&
pleasant
shining
of
his
own
,
whereby
his
fathers
were
so
much
had
in
oblivion
,
that
there
was
no
more
brute
of
them
,
then
if
they
had
never
been
done
.
But
to
return
again
unto
our
matter
,
you
must
note
that
news
went
presently
unto
the
court
,
what
had
chanced
to
the
two
knights
.
Wherewith
the
King
&
Oriane
much
displeased
,
departed
from
London
,
&
came
to
Mirefleur
,
when
master
Elizabeth
began
the
second
time
to
dress
their
wounds
Whereby
he
perceived
them
out
of
danger
,
and
cured
them
so
well
,
that
within
seven
days
after
they
could
walk
about
the
Chamber
,
which
put
Oriane
in
better
comfort
then
before
,
and
it
fell
out
well
for
her
,
for
if
her
melancholy
had
longer
indured
she
had
for
certain
died
at
that
time
.
And
because
the
King
had
not
as
yet
understood
the
reason
that
moved
them
to
fight
,
one
day
when
he
found
Amadis
in
good
disposition
,
he
prayed
him
to
tell
him
.
In
faith
my
lord
(
said
he
)
I
was
desirous
to
have
the
difference
of
our
two
forces
known
,
being
assured
,
that
whatsoever
chanced
thereby
,
it
could
not
be
but
to
mine
honor
:
for
if
my
son
be
a
better
Knight
then
my self
,
his
honor
for
the
present
time
,
will
increase
my
glory
past
.
Before
God
(
said
the
King
)
your
enterprise
was
but
rashly
undertaken
,
I
pray
you
another
time
let
us
leave
such
youthful
parts
for
those
that
are
but
entring
into
arms
.
Believe
me
,
and
it
pleaseth
your
Grace
(
said
he
)
I
was
never
better
beaten
in
all
my
life
.
It
is
no
matter
(
said
the
King
)
séeing
you
have
both
escaped
with
your
lives
,
now
séek
means
to
be
healed
of
your
wounds
with
as
much
spéed
as
you
may
,
and
from
henceforth
let
us
war
onely
against
Harts
and
other
wild
beasts
that
are
within
this
forrest
,
as
my
huntsmen
have
shewed
me
this
day
.
CHAP.
XVI
.
How
the
King
of
Denmark
,
Garinter
,
and
Manely
,
succoured
Vrganda
,
that
certain
Knights
would
have
slain
,
because
she
aided
the
Emperors
Son
of
Rome
.
YOu
heard
before
of
the
adventures
of
Esplandian
,
Ambor
and
Talanque
,
after
they
had
received
the
order
of
Knighthood
,
now
you
shall
hear
what
became
of
Garinter
King
of
Denmark
,
and
Manely
,
who
sléeping
as
others
did
by
the
sound
of
six
trumpets
that
played
on
the
shore
,
the
next
night
they
found
themselves
with
their
Squires
in
a
little
Barque
,
so
far
out
of
all
knowledge
,
that
although
they
had
landed
they
knew
not
where
they
were
,
and
it
was
so
dark
,
that
they
could
not
sée
each
other
,
till
at
the
last
they
perceived
a
fire
not
far
from
thence
,
that
moved
them
to
go
thither
,
to
sée
if
they
could
find
any
that
would
shew
them
in
what
country
they
were
,
therefore
leaving
their
Squires
to
kéep
their
Barque
,
they
took
their
shields
,
and
mounting
up
a
little
hill
,
they
perceived
a
fire
burning
circle
wise
,
in
the
middle
whereof
they
saw
a
woman
holding
a
yong
childe
in
her
arms
,
&
about
the
fire
stood
ten
knights
all
armed
,
that
sought
to
take
her
,
but
by
no
means
they
could
come
néer
her
,
she
was
so
well
defended
by
the
fire
.
And
as
they
went
néerer
unto
it
,
they
heard
one
among
the
rest
that
said
unto
her
,
Ha
,
thou
false
and
accursed
wretch
,
thy
devillish
spirits
and
familiars
can
now
no
longer
help
thée
,
but
at
this
time
thou
shalt
surely
die
.
And
although
Manely
and
Garinter
had
their
helmets
on
their
heads
,
yet
the
woman
they
so
threatned
,
knew
them
well
,
calling
them
and
said
:
Help
me
my
sons
,
and
fail
me
not
I
pray
you
at
this
time
:
With
that
Manely
and
the
King
of
Denmark
knew
her
by
her
voice
,
wherefore
laying
hands
on
their
swords
,
they
marched
towards
the
ten
Knights
,
whereof
one
of
them
stepped
before
the
rest
,
asking
them
if
they
knew
that
wicked
woman
that
had
done
him
the
greatest
mischief
that
ever
was
.
By
God
sir
Knight
(
said
Manely
)
you
lie
in
your
throat
,
she
is
not
wicked
,
but
faithfuller
for
her
part
,
then
you
for
yours
.
Wherewith
they
ran
each
upon
other
,
and
there
began
the
combate
of
ten
Knights
against
two
,
and
although
the
match
was
not
equal
,
Manely
and
the
King
of
Denmark
setting
their
backs
together
,
laid
valiantly
upon
them
,
yet
in
the
end
they
could
not
have
resisted
,
but
Urganda
playing
her
part
,
put
out
the
fire
,
and
taking
her
two
knights
aside
,
left
the
rest
in
the
dark
,
striking
each
other
as
if
Manely
and
the
king
of
Denmark
had
béen
with
them
,
Mean
time
Urganda
and
her
company
got
into
the
thicket
of
the
wood
,
and
having
travelled
long
,
at
the
last
the
moon
began
to
shine
,
when
they
were
weary
,
whereby
they
determined
to
stay
a
while
and
rest
themselves
till
day
appeared
.
Mean
time
the
two
knights
desired
Urganda
to
shew
them
how
she
came
thither
,
and
whether
she
knew
the
country
.
My
good
friends
(
said
she
)
having
long
since
learned
by
my
art
,
that
this
little
child
s●n
to
the
Emperor
of
Rome
,
and
of
the
Empress
Leonor
his
wife
,
should
be
stollen
away
by
the
Traitor
that
assayled
you
,
who
is
Son
to
Garadan
,
that
Amadis
(
as
then
called
the
Knight
of
the
gréen
Sword
)
put
to
death
in
the
country
of
Bohemia
,
in
defending
the
right
of
King
Casimor
,
as
soon
as
you
fell
on
sléep
in
the
great
Serpent
,
I
made
all
the
haste
I
could
unto
this
place
to
succor
it
,
according
to
my
promise
made
(
being
in
the
Ferm
Isle
)
in
presence
of
Amadis
and
divers
others
Knights
,
where
I
arrived
at
so
good
a
time
when
the
villains
which
you
saw
,
came
to
a
shepheards
house
,
where
a
poor
nurse
dwelt
,
to
whom
they
delivered
this
little
child
to
give
it
suck
.
And
séeing
it
was
time
to
put
my
enterprise
in
practise
,
I
went
out
of
my
Barque
,
and
making
as
if
I
had
béen
robbed
by
certain
thieves
,
ran
towards
them
,
crying
out
and
wéeping
bitterly
,
wherewith
they
all
came
forth
to
sée
what
it
might
be
,
and
perceiving
me
in
that
manner
asked
the
cause
of
my
grief
.
Ha
my
lords
(
said
I
)
it
is
so
,
that
as
my
husband
&
I
passed
through
this
wood
,
we
met
eight
thieves
,
that
slew
him
,
and
not
content
therewith
,
have
taken
away
my
horse
and
my
budget
,
wherein
there
is
a
great
sum
of
money
.
Which
they
believing
to
be
true
(
not
that
they
were
moved
with
compassion
for
my
loss
)
but
respecting
their
own
particular
benefit
,
hoping
to
get
a
Booty
by
them
that
had
robbed
me
,
scattered
themselves
in
companies
to
find
them
out
,
where
they
stayed
so
long
,
that
the
shepheard
and
his
wife
went
out
of
the
house
,
and
thinking
to
have
their
parts
,
left
me
alone
with
the
childe
,
that
not
long
after
I
took
in
mine
arms
,
and
went
away
.
But
as
it
fell
out
,
the
nurse
came
in
,
and
missing
the
child
,
called
to
them
for
help
,
who
running
in
great
haste
,
followed
me
so
fast
,
(
that
had
it
not
bin
for
night
that
overtook
them
)
and
the
great
fire
you
found
about
me●
I
had
never
escaped
their
hands
.
And
what
would
they
have
done
with
this
poor
infant
(
said
Manley
?
)
You
shall
understand
(
said
she
)
that
the
Son
of
Garadan
having
conceived
a
mortal
hatred
against
the
Emperor
,
either
because
he
could
not
have
the
Entertainment
he
thought
he
had
deserved
,
or
else
grieved
(
as
I
think
)
that
he
could
not
attain
unto
the
Empire
,
as
he
pretended
:
determined
not
onely
to
revenge
himself
upon
this
little
childe
,
but
to
kill
the
Emperor
likewise
if
ever
he
have
the
means
.
By
God
(
said
the
king
of
Denmark
)
he
is
a
wicked
and
cruel-hearted
man
,
but
assure
your self
that
God
will
not
permit
it
to
be
so
.
Nevertheless
I
am
in
doubt
this
childe
will
endure
much
woe
,
séeing
you
have
no
means
to
give
it
suck
.
Let
me
alone
with
that
(
said
Urganda
)
for
I
have
certain
herbs
about
me
,
with
the
juice
whereof
I
will
nourish
it
,
if
néed
be
,
eight
days
together
.
What
(
said
he
)
will
you
then
stay
here
so
long
?
No
(
said
Urganda
)
for
as
soon
as
it
is
day
I
will
return
unto
my
Boat
that
stayeth
here
at
the
shoar
.
But
Madam
(
said
they
)
what
shall
become
of
us
,
for
we
are
arrived
here
,
not
knowing
who
brought
us
hither
?
But
for
Gods
sake
,
if
you
have
heard
any
news
of
our
Companions
,
let
us
know
it
,
and
where
we
may
go
to
finde
them
.
My
friends
(
said
she
)
you
must
first
let
destiny
have
his
course
,
and
endure
many
hard
adventuces
,
&
when
time
serveth
you
shall
have
your
desires
.
And
in
that
manner
sometimes
talking
and
sometimes
sléeping
,
they
passed
the
time
away
till
day
began
to
appear
,
when
they
thrée
together
went
to
the
Sea-side
,
where
they
entred
into
Urgandas
Boat
,
wherein
four
Gentlewomen
and
two
Dwarfs
stayed
for
her
.
CHAP.
XVII
.
How
Vrganda
departed
from
the
two
Knights
,
and
being
guarded
by
two
Dragons
,
went
unto
the
Emperors
Court
,
to
deliver
them
their
young
Son
,
for
the
loss
whereof
all
the
Court
was
in
an
uproar
.
FOr
a
time
Urganda
stayed
with
the
two
Knights
,
not
minding
presently
to
ease
the
Emperors
minde
with
the
recovery
of
his
Son
,
in
the
end
she
caused
them
to
return
unto
their
Barque
,
willing
them
from
that
time
forwards
to
arm
themselves
against
the
assaults
of
fortune
,
although
she
séemed
never
so
variable
and
unconstant
.
For
(
said
she
)
therefore
was
the
Order
of
Knighthood
instituted
and
appointed
,
that
thereby
it
might
appear
more
excellent
.
And
they
were
no
sooner
departed
,
but
she
set
foot
on
land
,
and
mounted
on
a
palfrey
with
the
childe
in
her
lap
,
she
rode
forward
,
with
two
Dragons
to
guard
her
,
one
upon
her
right
hand
,
the
other
upon
the
left
,
that
bare
her
company
till
she
came
to
Triol
,
where
the
Emperor
held
his
Court.
And
approaching
the
Town
,
she
met
great
companies
of
knights
that
went
to
séek
the
childe
,
who
séeing
those
horrible
beasts
casting
fire
out
of
their
mouthes
,
for
fear
they
began
to
flie
,
whereat
Urganda
smiled
.
At
last
Florestan
King
of
Sardinia
coming
that
way
,
(
having
ridden
a
great
compass
about
to
pursue
Garadans
son
)
and
returning
as
then
all
weary
and
sore
travelled
,
with
his
horse
tyred
,
perceiving
the
people
to
run
so
fast
,
asked
them
the
cause
,
wherewith
they
shewed
him
a
far
off
what
they
had
séen
:
but
he
not
abashed
,
went
towards
the
Dragons
,
thinking
if
it
were
possible
,
to
fight
with
them
,
and
as
he
came
nearer
unto
them
,
he
knew
Urganda
,
and
spurring
his
horse
,
he
thought
to
salute
her
,
but
the
more
he
prickt
him
forwards
,
the
more
the
horse
gave
back
,
whereby
he
was
constrained
to
light
down
,
and
saluting
her
,
he
took
her
by
the
hand
,
but
the
Dragons
vanished
away
,
whereat
he
was
abashed
,
which
Urganda
perceiving
,
said
unto
him
,
In
faith
sir
knight
,
they
have
good
cause
to
give
you
place
,
knowing
well
the
magnanimity
of
your
invincible
courage
.
And
for
my
part
,
I
estéem
my self
better
guarded
(
being
in
your
company
)
then
I
did
before
,
wherefore
I
pray
you
leave
me
not
,
till
I
have
delivered
this
childe
unto
his
mother
,
which
I
have
recovered
from
the
villains
that
had
stollen
it
from
her
.
Is
it
possible
Madam
(
said
Florestan
)
that
the
Emperor
should
receive
so
great
a
pleasure
by
your
means
?
Shew
me
I
pray
you
(
if
it
pleaseth
you
)
how
you
procured
the
same
?
You
shall
know
it
(
said
she
)
when
time
serveth
,
till
then
content
your self
,
and
mounting
on
horse-back
,
I
pray
you
bring
me
to
the
City
of
Triol
.
With
that
they
rode
together
till
they
came
to
the
Emperors
Court
,
where
they
found
the
Empress
half
dead
with
sorrow
,
but
when
she
heard
the
good
news
Urganda
brought
,
her
sorrow
turned
to
excéeding
joy
.
And
for
that
the
Emperor
being
armed
,
was
ridden
out
to
séek
the
childe
,
as
others
did
,
she
sent
men
on
all
sides
to
certifie
him
thereof
;
he
having
intelligence
,
thanked
God
with
all
his
heart
,
and
turned
back
to
sée
Urganda
,
that
told
him
in
what
manner
she
found
the
childe
,
as
you
have
heard
before
.
Where
we
leave
her
,
and
return
to
shew
you
of
Manley
and
the
King
of
Denmark
,
who
in
the
mean
time
were
at
Sea
in
so
horrible
a
tempest
,
that
they
thought
to
have
béen
drowned
.
CHAP.
XVIII
.
Of
the
strange
adventures
that
the
King
of
Denmark
and
Manley
had
,
after
they
departed
from
Vrganda
,
and
what
pastime
they
had
with
two
great
Apes
in
an
Island
,
where
by
chance
they
arrived
.
AFter
the
king
of
Denmark
and
Manley
departed
from
Urganda
,
they
entred
into
their
Barque
,
where
their
two
Squires
stayed
for
them
,
and
so
imbarqued
,
presently
hoised
sayl
,
and
put
to
sea
,
the
weather
very
peaceable
&
calm
:
but
they
had
not
sayled
long
,
when
a
contrary
wind
began
to
rise
,
wherewith
the
waters
grew
so
high
,
and
the
sea
began
to
swell
so
big
,
that
one
while
it
séemed
to
mount
to
the
skies
,
&
again
to
descend
as
low
as
the
bottomless
pit
of
hell
,
wherby
their
little
barque
was
oftententimes
covered
with
water
,
having
neither
Mast
,
Sail
,
nor
Cable
,
but
all
rent
in
pieces
.
And
that
which
abashed
them
most
was
,
that
night
coming
upon
them
,
it
was
so
dark
,
they
could
not
sée
the
length
of
their
boat
,
in
which
torment
they
continued
for
the
space
of
thirty
days
together
,
till
at
the
length
it
cast
them
upon
an
Island
,
where
(
being
arrived
about
San-setting
)
they
landed
.
Then
commanding
one
of
their
Squires
to
keep
their
boat
,
being
armed
at
all
points
,
they
went
into
the
Island
to
sée
if
they
could
finde
any
fresh
water
,
or
other
victuals
,
for
they
had
not
sufficient
in
their
barque
to
serve
them
for
a
wéek
:
at
the
last
they
found
a
goodly
fountain
,
shadowed
with
many
great
trees
,
whereby
they
sat
them
down
,
and
putting
off
their
helmets
for
to
drink
,
Argenton
their
Squire
that
was
with
them
,
said
unto
them
:
if
you
think
good
,
you
shall
stay
here
while
I
go
up
this
high
rock
,
where
(
it
may
be
)
I
shall
find
a
house
,
or
some
countrey
man
that
will
shew
us
in
what
place
we
are
arrived
.
Go
(
said
the
King
of
Denmark
)
but
take
héed
thou
loosest
not
thy self
.
With
that
the
Squire
left
them
,
and
took
his
way
through
the
wood
,
but
he
had
not
gone
a
long
bowes
shot
,
when
he
perceived
a
great
Bear
coming
towards
him
,
wherewith
he
was
in
such
fear
,
that
with
a
loud
voice
he
cried
out
for
help
,
and
finding
no
other
remedy
,
he
was
constrained
to
climb
into
a
high
trée
.
The
knights
hearing
their
squires
cry
,
supposed
he
had
néed
of
them
,
and
with
that
they
ran
in
such
haste
to
help
him
,
that
forgetting
their
helmets
behind
them
,
left
them
by
the
fountain
,
and
they
had
not
run
far
,
but
they
espied
the
Bear
climbing
against
the
trée
,
wherein
the
Squire
was
desending
himself
as
well
as
he
could
,
but
the
beast
forsaking
her
first
prey
,
ran
unto
Manley
,
being
next
unto
her
,
thinking
at
the
first
encounter
to
throw
him
on
the
ground
,
but
he
stepping
aside
,
gave
her
such
a
blow
with
his
sword
,
that
therewith
he
cut
off
one
of
her
ears
,
with
a
piece
of
her
jaw
,
but
the
Bear
turned
again
,
and
taking
him
most
fiercely
ab●ut
the
body
,
thought
to
strangle
him
,
wherewith
he
had
almost
lost
his
breath
,
when
the
King
of
Denmark
came
unto
her
,
and
with
one
blow
out
one
of
her
legs
clean
from
the
body
,
whereby
the
beast
in
great
anguish
forsaking
her
prey
,
fled
into
the
thicket
of
the
wood
,
and
the
King
after
her
,
and
longer
had
followed
,
had
it
not
bin
for
the
weight
of
his
armor
,
that
wearied
him
overmuch
,
wherefore
returning
again
unto
his
companion
,
they
two
help
their
Squire
Argenton
to
come
down
the
trée
,
who
as
yet
for
fear
trembled
like
a
leaf
,
whereat
they
both
began
to
laugh
,
Manley
asking
him
if
he
were
a
cold
:
no
(
said
he
)
but
I
was
in
the
greatest
fear
that
ever
I
had
in
all
my
life
,
or
ever
I
hope
shall
have
again
:
and
surely
I
believe
there
are
no
other
people
in
this
Island
,
than
devils
disguised
in
strange
forms
,
or
else
such
proper
Gentlewomen
,
as
she
that
of
late
imbraced
you
so
courteously
,
wherefore
I
am
of
this
opinion
,
that
for
our
better
security
,
it
were
best
for
us
to
stay
by
the
fountain
,
or
in
our
barque
till
the
sea
be
somewhat
pacified
.
In
truth
thou
sayest
well
(
said
the
King
of
Denmark
)
but
in
the
mean
time
be
thou
of
a
good
courage
,
and
fear
nothing
.
I
know
not
what
courage
I
should
have
,
(
said
he
)
but
I
pray
you
for
Gods
sake
let
us
be
gone
,
unless
you
will
sée
me
die
here
.
As
far
as
I
sée
(
said
Manley
)
thou
wilt
never
die
in
fight
,
as
long
as
thou
findest
means
to
run
away
.
Not
if
I
may
(
said
Argenton
)
for
if
I
should
,
it
were
done
but
like
a
fool
.
In
which
manner
talking
together
,
they
came
unto
the
Fountain
,
where
they
espied
two
old
apes
casting
their
helmets
(
they
had
left
behind
them
)
one
at
the
other
,
as
lightly
as
if
they
had
bin
at
Tennise
,
whereat
the
two
knights
&
Argenton
laughed
so
heartily
,
that
they
were
almost
overcome
with
laughter
:
for
the
apes
had
no
sooner
spied
them
coming
,
but
in
great
haste
they
put
the
helmets
on
their
heads
,
and
climbing
up
the
trées
,
skipped
from
branch
to
branch
,
sometimes
up
and
sometimes
down
,
like
two
tumblers
.
As
God
help
me
(
said
Manley
)
I
like
these
apes
well
,
for
they
knew
we
were
so
melancholly
on
the
sea
,
that
they
meant
to
make
us
merry
on
land
,
yet
I
trust
they
shall
not
carry
away
my
Arms
without
a
Combate
.
Wherewith
they
took
up
stones
,
and
threw
at
them
,
but
they
turning
about
,
grinned
with
their
téeth
,
making
mouths
and
mowes
,
sometimes
scratching
their
arses
.
Wherewith
the
King
of
Denmark
took
such
pleasure
,
that
he
desired
Manley
and
Argenton
to
let
the
apes
alone
,
&
as
then
it
began
to
be
night
Wherefore
they
sent
the
squire
to
fetch
his
companion
,
with
the
rest
of
the
victuals
they
had
in
their
barque
,
because
the
sea
rose
so
high
,
that
they
doubted
their
barque
would
be
cast
on
shoar
,
and
break
in
pieces
,
who
stayed
not
long
before
they
came
again
,
and
after
the
knights
had
eaten
of
such
victuals
as
they
had
,
they
put
off
their
armor
,
and
slept
till
the
next
morning
,
when
they
awaked
,
finding
their
helmets
lying
by
them
,
but
not
their
Armor
,
for
those
new
men
of
war
had
put
them
on
so
properly
,
that
by
their
countenances
it
séemed
they
had
some
great
combate
to
fight
one
against
the
other
,
in
the
top
of
the
high
Elms
,
whereof
there
were
great
plenty
.
But
that
sport
liked
not
the
two
knights
,
that
were
loath
to
die
in
that
place
for
want
of
food
,
but
made
their
account
,
either
to
put
themselves
again
unto
the
mercy
of
the
waves
,
or
else
go
further
into
the
Island
to
séek
meat
.
Wherefore
making
bows
of
wood
,
which
they
stringed
with
their
garters
,
and
cutting
arrows
to
them
,
sharp
at
the
points
,
they
shot
at
those
woody
champions
,
so
long
,
that
at
the
last
they
compelled
them
to
skip
down
,
whereby
they
took
them
,
and
pulled
off
their
armor
,
which
done
,
they
let
them
go
,
not
doing
them
any
hurt
.
CHAP.
XIX
.
How
Fandalo
the
Pyrat
sailing
on
the
Sea
,
was
by
tempest
of
weather
,
cast
upon
the
Island
where
the
King
of
Denmark
and
Manely
were
,
against
whom
he
fought
,
and
what
happened
unto
them
.
YOu
heard
before
how
the
King
of
Denmark
and
Manely
were
by
fortune
cast
upon
the
Isle
of
Apes
,
where
their
boat
was
cast
away
,
they
having
not
victuals
longer
then
for
two
days
,
but
God
holp
them
,
for
the
next
day
as
they
were
upon
the
top
of
one
of
the
highest
rocks
,
they
perceived
a
ship
at
Sea
,
which
being
driven
with
the
wind
,
not
long
after
was
cast
upon
the
shore
hard
by
the
place
where
they
were
.
Wherewith
the
two
Knights
went
down
to
speak
with
them
that
were
abord
,
and
calling
with
a
loud
voice
unto
them
,
there
appeared
a
man
upon
the
hatches
,
that
asked
them
what
they
would
.
We
pray
you
in
courtesie
(
said
Manely
)
shew
us
who
is
the
master
of
your
Barque
:
it
is
(
said
the
man
)
a
great
Lord
,
that
before
you
escape
,
will
make
you
know
how
he
useth
to
handle
such
youths
as
you
are
.
And
though
he
do
so
(
said
Manely
)
we
are
now
in
such
necessity
,
that
it
shall
please
us
well
to
indure
the
worst
that
he
can
do
unto
us
,
to
be
rid
out
of
this
hunger
which
we
now
indure
,
and
still
beginneth
to
assayl
us
,
wherefore
cause
us
to
speak
with
him
,
and
if
it
please
you
,
let
us
know
his
name
.
Those
that
have
fallen
into
his
hands
(
said
the
man
)
call
him
the
devil
of
the
Sea
,
although
he
is
well
known
by
the
name
of
Frandalo
,
for
by
his
valor
he
hath
brought
in
subjection
the
greatest
part
of
all
this
Sea
,
pilling
and
taking
all
he
findeth
,
and
by
force
of
weather
hath
béen
constrained
to
put
into
this
Island
,
his
other
vessels
being
scattered
so
far
abroad
,
that
he
can
hear
no
news
of
them
,
and
the
worse
for
you
,
considering
the
rage
he
now
is
in
.
With
that
there
appeared
a
Squire
on
the
hatches
,
who
séeing
the
two
Knights
armed
in
white
,
seamed
with
black
croselets
,
he
cryed
as
loud
as
he
could
,
and
said
,
My
lord
,
here
are
they
that
slew
you
good
cousin
Lindoraque
.
Wherewith
there
appeared
a
great
Giant
,
that
asked
Manely
and
the
King
of
Denmark
why
they
had
so
cruelly
slain
his
cousin
?
By
my
soul
(
said
one
of
them
)
we
never
saw
the
man
,
whatsoever
the
Squire
saith
,
for
I
can
assure
you
that
since
the
time
we
received
the
order
of
Knighthood
,
my
companion
and
I
were
never
in
any
place
,
where
we
have
had
any
great
occasion
to
try
our
forces
.
You
lie
fasely
(
said
he
that
accused
them
)
I
know
you
better
then
you
think
I
do
,
and
to
justifie
the
same
(
said
he
to
Frandalo
)
the
Gentlewoman
that
you
now
hold
prisoner
will
satisfie
you
more
.
By
my
great
God
(
said
Frandalo
)
you
shall
then
dearly
buy
it
.
You
will
do
no
more
then
you
can
(
said
Manely
)
and
for
my
part
I
assure
you
I
am
well
content
(
séeing
you
will
have
it
to
be
so
)
that
you
say
we
have
slain
your
cousin
,
although
it
be
not
so
:
Nevertheless
the
glory
thereof
will
redound
to
us
in
your
behalf
:
and
it
may
be
death
to
you
(
said
Frandalo
.
)
And
therewith
caused
the
Gentlewoman
to
be
called
up
,
who
perceiving
the
Knights
armed
in
like
arms
Talanque
and
Ambor
had
,
said
:
Alas
what
may
this
mean
?
these
arms
bel●nged
to
two
Knights
,
great
friends
unto
my
lord
and
master
.
For
Gods
sake
Gentlemen
,
I
pray
you
tell
me
(
said
she
)
how
you
came
by
them
,
for
if
they
of
whom
I
speak
were
here
,
they
would
not
leave
me
long
in
this
captivity
.
Gentlewoman
,
(
said
the
King
)
if
it
pleaseth
you
to
name
them
,
and
that
in
any
sort
we
are
acquainted
with
them
,
whereby
the
bond
of
amity
,
may
bind
us
for
their
sakes
,
assure
your self
we
will
not
fail
to
do
for
you
the
best
that
possibly
we
may
.
The
one
(
said
she
)
is
called
Talanque
,
and
the
other
Ambor
,
companions
to
the
Knight
which
I
serve
.
Manely
hearing
that
,
answered
her
presently
and
said
:
Gentlewoman
,
tell
us
I
pray
you
when
we
depart
from
hence
where
we
may
finde
them
.
My
lords
(
said
she
)
if
you
can
do
so
much
with
this
Giant
that
he
grant
me
liberty
,
I
will
conduct
you
thither
,
and
shew
you
strange
adventures
they
have
done
,
which
I
am
sure
(
if
they
be
your
friends
)
will
like
you
well
.
With
that
Manely
desired
the
Giant
Frandalo
to
give
the
Gentlewoman
liberty
,
but
he
séeing
him
so
earnestly
intreat
,
began
to
laugh
,
and
said
unto
him
:
Before
you
escape
out
of
my
hands
,
it
may
be
her
intreaty
for
you
will
much
more
avail
with
me
,
then
yours
for
her
shall
do
.
In
the
mean
time
I
will
provide
you
both
of
an
honorable
estate
within
my
Gallies
,
making
you
Knights
of
the
order
of
mine
eares
,
with
divers
others
that
have
béen
there
long
time
.
You
speak
at
your
ease
(
said
Manely
)
being
in
a
place
for
your
advantage
,
so
do
not
we
,
that
expect
not
any
favor
either
on
land
or
sea
,
having
neither
boat
nor
victuals
to
receive
us
,
but
if
you
be
the
man
you
boast
your self
to
be
,
either
come
out
to
fight
with
us
,
or
else
send
us
a
boat
,
and
which
of
us
two
you
chose
,
shall
come
and
heal
you
of
the
pride
,
that
maketh
you
so
hardly
know
your self
:
Vpon
condition
nevertheless
that
you
alone
shall
fight
with
him
,
and
as
fortune
favoreth
the
combattants
,
the
gentlewoman
shall
go
with
him
that
remaineth
victor
.
Content
(
said
Frandalo
)
although
I
know
full
well
,
I
shall
win
but
little
honor
to
fight
against
such
lacquies
as
you
are
:
which
he
said
,
in
respect
the
eldest
of
the
two
Knights
had
not
above
seventéen
years
of
age
:
wherewith
he
cal'd
for
his
shield
,
and
entring
into
the
Barque
he
took
from
the
Gentlewoman
,
went
on
land
,
where
calling
the
two
Knights
unto
him
,
he
said
:
Children
,
pity
your
own
yong
years
,
and
rather
yield
your selves
unto
me
,
otherwise
you
are
both
dead
without
all
remedy
.
Thou
art
mad
(
said
Manely
)
we
are
yet
strong
and
in
good
health
,
and
how
estéemest
thou
us
to
be
dead
that
were
never
sick
?
In
good
truth
,
I
hope
before
the
cake
be
parted
,
to
make
thée
King
of
the
unhappy
wretches
:
Wherefore
choose
either
me
or
my
companion
to
fight
with
thée
mean
time
the
other
shall
enter
into
thy
Barque
to
kéep
the
gentlewoman
thou
hast
refused
me
.
Alas
poor
man
(
said
Frandalo
)
it
appeareth
well
thou
knowest
not
what
is
good
for
thée
:
for
if
two
of
the
best
Knights
in
all
Asia
,
had
undertaken
this
combate
against
me
,
I
would
make
no
more
account
of
them
,
then
a
wolf
doth
of
the
shéep
.
By
reason
then
,
you
that
are
such
beardless
boys
,
what
can
you
look
for
at
my
hands
?
We
look
to
break
thy
idly
head
(
said
Manely
.
)
Truly
(
said
Frandalo
)
séeing
thou
hast
so
good
a
courage
,
I
will
give
thée
the
honor
to
fight
with
me
,
for
the
last
that
ever
thou
shalt
have
.
And
if
thou
thinkest
good
,
send
thy
companion
to
entertain
the
Gentlewoman
,
for
as
I
suppose
he
is
better
made
for
such
a
matter
.
With
that
Manely
took
the
King
of
Denmark
aside
,
and
said
unto
him
:
You
have
heard
Frandalos
words
,
I
pray
you
grant
me
the
combate
,
and
go
you
into
the
ship
,
and
as
it
pleaseth
God
to
prosper
me
,
do
after
what
you
shall
think
convenient
.
The
king
of
Denmark
perceiving
it
in
vain
to
strive
,
entring
presently
into
the
boat
,
wherewith
the
Giant
landed
,
and
with
the
same
boarded
the
ship
wherein
the
Gentlewoman
was
.
With
that
the
two
knights
prepared
themselves
to
fight
,
but
before
any
blows
striken
,
Manely
said
to
Frandalo
,
Giant
I
pray
thée
leave
us
the
Gentlewoman
&
her
Barque
,
and
before
thou
spéedest
worse
,
we
give
thée
leave
to
sayl
where
thou
thinkest
good
.
Art
thou
afraid
already
?
(
said
Frandalo
.
)
Ask
me
mercy
,
and
I
will
save
thy
life
,
otherwise
be
thou
assured
,
I
wil
hang
both
thée
and
thy
companion
upon
the
top
of
these
high
trées
Defend
thy self
then
(
said
Manely
)
wherewith
they
covered
themselves
with
their
shields
,
and
began
the
combate
,
though
(
as
it
séemed
)
far
unequal
,
for
that
Frandalo
on
his
mothers
side
issued
from
the
strongest
race
of
Giants
in
all
Turky
,
&
of
his
father
of
the
valiantest
knights
in
all
the
world
.
And
Manley
yong
&
unexpert
in
arms
,
having
never
béen
in
fight
but
when
he
succored
Urganda
,
yet
the
valiant
blood
of
Childadan
king
of
Ireland
his
father
,
wrought
such
force
in
him
,
that
he
had
rather
die
then
indure
the
least
spot
of
dishonor
,
and
well
perceived
Frandalo
he
had
not
to
deal
with
a
childe
,
as
he
estéemed
,
but
rather
a
Knight
hardy
as
a
Lion
,
and
one
that
used
him
in
such
manner
,
that
his
shield
being
hewed
and
his
armor
all
unbuckled
,
at
every
stroke
he
drew
blood
from
his
body
,
in
such
abundance
,
that
the
grass
was
died
therewith
,
whereat
those
in
the
ship
were
much
abashed
,
especially
the
king
of
Denmark
,
that
never
thought
to
finde
such
prowess
in
his
friend
Manely
,
but
the
Gentlewoman
that
knew
Esplandians
force
,
as
likewise
theirs
she
left
in
the
castle
on
the
mountain
,
séeing
Manely
and
his
companion
armed
in
the
like
arms
,
made
her
full
account
(
if
they
were
of
the
Ferm
Isle
)
Frandalo
could
not
long
resist
.
Wherefore
she
said
to
the
King
of
Denmark
,
In
good
faith
sir
knight
,
I
am
well
assured
it
will
not
be
long
before
I
be
delivered
,
for
Frandalo
waxeth
very
weak
,
sée
you
not
how
he
beginneth
to
recoil
?
You
poor
slaves
(
said
she
)
what
think
you
thereof
?
I
think
it
will
be
now
or
never
that
you
must
be
frée
.
Whereat
they
all
began
to
look
up
,
perceiving
the
Giant
so
weary
,
that
recoiling
back
,
he
said
unto
Manely
,
Knight
,
thou
art
not
able
to
resist
me
long
,
wherefore
yield
thy self
,
or
else
thou
dyest
.
I
grant
the
like
to
thée
(
said
he
)
if
thou
wilt
deliver
us
the
Gentlewoman
and
her
Barque
,
with
all
thou
tookest
from
her
,
otherwise
thou
must
do
better
then
hitherto
thou
hast
done
,
if
thou
mindest
not
to
lose
thy
head
.
It
is
too
well
guarded
(
said
the
Giant
)
and
as
he
would
have
spoken
more
,
Manely
lifted
up
his
sword
,
charging
him
with
greater
fury
then
before
.
Wherewith
Frandalo
(
ashamed
to
sée
himself
so
hardly
handled
by
him
whom
he
made
so
smal
account
of
)
put
forth
all
his
strength
,
in
such
maner
,
as
at
that
instant
Manely
was
sore
wounded
,
but
the
more
he
felt
himself
hurt
,
the
greater
grew
his
courage
,
especially
when
he
felt
the
blood
run
within
his
harness
,
so
that
with
an
accustomed
fury
,
all
fear
clean
laid
aside
,
he
set
so
fiercely
on
his
enemy
,
that
he
constrained
him
to
turn
his
back
,
running
to
wards
the
Sea
,
wherein
he
waded
to
the
shoulders
,
and
Manely
after
him
,
but
being
lower
in
statute
then
the
Giant
,
could
not
enter
so
far
into
the
water
as
the
Giant
,
unless
he
should
have
drowned
.
In
the
mean
time
four
of
the
saylers
entred
into
the
boat
,
and
with
all
spéed
went
to
fetch
him
aboard
,
wherewith
the
boat
,
and
with
all
spéed
went
to
fetch
him
aboard
,
wherewith
the
slaves
brake
their
chains
,
and
with
the
aid
of
the
King
of
Denmark
set
upon
the
Pirate
,
and
others
that
held
Frandalos
part
:
whereof
the
greater
number
were
thrown
into
the
Sea
.
Which
Frandalo
perceiving
,
thought
to
spéed
no
better
,
but
he
determined
by
fair
means
to
obtain
that
,
which
his
force
had
utterly
denyed
him
.
Wherefore
with
a
weak
and
féeble
voice
he
called
to
Manely
&
said
:
Sir
knight
,
If
I
have
offended
,
I
pray
you
pardon
me
,
for
what
I
have
done
to
you
,
was
onely
in
hope
to
win
the
praise
,
that
such
as
haunt
arms
most
commonly
desire
.
Wherefore
by
reason
you
ought
to
bear
with
my
unhappy
fortune
,
and
shew
some
courtesie
in
my
behalf
,
especially
for
that
I
am
so
wounded
,
that
my
life
cannot
be
long
.
Frandalo
(
said
Manely
)
I
grant
thée
thy
request
,
upon
condition
thou
be
obedient
to
my
will
:
which
the
Giant
swore
to
do
.
Then
Manely
desired
the
King
of
Denmark
to
take
him
into
the
ship
,
and
give
order
to
the
Surgion
to
cure
his
wounds
,
which
done
,
he
prayed
him
to
send
the
Barque
again
to
fetch
him
aboard
.
CHAP.
XX.
How
the
Knights
being
in
Frandalos
ship
,
(
staying
for
calm
weather
)
desired
the
Gentlewoman
to
shew
them
to
whom
she
appertained
,
and
what
she
had
seen
done
by
the
Knights
whereof
she
spake
.
THe
combate
ended
as
you
heard
before
,
and
the
Knights
aboard
Frandalos
Ship
,
staying
for
calm
weather
,
the
King
of
Denmark
sitting
at
the
foot
of
his
companions
bed
,
(
who
as
then
was
not
fully
healed
of
his
wounds
)
desired
the
Gentlewoman
to
shew
him
where
she
had
séen
Talanque
and
Ambor
.
My
Lords
(
said
she
)
being
well
assured
that
you
are
their
friends
I
can
certefie
you
for
truth
that
I
left
them
in
good
health
,
and
in
such
a
place
where
they
have
obtained
honor
,
and
had
not
so
soon
forsaken
them
,
if
at
the
commandment
of
the
best
knight
in
the
world
,
I
had
not
béen
sent
(
when
Frandalo
took
me
)
to
Constantinople
,
whether
(
if
it
pleaseth
you
to
bring
me
)
I
will
there
shew
you
what
strange
things
he
did
,
I
being
present
:
till
then
I
pray
you
crave
it
not
at
my
hands
,
otherwise
you
shall
do
wrong
both
to
him
and
me
.
God
forbid
we
should
(
said
the
King
:
)
with
that
they
called
him
that
accused
them
,
Frandalo
asking
him
how
he
knew
them
,
that
he
durst
affirm
a
thing
unto
his
master
which
they
never
once
so
much
as
thought
.
The
Squire
fearing
death
,
fell
down
at
their
féet
,
and
shaking
like
a
leaf
,
said
unto
them
,
My
Lords
,
I
beséech
you
be
not
abashed
,
if
I
sought
to
revenge
my
master
,
that
long
since
was
slain
by
two
Knights
,
wearing
the
like
arms
.
Where
was
it
(
said
Manley
?
)
Hard
by
the
place
(
said
the
Squire
)
The
defended
Mountain
,
where
I
found
this
Gentlewoman
speaking
to
a
Knight
unarmed
,
with
whom
I
left
her
to
go
unto
Matroco
and
Frerion
,
but
at
that
instant
I
understood
that
a
Knight
armed
all
in
black
had
slain
them
both
,
and
conquered
their
Castle
.
For
certain
(
said
the
King
)
it
was
Esplandian
,
for
he
wore
such
armour
,
and
for
him
onely
as
I
think
that
victory
was
reserved
.
With
that
the
Gentlewoman
began
to
smile
,
which
Manley
perceiving
,
said
unto
her
,
Gentlewoman
,
I
charge
you
by
the
faith
you
owe
unto
the
thing
you
love
best
in
all
the
world
,
shew
us
what
you
know
of
him
.
The
thing
I
love
best
in
the
world
(
said
she
)
is
he
of
whom
you
speak
,
for
the
rest
require
it
not
at
my
hands
,
for
you
hear
no
more
of
me
before
I
be
in
the
place
where
he
hath
sent
me
,
we
will
bring
you
thither
the
sooner
(
said
the
King
of
Denmark
)
wherewith
he
called
the
Patron
of
the
ship
,
asking
him
in
what
time
they
might
be
at
Constantinople
?
if
we
have
a
good
winde
(
said
he
)
I
will
bring
you
thither
in
less
then
four
days
.
But
Frandalo
feared
that
more
then
any
thing
in
the
world
,
for
he
had
robbed
so
many
of
the
Emperors
subjects
,
that
he
looked
for
no
pardon
at
his
hands
.
Whereupon
he
desired
the
two
knights
rather
to
cast
him
into
the
sea
.
For
(
said
he
)
I
know
,
if
he
once
lay
hold
on
me
,
he
will
put
me
to
most
cruel
death
:
but
he
shall
not
(
said
the
king
)
rather
will
we
die
in
your
defence
,
for
you
shall
spéed
no
worse
then
we
.
Wherewith
the
Giant
thanked
them
,
and
as
they
were
devising
together
,
the
winde
came
good
,
then
the
Patron
caused
the
ankers
to
be
hoised
up
,
and
setting
sayl
,
put
to
sea
,
with
so
prosperous
weather
,
that
within
four
days
after
about
break
of
the
day
,
they
discovered
the
City
of
Constantinople
,
entring
into
the
Haven
.
Then
the
two
knights
asked
the
Gentlewoman
what
she
would
do
.
My
lords
(
said
she
)
I
have
express
commandment
from
my
master
,
to
speak
unto
the
Emperor
and
the
lady
Leonorine
his
daughter
,
to
whom
I
pray
you
let
me
be
conducted
,
and
in
their
presence
I
will
satisfie
your
request
in
that
you
have
desired
at
my
hands
.
Wherewith
they
issued
out
of
the
Ship
,
taking
Frandalo
with
them
,
determiming
to
present
him
to
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
to
whom
they
went
(
because
the
Emperor
was
ridden
abroad
two
miles
from
thence
to
chase
a
Hart
)
and
finding
one
of
the
Princess
Squires
at
the
gate
,
the
King
of
Denmark
spake
unto
him
and
said
,
companion
I
pray
you
tell
the
Princess
that
I
and
this
knight
have
brought
a
strange
lady
unto
her
,
that
if
it
were
her
pleasure
would
gladly
speak
with
her
.
With
that
the
Squire
went
in
and
staid
not
long
before
he
came
again
,
leading
them
into
the
Princess
chamber
,
where
they
found
her
in
company
of
Quéen
Minoress
,
with
divers
other
Ladies
and
Gentlewomen
,
but
she
was
easie
to
be
known
among
them
,
for
in
beauty
she
surpassed
them
all
,
Manley
and
the
king
of
Denmark
thinking
they
had
never
séen
a
fairer
Princess
,
whatsoever
men
reported
of
Oriane
,
Olinde
,
or
lady
Briolaine
.
And
as
they
entred
into
the
chamber
,
she
stepped
forth
to
receive
them
,
wherewith
they
knéeled
down
to
kiss
her
hands
,
the
King
of
Denmark
speaking
unto
her
and
said
:
Madam
,
we
are
two
knights
of
the
Ferm
Isle
,
that
by
strange
adventure
were
driven
into
the
Mediteranian
Sea
,
where
we
expected
nothing
else
but
death
,
but
in
the
end
having
indured
a
great
tempest
for
the
space
of
thirty
days
,
and
as
many
nights
together
,
when
our
victuals
began
to
fail
,
we
landed
in
an
island
unhabited
,
where
our
vessel
brake
in
pieces
,
so
that
we
perceiving
nothing
but
death
before
our
eyes
(
and
altogether
desperate
of
any
succor
)
by
fortune
the
ship
wherein
this
knight
and
this
Gentlewoman
(
pointing
to
Frandalo
and
Carmelle
)
sayled
,
was
by
the
same
tempest
of
weather
,
cast
upon
the
Isle
where
we
not
long
before
had
landed
,
where
there
happened
a
marvellous
combate
betwéen
him
and
my
companion
,
and
my self
with
some
of
his
Pirates
in
the
ship
,
who
by
force
I
overcame
:
and
my
companion
was
victorious
of
the
Giant
.
And
understanding
by
this
Gentlewoman
,
that
she
had
a
message
to
deliber
unto
you
from
a
Knight
armed
all
in
black
,
(
whom
we
sought
after
)
we
determined
to
bring
her
to
your
presence
,
and
withal
to
salute
and
honor
the
Emperor
your
father
,
in
regard
of
the
service
that
my
Lord
Amadis
oweth
unto
you
,
whose
singular
friends
and
welwillers
we
are
and
always
will
remain
.
And
for
that
at
this
time
we
have
not
any
thing
(
besides
our selves
)
more
worthy
the
presenting
to
your
Grace
then
Frandalo
our
prisoner
,
we
most
humbly
beséech
you
to
receive
him
into
your
service
,
and
be
a
means
to
save
his
life
,
as
we
have
promised
him
.
The
Princess
Leonorine
glad
of
that
present
,
for
the
renown
of
the
Pirat
,
being
accounted
a
man
of
great
power
and
experience
,
thanked
them
most
heartily
,
and
calling
one
of
her
officers
,
she
commanded
him
to
entertain
the
two
Knights
in
the
best
manner
he
could
,
as
also
to
look
unto
Frandalo
,
until
the
Emperors
return
,
who
(
said
she
)
will
be
glad
of
their
arrival
,
specially
to
understand
by
them
some
news
of
Amadis
,
mean
time
she
kept
the
Gentlewoman
with
her
.
CHAP.
XXI
.
How
Carmelle
declared
her
message
to
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
and
what
conference
they
had
touching
Esplandian
.
THerewith
the
King
of
Denmark
and
Manley
departed
from
her
presence
,
the
Gentlewoman
remaining
with
the
Princess
,
that
led
her
into
her
privy
chamber
,
asking
her
of
what
place
she
was
,
and
from
whom
she
brought
a
message
unto
her
?
Madam
(
said
Carmelle
)
being
perswaded
that
as
yet
you
know
not
him
with
whom
I
serve
,
I
most
humbly
beséech
your
Grace
to
pardon
my
holdness
,
if
before
I
name
him
,
I
give
you
to
understand
,
that
whereas
he
is
accounted
among
the
ranck
of
the
most
valiant
Knights
living
in
the
world
,
of
whom
by
reason
of
his
great
courtesie
and
valor
he
is
no
less
estéemed
,
then
feared
&
redoubted
of
all
villains
that
hear
him
named
.
Notwithstanding
one
thing
overcometh
him
and
vanquisheth
his
most
couragious
heart
:
which
is
your
Grace
my
goody
Lady
(
said
she
)
whom
he
loveth
,
honoreth
,
and
desireth
to
serve
while
life
indureth
.
But
knowing
not
if
his
service
would
be
accepted
of
,
he
durst
not
presume
to
come
himself
in
person
to
offer
you
the
same
:
although
(
by
him
that
next
after
your self
,
may
most
command
him
)
he
had
express
charge
to
present
it
unto
you
,
as
bound
thereto
by
promise
.
And
to
the
end
you
may
give
credit
to
my
words
,
he
sendeth
you
this
ring
,
which
is
the
very
same
you
gave
to
Amadis
,
being
in
this
Court
,
if
your
Grace
can
call
it
to
remembrance
.
With
that
Leonorine
took
it
in
her
hand
,
and
beholding
it
long
time
,
she
said
unto
the
Gentlewoman
:
Truly
this
ring
was
sometimes
mine
,
which
I
gave
unto
the
best
Knight
now
living
in
the
world
.
In
faith
(
said
the
Gentlewoman
)
a
better
Knight
then
he
hath
sent
it
you
again
,
and
that
is
my
Lord
Esplandian
his
son
.
I
never
saw
him
,
that
I
know
of
(
said
she
:
True
it
is
,
master
Elizabeth
told
me
of
a
yong
Gentleman
son
to
the
Knight
with
the
gréen
sword
,
that
not
long
since
was
made
Knight
in
the
Ferm
Isle
,
Urganda
being
present
,
and
the
next
day
was
carryed
away
in
a
strange
ship
,
of
whom
as
then
they
could
hear
no
news
.
Madam
(
said
Carmelle
)
I
know
not
who
the
Knight
with
the
gréen
sword
may
be
,
but
he
whereof
I
shew
you
,
hath
had
such
a
beginning
in
arms
,
that
if
it
be
your
pleasure
to
hear
it
,
you
will
be
abashed
thereat
:
tell
it
I
pray
you
(
said
the
Princess
)
But
as
the
Gentlewoman
began
to
speak
,
one
brought
the
Princess
news
the
Emperor
her
father
was
come
from
hunting
,
and
asked
for
her
:
wherewich
she
knowing
what
pleasure
her
father
would
take
to
hear
news
,
took
Carmelle
by
the
hand
,
and
led
her
into
the
Emperors
Chamber
,
and
doing
reverence
unto
him
,
she
said
:
My
Lord
,
here
is
a
strange
Gentlewoman
,
(
that
can
tell
you
news
of
the
good
Knight
with
the
gréen
sword
,
and
of
his
son
likewise
,
of
whom
master
Elizabeth
made
a
long
discourse
)
and
she
hath
béen
conducted
hither
by
two
Knights
of
the
Ferm
Isle
,
whereof
one
of
them
hath
fought
with
Frandalo
and
hath
presented
him
unto
me
,
and
staying
your
return
,
I
have
sent
them
,
into
a
chamber
to
refresh
themselves
.
Daughter
(
said
the
Emperor
)
both
they
and
the
Gentlewoman
are
most
heartily
welcome
:
My
Lord
(
said
Carmelle
)
God
preserve
your
grace
:
and
without
further
honor
unto
him
,
she
stood
still
and
help
her
peace
,
whereat
all
the
company
began
to
smile
,
thinking
that
want
of
civility
caused
her
to
forget
her self
.
But
not
long
after
they
changed
their
opinion
,
Carmelle
beginning
to
speak
in
this
maner
.
My
Lord
,
I
have
béen
nourished
all
my
life
among
the
best
Knights
living
in
the
world
,
yet
let
not
your
grace
find
it
strange
if
at
the
first
(
being
in
your
Majesties
presence
)
I
have
used
so
little
honor
to
your
Grace
,
whereby
your
Gentlewomen
should
have
cause
to
laugh
at
me
:
For
that
want
of
understanding
how
to
behave
my self
in
presence
of
so
great
a
Prince
,
is
not
the
cause
thereof
,
but
onely
the
joy
I
conceive
in
my self
,
to
be
a
servant
unto
him
,
whom
I
more
estéem
then
any
man
living
:
and
I
onely
hold
for
my
lord
and
master
,
not
knowing
any
worthier
then
he
.
And
if
it
pleaseth
your
Grace
to
know
who
it
is
,
together
with
the
cause
of
my
arrival
in
this
country
,
I
pray
you
send
for
the
two
knights
brought
that
me
hither
,
&
I
wil
shew
such
things
,
whereat
(
it
may
be
)
your
Grace
will
be
abashed
.
Gentlewoman
(
said
the
Emperor
)
you
shall
therein
do
me
great
pleasure
.
Wherewith
he
commanded
a
Gentlewoman
to
go
fetch
the
two
strange
knights
,
who
coming
into
the
Emperors
presence
,
having
kissed
his
hands
,
and
he
welcomed
them
in
courteous
manner
,
he
willed
two
chairs
to
be
brought
,
wherein
he
set
them
,
being
a
Prince
that
alwaies
entertained
strangers
with
great
honor
,
especially
if
he
knew
them
to
be
of
forrain
countries
.
That
done
,
all
the
Knights
,
Gentlewomen
,
and
Ladies
went
néer
to
hear
the
Gentlewomans
spéech
,
when
she
turning
unto
the
Emperor
,
said
in
this
manner
:
My
Lord
,
I
think
your
Grace
hath
long
before
this
time
known
the
Castle
,
called
the
defended
mountain
,
the
which
(
during
the
life
of
valiant
Chartadaque
,
and
since
that
time
)
you
and
the
king
of
Turky
have
divers
times
assayled
to
win
,
although
in
vain
,
it
hath
alwaies
béen
so
well
defended
by
the
Giants
Matroco
and
Frerion
,
yet
in
one
day
a
knight
alone
hath
conquered
it
,
&
slain
the
two
giants
whereof
I
spake
,
with
their
uncle
Arcalaus
and
Argantes
the
Porter
of
the
same
.
And
which
is
more
,
hath
delivered
King
Luisart
,
that
lay
prisoner
therein
,
no
man
knowing
it
,
for
he
had
béen
surprised
in
great
Britain
,
and
secretly
brought
from
thence
by
Arcabonne
Lady
of
the
Castle
:
The
which
lady
falling
in
despair
,
threw
her self
out
of
a
window
into
the
Sea
.
And
to
the
end
your
Grace
may
know
how
all
hath
happened
:
it
is
so
(
said
she
)
that
Arcabonne
(
who
as
then
I
served
)
having
intelligence
of
her
brothers
imprisonment
in
the
Ferme
Isle
,
departed
expresly
from
the
Castle
,
hoping
to
deliver
him
,
but
before
she
got
thither
,
he
was
set
at
liberty
.
Notwithstanding
(
she
being
loth
to
loose
her
labor
)
to
be
revenged
thereof
,
did
so
much
by
her
Art
,
that
she
got
king
Luisart
(
as
then
hunting
in
the
forrest
)
into
her
Tent
,
the
king
thinking
to
succor
a
Gentlewoman
,
that
as
he
thought
a
knight
would
have
deflowred
:
where
he
was
so
cruelly
inchanted
,
that
losing
all
his
senses
,
he
was
transported
without
any
mans
knowledge
into
the
dungeon
of
the
Castle
,
where
my
lord
and
master
found
him
.
And
continuing
her
discourse
,
she
shewed
in
what
manner
Esplandian
was
made
Knight
,
and
séeking
to
find
she
king
,
was
carried
by
the
boat
of
the
great
Serpent
into
the
Isle
of
the
Enchantress
,
where
he
conquered
the
shining
sword
,
and
after
that
brought
in
a
little
barque
to
the
foot
of
the
rock
called
the
defended
mountain
,
the
spéech
he
had
with
the
Hermit
,
the
combats
with
Argantes
,
Matroco
,
and
Frerion
,
the
desperateness
of
Arcabonne
,
the
determination
she
had
to
kil
him
,
when
she
found
him
sléeping
in
the
hermitage
,
the
love
wherwith
she
was
suddenly
surprized
.
And
lastly
,
the
means
how
king
Luisart
knew
him
:
for
(
said
she
)
he
is
son
of
Amadis
his
son
,
and
of
the
Princess
Oriane
.
And
because
at
his
departure
from
his
father
he
gave
him
command
to
come
and
serve
the
Princess
Leonorine
your
daughter
,
with
the
other
Ladies
,
according
to
his
promise
,
he
hath
expresly
sent
me
hither
,
humbly
beséeching
them
to
pardan
the
stow
performance
of
his
fathers
will
:
but
to
amend
his
fault
committed
,
he
wil
shortly
be
here
to
fulfil
his
charge
as
long
as
they
please
.
Gentlewoman
(
said
the
Emperor
)
I
knew
his
father
for
one
of
the
best
knights
in
the
world
:
notwithstanding
you
have
shewed
such
strange
things
of
his
son
,
that
I
certainly
believe
he
far
surpasseth
him
.
He
shall
be
heartily
welcome
when
he
cometh
,
but
if
my
daughter
will
follow
my
counsel
,
she
shall
not
pardon
his
long
absence
till
he
come
in
person
to
desire
the
same
:
and
let
him
be
assured
he
shall
not
depart
so
soon
from
hence
as
Amadis
hath
done
.
At
the
least
,
we
will
make
him
so
good
chéer
,
and
my
Daughter
likewise
,
to
whom
I
give
express
commandment
to
do
it
,
that
he
shall
not
have
occasion
to
dislike
our
company
.
Mean
time
the
two
Knights
shall
remain
with
us
for
pledges
,
assuring
you
I
will
give
them
all
the
honor
and
good
entertainment
that
I
can
devise
.
My
Lord
(
said
she
)
the
desire
they
have
to
understand
the
things
declared
to
your
Grace
,
hath
caused
them
for
to
come
hither
,
with
whom
by
great
good
fortune
I
met
;
for
Frandalo
,
whom
he
(
pointing
to
Manley
)
hath
most
valiantly
conquered
,
had
taken
me
prisoner
,
not
far
off
from
the
place
where
I
first
imbarqued
:
but
as
fortune
would
,
there
arose
so
great
a
storm
at
sea
,
that
all
his
Vessels
separated
one
from
the
other
,
his
ship
was
cast
upon
an
Island
,
wherein
(
by
the
same
tempest
)
these
two
knights
not
long
before
arrived
.
And
with
that
he
shewed
what
spéech
they
had
with
Frandalo
,
and
what
passed
betwéen
them
:
Wherefore
my
Lord
,
acquitting
my
promise
made
unto
them
,
I
have
at
large
declared
the
Adventures
of
the
good
knight
their
companion
:
In
faith
(
said
the
Emperor
)
they
have
shewed
themselves
right
valiant
knights
,
and
made
a
worthy
present
unto
my
daughter
,
for
which
I
give
them
thanks
.
My
Lord
(
said
Manley
)
we
humbly
beséech
your
Grace
,
that
from
henceforth
you
will
accept
his
service
,
for
it
is
his
only
desire
,
as
he
hath
promised
us
.
Is
that
possible
(
said
the
Emperor
?
)
For
he
is
the
vildest
villain
that
ever
lived
on
earth
,
and
hath
more
wronged
my
subjects
then
ever
any
did
.
My
Lord
(
said
the
King
of
Denmark
)
he
will
become
a
new
man
,
and
therefore
my
companion
did
present
him
to
your
daughter
,
which
promised
for
to
save
his
life
,
which
we
beséech
your
Grace
likewise
to
perform
.
I
am
content
to
do
it
(
said
the
Emperor
)
at
your
requests
,
though
he
deserves
it
not
.
While
they
sat
talking
,
Gastilles
that
stayed
in
the
forrest
to
look
unto
the
hounds
,
entred
into
the
Hall
,
and
presently
knew
Manley
and
the
king
of
Denmark
,
having
séen
them
in
Great
Brittain
before
they
were
made
Knights
,
wherewith
he
asked
them
when
they
came
thither
?
and
being
made
acquainted
with
the
Gentlewomans
message
,
he
asked
her
if
she
knew
the
names
of
the
other
two
that
stayed
in
the
Castle
?
for
séeing
they
are
armed
(
said
he
unto
Manley
)
in
the
like
Arms
,
it
is
certain
they
are
of
your
company
.
That
is
true
(
said
the
Gentlewoman
)
for
they
were
all
made
Knights
together
,
the
one
called
Ambor
,
the
other
Talanque
.
I
know
them
well
(
said
Gastilles
)
for
Ambor
is
the
son
of
Angriote
d'estrauaulx
,
one
of
the
best
knights
in
the
Countrey
of
Great
Brittain
.
In
truth
(
said
Manley
)
we
were
in
great
care
how
to
finde
them
out
,
but
séeing
they
are
in
the
Castle
called
The
defended
mountain
,
if
it
pleaseth
the
Emperor
,
we
will
go
unto
them
.
I
am
content
(
said
he
)
so
you
promise
me
not
to
depart
before
eight
days
are
past
.
My
Lord
(
said
they
)
we
are
at
your
commandment
.
Being
Dinner
time
,
the
Emperor
rose
up
and
went
into
the
Hall
with
the
two
Knights
,
and
the
Princess
Leonorine
took
the
Gentlewoman
with
her
,
as
destrous
to
hear
further
news
of
the
Knight
Esplandian
.
CHAP.
XXII
.
What
passed
between
the
Princess
Leonorine
and
Carmelle
,
touching
the
Message
she
had
brought
.
YOu
heard
before
how
Carmelle
in
presence
of
the
Emperor
,
shewed
the
great
desire
she
had
to
slay
Esplandian
,
and
when
she
thought
to
do
it
,
she
was
so
overcome
with
love
,
that
during
her
life
she
determined
not
to
love
any
other
,
which
the
Princess
Leonorine
(
that
already
pretended
part
in
him
)
had
not
forgotten
,
but
returned
with
Carmelle
into
her
Chamber
:
with
a
smiling
countenance
she
said
unto
her
,
Is
it
possible
Gentlewoman
(
said
she
)
you
loving
the
knight
with
the
black
arms
so
well
as
you
report
,
that
you
could
leave
his
company
so
soon
?
Madam
(
said
she
)
I
was
presently
given
to
understand
he
loveth
another
:
wherewith
I
comforted
my self
,
judging
his
heart
like
unto
mine
own
,
that
he
could
not
chuse
but
sometimes
féel
the
like
swéet
passion
he
caused
me
indure
.
What
hope
then
resteth
(
said
the
Princess
)
unto
you
?
The
same
(
said
she
)
I
know
to
be
far
different
betwéen
him
and
me
,
for
when
I
am
in
presence
,
beholding
the
excellency
of
his
person
,
I
then
receive
some
comfort
,
which
to
him
is
utterly
denied
,
séeing
that
already
he
endureth
for
her
sake
,
that
as
yet
he
never
saw
,
and
that
(
Madam
said
she
)
is
your
own
person
,
as
I
said
before
.
Surely
(
said
the
Princess
)
his
love
is
very
strange
,
the
foundation
whereof
I
cannot
well
conceive
.
Madam
(
said
Carmelle
)
I
fear
e're
it
be
long
,
he
will
not
be
able
to
indure
the
great
extreamity
wherein
he
now
is
fallen
,
onely
for
your
sake
especially
,
if
at
his
arrival
here
,
he
finde
himself
rejected
of
your
Grace
,
having
no
desire
,
but
to
fulfil
your
pleasure
,
whereby
he
may
account
himself
your
own
,
estéeming
it
the
greatest
favor
,
that
ever
he
can
have
.
In
good
faith
(
said
she
)
I
will
not
refuse
him
so
small
a
thing
,
nor
a
greater
,
as
occasion
serves
,
but
I
pray
you
tell
me
why
he
calleth
himself
the
black
Knight
.
That
can
I
not
well
do
(
said
Carmelle
)
onely
that
upon
a
night
as
king
Luisart
,
he
,
Talanque
and
Ambor
,
were
all
asléep
in
one
chamber
,
they
heard
so
pleasant
a
sound
of
musick
from
the
sea
,
that
they
rose
out
of
their
beds
to
hear
it
,
and
it
was
so
dark
they
could
not
sée
,
but
when
day
appeared
,
they
espyed
the
great
Serpent
at
the
Haven
,
whereat
they
were
so
glad
,
that
descending
down
the
hill
,
they
went
unto
the
shoar
,
where
they
perceived
a
Gentlewoman
in
a
little
boat
coming
to
land
,
bearing
in
her
arms
a
pack
covered
with
blew
Taffata
:
which
from
her
mistriss
Urganda
she
presented
to
Esplandian
,
saying
unto
him
,
Sir
Knight
,
my
mistriss
sendeth
you
these
arms
,
and
willeth
you
by
me
to
leave
the
same
she
gave
you
,
when
you
were
in
sadness
,
and
to
arm
your self
with
these
,
that
bear
the
devise
of
her
,
which
at
this
day
is
the
beautifullest
creature
living
in
the
world
(
as
Amadis
your
Father
well
did
witness
,
when
he
set
the
Crown
upon
her
head
.
)
And
for
the
love
of
her
your
power
and
courage
shall
so
much
increase
,
that
your
renown
shall
spread
throughout
the
world
,
your
mind
moved
with
so
amorous
a
passion
,
that
many
times
you
shall
desire
death
.
And
opening
the
packet
,
she
took
forth
a
white
armor
all
set
with
Crowns
of
gold
,
inriched
with
Pearls
and
Diamonds
most
sumptuous
to
behold
:
which
Esplandian
(
with
hearty
thanks
unto
Urganda
and
the
messenger
)
received
willingly
.
This
as
I
think
madam
(
said
Carmelle
)
is
the
cause
,
why
he
hath
bin
called
the
black
knight
,
but
I
suppose
séeing
he
hath
changed
his
devise
,
he
will
likewise
change
his
name
.
The
Princess
Leonorine
knew
thereby
,
that
all
these
things
were
said
as
touching
her
,
wherewith
she
felt
an
alteration
in
her
mind
,
for
that
love
by
little
and
little
began
to
burn
her
heart
,
which
she
had
willingly
covered
,
but
Carmelle
by
the
changing
of
her
colour
,
which
sometimes
waxed
pale
and
sometimes
red
,
the
sundry
motions
wherewith
swéet
love
did
prick
her
tender
heart
,
perceived
it
full
well
in
such
manner
,
that
being
no
longer
able
to
abstain
from
sighing
,
as
if
he
had
spoken
to
her self
,
she
said
I
pray
God
this
beginning
may
prove
a
happy
end
.
Wherewith
Carmelle
perceiving
her
masters
sute
to
prosper
with
effect
,
the
better
to
increase
the
desire
of
the
Lady
,
she
said
unto
her
:
Madam
,
he
hath
commanded
me
not
to
stay
long
here
,
for
till
my
return
he
doth
continue
in
excéeding
pain
,
and
never
shall
be
frée
if
he
receive
no
comfortable
answer
from
your
Grace
.
Gentlewoman
(
said
the
Princess
)
I
were
the
most
ungrateful
Princess
living
on
the
earth
if
I
should
do
so
,
but
tell
him
I
pray
you
from
me
,
that
I
give
him
hearty
thanks
for
the
courtesies
he
offereth
me
by
you
,
and
when
he
once
arriveth
here
,
he
shall
soon
know
the
great
good
will
I
bear
him
.
As
also
that
I
hold
him
for
my
knight
,
for
proof
whereof
,
you
shall
on
my
behalf
present
him
with
this
hair
lace
,
as
being
the
first
present
that
Grimanaise
my
grandmother
gave
to
his
Appolidon
,
being
but
her
lover
.
Wherewith
taking
a
cloth
of
tissue
from
her
hand
,
she
unbound
her
hair
,
and
delivered
the
hair
lace
unto
her
,
and
sending
for
a
gown
imbrodered
all
with
Crowns
of
Gold
,
gave
it
her
likewise
.
But
(
said
she
)
because
the
two
Knights
have
promised
the
Emperor
not
to
depart
from
hence
till
eight
days
are
past
,
you
shall
stay
for
them
,
and
all
together
return
unto
the
Castle
called
the
defended
mountain
,
which
she
willingly
granted
.
CHAP.
XXIII
.
How
news
was
brought
unto
the
Emperor
,
that
Armato
King
of
Turky
had
besieged
the
Castle
of
the
defended
Mountain
,
and
of
the
charge
he
gave
Frandalo
with
Manley
,
and
the
King
of
Denmark
,
to
go
succor
it
.
IN
manner
as
you
heard
before
,
the
two
Knights
of
the
Ferm
Isle
and
Carmelle
,
stayed
at
Constantinople
,
where
there
arrived
a
certaine
Ship
,
that
brought
a
Squire
on
message
from
Talanque
and
Ambor
to
certifie
the
Emperor
,
that
Armato
King
of
Turky
,
advertised
of
the
death
of
Matroco
had
besieged
the
Castle
,
the
defended
mountain
both
by
land
and
Sea
,
desiring
him
to
send
some
aid
,
otherwise
they
should
be
constrained
to
yield
the
same
,
not
having
victuals
nor
men
for
to
defend
it
.
The
Emperor
hearing
those
news
,
and
considering
the
truce
betwéen
him
and
the
King
of
Turkes
,
as
also
that
he
had
not
any
men
prepared
for
to
send
,
neither
Gally
,
Galliace
,
Ship
nor
Brigandine
ready
for
the
Sea
,
stood
somewhat
in
amaze
.
But
considering
with
himself
of
what
importance
that
Frontier
Castle
might
be
unto
him
if
the
enemy
should
obtain
it
,
he
determined
by
all
means
to
hinder
him
from
the
same
.
Wherefore
calling
for
Frandalo
,
and
taking
him
aside
,
he
said
unto
him
:
Well
Frandalo
,
you
are
now
my
prisoner
,
and
it
lieth
in
me
either
to
hang
you
like
a
thief
,
or
deliver
you
with
greater
riches
then
ever
you
possessed
,
which
I
promise
you
to
do
,
if
from
this
time
forwards
you
swear
to
be
my
loyal
subject
,
and
faithfully
to
serve
me
when
you
are
imployed
My
Lord
(
said
he
)
I
beséech
you
Grace
wholly
to
forget
the
faults
by
me
committed
to
your
Majesty
,
swearing
of
my
faith
,
(
if
it
pleaseth
you
to
pardon
my
offence
)
you
shall
from
henceforth
finde
a
servant
of
me
,
that
in
time
will
make
you
know
by
effect
how
much
I
estéem
this
favor
at
your
hands
.
Will
you
do
it
(
said
the
Emperor
?
)
I
and
it
pleaseth
your
Grace
(
said
he
.
)
What
is
become
of
your
Navy
(
said
the
Emperor
)
that
in
times
past
you
held
upon
the
Sea
?
My
Lord
(
said
Frandalo
)
the
windes
and
tempests
that
lately
happened
on
the
sea
,
hath
so
scattered
them
,
that
I
can
hear
no
news
of
them
:
Nevertheless
,
I
am
of
opinion
,
they
may
easily
be
brought
together
,
wherewith
I
will
do
your
Grace
service
,
if
you
think
good
.
Do
it
then
(
said
the
Emperor
)
and
that
with
spéed
,
for
I
have
determined
to
raise
the
greatest
army
that
ever
hath
béen
séen
,
therewith
to
drive
Armato
king
of
Turky
out
of
the
Frontiers
of
my
Empire
,
whom
not
long
since
hath
besieged
the
defended
mountain
.
And
while
my
forces
are
preparing
,
you
with
the
two
knights
that
of
late
came
hither
,
shall
go
before
,
and
using
meanes
to
assemble
your
men
,
shall
in
the
mean
time
give
the
Turkes
somewhat
to
do
.
My
Lord
(
said
Frandalo
)
God
give
me
grace
to
do
you
faithful
service
:
then
be
you
ready
in
the
morning
(
said
he
)
to
depart
from
hence
,
wherewith
he
commanded
Frandalos
ship
to
be
rigged
and
prepared
with
al
things
necessary
,
and
finding
Manley
and
the
king
of
Denmark
,
he
told
them
that
he
had
received
news
from
Talanque
and
Ambor
touching
the
castle
of
the
defended
mountain
,
and
what
he
had
determined
to
do
as
concerning
their
relief
,
shewing
them
what
had
passed
betwéen
him
and
Frandalo
touching
the
same
.
Wherefore
my
good
friends
(
said
he
)
because
I
wel
perceive
the
great
desire
you
have
to
sée
your
companions
,
me
thinketh
it
were
good
you
imbarqued
your selves
with
him
,
who
goeth
before
to
advertise
them
of
the
aid
I
mean
to
s●nd
them
.
My
lord
(
said
Manley
)
it
is
our
whole
desires
.
In
the
morning
(
said
the
king
)
you
shall
have
your
Barque
ready
and
furnished
with
all
things
necessary
,
and
some
other
of
my
ships
likewise
to
second
you
,
attending
the
great
army
my self
doth
mean
to
bring
.
But
before
their
departure
he
gave
them
divers
rich
presents
,
which
they
refused
,
contenting
themselves
with
the
honor
and
courteous
entertainment
he
had
already
given
them
,
and
taking
their
leave
of
all
the
court
,
especially
of
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
they
took
Sea
,
and
Carmelle
with
them
,
hoping
to
have
her
masters
great
good
will
for
the
good
news
she
brought
him
.
But
before
we
pass
further
to
shew
you
what
became
of
them
,
I
think
it
not
out
of
our
History
to
leave
Esplandian
no
longer
at
Mirefleur
,
but
shew
you
what
became
of
him
,
being
healed
of
his
wounds
.
CHAP.
XXIIII
.
How
Esplandian
healed
of
his
wounds
,
took
leave
of
King
Luisart
and
all
the
Court
,
to
go
unto
the
Ferm
Isle
,
where
he
left
the
great
Serpent
,
wherein
(
accompanied
onely
of
master
Elizabeth
and
Sergil
)
he
imbarqued
himself
to
return
unto
the
Castle
of
the
defended
mountain
.
MAny
days
and
nights
did
Esplandian
staying
at
Mirefleur
,
after
the
dangerous
combate
betwéen
him
and
Amadis
his
father
,
before
his
wounds
were
fully
healed
.
But
in
the
end
having
licence
of
the
king
&
others
that
might
command
him
,
he
took
his
way
towards
the
Ferm
Isle
,
accompanied
of
master
Elizabeth
&
Sergil
.
And
travelling
without
any
adventure
worth
rehearsing
,
at
the
last
they
arrived
at
the
palace
of
Apolidon
,
at
the
foot
whereof
they
found
the
great
Serpent
,
wherein
presently
they
imbarqued
themselves
,
but
she
removed
not
from
thence
till
midnight
following
,
when
she
began
to
sayl
so
swiftly
,
that
the
next
day
they
were
out
of
sight
of
any
land
,
and
so
continued
for
seven
days
together
,
the
eight
day
they
discovered
a
goodly
country
,
and
having
a
calm
wind
the
Serpent
put
a
shore
,
which
Esplandian
perceiving
,
determined
to
land
and
walk
along
the
coast
,
till
he
found
some
one
or
other
that
could
shew
him
in
what
countrey
he
had
arrived
.
And
destring
master
Elizabeth
not
to
depart
thence
before
he
came
again
:
he
,
Sergil
,
and
their
two
horses
entred
into
a
little
Boat
,
and
taking
land
,
they
entred
so
far
into
the
countrey
,
that
they
came
to
a
little
hill
,
at
the
foot
whereof
they
perceived
a
goodly
meddow
,
and
certain
houses
,
whereunto
they
went
.
And
they
had
not
ridden
far
,
but
a
Lacquy
that
kept
four
horses
,
whereof
one
was
a
Bay
,
and
greater
than
the
rest
,
came
unto
Esplandian
,
and
speaking
to
him
in
the
Almain
tongue
,
asked
him
why
he
went
to
his
own
mischief
?
Esplandian
that
in
his
youth
had
learned
that
Language
,
asked
him
wherefore
?
Because
(
said
the
●acquie
)
that
at
the
next
house
my
master
is
newly
alighted
,
and
is
at
dinner
,
and
if
he
sée
you
,
you
die
therefore
.
Thy
master
(
said
Esplandian
)
And
what
doth
he
?
He
useth
(
said
he
)
to
kill
or
put
in
prison
far
braver
fellows
than
your self
:
wherefore
if
you
will
believe
me
,
you
shall
return
again
,
if
you
mean
not
to
spéed
as
I
have
told
you
.
But
Esplandian
staying
not
,
passed
forward
till
he
came
unto
the
door
,
where
he
espied
a
Giant
set
at
dinner
,
and
four
squires
all
bare-headed
waiting
on
the
board
.
But
as
soon
as
the
Giant
saw
him
,
he
rose
up
,
and
leaning
on
the
cloth
,
said
unto
him
:
Thou
unhappy
wretch
,
who
hath
sent
thée
hither
in
my
presence
,
armed
as
thou
art
?
By
my
great
god
Janos
,
I
must
néeds
say
thou
art
a
fool
,
or
else
art
weary
of
thy
life
.
Come
hither
to
me
,
and
put
off
thine
Armor
,
because
thou
shalt
not
have
so
much
pain
to
go
on
foot
to
thy
lodging
that
is
prepar'd
for
thée
.
Forwards
you
villains
,
said
he
unto
his
squires
,
throw
him
off
his
horse
,
and
carry
him
to
his
fellows
.
Wherewith
one
of
them
(
thinking
to
play
the
diligent
servant
)
ran
unto
Esplandian
,
to
serve
him
for
a
Squire
:
but
(
whether
Esplandian
was
offended
,
or
for
that
he
had
the
left
stirrop
in
stead
of
the
right
)
he
gave
him
such
a
blow
on
the
face
with
his
Gantlet
,
that
he
felled
him
to
the
ground
:
whereat
the
Giant
was
in
such
a
rage
,
that
he
scarce
had
the
patience
to
arm
himself
to
be
revenged
.
Wherefore
sending
to
fetch
his
great
Bay
horse
,
mounted
thereon
.
Mean
time
Esplandian
lacing
his
helmet
,
took
his
sword
in
hand
,
staying
for
his
enemy
that
ceased
not
to
threaten
him
,
who
stayed
not
long
before
he
came
,
bearing
a
great
lance
upon
his
thigh
,
and
so
great
a
cimiter
hanging
at
his
sadle
how
,
that
a
strange
man
would
have
much
ado
to
list
it
up
.
But
as
you
sée
a
Cock
holding
up
his
head
,
and
standing
ready
to
receive
another
Cock
wherewith
he
fighteth
,
so
Esplandian
having
felt
the
injury
he
had
received
at
the
giants
hands
,
séeing
him
approach
,
began
to
shake
his
leg
,
ready
for
to
charge
his
enemy
.
But
the
Giant
called
him
,
and
said
,
Vassail
,
content
thy self
with
the
honor
thou
hast
already
gotten
,
by
putting
me
in
so
great
choler
,
that
without
any
regard
I
have
taken
arms
against
so
vile
and
wretched
a
thing
as
thou
art
:
Flie
then
from
hence
without
constraining
me
to
do
thée
any
hurt
,
otherwise
thou
art
most
sure
of
death
,
for
twenty
knights
hardier
then
thy self
,
cannot
once
remove
me
.
Esplandian
hearing
his
great
brags
,
made
no
account
thereof
,
but
in
mockery
said
unto
him
,
Those
thou
hast
already
●lain
,
can
never
hurt
thée
,
but
I
that
come
for
to
revenge
them
,
hope
before
that
we
depart
to
send
thy
soul
unto
the
Devil
,
to
whom
thou
hast
commended
it
so
often
,
although
it
were
much
better
for
thée
to
take
the
counsel
thou
hast
given
me
,
and
shun
thine
own
misfortune
,
being
well
assured
,
that
in
thy
great
mis-shapen
body
there
resteth
nothing
but
a
base
and
servile
heart
,
that
causeth
thée
to
speak
in
such
sort
as
thou
doest
.
That
shalt
thou
presently
sée
(
said
the
Giant
)
and
couching
his
launce
,
ran
towards
Esplandian
,
who
did
the
like
against
him
:
But
the
Giant
missed
his
blow
,
so
did
not
Esplandian
,
for
with
the
force
of
his
blow
he
made
the
Giant
double
his
body
,
in
such
sort
,
that
his
Gaul
brake
in
his
body
,
and
ran
out
at
his
mouth
,
wherewith
he
presently
died
.
They
that
beheld
it
were
thereat
abashed
,
specially
the
Giants
Squires
,
who
presently
began
to
flie
,
but
they
had
not
run
far
,
when
Esplandian
overtook
them
,
threatning
to
slay
them
if
they
would
not
shew
him
the
place
where
their
master
kept
his
prisoners
,
which
they
promised
to
do
.
And
leading
him
along
by
the
foot
of
the
Hill
from
whence
he
had
descended
,
they
came
into
a
narrow
way
full
of
stones
where
stood
a
watch
of
twenty
men
all
armed
,
each
man
with
a
hatchet
in
his
hand
to
defend
the
passage
:
when
the
captain
of
that
band
perceived
the
Giants
squires
coming
towards
them
,
he
asked
them
where
they
found
that
unhappy
fellow
?
and
saying
so
,
thought
to
lay
hands
upon
Esplandians
bridle
,
but
with
a
blow
of
his
sword
he
cut
his
arm
in
sunder
,
wherewith
the
rest
set
all
upon
him
.
But
in
short
time
he
dealt
so
well
among
them
,
that
he
laid
most
part
of
them
dead
upon
the
ground
.
But
he
had
so
many
men
about
him
,
that
in
the
end
his
horse
was
slain
,
and
he
in
danger
to
be
overthrown
.
Yet
he
behaved
himself
so
valiantly
,
and
with
so
great
a
courage
,
that
he
remained
Victor
,
his
enemies
flying
as
fast
as
possibly
they
might
:
and
among
the
rest
,
the
lacquy
that
he
found
kéeping
the
four
horses
,
who
saving
himself
in
a
vault
,
cried
with
a
loud
voice
,
and
said
,
Come
forth
my
Lord
,
come
forth
,
your
son
Bramato
is
slain
,
and
all
our
companions
likewise
.
With
that
there
appeared
a
great
old
Giant
with
a
long
white
beard
,
who
séeing
Esplandian
with
his
sword
bloody
in
his
hand
,
and
most
of
his
men
lying
dead
about
him
,
he
cast
cut
a
great
sigh
and
said
,
O
immortal
Gods
,
wherein
have
I
so
much
offended
you
,
that
you
should
suffer
my
onely
son
,
and
all
my
men
to
be
slain
in
such
manner
by
this
one
knight
?
But
I
hope
your
wraths
will
not
be
so
much
increased
against
me
,
as
that
yeu
will
not
give
me
leave
to
be
revenged
on
him
.
And
as
he
uttered
these
words
,
being
covered
with
his
shield
,
he
went
unto
Esplandian
,
and
holding
his
sword
in
hand
,
stroke
him
flatling
with
the
same
upon
the
arm
,
in
such
maner
that
he
was
astonished
:
and
with
the
force
of
the
blow
the
sword
sliding
down
upon
a
stone
,
brake
in
thrée
pieces
,
wherewith
Esplandian
stepped
to
him
,
and
with
great
dexterity
struck
him
so
fiercely
on
the
face
,
that
the
blood
in
great
abundance
ran
out
of
his
forehead
.
Whereat
the
Giant
was
in
such
a
rage
,
that
casting
down
his
Shield
,
took
the
piece
of
his
Sword
in
both
his
hands
,
and
with
all
his
force
stroke
at
Esplandian
that
stept
aside
,
and
perceiving
the
Giants
arm
coming
towards
him
,
with
one
blow
cut
off
his
hand
,
whereby
his
Sword
fell
down
.
Nevertheless
he
séemed
not
abashed
,
but
imbracing
Esplandian
with
his
left
arm
,
thought
to
crush
the
breath
out
of
his
body
,
but
it
happened
otherwise
,
for
as
he
held
him
,
Esplandian
having
his
right
arm
at
liberty
,
thrust
his
Sword
into
the
Giants
body
,
wherewith
he
died
.
Then
calling
Bramatos
thrée
Squires
that
he
brought
thither
to
shew
him
the
prisoners
,
he
asked
where
they
were
:
My
Lord
said
one
of
them
,
on
that
side
the
vault
is
the
two
Giants
lodgings
▪
that
you
have
slain
,
and
under
it
are
the
prisoners
that
you
séek
in
a
most
dark
prison
above
a
hundred
paces
long
,
and
but
two
paces
broad
,
whereby
the
prisoners
(
in
great
number
)
have
no
means
to
rest
themselves
,
being
constrained
to
stand
upright
for
the
narrowness
of
the
place
.
Go
before
(
said
Esplandian
)
with
that
the
Squire
went
forward
,
and
Esplandian
followed
after
,
and
they
had
not
gone
long
,
but
they
entred
into
a
goodly
pallace
,
and
going
lower
,
he
heard
the
lamentable
voices
of
the
poor
prisoners
dying
for
want
of
food
,
whereat
he
took
such
compassion
,
that
the
tears
ran
down
his
eyes
,
asking
the
Squire
for
the
keyes
?
There
they
hang
(
said
he
)
upon
a
nail
.
Open
the
door
(
said
Esplandian
)
which
he
presently
did
,
wherein
they
entred
,
and
Esplandian
calling
the
poor
wretches
that
lamented
,
said
unto
them
,
My
good
friends
,
come
all
forth
,
and
thank
God
for
your
liberties
.
You
may
well
judge
if
they
were
glad
to
bear
those
news
,
for
that
some
of
them
had
remained
therein
above
thirty
years
together
,
being
in
all
twenty
Gentlewomen
,
thirty
Squires
,
and
fifty
Knights
,
among
the
which
Esplandian
knew
Grandalin
and
Lazinde
,
who
by
evil
fortune
(
after
the
conquest
of
Sanfuegue
)
travelling
the
country
,
were
met
by
the
Giants
,
and
kept
in
prison
with
the
rest
,
where
they
indured
great
misery
.
CHAP.
XXV
.
How
Esplandian
commanded
the
prisoners
he
had
delivered
to
go
unto
Constantinople
,
there
to
thank
the
Princess
Leo●orine
the
Emperors
Daughter
,
keeping
onely
Gandalin
and
Lazinde
with
him
.
THe
Giants
slain
,
and
the
prisoners
set
at
liberty
,
Esplandian
that
as
yet
had
not
taken
off
his
helmet
,
not
long
after
made
himself
known
to
Gandalin
and
Lazinde
,
that
were
no
less
abashed
to
sée
him
in
so
strange
a
place
,
then
wondered
at
the
great
prowess
he
had
shewed
for
their
delivery
.
It
was
then
about
Sunsetting
,
and
Esplandian
had
neither
eat
nor
drunk
of
all
that
day
,
wherefore
he
determined
not
to
depart
thence
till
the
next
day
in
the
morning
,
for
he
found
great
store
of
victuals
in
the
place
:
Commanding
Sergil
with
one
of
the
Squires
to
go
séek
the
Bay
horse
he
left
at
the
house
where
he
slew
Bramato
,
for
his
own
was
slain
,
which
they
presently
brought
unto
him
,
passing
the
night
in
the
Giants
house
with
the
best
victuals
they
could
finde
.
The
next
day
in
the
morning
Esplandian
called
the
prisoners
that
he
had
delivered
,
asking
them
what
they
meant
to
do
?
Sir
Knight
(
said
they
)
we
are
wholly
bent
to
do
as
pleaseth
you
.
Then
my
friends
(
said
he
)
you
shall
go
to
Constantinople
,
and
there
give
thanks
unto
the
Princess
Leonorine
for
the
grace
it
hath
pleased
God
to
give
you
by
means
of
a
knight
that
belongeth
unto
her
.
And
if
she
asketh
you
my
name
,
tell
her
onely
what
manner
of
arms
I
bear
,
shewing
her
that
I
willed
you
to
submit
your self
unto
her
mercy
.
In
faith
(
said
Gandalin
)
my
companion
and
I
were
determined
not
to
leave
your
company
so
soon
,
but
séeing
it
is
your
pleasure
,
we
are
content
to
do
it
.
You
and
he
(
said
Esplandian
)
shall
kéep
me
company
till
you
mean
to
travel
further
,
the
rest
shall
do
as
I
required
them
.
Sir
Knight
(
said
he
)
that
shewed
him
the
prison
,
they
shall
finde
within
the
house
all
the
furnitures
and
other
things
that
were
taken
from
them
:
shew
them
where
they
be
(
said
Esplandian
.
)
Whereunto
he
willingly
obeyed
,
which
done
,
they
all
left
the
Giants
house
,
the
prisoners
taking
the
way
towards
Constantinople
,
and
Esplandian
with
Gandalin
and
Lazinde
,
armed
at
all
points
,
went
towards
master
Elizabeth
that
stayed
for
them
in
the
great
Serpent
,
and
as
they
were
about
half
a
mile
from
the
Giants
house
,
they
met
a
knight
all
armed
with
two
squires
attending
on
him
,
who
in
courteous
manner
saluting
Esplandian
and
his
company
,
asking
them
what
country
men
they
were
.
Sir
knight
(
said
Esplandian
)
we
are
all
of
great
Britain
.
Alas
(
said
he
)
can
you
tell
me
any
news
touching
a
thing
that
hath
grieved
me
full
sore
?
What
is
that
(
said
Esplandian
)
can
you
tell
me
(
said
he
)
what
is
become
of
King
Luisart
?
For
I
have
bin
certified
of
a
truth
that
he
is
lost
,
not
knowing
where
,
how
,
nor
for
what
cause
.
And
for
my
part
I
swear
unto
y●u
,
I
have
already
sought
for
him
in
divers
countries
,
and
can
hear
no
news
at
all
,
and
I
am
determined
never
so
leave
travelling
before
he
be
found
again
,
if
it
be
p●ssible
for
mortal
man
to
do
it
.
You
are
bound
thereunto
(
said
Esplandian
)
séeing
he
deserveth
it
,
as
you
know
right
well
:
Nevertheless
if
it
pleaseth
you
to
put
off
your
Helmet
,
and
make
you
known
unto
us
,
that
have
bin
bred
and
nourished
in
his
house
,
I
assure
you
we
will
satisfie
your
mind
so
well
as
touching
him
,
that
we
cannot
chuse
but
like
it
.
My
Lords
(
said
he
,
putting
off
his
helmet
,
I
am
Norandel
his
son
.
When
Esplandian
and
the
rest
perceived
that
,
they
made
themselves
known
unto
him
,
imbracing
each
other
most
courteously
.
Ha
my
lord
(
said
Norandel
)
I
pray
you
for
Gods
cause
,
if
you
know
any
thing
touching
the
king
,
hide
it
not
from
me
.
Vncle
(
said
Esplandian
)
about
a
moneth
hence
I
left
him
at
Mirefleur
in
good
health
God
be
thanked
,
making
good
chear
:
shewing
him
in
what
maner
he
had
delivered
him
out
of
prison
,
with
all
that
passed
touching
the
same
.
I
marvel
then
(
●aid
Norandel
)
what
adventure
brought
you
hither
.
By
my
soul
(
said
Esplandian
)
that
can
I
not
well
tell
,
onely
that
I
was
brought
hither
by
the
great
Serpent
which
I
left
at
the
Sea-side
,
wherein
master
Elizabeth
stayeth
for
me
.
Then
he
shewed
him
how
he
departed
from
the
Court
,
his
arrival
in
the
Ferm
Isle
,
his
imbarquing
to
take
Sea
,
and
what
time
they
were
at
sea
before
they
discovered
any
land
,
till
in
the
end
(
said
he
)
we
espyed
this
country
,
where
Sergil
and
I
took
land
,
in
good
time
for
Grandalin
and
Lazinde
,
as
hereafter
they
may
shew
you
.
But
you
(
said
he
to
Norandel
)
tel
me
of
your
faith
,
how
was
it
your
chance
in
so
good
time
to
méet
with
us
?
In
truth
(
said
Norandel
)
the
peace
made
betwéen
Amadis
and
the
king
,
I
departed
from
the
Court
to
séek
some
strange
adventures
that
commonly
are
found
in
this
country
of
Almaigne
,
where
I
had
no
sooner
arrived
,
but
I
had
certain
news
of
my
fathers
absence
,
whereat
I
was
so
grieved
,
that
to
find
him
out
I
have
travelled
the
countries
of
Denmark
,
Poland
,
Russia
,
Swethland
,
Hungary
,
and
all
this
country
,
even
unto
this
place
,
where
it
is
said
there
dwells
two
Giants
,
who
as
they
are
all
of
one
nature
,
exercise
innumerable
cruelties
against
those
they
méet
,
the
yonger
of
them
waiting
continually
about
this
place
for
such
as
pass
this
way
.
And
therefore
when
I
saw
you
first
,
I
thought
one
of
you
thrée
to
be
the
Giant
,
thinking
to
fight
with
him
,
or
lose
my
life
therefore
:
which
I
wil
yet
do
if
you
let
me
pass
.
By
God
(
said
Gandalin
)
you
lost
your
labor
séeking
for
the
King
,
so
shall
you
likewise
do
if
you
take
this
enterprise
in
hand
?
Wherefore
,
said
Norandel
?
Because
(
said
he
)
you
sée
him
here
in
presence
that
easeth
you
of
that
burthen
.
With
that
he
shewed
him
in
what
manner
Esplandian
had
fought
with
the
Giants
,
and
how
he
,
Lazinde
,
and
diverse
others
were
prisoners
in
their
house
,
from
whence
Esplandian
had
delivered
them
.
Before
God
(
said
Norandel
)
the
news
liketh
me
well
,
for
I
never
thought
in
long
time
any
such
adventure
would
have
happened
unto
him
,
not
knowing
he
had
received
the
order
of
Knighthood
.
You
sée
it
so
(
said
Esplandian
)
and
master
Elizabeth
can
tell
you
more
,
if
it
pleaseth
you
to
go
with
us
.
Let
us
go
then
(
said
Norandel
)
for
I
would
gladly
sée
him
:
With
that
they
rode
towards
the
Sea
,
till
they
espied
the
great
Serpent
wherein
they
imbarqued
themselves
:
where
Norandel
,
Grandalin
and
Lazinde
,
understood
by
master
Elizabeth
what
had
happened
to
Esplandian
from
the
day
he
received
the
order
of
knighthood
.
And
although
Norandel
determined
with
all
spéed
to
return
into
great
Britain
,
yet
he
changed
his
mind
when
he
heard
so
strange
and
marvellous
news
of
his
Nephew
Esplandian
,
to
whom
he
said
:
My
Lord
,
séeing
fortune
hath
brought
us
so
well
together
,
I
pray
you
let
me
not
leave
your
company
till
some
occasion
be
ministred
unto
us
.
Vncle
(
said
Esplandian
)
I
am
content
,
and
I
pray
you
let
it
be
so
.
In
that
manner
they
passed
the
rest
of
the
day
in
the
great
Serpent
,
minding
the
next
day
because
she
stirred
not
,
to
take
land
again
to
sée
if
they
could
find
any
more
adventures
:
And
they
had
scarce
fallen
asléep
,
but
the
Serpent
began
of
it self
to
sayl
forward
so
swiftly
,
that
by
sun
rising
they
had
lost
the
sight
of
any
land
,
not
ceasing
for
to
sayl
six
days
together
before
they
espyed
land
:
the
seventh
day
when
the
Sun
began
to
shine
,
it
stayed
at
the
Isle
Saint
Mary
,
which
master
Elizabeth
presently
knew
,
having
bin
there
before
with
Amadis
de
Gaule
,
when
he
fought
with
Landriaque
:
wherefore
he
said
unto
the
Knights
,
In
good
faith
,
I
remember
that
once
as
I
travelled
on
the
Sea
with
my
lord
Amadis
,
we
were
cast
upon
this
Island
by
so
great
a
tempest
,
that
we
thought
verily
to
have
béen
drowned
:
And
if
then
at
sea
we
had
great
fear
of
death
,
being
landed
,
our
fear
did
more
increase
,
and
that
with
so
good
cause
,
that
I
cannot
chuse
but
tremble
to
remember
it
.
What
said
Esplandian
?
)
Can
a
danger
so
long
time
past
bréed
so
great
a
fear
as
you
séem
to
have
?
Sir
(
said
master
Elizabeth
)
some
men
to
hide
the
truth
,
make
a
great
matter
of
a
small
,
but
if
you
had
séen
as
much
as
I
then
saw
,
and
that
which
as
yet
you
may
behold
,
if
it
pleaseth
you
to
go
where
I
was
once
,
you
shall
find
that
I
have
no
less
occasion
,
and
there
is
Grandalin
that
can
witness
it
as
well
as
I.
I
pray
you
bring
us
thither
(
said
Esplandian
)
with
that
they
caused
the
horses
to
be
unshipt
,
and
going
to
land
,
they
mounted
up
the
Island
,
til
they
came
to
the
castle
where
Amadis
stayed
certain
days
to
be
healed
of
his
wounds
,
where
they
found
a
knight
that
kept
it
for
the
Emperor
,
who
being
advertised
by
master
Elizabeth
what
knights
they
were
he
had
brought
thither
,
bad
them
heartily
welcome
,
offering
them
all
the
pleasure
he
could
shew
,
but
they
staying
not
there
,
went
forwards
to
the
place
where
Amadis
fought
with
Landriaque
,
where
the
Emperor
had
erected
both
their
Images
so
like
unto
them
,
that
there
wanted
only
life
to
express
the
same
:
Which
master
Elizabeth
shewed
unto
the
knights
,
and
to
the
end
(
said
he
)
you
believe
me
better
another
time
,
I
pray
you
behold
well
the
form
of
this
great
devil
,
who
before
my
lord
Amadis
arrived
had
utterly
destroyed
this
most
fertile
Island
.
And
therewith
he
shewed
them
from
point
to
point
what
had
passed
touching
the
same
,
as
you
have
heard
at
large
set
down
in
the
third
book
of
this
our
History
,
whereat
they
were
all
abashed
,
especially
to
think
how
Landriaque
could
be
slain
or
overcome
by
one
knight
alone
;
For
although
this
image
were
but
a
senceless
thing
,
yet
it
made
them
abashed
,
which
having
long
time
beheld
,
and
visiting
other
places
worthy
memory
,
they
returned
to
the
great
Serpent
,
which
presently
departed
from
the
Isle
,
and
with
a
good
winde
,
in
five
days
after
arrived
within
half
a
mile
of
Constantinople
,
where
it
began
to
cast
forth
fire
in
so
furious
manner
,
that
the
sailers
and
others
that
perceived
it
,
flew
all
away
,
doubting
the
fury
of
that
monster
,
wherewith
the
Citizens
were
in
such
a
fear
,
that
news
was
brought
unto
the
Emperor
who
as
then
was
talking
with
the
Ladies
,
whom
he
led
unto
the
towers
of
his
pallace
to
sée
what
it
might
be
,
when
they
perceived
the
great
Serpent
,
and
the
Sea
raging
so
sore
about
it
,
that
it
séemed
a
gulf
of
fire
,
wherewith
they
were
in
such
a
fear
,
and
the
Emperor
likewise
,
that
he
commanded
all
men
to
be
armed
,
fearing
it
would
come
into
the
Town
,
and
so
destroy
them
all
.
But
Gastilles
that
had
séen
it
oftentimes
,
assured
the
Emperor
that
it
was
the
Ship
of
the
knight
Esplandian
,
which
Urganda
brought
first
into
great
Britain
.
And
to
the
end
my
Lord
(
said
he
)
you
shall
not
doubt
thereof
,
if
it
pleaseth
you
I
will
go
sée
if
the
son
of
Amadis
be
there
,
and
bring
him
unto
you
.
Do
so
I
pray
you
(
said
the
Emperor
.
)
With
that
Gastilles
went
unto
the
Haven
,
entring
into
a
Gally
that
he
found
ready
to
put
to
sea
,
commanding
the
master
thereof
to
row
unto
the
great
Serpent
,
but
whatsoever
he
could
say
,
the
master
would
not
stir
one
foot
,
till
such
time
he
threatned
him
with
fear
of
being
hanged
.
Wherefore
h●ising
up
his
anker
,
the
company
began
to
row
forward
,
but
it
was
impossible
for
them
to
come
near
the
Serpent
by
a
good
bow
shot
,
and
withal
the
sea
it
was
so
high
,
that
the
waves
cast
them
back
again
into
the
Haven
with
so
great
a
force
,
that
the
Gally
was
in
danger
to
be
cast
away
.
Which
the
Princess
Leonorine
perceiving
(
who
till
then
thought
assuredly
Esplandian
had
expresly
come
thither
for
to
sée
her
)
began
to
despair
of
her
good
hope
,
and
making
her
complaint
,
said
unto
her self
:
Alas
Monster
,
Ship
,
Galley
,
or
what
vessel
soever
thou
art
,
wherefore
art
thou
now
so
cruel
unto
me
,
in
not
suffering
him
that
is
within
thee
to
land
at
this
our
Haven
,
to
the
end
mine
eyes
might
enjoy
his
presence
,
but
rather
as
if
thou
haddest
conceived
a
jealousie
rewards
us
,
thou
usest
all
means
possible
to
hinder
the
ship
wherein
my
cousin
Gastilles
saileth
,
not
to
approach
near
thee
,
that
he
might
bring
him
hither
,
or
at
the
least
that
we
might
hear
some
news
of
him
.
But
in
faith
,
all
well
weighed
&
considered
,
I
think
thee
rather
to
have
reas●n
,
and
my self
without
consideration
,
for
that
so
excellent
a
thing
ought
not
to
be
so
lightly
set
at
liberty
.
Therefore
it
is
no
marvel
if
thou
refuse
him
unto
us
,
fearing
lest
thou
shouldest
loose
him
,
séeing
thou
maist
well
vaunt
that
in
thée
there
resteth
so
val●rous
knight
,
as
in
regard
of
him
all
others
may
be
nought
esteemed
.
I
would
to
God
,
that
we
being
both
together
,
might
never
depart
out
of
thy
body
:
for
being
with
him
,
his
onely
presence
would
bréed
in
me
so
much
contentment
,
that
I
should
think
my self
to
have
attained
unto
the
top
of
all
felicity
:
and
if
his
love
be
such
as
Carmelle
hath
assured
me
,
it
cannot
be
,
but
that
he
suffereth
the
like
passion
I
now
endure
,
by
overmuch
desire
to
see
his
person
.
Wherewith
she
remained
in
such
an
extasie
,
that
by
the
changing
of
her
colour
,
it
might
easily
be
judged
her
heart
was
not
at
ease
,
which
in
the
end
compelled
her
to
sigh
,
and
at
the
same
instant
to
repent
the
speeches
she
had
used
unto
Carmelle
,
as
also
of
the
rich
gown
that
she
gave
unto
her
.
For
(
said
she
unto
her self
)
what
know
I
,
if
my
sweet
friend
seeing
her
apparelled
therein
,
would
imbrace
her
,
not
for
the
love
of
her
,
but
for
the
Gown
that
once
belonged
unto
me
▪
And
if
it
be
so
,
it
is
not
to
be
doubted
,
but
she
will
by
all
means
seek
to
joyn
her
lips
to
his
,
yea
and
her
body
likewise
:
which
would
be
worse
,
seeing
she
is
neither
so
evil
favored
,
nor
of
so
bad
behavior
,
but
it
may
be
in
a
heat
he
would
both
forget
himself
and
me
.
But
●ut
alas
,
what
said
I
?
Truly
I
do
him
wrong
to
be
so
jealous
of
him
,
considering
the
chaste
love
that
is
between
them
both
,
and
therefore
if
it
so
fall
out
,
that
in
respect
of
me
he
shall
imbrace
her
body
,
beholding
her
apparelled
in
a
thing
that
sometimes
served
me
,
it
will
be
much
more
glory
unto
me
till
I
my
self
may
once
embrace
his
body
,
as
in
time
I
doubt
not
but
I
shall
.
But
if
Leonorine
were
in
pain
,
Esplandian
had
no
less
,
both
solicited
with
like
jealousie
,
for
the
great
distrust
of
their
not
méeting
at
that
time
:
and
gladly
would
have
approached
néerer
to
each
other
,
had
it
not
béen
that
the
one
was
on
land
under
the
government
of
another
man
,
the
other
at
sea
within
a
bessel
which
he
could
not
command
.
In
the
mean
time
the
great
Serpent
setting
forwards
,
made
such
spéed
,
that
in
very
short
space
it
passed
the
Straights
of
Bosphore
.
Wherewith
the
Princess
Leonorine
was
like
to
swoon
but
she
refrain'd
it
as
much
as
possible
she
might
,
fearing
to
manifest
that
,
she
most
desired
to
kéep
secret
.
Whereby
she
withdrew
her self
half
dead
into
her
Chamber
,
and
making
as
if
she
desired
to
sléep
,
threw
her self
on
her
bed
,
commanding
her
Gentlewomen
to
depart
the
chamber
:
they
being
gone
,
she
began
again
to
renew
her
sorrow
,
and
almost
drowned
in
tears
,
said
unto
her self
:
Alas
,
now
I
surely
sée
and
well
perceive
my
grief
to
be
wholly
without
remedy
,
having
séen
the
thing
(
that
in
all
the
world
I
most
entirely
love
)
so
néer
unto
me
,
and
at
one
instant
so
suddenly
to
depart
,
that
it
is
uncertain
whither
he
is
gone
.
Ha
cruel
torment
:
that
still
increaseth
in
me
so
covertly
,
is
it
possible
that
from
henceforth
I
can
so
well
dissemble
as
yet
I
have
done
?
Truly
no
:
for
if
in
time
past
I
inforced
my self
to
estéem
the
desire
I
had
a
singular
pleasure
unto
me
,
now
séeing
I
well
perceive
my
accursed
fortune
to
approach
,
and
my
joy
to
fade
,
in
manner
as
soon
as
it
was
conceived
,
I
desire
nought
but
death
:
which
to
me
would
be
more
acceptable
,
then
live
in
so
great
pain
,
not
hoping
any
ease
.
And
leaving
so
,
she
gave
so
great
a
sigh
,
that
Quéen
Minoresse
heard
it
:
Who
fearing
she
had
been
sick
,
opened
the
chamber
door
,
asking
her
how
she
did
?
Wherewith
the
Princess
perceiving
that
discovery
,
to
excuse
her self
the
best
she
could
,
she
told
the
Queen
she
dreamed
.
Madam
(
said
the
Queen
)
it
is
not
long
since
the
Emperess
sent
to
see
what
you
were
doing
?
Is
it
not
your
pleasure
to
rise
and
go
unto
her
?
Let
us
go
(
said
she
.
)
In
the
mean
time
Esplandian
with
his
companions
sayled
so
long
,
that
within
two
days
after
they
perceived
the
Rock
of
the
defended
Mountain
,
and
not
far
from
them
the
Vessels
and
Men
of
War
Frandalo
had
assembled
,
that
stayed
for
a
wind
to
surprize
the
Turkish
Army
on
the
Sea
,
who
perceiving
the
great
Serpent
making
toward
them
,
began
to
arm
themselves
,
thinking
it
had
béen
some
Monster
that
came
to
devour
them
.
But
Manely
and
the
King
of
Denmark
that
had
séen
it
oftentimes
before
,
were
very
glad
,
giving
them
to
understand
what
succor
they
might
have
thereby
,
whereat
they
all
rejoyced
,
especially
when
they
perceived
Esplandian
,
Gandalin
,
and
the
rest
,
that
Manely
and
the
King
of
Denmark
knew
,
wherefore
causing
a
boat
to
be
made
ready
,
they
with
Frandalo
&
Argenton
,
the
king
of
Denmarks
squire
(
a
very
good
mariner
)
entred
into
it
,
and
rowing
to
the
great
Serpent
,
Esplandian
received
them
with
great
joy
,
asking
Manely
what
fortune
had
brought
them
thither
.
In
faith
(
said
he
)
it
is
not
long
since
we
departed
from
the
City
of
Constantinople
,
to
discover
and
to
hinder
the
passage
of
victuals
that
are
daily
brought
by
sea
from
the
town
of
Notolia
to
Armato
king
of
Turks
,
who
not
long
since
hath
besieged
the
Castle
of
the
defended
mountain
,
expecting
daily
the
coming
of
the
Emperor
with
a
great
Army
to
drive
the
Turk
from
thence
.
But
we
have
had
so
contrary
a
wind
,
that
it
hath
bin
impossible
for
us
to
effect
our
charge
.
In
good
truth
(
said
Esplandian
)
I
would
never
have
sought
you
in
these
Countreys
,
neither
do
I
know
what
became
of
you
after
we
fell
asléep
in
this
Vessel
,
I
pray
you
tell
it
us
.
Then
Manely
began
to
shew
how
he
and
the
king
of
Denmark
when
they
awaked
found
themselves
in
a
barque
upon
the
coast
of
Italy
,
where
taking
land
they
found
Urganda
,
and
after
that
by
cruel
tempests
they
arrived
in
an
Isle
,
where
a
Bear
assailed
them
,
in
which
Isle
they
saw
two
great
Apes
that
shewed
them
much
sport
.
But
(
said
he
)
we
thought
to
have
starved
therein
for
want
of
meat
,
for
our
victuals
were
clean
consumed
,
when
by
fortune
Frandalo
arrived
in
the
same
Isle
,
with
whom
I
fought
,
and
overcame
him
.
And
because
our
barque
was
cast
away
,
we
entred
into
his
,
wherein
we
found
a
Gentlewoman
that
told
us
news
of
you
,
whom
for
your
sake
we
conducted
unto
Constantinople
,
and
from
thence
have
brought
her
back
again
.
As
far
as
I
understand
(
said
Esplandian
)
you
have
not
always
slept
,
and
I
believe
that
never
any
Knight
had
so
strange
adventures
at
their
first
entring
into
Arms
,
unless
it
were
my
lord
Amadis
my
father
,
which
I
would
hardly
have
believed
,
had
it
not
béen
for
the
signs
and
evident
tokens
that
we
saw
in
the
Isle
Saint
Mary
.
What
were
they
(
said
the
king
of
Denmark
?
)
We
saw
the
Image
of
Landriaque
(
said
Esplandian
)
with
whom
he
had
so
long
and
perillous
a
combate
,
It
is
true
(
said
Argenton
)
that
such
combates
against
monsters
,
do
oftentimes
strike
the
hardiest
Knights
with
fear
,
and
the
Combate
of
our
Apes
made
sorrowful
knights
re●orce
.
In
good
faith
(
said
Esplandian
)
thou
hast
reason
,
and
I
like
thée
well
for
thy
mirth
,
but
I
pray
thée
heartily
return
again
and
fetch
the
Gentlewoman
that
is
in
thy
masters
Ship
,
and
bring
her
hither
,
that
I
may
speak
with
her
,
which
he
presently
did
:
and
as
she
entred
into
the
great
Serpent
,
Esplandian
embracing
her
,
asked
if
if
the
had
séen
the
Emperor
,
and
the
beautiful
Princess
Leonorine
his
daughter
?
I
my
lord
(
said
she
)
both
of
them
desiring
your
arrival
in
that
country
,
especially
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
with
all
the
Ladies
and
Gentlewomen
,
being
fully
determined
not
to
pardon
the
great
fault
you
have
committed
in
their
behalfs
,
to
have
deferred
off
so
long
before
you
come
to
serve
them
,
according
to
the
promise
made
by
Amadis
your
father
,
as
I
assured
them
:
yet
I
think
their
displeasure
is
not
s●
great
,
but
you
may
well
find
means
to
pacifie
the
same
.
My
good
friend
(
said
Esplandian
)
you
are
heartily
welcome
,
we
will
talk
together
when
better
leisure
serveth
.
Which
he
said
,
fearing
she
should
have
procéeded
further
,
wherewith
the
standers
by
might
have
intelligence
of
the
love
he
bare
unto
the
Princess
:
wherefore
leaving
the
Gentlewoman
,
and
turning
to
Manley
,
he
said
:
In
faith
I
cannot
well
excuse
my self
,
but
that
I
do
them
wrong
,
for
the
first
commandement
my
father
gave
me
at
such
time
I
received
the
Order
of
Knighthood
was
,
that
in
his
place
I
should
go
and
serve
them
,
to
quit
the
promise
he
had
made
.
Nevertheless
f●rtune
hath
ever
since
given
me
so
many
crosses
thereby
to
hinder
my
intent
,
that
I
could
neither
fulfil
his
wil
,
nor
satisfie
their
expectations
.
While
they
were
thus
devising
,
two
of
Frandalos
Brigantines
,
that
by
him
were
sent
to
espy
the
enemies
navy
,
brought
news
they
had
séen
great
numbers
of
their
Foistes
and
Gallies
sayling
to
the
East
,
to
fetch
Victuals
for
the
Navy
,
and
that
the
rest
that
remained
behinde
would
easily
be
overcome
,
if
it
pleased
them
to
set
upon
them
:
which
the
knights
understanding
,
were
of
opinion
,
that
without
longer
delay
they
would
assail
them
,
and
presently
therewith
hoised
up
their
ankers
,
making
as
secretly
as
they
could
towards
Armatos
Fléet
,
●et
they
determined
not
to
set
upon
them
before
the
break
of
day
,
hoping
to
take
them
sléeping
,
which
in
truth
fell
out
.
The
first
that
set
upon
them
was
the
great
Serpent
,
that
at
her
arrival
entring
among
the
enemies
,
cast
fire
so
fiercely
at
her
mouth
and
nostrils
,
that
when
they
awaked
it
put
them
in
such
fear
,
that
●
sing
courage
without
str●ke
given
,
they
all
began
to
flie
:
Nevertheless
it
could
not
save
their
lives
,
but
that
the
greatest
part
of
their
vessels
were
drowned
by
means
of
a
contrary
winde
that
rose
so
suddenly
on
the
sea
,
whereby
it
raged
in
such
sort
,
that
neither
Mast
,
Sayl
,
B●ard
,
nor
Oar
could
hold
,
but
were
broken
all
in
pieces
:
yet
did
not
Frandalo
lose
any
of
his
fléet
,
neither
did
the
camp
once
move
thereat
,
for
they
were
not
séen
of
any
other
then
the
Centinel
of
the
Castle
,
that
presently
told
Ambor
and
Talanque
,
whereat
they
received
great
pleasure
,
especially
when
they
espied
the
great
Serpent
,
and
Esplandian
therein
,
with
whom
they
talked
l●ng
time
before
he
came
to
land
.
At
the
last
they
concluded
to
avoid
all
danger
,
that
the
Rampiers
they
had
made
before
the
gate
,
should
for
that
time
not
be
broken
,
but
they
would
let
down
a
ladder
of
cords
,
whereby
they
might
mount
up
into
the
Castle
,
Frandalo
having
given
order
for
the
safety
of
his
ships
,
which
was
presently
done
.
CHAP.
XXVI
.
How
Armato
King
of
Turky
had
intelligence
of
the
overthrow
of
his
Army
at
Sea
,
by
Frandalo
and
his
company
,
and
what
enterprizes
happened
on
both
parts
.
THat
Aid
entred
into
the
Castle
of
the
defended
Mountain
,
Esplandian
desirous
to
see
the
enemies
Camp
,
presently
mounted
up●n
the
Walls
,
accompanied
onely
of
Talanque
and
Ambor
,
that
shewed
the
Tents
of
Armato
,
the
Bassias
,
Begberbeys
,
and
Sangiaces
,
whereof
some
were
lodged
within
the
Base-Court
,
which
they
conquered
at
their
first
coming
thither
,
wherewith
Esplandian
was
much
grieved
,
and
asked
Talanque
how
he
suffered
them
to
come
so
néer
?
Assure
your self
(
said
he
)
it
was
not
with
our
wills
,
but
we
defended
it
as
long
as
possible
we
might
,
and
the
Portall
likewise
,
which
at
their
first
coming
they
assailed
.
But
we
defended
it
so
well
,
that
without
their
Mine
they
had
never
won
it
,
yet
did
it
profit
them
but
little
,
for
that
suddenly
we
destroyed
all
their
Mine
,
that
had
cost
them
fiftéen
days
labor
.
Which
Armato
perceiving
,
sought
to
begin
again
,
which
we
by
divers
sallies
would
not
suffer
him
to
do
:
but
whatsoever
we
could
do
,
in
the
end
their
force
prevailed
,
and
we
constrained
to
f●rsake
the
same
,
and
retire
unto
the
Castle
,
and
that
in
good
time
,
for
we
were
scarce
entred
into
the
dungeon
,
but
they
fired
it
,
whereby
the
Portal
fell
down
,
giving
us
at
that
time
one
of
the
most
cruel
assaults
that
ever
place
sustained
,
being
so
meanly
guarded
as
it
was
,
and
assure
your self
,
that
there
is
neither
loop-hole
nor
window
,
but
they
raised
ladders
or
some
other
engines
against
it
,
and
with
lances
,
fire
,
and
sword
,
gave
us
so
much
to
do
,
that
we
were
in
doubt
to
be
overcome
.
Nevertheless
they
were
as
hotly
repulsed
,
for
Libee
gave
them
such
entertainment
with
a
dram
of
Powder
,
that
he
set
on
fire
,
as
they
began
to
cry
out
victory
,
but
upon
a
sudden
their
cry
became
so
pitiful
,
as
nothing
but
sorrow
and
lamentation
could
be
heard
among
them
,
wherewith
there
were
so
many
of
them
burnt
and
singed
,
that
never
since
they
durst
approach
so
néer
,
although
we
have
given
them
divers
skirmishes
,
but
for
the
space
of
eight
days
we
never
issued
forth
,
by
reason
(
as
you
know
)
if
we
should
often
issue
forth
,
it
is
imp●ssible
but
some
of
our
men
must
of
force
be
slain
,
and
the
death
of
one
of
ours
would
be
more
loss
unto
us
,
than
the
slaying
of
a
hundred
of
their
men
would
profit
us
.
You
have
done
well
(
said
Esplandian
)
for
all
wise
Captains
ought
to
consent
themselves
with
the
sure
defending
of
a
Hold
committed
unto
them
,
not
hazarding
themselves
to
loss
as
long
as
possible
they
may
.
But
for
the
further
safety
of
this
Castle
,
I
think
it
good
we
take
counsel
what
were
best
to
be
done
,
lest
we
be
surprized
.
Wherewith
they
went
into
the
chamber
where
Matroco
died
,
where
they
met
together
,
and
(
among
divers
things
propounded
)
it
was
concluded
,
the
next
night
they
would
issue
forth
to
slay
the
enemies
watch
,
which
would
easily
be
done
,
séeing
they
had
not
any
alarm
in
long
time
before
.
Wherefore
every
man
went
to
refresh
himself
,
till
about
eleven
of
the
C●ock
at
night
,
when
Frandalo
and
the
rest
armed
themselves
.
And
as
they
were
all
assembled
in
the
Court
,
Esplandian
standing
in
the
middle
,
spake
unto
them
and
said
,
My
good
friends
,
we
are
not
now
among
the
Combates
of
Great
Brittain
,
where
Combates
are
fought
more
for
fantasie
or
vain-glory
,
than
upon
any
just
occasion
:
But
this
War
we
make
against
the
proper
enemies
of
our
Faith
,
summoneth
us
not
onely
to
do
our
endeavors
,
but
also
to
defend
the
honor
and
liberty
of
the
name
of
Christians
:
wherefore
my
good
companions
.
I
beseech
you
let
every
man
cast
fear
aside
,
preferring
vertue
before
any
inconvenience
whatsoever
.
Assuring
you
(
if
we
do
so
)
that
before
it
be
day
,
king
Armato
and
his
army
shall
well
find
we
are
not
so
faint-hearted
as
he
estéemeth
us
Then
calling
Norandel
unto
him
,
he
said
:
Vncle
,
you
,
Manely
,
and
the
king
of
Denmark
,
with
a
hundred
men
,
shall
issue
first
to
slay
the
Centinels
,
and
if
you
could
do
the
like
unto
their
watch
,
our
enterprize
would
be
brought
to
pass
as
we
desire
.
But
whatsoever
chanceth
,
set
you
upon
them
,
and
fear
not
the
repulse
,
for
Gandalin
and
Lazinde
shall
second
you
with
two
hundred
more
,
by
which
means
you
may
easily
retire
if
you
be
constrained
thereunto
.
Nevertheless
,
let
no
man
stir
from
hence
till
Frandalo
and
I
be
first
gone
out
,
for
that
we
two
alone
will
go
into
their
Camp
,
to
sée
what
countenance
they
make
,
and
as
fortune
favoreth
us
,
we
will
presently
joyn
with
you
.
With
that
he
sent
for
two
gowns
of
cloth
of
gold
,
and
two
Turkish
caps
,
whereof
he
gave
one
unto
Frandalo
,
and
kept
the
other
for
himself
,
and
being
armed
under
their
apparrel
,
were
let
down
(
by
the
ladder
of
cords
)
on
the
sea
side
,
&
feigning
to
be
some
of
the
sea
captains
went
straight
unto
the
Camp
,
where
they
were
stayed
by
the
Centinels
,
but
Frandalo
speaking
the
Arabian
tongue
,
could
so
well
dissemble
,
that
he
made
them
believe
they
went
to
advertise
the
Great
Turk
of
a
thing
of
great
importance
,
whereby
they
let
them
pass
.
Mean
time
Armato
King
of
Turky
sate
devising
in
his
tent
with
his
familiar
friends
,
touching
the
loss
of
ships
,
whereof
not
above
an
hour
before
,
he
had
received
news
by
one
of
his
marriners
,
that
saved
himself
in
a
small
Frigot
:
but
the
Turk
could
not
by
any
means
imagine
how
it
came
to
pass
,
séeing
his
spies
that
were
newly
returned
from
Constantinople
,
had
brought
him
news
that
the
Emperor
stirred
not
,
neither
made
any
preparation
to
assayl
him
.
And
as
Frandalo
&
Esplandian
entred
the
tent
,
they
heard
the
marriner
tell
how
that
cruel
overthrow
happened
by
means
of
a
monster
of
the
Sea
,
that
came
with
the
enemies
fléet
.
That
(
said
he
)
put
us
in
such
fear
,
with
casting
fire
out
of
his
mouth
,
nose
,
and
eyes
,
that
thereby
the
most
part
of
our
men
were
burnt
to
asher
.
By
all
my
gods
(
said
Armato
)
it
is
some
devil
that
envyeth
my
prosperity
And
it
pleaseth
your
Grace
said
one
of
his
Bassaes
,
(
that
had
failed
in
the
Mediteranian
Sea
,
&
hear●
speaking
of
the
great
Serpent
)
there
is
nothing
but
art
Magick
used
therein
,
whereof
I
am
most
sure
,
as
having
divers
times
bin
certified
there●f
.
Wherewith
they
heard
a
great
alarum
,
for
Norandel
and
his
company
had
issued
out
of
the
castle
with
white
scarffes
about
their
heads
for
to
be
known
,
and
had
so
well
surprised
the
watch
about
the
base
court
,
that
they
had
slain
them
all
,
whereof
Armato
had
intelligence
,
as
also
that
the
enemies
had
gotten
the
issue
of
the
Portal
,
wherewith
he
was
so
moved
,
that
in
a
great
rage
with
very
small
company
he
went
thither
himself
Esplandian
&
Frandalo
following
after
,
as
if
they
had
béen
of
his
company
.
But
before
their
arrival
,
Norandel
had
recovered
the
pallasadoes
of
the
fortress
,
and
there
sustained
the
whole
Turkish
forces
,
staying
Gandalins
coming
Now
the
entry
of
the
Court
was
so
narrow
,
that
more
then
thrée
men
could
not
pass
through
it
at
once
,
whereby
those
of
the
castle
had
in
manner
as
much
advantage
as
their
enemies
.
Which
Ambor
,
Talanque
,
Gandalin
,
and
Libee
made
them
well
féel
,
coming
likewise
upon
them
,
for
as
the
king
arrived
,
they
thrust
them
clean
out
of
the
place
,
whereby
they
fled
in
great
haste
,
till
the
Turk
himself
caused
them
to
stay
,
and
séeing
him
,
they
took
courage
,
turning
their
faces
,
whereby
the
Skirmish
began
much
hotter
then
before
,
Armato
himself
shewing
great
prowess
,
when
Esplandian
that
was
still
behind
him
,
took
him
by
the
middle
,
and
in
despight
of
them
all
,
carryed
him
unto
the
walls
of
the
Castle
,
crying
with
a
loud
voice
,
Be
of
good
chear
my
companions
,
we
have
taken
the
King
.
At
the
which
cry
the
Turkes
set
so
fiercely
on
them
,
that
had
it
not
bin
for
Frandalo
(
who
as
yet
had
not
shewed
himself
)
they
had
recovered
him
again
,
but
he
j●yned
himself
with
Manley
,
Norandel
,
and
the
rest
that
sustained
the
force
of
all
the
enemies
so
valiantly
,
that
Esplandian
had
means
to
put
Armato
in
sure
kéeping
,
and
to
return
again
unto
the
battel
before
it
was
ended
.
But
it
continued
not
long
after
,
for
that
news
was
presently
carryed
to
the
Camp
,
that
the
king
was
prisoner
with
two
of
his
chief
captains
,
taken
by
Grandalin
and
the
King
of
Denmark
,
wherewith
they
were
so
much
abashed
,
that
by
little
and
little
they
began
to
retire
,
the
like
did
they
of
the
Castle
,
contenting
themselves
with
the
booty
they
had
gotten
.
CHAP.
XXVII
.
How
Armato
King
of
Turky
was
committed
unto
the
custody
of
Gandalin
,
and
what
conference
he
had
with
Frandalo
.
THose
of
the
Castle
retired
,
as
you
heard
before
,
Esplandian
called
Gandalin
and
Libee
,
praying
them
to
look
unto
King
Armato
,
as
also
to
the
two
Turkish
captains
,
and
appointing
the
watch
as
time
required
,
went
and
laid
him
down
upon
his
bed
,
not
ceasing
all
the
night
to
think
on
the
spéech
Carmelle
used
him
touching
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
whereby
he
could
not
fléep
till
day
began
to
appear
,
when
Frandalo
and
the
rest
of
his
Knights
entred
into
his
chamber
,
to
talk
with
him
,
not
onely
as
touching
the
intertainment
of
their
prisoners
,
but
of
other
things
that
much
imported
them
▪
And
as
they
were
in
counsel
together
,
Grandalin
came
unto
them
,
shewing
them
that
King
Armato
desired
for
to
speak
with
them
,
whereupon
they
went
out
of
the
chamber
to
hear
what
he
would
say
.
Frandalo
could
speak
the
Arabian
tongue
better
then
the
rest
,
for
that
he
had
served
the
King
of
Turks
,
and
he
knew
him
very
well
,
wherefore
Esplandian
desired
him
to
speak
for
all
the
rest
.
And
entring
into
the
Chamber
,
Frandalo
went
first
,
who
knéeling
on
the
ground
,
kissed
the
Kings
hand
.
With
that
Armato
thinking
he
had
béen
prisoner
,
asked
him
where
he
was
taken
.
My
Lord
(
said
he
)
I
am
now
become
a
Christian
,
and
a
Knight
of
Iesus
Christ
,
that
hath
done
me
so
much
grace
,
not
long
time
since
to
call
me
to
be
one
of
his
.
A
Christian
(
said
the
King
)
is
that
possible
?
By
my
soul
it
maketh
me
more
abashed
,
then
the
cruel
fortune
that
is
now
happened
unto
me
:
for
that
all
Knights
following
arms
ought
patiently
to
bear
those
hazards
that
they
fall
into
,
using
necessity
as
a
vertue
.
But
thou
unhappy
wretch
(
that
through
fear
and
want
of
courage
)
haste
forsaken
our
just
and
holy
law
,
wherefore
takest
thou
not
a
r●pe
and
hangest
thy self
,
as
unworthy
to
go
upon
the
earth
?
My
Lord
(
said
he
)
you
may
say
what
pleaseth
you
,
as
being
priviledged
for
the
greatness
of
your
estate
,
yet
I
can
assure
you
,
I
never
had
so
cowardly
a
heart
as
you
estéem
I
have
,
but
rather
account
my self
happy
to
have
done
that
I
have
done
.
Yet
will
I
not
refuse
to
do
you
service
(
my
honor
still
reserved
)
in
any
thing
I
can
.
With
that
Armato
remembred
himself
,
and
thought
he
did
him
wrong
,
wherefore
moderating
his
choler
,
he
said
unto
him
:
Friend
Frandalo
,
If
it
grieveth
me
to
have
lost
you
,
let
it
not
séem
strange
unto
you
,
séeing
now
I
had
greater
hope
then
ever
I
have
had
to
be
served
by
your
means
.
But
séeing
it
is
so
,
you
know
how
I
have
used
you
heretofore
,
now
I
pray
you
(
if
you
may
do
any
thing
for
me
)
to
finde
the
means
with
your
companions
that
I
may
be
delivered
from
hence
by
some
reasonable
composition
.
My
Lord
(
said
Frandalo
,
pointing
to
Esplandian
.
)
This
is
he
that
hath
all
power
and
authority
in
this
place
,
both
over
you
and
me
.
With
that
Armato
looked
upon
him
,
and
perceiving
him
so
young
without
a
beard
,
thought
Frandalo
said
it
to
excuse
himself
,
wherefore
he
asked
if
he
mocked
him
.
God
forbid
I
should
do
so
my
Lord
(
said
Frandalo
)
but
I
pray
you
believe
me
,
for
it
is
true
,
that
my
Lord
Esplandian
standing
here
before
you
,
is
be
and
none
other
that
slew
Matroco
,
Frerion
,
Arcalaus
the
inchanter
,
&
Argantes
the
Porter
of
the
castle
,
which
he
conquered
,
as
you
have
béen
advertised
.
By
my
head
(
said
the
king
)
I
would
hardly
have
estéemed
him
for
so
brave
a
man
:
but
séeing
it
is
so
,
I
pray
thée
do
somewhat
with
him
touching
the
thing
I
told
you
of
even
now
.
Believe
me
my
lord
(
said
Frandalo
)
there
shall
want
no
good
will
in
me
:
and
with
that
he
had
him
God
morrow
,
and
leaving
him
with
his
guard
,
they
went
into
the
Hall
,
where
they
found
the
table
ready
covered
for
dinner
,
for
it
was
about
noon
time
.
But
as
Esplandian
rested
ill
that
night
,
so
be
made
but
a
mean
dinner
,
not
being
able
to
withdraw
his
mind
from
thinking
on
the
princess
Leonorine
which
was
the
cause
that
the
Tables
being
uncovered
,
he
went
in
his
chamber
,
without
any
company
,
onely
the
king
of
Denmark
,
whom
he
loved
as
himself
,
where
being
together
,
he
began
to
shew
him
the
cause
why
be
sent
Carmelle
to
Constantinople
,
as
also
what
affection
he
bare
to
the
Princess
Leonorine
.
And
to
the
end
said
he
)
you
be
participant
of
my
joy
,
I
pray
you
let
us
have
her
here
,
that
she
may
shew
us
what
she
learned
in
her
voyage
.
My
lord
(
said
the
king
of
Denmark
)
if
you
saw
her
apparrelled
in
the
gown
the
Princess
gave
her
,
I
am
assured
you
will
scarse
know
her
at
the
first
.
Will
you
that
I
send
her
word
to
bring
it
hither
?
It
is
well
said
(
said
Esplandian
)
with
that
he
called
a
Squire
,
sending
him
to
Carmelle
,
that
as
then
was
in
company
of
Arcabonnes
Gentlewomen
:
but
understanding
Esplandians
pleasure
,
went
presently
to
apparrel
her self
as
he
willed
her
,
and
having
a
mantle
on
her
shoulders
because
she
would
not
be
séen
,
went
to
him
in
his
chamber
,
where
she
found
him
and
the
King
of
Denmark
talking
together
:
but
as
soon
as
he
espyed
her
,
he
took
her
in
his
arms
,
and
setting
her
in
a
chair
covered
with
velvet
,
said
unto
her
:
My
good
friend
,
I
mean
to
shew
my
companion
you
sée
here
,
how
much
I
love
and
estéem
him
,
wherefore
I
pray
you
shew
me
before
him
what
intertainment
the
Princess
Leonorine
gave
you
,
knowing
you
came
from
me
,
and
whither
I
find
any
favor
in
her
sight
.
My
lord
(
said
she
)
as
soon
as
I
was
arrived
,
and
that
she
understood
the
cause
of
my
coming
unto
her
,
I
found
her
no
less
yours
then
you
hers
:
whereby
I
may
estéem
you
the
happiest
Knight
living
in
the
world
.
And
know
you
why
?
She
is
so
fair
,
and
of
so
comely
personage
,
that
unless
it
be
her self
none
can
resemble
her
,
and
of
truth
she
doth
far
surpass
all
other
Ladies
,
for
being
alone
in
her
private
chamber
playing
on
some
instrument
,
or
singing
for
her
pleasure
,
she
stealeth
and
ravisheth
the
hearts
(
separated
from
the
bodies
of
such
)
as
either
hear
or
sée
her
:
and
if
at
sometimes
she
attireth
her self
after
the
Italian
manner
,
with
a
cap
of
that
country
fashion
,
then
you
may
sée
her
fair
and
glistering
hair
,
part
giving
a
certain
shadow
on
her
vermilion
chéeks
,
the
rest
knit
up
together
,
invironing
her
head
,
shewing
with
far
better
grace
then
any
crown
that
she
could
wear
,
be
it
of
stones
,
laurel
,
or
the
finest
gold
that
may
be
found
But
if
that
be
a
temptation
unto
man
,
her
two
humble
and
modest
eyes
(
like
two
suns
)
give
them
as
many
deaths
,
as
they
at
times
behold
the
same
,
and
again
reviveth
them
better
then
at
the
first
,
and
all
at
one
instant
:
whereat
you
must
not
be
abashed
,
séeing
that
love
it self
doth
often
skirmish
and
strive
in
them
,
thereby
to
yield
both
pain
and
pleasure
unto
those
that
do
behold
the
same
:
and
if
he
touch
her
,
he
feareth
to
hurt
her
,
as
being
in
most
extream
passions
●f
love
.
And
not
without
a
cause
,
for
that
nature
having
made
her
,
brake
the
mould
,
that
she
might
be
the
only
perfect
creature
,
accompanied
with
so
many
vertues
,
that
love
findeth
nothing
in
her
but
bones
to
gnaw
upon
And
I
assure
you
my
lord
that
speaking
unto
her
of
those
things
you
had
given
me
in
charge
,
I
plainly
perceived
her
by
the
changing
of
her
countenance
to
be
charged
with
the
like
disease
whereof
you
still
complain
:
for
sometimes
she
blushed
,
and
again
became
pale
,
and
other
while
was
at
such
an
exigent
,
that
she
could
not
answer
me
a
ready
word
:
especially
when
I
presented
her
with
the
ring
that
she
once
gave
to
Amadis
your
father
,
as
she
told
me
afterwards
:
In
recompence
whereof
she
sendeth
you
this
hairlace
,
which
she
most
earnestly
desireth
you
to
kéep
for
the
love
of
her
,
and
as
the
first
Iewel
her
Grandmother
Grimanaise
gave
to
the
Emperor
Appolidon
,
being
but
her
lover
.
Expresly
sending
you
the
same
as
an
assured
token
of
the
love
she
beareth
unto
you
,
and
the
good
will
,
she
will
be
ready
always
to
shew
you
during
her
mortal
life
.
With
that
she
took
a
little
box
out
of
her
bosom
wrapped
in
a
piece
of
Taffata
,
and
gave
it
unto
him
,
which
Esplandian
received
,
&
taking
it
out
of
the
box
,
he
sighed
tenderly
and
said
:
Ha
most
fortunate
present
,
(
the
first
witness
of
the
perfect
alliance
that
the
most
loyal
lovers
that
ever
lived
had
together
,
from
whom
is
descended
the
Paragon
of
all
beauty
)
happy
to
have
approached
so
néer
her
person
.
But
I
much
happier
that
receiveth
it
,
as
more
affectioned
to
serve
her
then
any
other
living
on
the
earth
:
and
it
pleaseth
God
,
while
life
indureth
,
I
trust
thou
never
shalt
depart
from
me
,
but
I
will
kéep
thée
as
carefully
as
I
desire
she
should
hold
my
heart
.
Yet
this
is
not
all
(
said
Carmelle
but
behold
the
recompence
of
my
labor
,
and
saying
so
,
she
cast
the
mantle
from
her
shoulders
,
shewing
them
her
rich
gown
all
covered
with
crowns
of
Gold
,
which
put
Esplandian
in
mind
of
that
Urganda
sent
him
word
by
her
Gentlewoman
,
when
she
sent
him
the
white
armor
set
with
the
like
devise
,
confirming
in
his
mind
the
hope
that
until
then
he
had
holden
doubtful
:
wherat
he
felt
the
greatest
ease
that
possible
he
might
.
And
as
they
beheld
the
great
and
excellent
workmanship
,
with
the
great
and
costly
imbroidery
of
Pearls
and
precious
Stones
wherewith
it
was
all
covered
,
Grandalin
came
and
knocked
at
the
door
,
to
shew
them
that
there
were
a
great
number
of
vessels
discovered
on
the
sea
,
and
fearing
them
to
be
some
new
supply
of
Turks
,
was
of
advice
they
should
be
ready
to
receive
them
.
Whereupon
each
man
ran
to
arms
,
causing
more
men
to
go
into
their
Ships
for
their
better
safety
:
yet
that
alarm
continued
but
a
while
,
for
that
the
Pennons
and
Banners
of
Constantinople
were
perceived
on
their
Ships
,
by
such
as
they
sent
out
for
to
descry
them
:
some
of
them
coming
back
again
in
great
haste
to
shew
them
that
Gastilles
as
general
of
the
Army
for
the
Emperor
,
was
coming
to
succor
them
:
whereof
the
Turks
having
intelligence
,
presently
brake
up
their
Camp
,
being
gone
far
from
the
Castle
before
any
of
the
vessels
come
near
the
shoar
:
Nevertheless
,
those
of
the
castle
set
upon
their
rereward
and
in
the
chase
slew
so
great
a
number
,
that
had
not
night
come
on
(
considring
the
evil
order
they
held
)
there
had
not
escaped
a
man
of
all
their
camp
.
In
the
mean
time
Gastilles
with
his
army
came
unto
the
mountain
,
where
Esplandian
,
the
king
of
Denmark
,
and
divers
others
stood
ready
to
receive
him
:
and
after
many
courtesies
and
welcomes
on
all
parts
given
,
Gastilles
asked
them
how
they
dealt
with
their
enemies
?
As
well
as
may
be
(
said
Esplandian
,
)
but
we
could
not
by
any
means
cause
them
to
stay
till
your
coming
,
but
they
are
fled
from
hence
as
soon
as
they
heard
news
thereof
:
Then
he
told
him
of
the
larums
and
issues
by
them
made
during
the
siege
,
as
also
of
the
taking
of
King
Armato
.
That
is
good
news
(
said
Gastilles
)
God
be
praised
therefore
,
if
mine
uncle
the
Emperor
had
béen
advertised
thereof
before
my
departure
from
Constantinople
,
I
had
not
found
the
means
to
come
send
to
visit
you
,
which
would
have
displeased
me
much
,
neither
would
he
have
bin
at
charge
to
furnish
such
a
Navy
:
but
he
was
in
doubt
you
were
in
great
necessity
,
that
at
my
putting
to
sea
he
commanded
me
to
make
all
the
spéed
I
could
,
til
he
came
in
person
with
four
hundred
sayl
that
already
are
prepared
if
our
forces
should
not
be
sufficient
to
sustain
the
Turkish
army
:
but
for
this
year
he
shal
be
excused
,
if
there
happen
no
other
adventure
.
I
pray
you
(
said
Esplandian
)
come
to
land
,
and
go
with
us
into
the
castle
,
where
we
will
confer
of
all
things
with
some
better
leisure
:
Which
he
agréed
unto
,
wherewith
he
&
some
of
the
principal
captains
of
his
army
,
entred
into
the
knights
boat
,
and
with
them
went
up
into
the
castle
:
where
being
arrived
,
Gastilles
that
knew
king
Armato
,
desired
Esplandian
before
he
did
any
thing
else
,
that
he
might
sée
him
,
wherewith
he
brought
him
to
the
chamber
,
where
he
sate
as
pensive
as
any
man
could
be
,
Gastilles
did
him
honor
,
as
to
his
estate
appertained
.
But
king
Armato
would
hardly
look
upon
him
,
but
said
unto
him
:
Gastilles
,
I
marvel
much
why
the
Emperor
your
master
(
contrary
to
his
faith
and
promise
)
hath
broken
the
peace
agréed
upon
betwéen
us
,
and
for
a
thing
so
little
importing
him
as
this
place
doth
,
whereunto
he
never
had
any
right
,
as
you
well
know
.
But
I
perceive
from
whence
the
same
procéedeth
:
because
he
would
every
man
should
know
she
little
faith
and
less
loyalty
that
is
in
him
,
which
I
shall
one
day
make
him
know
full
well
,
if
ever
I
escape
out
of
this
prison
.
My
Lord
(
said
Gastilles
,
your
honor
saved
)
the
Emperor
my
master
hath
in
him
all
the
parts
that
belong
unto
a
wise
vertuous
,
and
hardy
Prince
,
such
as
he
is
,
and
it
séemeth
unto
me
(
under
your
correction
)
that
by
good
and
just
cause
he
hath
done
no
more
then
he
might
do
:
séeing
it
is
evident
that
this
castle
hath
bin
conquered
by
Christian
knights
,
whom
he
is
bound
to
favor
with
all
the
aid
he
can
,
not
onely
to
defend
our
Law
,
or
because
they
have
desired
his
aid
,
as
being
the
first
and
greatest
Monarch
in
the
world
,
but
to
sustain
the
right
that
both
he
and
his
Predecessors
have
alwayes
pretended
to
these
Marches
.
And
where
you
threaten
to
make
him
féel
the
small
Loyalty
whereof
you
accuse
him
,
at
other
times
heretofore
you
have
met
each
other
with
your
Forces
,
where
you
sped
so
hardly
,
that
I
rather
believe
you
speak
in
choler
then
with
reason
,
especially
considering
the
estate
wherein
you
are
at
this
present
.
Gastilles
(
said
Armato
)
although
I
were
dead
,
I
have
sufficient
number
of
Captains
and
good
Soldiers
in
my
Countrey
to
revenge
my
Cause
,
and
a
son
likewise
,
that
is
not
born
to
endure
the
injury
done
unto
his
father
:
and
thus
much
I
assure
thée
,
that
if
I
thought
him
to
be
other
,
I
would
stay
him
with
mine
own
hands
as
soon
as
I
should
sée
him
.
My
Lord
(
said
Esplandian
)
that
Prince
,
Knight
,
or
Gentleman
that
useth
such
unfit
spéech
as
you
do
now
,
is
commonly
holden
for
a
man
of
no
capacity
,
especially
when
he
is
in
a
place
where
humility
rather
then
threatnings
would
become
him
better
:
Have
you
already
forgotten
the
prison
wherein
you
are
,
and
in
the
hands
of
those
that
have
so
small
occasion
to
wish
you
well
?
My
lord
,
vertue
is
never
better
known
to
be
in
man
,
but
then
when
he
is
in
most
distress
:
Wherefore
if
until
this
time
you
have
not
known
what
constancy
doth
mean
,
learn
hereafter
to
discern
the
same
,
using
words
worthy
your
estate
,
and
not
such
,
nor
so
injurious
as
you
have
uttered
unto
my
Lord
Gastilles
,
who
in
this
place
representeth
the
person
of
an
Emperor
,
(
a
greater
lord
then
you
)
in
whose
mercy
your
life
or
death
consisteth
:
for
we
are
all
his
souldiers
,
ready
to
do
him
service
.
The
king
perceiving
well
that
he
had
done
them
wrong
,
and
fearing
to
be
hardlier
used
then
he
was
accustomed
to
be
,
said
unto
Esplandian
,
Sir
Knight
,
I
pray
you
pardon
my
impatience
,
considering
with
your self
the
great
grief
and
melancholy
humor
wherein
I
am
,
when
I
(
that
was
wont
to
be
feared
&
redoubted
of
all
the
Princes
in
Asia
)
am
now
constrained
to
obey
the
will
and
pleasure
of
my
greatest
enemies
,
which
unto
me
is
so
extream
grief
,
that
I
die
each
day
a
hundred
times
,
because
I
cannot
die
.
But
Esplandian
answered
not
one
word
,
but
leaving
him
with
his
guard
,
taking
Gastilles
by
the
hand
,
led
him
into
one
of
his
best
chambers
,
where
they
supped
.
The
next
day
they
assembled
all
together
,
and
after
many
matters
propounded
,
it
was
agréed
among
them
(
according
to
Frandalos
advice
)
that
they
should
enter
into
Turky
,
being
as
then
in
great
perplexity
,
as
well
for
the
taking
of
king
Armato
,
as
for
the
overthrow
of
his
Army
,
as
it
shall
be
shewed
unto
you
hereafter
,
for
at
this
time
we
will
cease
to
speak
thereof
:
returning
to
shew
you
of
King
Luisart
,
that
during
this
time
,
for
the
most
part
held
his
Court
in
the
City
of
London
.
CHAP.
XXVIII
.
How
the
greatest
part
of
the
Knights
that
used
to
be
at
King
Luisarts
Court
,
returned
unto
their
own
houses
,
and
of
the
Coronation
of
Amadis
and
Oriane
at
London
.
YOu
have
heard
before
of
the
Combate
betwéen
Esplandian
and
Amadis
his
father
,
and
how
after
long
time
of
their
abode
at
Mirefleur
,
staying
the
healing
of
their
wounds
,
Esplandian
desiring
to
return
unto
the
Castle
of
the
defended
Mountain
,
took
his
leave
of
king
Luisart
,
the
like
did
divers
of
the
knights
that
as
then
were
at
court
:
as
Galaor
king
of
Sobradise
,
Agraies
,
Gransador
,
Balan
,
Galuanes
,
&
Angriote
d'estrauaulx
,
some
to
sée
their
wives
,
others
to
tast
the
ease
and
pleasant
rest
of
their
mansion
houses
:
whereby
it
hapned
the
Court
was
less
replenished
with
knights
than
it
had
béen
in
long
time
before
,
especially
by
reason
of
the
news
they
heard
from
the
castle
the
defended
mountain
,
whither
divers
young
knights
travelled
to
aid
Esplandian
.
King
Luisart
therefore
so
meanly
accompanied
as
I
said
before
,
being
very
old
and
decrepit
,
began
to
be
melancholy
,
and
to
have
the
palsie
,
setting
aside
all
hunting
,
hawking
,
arms
,
and
chivalry
,
or
any
other
pleasure
whatsoever
:
And
with
a
remembrance
of
death
,
so
much
abhorred
all
things
past
,
present
,
and
to
come
,
that
he
estéemed
them
vain
and
altogether
transitory
:
whereby
he
determined
to
depose
himself
of
all
kingly
estate
and
government
of
his
Realm
,
to
pass
the
rest
of
his
time
in
a
solitary
and
religious
maner
,
especially
when
he
called
to
mind
the
great
perils
from
whence
he
had
escaped
,
and
above
all
his
last
most
dangerous
and
cruel
imprisonment
.
Nevertheless
,
for
a
time
he
kept
it
secretly
,
until
one
night
he
being
a
bed
with
the
Quéen
,
where
they
lay
talking
of
the
fickleness
of
this
world
,
he
discovered
his
whole
mind
unto
her
,
and
how
he
determined
to
make
Amadis
his
son
King
and
Governor
of
his
Country
:
to
the
end
he
might
fréely
and
without
any
interruption
withdraw
himself
to
this
castle
of
Mirefleur
,
where
(
by
Gods
help
)
he
meant
to
live
a
solitary
life
.
The
Quéen
that
was
one
of
the
wisest
and
devoutest
ladies
in
her
time
,
confirmed
him
so
well
in
his
opinion
,
that
they
agreed
to
return
to
London
,
there
to
accomplish
their
pretence
.
And
the
next
day
they
departed
from
Mirefleur
,
accompanied
of
Amadis
,
Gransador
,
and
others
,
and
coming
to
London
,
after
they
had
remained
there
a
certain
time
,
the
Quéen
sent
for
all
the
nobility
:
who
being
arrived
at
the
court
,
caused
a
scaffold
to
be
made
in
the
principal
place
of
all
the
City
where
the
people
might
repair
.
And
as
he
and
the
Quéen
both
apparrelled
in
their
royal
Robes
,
each
set
in
a
chair
of
Estate
,
Amadis
sitting
somewhat
lower
on
his
right
hand
,
&
Oriane
on
the
left
,
were
come
thither
,
a
Herauld
crying
thrice
,
that
all
the
people
should
kéep
silence
:
the
King
with
a
stately
countenance
and
Princely
magnanimity
turning
to
the
people
,
said
unto
them
:
My
good
friends
and
loyal
subjects
,
before
I
begin
to
shew
you
the
cause
why
I
have
made
you
to
repair
unto
this
place
,
I
will
put
you
in
mind
of
part
of
the
dangers
and
great
hazards
wherein
I
have
often
fallen
since
the
death
of
my
brother
of
famous
memory
king
Falangris
,
when
it
pleased
God
to
call
me
unto
the
government
of
this
land
,
and
as
I
think
there
are
yet
many
of
you
living
that
can
wel
remember
the
danger
wherein
both
I
and
my
country
thought
to
fall
,
when
by
the
means
and
subtilty
of
Arcalaus
the
inchanter
,
I
was
delivered
into
their
hands
that
long
time
before
had
conspired
my
death
,
from
whence
my
son
Amadis
delivered
me
:
Yet
not
long
after
by
evil
counsel
,
I
made
war
against
him
,
which
ended
as
all
men
know
,
fortune
envious
of
my
felicity
,
afterward
prepared
me
such
a
banket
,
that
without
his
help
I
had
been
prisoner
with
king
Aravig●e
,
and
utterly
overthrown
.
And
that
which
hath
yet
more
astonished
me
was
,
that
when
I
thought
my self
sure
and
cut
of
danger
of
all
mishaps
,
a
worse
than
all
the
former
suddenly
chanced
unto
me
,
the
which
(
considering
the
place
wherein
I
was
)
I
thought
verily
to
have
bin
the
end
and
consummation
of
my
days
.
Nevertheless
the
Lord
God
regarding
me
in
pity
,
sent
my
yong
son
Esplandian
to
my
sorrowful
prison
,
from
whence
he
hath
delivered
me
,
as
no
doubt
you
have
heard
.
Now
my
good
subjects
you
all
sée
me
to
be
very
old
and
white
haired
,
having
already
attained
to
the
thréescore
and
tenth
year
of
my
age
,
which
maketh
me
think
it
time
now
to
forget
all
worldly
pleasures
,
and
to
serve
God
to
whom
I
am
so
much
bound
:
And
for
this
cause
I
have
determined
from
henceforth
to
forsake
all
royal
dignity
,
and
leave
you
my
son
Amadis
for
your
King
,
to
whom
at
this
time
I
yield
both
my
Crown
,
Scepter
,
and
all
the
right
I
have
unto
the
Government
of
this
Land
,
praying
you
all
as
much
as
possibly
I
may
,
that
hereafter
you
will
be
faithful
and
true
subjects
unto
him
,
as
you
have
always
bin
to
me
.
And
although
he
be
but
my
son
in
law
,
if
I
knew
him
unworthy
of
the
place
,
believe
me
my
good
friends
,
I
would
sooner
chuse
a
néer
stranger
for
my
s●ccessor
,
than
I
would
do
him
:
but
there
is
not
one
among
you
but
knoweth
well
his
great
deserts
,
and
of
what
Race
he
commeth
,
that
at
this
day
may
well
be
called
one
of
the
most
noble
and
happiest
Linages
in
all
the
world
,
as
being
descended
from
the
valiant
Trojans
,
whereof
the
memory
shall
endure
for
ever
.
He
is
a
Kings
son
,
heir
unto
the
Crown
of
France
,
and
now
your
Prince
and
Governor
,
and
so
I
leave
him
unto
you
,
with
my
Daughter
your
Queen
and
lawful
Princess
,
holding
to
my self
onely
the
Castle
of
Mirefleur
,
where
(
with
Gods
help
)
the
Quéen
and
I
will
end
our
days
religiously
,
serving
God
,
as
we
are
bound
to
do
.
Then
calling
Amadis
,
giving
him
his
Royal
Mantle
,
he
willed
him
presently
to
put
it
on
,
the
like
did
the
Queen
to
Oriane
.
Mean
time
the
silence
was
so
great
,
that
nothing
could
be
heard
among
the
people
but
cries
and
lamentations
,
moved
with
pity
and
compassion
to
sée
the
determination
of
their
Prince
:
who
being
apparrelled
in
a
simple
robe
of
black
cloth
took
his
son
and
the
Queen
his
daughter
,
set
them
in
their
Regal
Seats
,
and
in
presence
of
all
the
people
set
each
of
them
a
crown
of
Gold
upon
their
heads
,
causing
them
to
be
proclaimed
by
the
Heralds
,
King
and
Quéen
of
great
Britain
:
That
done
,
every
man
departed
,
some
wéeping
,
and
others
glad
,
for
the
advancement
they
hoped
from
the
new
king
,
who
from
thenceforth
began
so
wisely
to
govern
his
country
,
that
never
was
any
prince
better
beloved
nor
obeyed
of
his
subjects
.
King
Luisart
within
short
time
after
(
accompanied
of
the
Quéen
and
Grumedan
)
went
unto
Mirefleur
as
he
had
determined
to
do
,
where
they
lived
so
austerely
,
helping
and
being
present
at
every
hour
when
service
was
to
be
said
,
as
readily
as
the
poorest
of
the
old
men
that
remained
there
,
for
the
administration
and
service
to
the
religious
women
in
the
Monaster
of
the
dev●ut
Abbesse
Adalasta
.
But
when
king
Amadis
perceived
his
means
to
recompence
those
of
whom
in
his
yong
years
he
had
received
great
pleasure
and
service
,
he
began
to
exalt
Arban
de
Norgalles
,
giving
him
one
of
the
fairest
Islands
in
his
country
,
to
Gandales
the
lands
of
the
Duke
of
Bristow
,
to
Gandalin
(
as
then
absent
)
he
gave
the
lands
of
Arcalaus
the
inchanter
,
he
made
Angriotte
d'estrauaulx
great
master
of
his
horse
,
Guilan
de
Pensife
high-steward
of
his
house
,
Ardan
le
nain
his
chief
carver
,
and
married
the
Gentlew●man
of
Denmark
very
richly
.
Not
long
after
the
Quéen
was
brought
to
bed
of
a
goodly
Son
and
a
fair
Daughter
both
at
one
birth
,
the
Son
named
Perion
,
and
the
Daughter
Brisenne
:
At
whose
nativity
great
joy
was
made
throughout
all
the
country
,
especially
at
London
,
where
the
same
day
one
of
Norandels
Squires
arrived
,
that
told
king
Amadis
how
Esplandian
,
and
his
master
met
together
in
Almaigne
,
where
the
day
before
he
had
slain
two
Giants
,
and
deliver
●o
Gandalin
,
with
divers
other
Knights
,
Squires
,
Ladies
,
and
Gentlewomen
out
of
prison
.
Knowest
thou
(
said
the
King
)
what
way
they
took
afterward
?
My
lord
(
said
the
Squire
)
they
made
account
to
go
unto
the
castle
called
the
defended
Mountain
,
to
help
them
that
are
therein
,
being
in
great
necessity
which
the
King
understanding
,
sent
presently
for
all
the
Pilots
that
might
be
found
,
and
in
all
haste
caused
to
rig
and
arm
the
greatest
ship
he
had
to
sayl
into
the
East
to
his
son
,
who
in
the
mean
time
(
moved
thereunto
by
Frandalo
)
departed
from
the
castle
of
Matroco
with
the
Emperors
army
to
invade
the
Turks
country
,
as
in
the
next
chapter
you
shall
hear
.
CHAP.
XXIX
.
How
the
Town
of
Alfarin
in
Turky
being
assaulted
,
was
taken
by
Esplandian
and
the
rest
of
his
company
.
NOt
long
after
the
Siege
of
the
defended
Mountain
was
raised
,
and
Gastilles
arrived
at
the
Castle
,
as
you
heard
before
:
Frandalo
had
advise
by
Belleris
his
Nephew
,
(
that
returned
out
of
Turky
,
where
he
had
béen
to
sée
what
news
in
the
Countrey
)
that
Alf●rax
Son
to
King
Armato
,
and
Governour
of
the
great
City
of
Tesifant
,
understanding
the
imprisonment
of
his
Father
,
with
the
overthrow
of
the
Turkish
Army
,
was
departed
from
the
town
of
Alfarin
,
where
he
had
left
the
beautiful
Princess
Heliaxa
his
wife
,
daughter
to
Amphirion
King
of
Medea
,
to
go
with
all
dilligence
to
set
order
in
his
own
government
,
and
raise
more
men
,
thereby
to
resist
the
Christians
power
if
they
entred
further
into
the
country
.
Which
understood
by
Esplandian
,
Gastilles
,
Ambor
,
Manley
,
and
the
king
of
Denmark
,
they
determined
to
enter
into
Turky
,
whereunto
by
many
reasons
Frandalo
perswaded
them
,
shewing
them
what
means
they
had
to
besiege
the
town
of
Alfarin
,
not
above
two
days
journey
from
them
,
being
hardly
provided
of
victuals
,
and
no
Garrison
therein
:
Wherfore
it
was
agréed
among
them
,
that
Gastilles
with
his
Navy
of
ships
should
depart
the
next
evening
in
as
secret
manner
as
he
could
,
to
sée
if
he
might
surprise
their
Haven
,
and
that
they
on
the
other
side
would
travel
all
night
,
whereby
they
might
besiege
the
Town
both
〈◊〉
land
and
sea
,
entring
therein
before
the
Turks
should
hear
nows
thereof
.
And
as
they
agréed
,
they
put
the
same
in
execution
:
in
such
manner
that
Gastellis
(
giving
forth
that
he
would
return
again
unto
Constantinople
)
about
Sun-fitting
took
ship
,
when
he
put
to
sea
,
the
moon
shone
bright
,
wherefore
hoising
up
their
ankers
,
they
set
sayl
:
And
they
had
not
sailed
long
,
but
he
called
his
chief
Captains
together
,
discovering
his
enterprise
unto
them
wherewith
presently
leaving
the
way
to
Constantinople
,
they
made
towards
the
town
of
Alfarin
.
On
the
other
side
,
Frandalo
slept
not
,
when
he
perceived
his
time
,
(
all
the
company
being
already
advertised
that
he
meant
to
go
by
night
)
they
issued
out
of
the
castle
,
every
man
carrying
victuals
with
him
for
the
space
of
four
days
:
And
they
travelled
so
long
,
that
about
the
break
of
day
they
came
unto
a
great
forrest
,
where
they
stayed
in
ambushmēt
till
the
next
night
following
,
when
they
issued
forth
,
and
about
thrée
of
the
clock
at
night
they
came
unto
a
path
that
went
two
ways
,
where
Frandalo
caused
them
to
stay
,
and
calling
Esplandian
,
said
unto
him
:
My
lord
,
I
pray
you
let
us
two
and
no
more
take
the
way
that
leadeth
on
the
left
hand
,
and
Belleris
my
nephew
shall
guide
the
rest
of
our
company
to
the
mountain
of
Yarebreh
,
from
whence
they
may
easily
sée
if
our
Navy
be
néer
the
city
of
Alfarin
,
and
then
as
they
finde
the
enterprise
go
forward
,
they
may
assayl
the
place
,
or
else
remain
in
ambush
till
occasion
serveth
.
You
and
I
wil
follow
on
this
way
,
that
wil
bring
us
to
the
adventurous
fountain
,
by
the
which
lyeth
the
great
way
that
leadeth
to
Tesifant
,
where
most
commonly
are
found
divers
strange
adventures
,
and
if
by
fortune
we
might
méet
the
Princess
Heliaxe
,
that
as
to
morrow
should
depart
from
Alfarin
to
go
unto
her
husband
,
we
shall
not
loose
our
labors
.
Let
us
go
(
said
Esplandian
:
)
with
that
Belleris
and
his
company
went
their
way
,
and
Frandalo
,
Esplandian
,
Sergil
,
with
the
King
of
Denmark
,
took
the
other
way
,
who
about
the
break
of
day
arrived
at
the
adventurous
fountain
,
where
there
stood
four
great
copper
pillars
all
gilded
,
and
at
each
pillar
hung
a
table
with
certain
writings
therein
,
the
contents
thereof
when
time
serveth
you
shall
hear
declared
,
as
also
the
occasion
why
they
were
set
up
.
Being
arrived
there
,
not
far
off
they
perceived
a
light
that
issued
out
of
a
Laffata
pavillion
that
stood
upon
the
side
of
the
fountain
,
whereunto
they
approached
as
covertly
as
they
could
,
where
they
perceived
a
most
beautiful
Gentlewoman
combing
of
her
hair
,
and
not
far
from
thence
twenty
Knights
all
armed
kéeping
watch
about
her
,
among
the
which
was
a
squire
holding
a
horse
all
trapped
with
cloth
of
gold
.
But
Frandalo
and
Esplandian
were
no
sooner
arrived
,
but
they
were
discovered
,
yet
they
fearing
a
greater
ambush
,
the
most
part
of
them
losing
courage
,
began
to
flie
away
:
which
the
two
Knights
perceiving
,
entred
among
them
,
and
at
their
first
coming
overthrew
four
or
five
of
them
unto
the
ground
,
forcing
them
that
were
behind
to
return
again
,
wherewith
there
began
a
fierce
and
cruel
battel
,
for
those
that
first
began
to
run
away
(
looking
back
and
perceiving
onely
two
Knights
that
set
upon
their
fellows
)
were
so
ashamed
,
that
they
turned
again
to
help
them
:
nevertheless
without
the
force
of
thrée
Giants
that
held
against
the
knights
,
they
could
not
have
indured
so
long
against
Esplandian
and
Frandalo
,
but
they
thrée
fought
so
valiantly
with
them
,
that
the
two
knights
were
in
the
greatest
danger
then
ever
they
were
before
.
And
as
you
sée
a
Boar
foming
at
the
mouth
(
followed
of
a
troop
of
dogs
)
set
his
taile
against
a
trée
,
and
with
his
tuskes
tear
and
rent
the
flesh
of
the
boldest
dogs
that
do
assayl
him
,
so
were
Frandalo
and
Esplandian
among
the
Knights
they
had
assayled
,
striking
both
on
the
right
hand
and
the
left
with
so
great
fury
,
that
at
one
instant
two
of
their
principal
enemies
were
slain
,
so
that
there
remained
but
one
Giant
to
fight
with
them
,
with
whom
Frandalo
made
his
party
good
,
while
Esplandian
followed
the
rest
,
that
as
then
began
to
flie
But
when
the
Giant
perceived
Esplandian
return
,
being
in
fear
of
death
,
he
stepped
aside
and
said
unto
Frandalo
,
Sir
Knight
,
you
and
I
have
often
béen
companions
in
many
haughty
enterprises
,
I
pray
you
therefore
shew
me
the
favor
to
receive
me
unto
mercy
,
otherwise
you
might
be
blamed
of
those
that
know
us
both
,
for
I
am
your
cousin
Foron
.
Whereat
Frandalo
was
much
abashed
,
&
could
hardly
be
perswaded
thereunto
,
wherefore
he
prayed
him
to
put
off
his
helmet
,
and
if
it
be
true
(
said
he
)
that
thou
art
Foron
,
I
wil
use
thée
both
like
a
friend
and
kinsman
.
Wherewith
the
Giant
disarmed
his
head
,
whereby
Frandalo
knew
him
and
imbraced
him
,
whereat
Esplandian
was
much
abashed
,
not
knowing
what
had
passed
betwéen
them
,
with
that
he
went
néerer
unto
them
,
asking
upon
what
cause
that
salutation
procéeded
.
Then
Frandalo
told
what
the
Giant
was
,
desiring
him
likewise
to
take
pity
on
him
:
which
Esplandian
agréed
unto
,
then
they
thrée
together
went
unto
the
pavillion
,
at
the
entry
whereof
they
found
the
gentlewoman
talking
with
Carmelle
,
no
more
abashed
at
the
overthrow
of
her
men
,
then
if
she
had
séen
them
iustle
for
their
pleasures
She
was
apparrelled
in
a
gown
of
Damask
all
imbroidered
and
set
with
Pearls
and
precious
stones
,
Frandalo
presently
knew
her
,
as
having
séen
her
oftentimes
,
especially
the
same
day
she
was
married
to
Alphorax
,
where
he
justeled
and
did
so
valiantly
,
that
she
intertained
him
for
her
knight
,
wherefore
lighting
on
foot
,
and
pulling
off
his
helmet
,
he
saluted
her
in
most
humble
manner
.
Wherewith
she
being
abashed
to
sée
him
that
she
estéemed
wholly
to
be
hers
,
so
to
have
behaved
himself
against
her
guard
,
said
unto
him
:
How
now
Frandalo
,
is
this
the
service
I
looked
for
at
your
hands
,
having
received
you
for
my
Knight
?
The
devil
take
such
servants
,
seeing
you
are
so
fainthearted
unto
her
,
that
hitherto
hath
reputed
you
one
of
the
most
courteous
knights
that
ever
was
girt
with
sword
:
but
now
I
find
I
am
deceived
,
for
I
should
rather
have
suspected
any
other
then
you
to
be
a
doer
in
this
enterprise
,
whereby
I
cannot
but
be
much
abashed
.
Madam
(
said
Frandalo
)
since
the
time
I
became
your
knight
,
at
the
last
Tourney
that
I
ran
,
a
lord
of
greater
power
hath
intertained
me
into
his
service
,
whom
I
wil
serve
during
my
mortal
lose
,
seeing
it
hath
pleased
him
to
shew
me
so
great
favor
,
being
wel
assured
,
that
when
you
know
him
as
I
do
,
you
wil
esteem
me
happy
,
how
cowardly
or
villainous
soever
you
account
me
now
.
What
is
he
(
said
she
)
tell
me
of
your
faith
?
it
is
Iesus
Christ
(
said
Frandalo
:
)
yet
will
I
never
faile
to
do
you
all
the
honor
and
service
that
I
can
,
as
also
now
at
this
time
,
so
my
companion
be
content
,
for
without
him
I
cannot
do
it
.
Frandalo
(
said
Esplandian
)
you
may
command
me
,
for
I
am
ready
to
do
what
pleaseth
you
:
Wherefore
delay
not
to
do
all
the
pleasure
&
service
you
can
unto
this
lady
if
it
be
your
will
.
Wherewith
Frandalo
thanked
him
most
heartily
,
and
said
to
Heliaxe
:
Madam
,
seeing
he
will
have
it
so
,
I
pray
you
from
henceforth
put
all
your
trust
in
me
,
and
I
will
not
faile
to
be
careful
for
you
:
Mean
time
I
pray
you
get
upon
your
palfry
,
that
I
may
bring
you
to
a
place
where
you
may
see
far
better
tourneys
then
any
at
your
wedding
:
afterward
(
if
it
pleaseth
God
to
favor
us
)
you
shall
easily
perceive
how
much
I
esteem
and
have
in
remembrance
the
favors
you
have
heretofore
shewed
unto
me
,
being
but
a
simple
knight
,
and
you
a
great
Princes
to
command
far
better
then
my self
:
for
never
was
Princess
more
honored
and
esteemed
among
her
own
subjects
then
you
shall
be
of
them
,
to
whom
I
mean
to
bring
you
,
which
may
be
an
example
unto
Kings
and
mighty
Princes
,
to
whom
God
hath
given
power
and
authority
,
who
being
advertised
of
the
honorable
and
good
intertainment
made
to
you
by
us
,
they
may
be
moved
hereafter
to
take
pleasure
in
entertaining
the
meaner
as
well
as
the
greater
,
considring
the
mutability
of
fortune
,
as
by
your self
it
well
appeareth
.
Frandalo
(
said
she
)
you
may
make
as
many
excuses
and
fair
promises
as
you
list
,
yet
can
you
not
deny
but
you
have
done
me
wrong
,
yet
in
doing
as
you
say
you
will
,
your
reputation
will
be
better
to
the
world
,
although
your
faith
hath
fayled
to
our
goods
:
wherefore
let
us
go
where
it
pleaseth
you
.
With
that
she
got
upon
her
palfrey
,
and
Frandalo
bare
headed
leading
her
horse
,
till
they
came
neer
unto
the
town
,
where
they
heard
a
great
noise
,
that
made
the
two
knights
think
,
either
their
enterprise
to
be
discovered
,
or
that
their
Souldiers
assailed
the
Town
.
And
fearing
they
had
bin
repulsed
,
began
to
repent
themselves
of
their
long
staying
with
the
Princess
,
to
whom
Frandalo
in
most
courteous
maner
said
:
Madam
,
Is
it
not
your
pleasure
(
mean
time
that
I
and
my
companion
go
unto
the
town
)
to
stay
here
for
us
with
this
Gentlewoman
and
my
cousin
Foron
?
I
truly
(
said
Heliaxa
)
and
I
will
not
depart
from
hence
before
I
hear
of
you
again
.
With
that
Frandalo
and
Esplandian
ran
in
great
haste
towards
the
Town
,
where
they
found
their
companions
fighting
with
those
of
Alfarin
,
among
the
which
were
Talanque
,
Ambor
,
the
King
of
Denmark
,
Gandalin
,
Lazinde
,
that
had
given
the
town
a
hard
skirmish
on
that
side
,
thinking
to
give
them
so
much
to
do
,
that
in
the
mean
time
the
army
by
sea
might
assayl
the
water
gate
:
but
they
were
too
soon
discovered
,
whereby
they
found
great
resistance
on
all
sides
:
Nevertheless
Norandel
and
Belleris
had
gotten
the
Barriers
,
and
repulsed
the
enemies
unto
the
pallisadoes
Which
Esplandian
and
Frandalo
perceiving
,
they
lighted
on
foot
,
and
being
covered
with
their
shields
,
their
swords
in
their
hands
,
passed
through
the
prease
,
and
with
bold
courage
,
went
so
far
,
that
they
slew
great
number
of
the
enemies
:
for
the
Alfarins
to
defend
their
city
issued
out
of
the
gates
,
and
the
Christians
to
win
it
,
did
most
valiantly
,
but
the
place
was
so
narrow
,
they
could
not
hurt
their
enemies
so
much
as
in
the
oopen
field
.
Whereby
it
happened
,
that
Frandalo
and
Esplandian
minding
either
to
win
or
loose
,
stepped
so
far
forward
,
that
the
Alfarins
flying
into
the
town
,
and
they
after
,
found
themselves
alone
within
the
same
among
their
enemies
,
and
that
so
far
,
that
had
it
not
bin
for
Frandalo
,
Esplandian
(
that
took
no
care
but
only
to
kill
and
overthrow
the
enemy
)
had
ben
inclosed
by
them
,
put
he
pulled
him
back
.
Whereby
the
two
Knights
perceived
the
danger
they
were
in
,
wherefore
by
little
and
little
they
got
unto
the
steps
,
that
went
upon
the
wall
:
where
they
sustained
many
hard
assaults
without
being
hurt
,
although
the
enemy
ceased
not
to
throw
Launces
,
Stones
,
Darts
,
and
all
other
weapons
at
them
they
could
find
,
none
of
them
daring
come
to
handle
strokes
,
for
if
any
advanced
himself
to
shew
his
prowess
,
it
cost
him
his
life
,
or
else
was
thrown
down
headlong
.
Mean
time
Norandel
and
his
company
,
that
had
séen
Frandalo
and
Esplandian
shut
into
the
town
,
sought
by
all
means
to
scale
the
walls
,
or
else
to
break
the
gates
:
but
all
in
vain
,
for
they
within
defended
it
so
with
Oyl
,
scalding
Water
,
Logs
and
Stones
,
that
divers
of
them
were
overthrown
,
and
ended
their
lives
most
miserably
.
And
fighting
in
that
sort
,
a
knight
all
armed
came
from
the
Haven
,
crying
with
loud
voice
and
said
:
Be
of
good
courage
my
children
,
be
of
good
courage
,
defend
this
quarter
well
,
for
our
enemies
on
the
sea-side
have
not
as
yet
found
means
to
set
one
man
on
land
,
and
yet
have
lost
above
two
hundred
of
their
men
.
By
God
(
said
one
of
them
)
I
sée
not
one
that
standeth
idle
,
yet
can
we
not
overcome
these
two
knights
.
Why
so
(
said
the
other
?
)
They
are
(
said
he
)
entring
in
among
us
,
and
we
have
bin
these
two
hours
fighting
with
them
,
but
all
in
vain
,
for
the
youngest
of
them
fighteth
so
valiantly
,
that
we
dare
not
approach
them
:
And
which
is
more
,
he
and
his
companion
in
despight
of
us
all
have
gotten
those
stairs
,
where
they
now
defend
themselves
,
and
that
so
wel
that
we
can
find
no
means
to
drive
them
thence
although
many
of
our
men
have
béen
slain
by
them
,
&
others
cruelly
wounded
.
I
am
of
opinion
(
said
the
knight
)
that
we
receive
them
unto
mercy
,
for
it
may
be
they
are
such
men
,
that
for
to
have
them
again
,
the
enemy
will
be
glad
to
give
king
Armato
in
change
,
and
return
again
into
their
country
.
Whereunto
they
all
agréed
,
and
therewith
the
Knight
that
had
given
them
that
counsel
,
made
signs
unto
Esplandian
that
they
would
parley
with
them
,
whereby
the
assault
ceased
for
a
time
,
and
the
knight
spake
unto
them
in
this
maner
,
Sir
knights
,
you
sée
it
is
impossible
for
you
to
escape
from
hence
,
and
it
were
great
pity
that
two
so
valiant
knights
should
die
so
young
now
in
the
flower
of
your
ages
.
But
this
we
will
do
,
yield
your selves
,
and
we
will
save
your
lives
.
Sir
knight
(
said
Esplandian
)
if
we
die
at
this
time
,
we
are
quit
for
ever
after
,
but
so
much
there
wanteth
thereof
,
and
we
have
so
good
hearts
and
so
sure
a
confidence
in
Iesus
Christ
,
in
whose
quarrel
we
fight
,
that
we
hope
he
will
give
us
means
not
onely
to
escape
this
danger
,
but
to
spoil
the
Town
and
lead
you
prisoners
with
us
:
Wherefore
take
this
counsel
for
your selves
,
and
yield
you
unto
us
before
the
wrath
of
God
be
further
moved
against
you
.
When
they
that
stood
about
them
beard
those
words
,
both
great
and
small
began
to
cry
with
a
loud
voice
,
saying
:
Stay
that
villain
,
let
him
die
,
or
we
will
die
here
at
his
féet
:
wherewith
they
assailed
them
so
fiercely
,
that
they
were
constrained
to
get
upon
the
highest
steps
.
But
not
long
after
they
repulsed
the
enemy
so
valiantly
with
stones
(
whereof
they
sound
great
quantity
upon
the
Portal
)
that
from
that
time
forwards
they
had
no
longer
stomacks
to
assayl
them
.
But
Norandel
and
the
rest
being
without
,
understanding
the
noise
and
the
voice
of
their
companions
,
whom
they
estéemed
dead
or
taken
prisoners
,
determined
to
set
fire
on
the
gates
,
while
the
rest
assailed
the
town
:
Wherewith
every
man
ran
to
fetch
wood
,
which
the
Alfarins
perceived
,
but
to
conclude
,
they
could
not
shun
it
,
but
whither
they
would
or
not
,
the
Draw-bridge
and
the
gates
were
set
on
fire
:
wherewith
they
were
so
abashed
,
that
most
part
of
them
began
to
flie
unto
the
great
temple
of
Jupiter
the
principal
place
of
strength
within
their
City
,
the
rest
staying
behind
,
with
full
determination
rather
to
die
then
suffer
the
Christians
to
enter
the
Town
.
And
séeing
the
gates
burnt
down
,
so
many
of
them
ran
to
fetch
water
,
that
not
long
after
the
Christians
had
means
to
assayl
the
town
on
that
side
,
which
assault
continued
so
long
that
day
failed
,
yet
could
they
not
enter
,
by
reason
of
the
great
resistance
the
Alfarins
made
,
but
the
two
Knights
that
were
above
did
them
so
much
hurt
with
blockes
and
stones
,
that
not
any
of
them
durst
appear
,
whereby
the
Christians
became
masters
of
the
town
.
Wherein
great
number
of
people
,
both
men
,
women
,
and
children
,
were
put
to
the
sword
,
&
more
had
died
had
it
not
bin
night
,
specially
on
the
water
side
where
Gastilles
and
his
army
entred
with
most
great
fury
.
Nevertheless
fearing
lest
the
Alfarins
should
assemble
again
,
and
in
the
night
they
might
be
repulsed
,
be
commanded
a
retreat
to
be
sounded
,
being
well
assured
the
next
day
to
have
the
town
at
their
pleasure
.
And
for
the
same
cause
he
sent
to
the
army
on
land
that
they
should
do
the
like
:
wherewith
every
man
retired
,
ser●ing
watch
in
those
places
where
most
néed
required
.
The
town
in
this
sort
being
conquered
,
and
the
people
gotten
into
the
great
temple
of
Jupiter
,
Esplandian
minding
not
to
lose
the
Princess
Heliaxe
,
nor
the
Giant
Foron
,
that
he
and
Frandalo
left
with
Carmelle
,
desired
Grandalin
and
Lazinde
to
go
fetch
them
,
and
with
them
he
sent
Sergil
his
Squire
to
bring
them
to
the
place
,
which
they
presently
did
,
and
made
such
haste
,
that
they
found
her
sitting
by
a
great
fire
that
Foron
had
made
,
where
lighting
off
their
horses
&
saluting
Heliaxe
,
Grandalin
said
:
Madam
,
my
lord
Esplandian
prayeth
you
to
come
unto
the
place
where
he
stayeth
for
you
.
My
friends
(
said
she
)
I
know
him
not
,
true
it
is
I
was
brought
hither
by
two
Knights
,
whereof
one
is
Frandalo
that
I
have
known
long
time
,
but
for
the
other
I
assure
you
as
far
as
I
remember
I
never
saw
him
before
.
Madam
(
said
Carmelle
)
he
is
Son
to
the
valiant
Knight
Amadis
de
Gaule
,
whose
same
is
spread
so
far
about
the
world
.
Truly
(
said
Heliaxe
)
I
have
heard
of
him
so
have
you
(
as
I
think
said
Carmelle
of
my
Lord
Esplandian
his
Son
:
for
he
alone
conquered
the
castle
the
defended
mountain
,
and
now
lately
hath
taken
king
Armato
your
father
in
law
,
and
I
can
assure
you
he
is
one
of
the
courteous
knights
living-in
the
world
.
I
am
much
abashed
then
(
said
she
)
how
he
shewed
himself
so
uncourteous
in
my
behalf
,
not
speaking
unto
me
while
I
was
in
his
company
,
yet
me
thinketh
being
his
prisoner
,
he
could
have
done
no
less
then
comfort
me
,
either
with
good
speeches
of
fair
promises
,
whereof
he
hath
used
so
few
,
that
while
I
live
I
shall
never
think
well
of
him
.
Madam
(
said
Carmelle
)
you
take
the
matter
otherwise
then
it
is
,
for
if
he
refrained
to
speak
unto
you
,
it
was
by
reason
of
the
great
acquaintance
he
perceived
Frandalo
to
have
with
you
,
unto
whom
he
is
so
great
a
friend
,
that
he
was
not
onely
content
to
give
him
leave
to
entertain
you
,
but
much
greater
favor
would
he
do
unto
him
if
he
can
.
You
may
say
what
you
will
(
said
she
:
)
Nevertheless
,
if
he
have
no
other
excuse
then
that
you
alledge
in
his
behalf
,
he
shall
never
lose
the
disliking
he
hath
gotten
at
my
hands
.
Madam
(
said
Gandalin
)
I
am
well
assured
he
will
amend
that
fault
when
it
pleaseth
you
,
wherefore
I
pray
you
determine
what
you
mean
to
do
,
for
he
hath
commanded
us
to
do
as
pleaseth
you
:
My
friends
(
said
Heliaxe
)
I
would
gladly
sléep
till
it
be
day
,
then
I
will
be
ready
to
go
where
you
think
good
,
but
I
pray
you
tell
me
what
noise
it
was
I
heard
of
late
within
the
Town
.
Madam
(
said
Lazinde
)
It
is
not
yet
thrée
hours
since
the
Town
was
taken
by
assault
.
Good
God
(
said
she
)
what
miserable
fortune
was
that
for
the
poor
inhabitants
,
I
think
they
are
all
put
unto
the
Sword
.
No
madam
(
said
Lazinde
)
the
greater
part
have
saved
themselves
in
the
great
Temple
of
Jupiter
,
but
they
will
hardly
escape
when
it
is
day
,
for
our
Generals
are
determined
to
burn
the
Temple
.
If
it
be
so
(
said
she
)
that
Frandalo
hath
any
credit
with
his
companions
,
and
that
he
that
sent
you
be
so
courteous
as
this
Gentlewoman
report
him
to
be
,
I
hope
they
will
take
pity
on
the
poor
people
:
at
least
,
if
not
for
the
love
of
them
,
I
trust
upon
request
for
my
sake
they
will
not
refuse
it
.
And
to
the
end
I
come
not
thither
too
late
,
I
pray
you
when
day
appeareth
let
us
presently
depart
,
wherewith
laying
her
down
upon
a
cloke
,
she
passed
the
rest
of
the
night
,
not
greatly
to
her
ease
.
CHAP.
XXX
.
How
Gandalin
and
Lazinde
brought
the
Princess
Heliaxe
,
and
the
Giant
Foron
into
the
Town
of
Alfarin
to
Esplandian
and
Frandalo
,
and
of
the
honorable
entertainment
they
had
.
HEliaxe
that
had
not
slept
all
that
night
,
being
grieved
for
the
loss
of
the
town
of
Alfarin
,
the
ordinary
abiding
place
of
Alphorax
her
husband
,
and
withal
the
pleasantest
and
most
delicious
place
of
all
Turky
,
perceiving
day
to
appear
,
waked
the
two
Knights
,
making
her
account
if
she
might
get
into
the
town
before
the
destruction
of
the
temple
,
the
people
that
were
fled
into
it
,
(
by
her
request
and
humble
supplication
to
Esplandian
and
Frandalo
)
should
be
saved
.
With
that
they
all
mounted
on
their
horses
,
and
made
such
haste
,
that
they
entred
into
the
town
,
as
the
Christians
began
to
assault
the
fortress
,
and
when
Frandalo
perceived
the
Princess
Heliaxe
,
he
rode
unto
her
,
bidding
her
God
morrow
,
and
taking
her
palfry
by
the
bridle
bareheaded
,
brought
her
to
Esplandian
and
his
company
that
did
her
great
honor
,
knowing
her
to
be
a
Kings
Daughter
,
&
wife
to
so
great
a
Prince
.
With
that
she
asked
Frandalo
which
of
them
was
Esplandian
,
Madam
(
said
he
,
pointing
unto
him
)
here
he
is
ready
to
do
you
any
service
that
he
can
,
as
he
hath
assured
me
But
when
she
perceived
him
to
be
so
yong
and
of
so
great
beauty
,
she
was
abashed
to
think
how
nature
had
furnished
him
with
so
many
good
perfections
,
especially
of
so
great
and
incomparable
force
,
whereof
he
had
the
commendation
among
the
most
valerous
Knights
:
wherewith
she
said
unto
Frandalo
,
In
good
faith
I
have
heard
him
commended
in
divers
places
for
one
of
the
best
Knights
living
in
the
world
,
and
of
mine
own
knowledge
I
have
séen
him
,
considering
his
yong
years
,
so
that
if
he
abound
as
much
in
courtesie
as
he
doth
in
valor
and
beauty
,
I
think
him
to
be
the
bravest
Gentleman
that
may
be
found
:
which
I
shall
presently
sée
if
he
grant
me
one
request
.
Madam
(
said
Esplandian
,
blushing
at
the
praises
she
used
in
respect
of
him
)
If
I
do
it
not
,
you
shall
be
the
first
that
ever
I
refused
gift
unto
all
my
life
:
and
considering
your
great
beauty
and
most
courteous
behavior
,
how
should
it
be
possible
for
me
to
disobay
your
will
?
I
pray
you
then
sir
knight
(
said
she
)
to
pardon
the
poor
people
that
are
within
the
Temple
,
&
grant
them
unto
me
,
with
leave
to
send
them
where
I
shall
think
good
,
not
hurting
them
any
more
.
In
good
truth
madam
(
said
Esplandian
)
you
shall
not
be
refused
for
so
small
a
matter
,
and
I
will
do
so
much
with
the
other
Knights
,
that
they
shall
give
consent
,
as
also
to
your
own
liberty
and
the
Giant
Forons
,
to
guide
you
where
it
pleaseth
you
,
which
Frandalo
did
most
earnestly
at
your
hands
before
you
arrived
here
:
And
for
his
sake
look
what
else
you
will
command
at
our
hands
,
we
are
ready
to
perform
it
with
all
our
hearts
.
For
the
which
the
Princess
Heliaxe
thanked
him
most
heartily
,
&
turning
to
Frandalo
,
said
unto
him
:
Sir
Knight
,
the
good
that
you
and
your
companions
do
unto
me
,
shal
never
be
forgotten
on
my
part
,
but
I
will
by
all
means
séek
to
acknowledge
the
same
,
although
presently
I
cannot
do
i●
:
wherefore
if
it
pleaseth
you
,
cause
your
souldiers
to
retire
,
that
these
poor
distressed
people
may
come
forth
according
to
your
promise
:
In
the
mean
time
I
will
go
comfort
them
,
for
I
am
in
doubt
most
part
of
them
are
rather
dead
then
living
:
with
that
she
desired
Carmelle
to
bear
her
company
,
they
two
going
to
the
Temple
gate
,
which
they
found
fast
shut
and
rampired
up
:
then
she
called
so
loud
,
that
some
of
them
spake
unto
her
:
but
never
did
men
by
pardon
from
their
Prince
,
brought
back
again
from
the
Gibbet
,
more
rejoyce
,
nor
were
better
comforted
then
they
when
they
knew
her
,
thinking
the
Prince
Alphorax
had
made
some
agréement
with
their
enemies
.
Wherefore
they
opened
a
little
wicket
,
whereat
she
and
the
Gentlewoman
enrered
into
the
Temple
,
they
sking
the
Princess
how
it
was
her
chance
to
come
thither
in
so
good
a
time
to
succor
them
,
that
looked
for
no
other
favor
then
most
cruel
death
.
My
friends
(
said
she
)
I
have
done
so
much
with
the
Christians
(
by
Frandalos
means
)
whom
I
have
known
l●ng
time
,
that
they
are
content
to
let
you
issue
forth
,
your
lives
saved
,
and
go
where
it
pleaseth
you
,
and
my self
likewise
that
had
fallen
into
their
hands
as
well
as
you
:
wherefore
chuse
whither
you
will
follow
me
to
Tesifant
where
my
lord
Alphorax
is
,
who
for
my
sake
will
shew
you
all
the
favor
and
c●urtesie
he
may
.
When
the
poor
people
understood
the
agréement
made
for
them
by
the
Princess
Heliaxe
,
they
all
agréed
to
go
with
her
,
and
not
forsake
her
,
giving
her
most
hearty
thanks
for
the
good
she
had
wrought
them
.
Then
(
said
Heliaxe
)
let
those
that
have
armor
put
it
off
▪
and
come
all
forth
with
me
.
Then
s●e
being
accompanied
in
that
manner
,
came
unto
Esplandian
,
and
shewed
him
great
numbers
of
women
&
little
children
that
stood
about
her
,
said
unto
him
:
I
pray
you
sir
knight
behold
the
good
whereof
you
are
the
cause
,
and
think
what
dammage
it
had
béen
if
these
poor
filty
souls
had
suffered
death
for
no
offence
,
wherein
you
are
worthy
great
commendations
.
And
yet
(
said
she
,
smiling
)
while
I
live
I
shall
not
forget
the
small
account
you
made
of
me
when
Frandalo
and
you
found
me
before
my
pavillion
,
after
the
overthrow
of
my
Knights
.
Wherefore
Madam
(
said
Esplandian
?
)
I
marvel
(
said
she
)
why
you
ask
me
such
a
question
,
séeing
you
might
well
conceive
what
grief
I
had
in
mind
,
yet
did
you
not
so
much
as
once
salute
me
,
or
use
word
unto
me
:
in
good
truth
it
was
but
discourteously
done
of
you
.
Madam
(
said
he
)
I
beséech
you
pardon
me
,
for
the
fault
I
committed
in
your
behalf
,
was
not
done
for
want
of
bringing
up
,
but
fearing
to
bréed
some
jealousie
in
Frandalos
mind
,
séeing
him
so
much
affected
to
do
you
service
,
together
with
the
good
countenance
you
shewed
unto
him
,
although
you
had
lost
your
men
.
This
excuse
(
said
Heliaxe
)
is
not
to
be
accepted
,
neither
shall
you
escape
so
easily
therewith
:
which
she
spake
with
so
good
a
countenance
,
that
her
seeming
to
be
offended
,
contented
all
the
company
:
wherefore
Esplandian
said
unto
her
,
Madam
,
I
am
content
to
make
amends
for
this
great
fault
,
or
to
do
what
pennance
it
pleaseth
you
.
The
pennance
(
said
she
)
that
you
shall
have
shall
be
,
that
according
to
the
promise
of
mercy
you
have
made
unto
these
poor
people
,
as
also
of
favor
in
mine
own
behalf
,
you
give
us
leave
to
go
unto
the
City
of
Tesifant
to
my
husband
,
that
for
the
same
we
think
the
better
of
you
.
Madam
(
said
Esplandian
)
you
have
already
understood
our
minds
,
wherefore
you
may
freely
go
whither
it
pleaseth
you
,
and
I
my self
will
be
your
guide
if
it
be
your
pleasure
.
With
that
Heliaxe
gave
them
many
thanks
,
and
taking
her
leave
,
got
upon
her
palfrey
,
and
being
accompanied
of
Foron
with
a
great
number
of
the
poor
people
,
took
the
way
that
went
to
Tesifant
,
Frandalo
going
with
her
above
a
league
and
more
,
and
further
would
have
gone
although
he
were
wounded
in
divers
places
of
his
body
,
but
she
desired
him
to
go
back
again
.
For
(
said
she
)
although
like
a
good
&
courteous
knight
you
have
had
the
means
not
onely
to
serve
me
,
b●t
also
to
save
the
life
of
me
and
mine
,
it
may
be
I
shall
not
have
so
the
like
to
do
the
same
for
you
if
you
fall
into
my
Lord
Alphorax
hands
:
who
as
I
think
e're
now
is
advertised
of
my
misfortune
,
whereby
I
am
in
doubt
he
is
already
in
the
field
with
great
number
of
men
to
succor
me
.
And
if
it
should
be
so
,
I
know
him
so
impatient
,
that
if
he
méet
with
you
(
being
already
moved
with
the
loss
of
Alfarin
,
as
als●
the
injury
my
Knights
have
received
,
and
my self
likewise
as
he
will
suppose
)
the
pleasure
that
you
do
me
would
bréed
a
danger
no
further
,
but
turn
back
again
.
Frandalo
knew
her
counsel
to
be
good
,
wherewith
he
committed
her
to
God
:
leaving
her
in
the
guard
of
his
cousin
Foron
,
and
therewith
returned
the
same
way
that
he
came
.
It
was
then
somewhat
late
,
wherefore
Heliaxe
having
travelled
unto
the
adventurous
fountain
,
and
finding
her
pavillion
as
yet
standing
up
,
determined
not
to
depart
from
thence
till
the
next
day
in
the
morning
,
that
she
took
the
way
that
led
to
Tesifant
.
And
having
ridden
till
noon
,
she
met
the
Prince
Alphorax
,
with
a
great
number
of
Knights
that
all
night
had
stayed
upon
the
way
to
the
Castle
the
defended
fountain
,
thinking
th●se
that
had
taken
his
wife
would
lead
her
thither
,
to
have
her
in
safe
kéeping
,
&
such
was
their
opinion
that
brought
him
news
thereof
.
But
they
met
not
any
man
in
the
way
,
wherfore
they
returned
again
to
go
unto
the
advanturous
fountain
,
much
grieved
when
they
perceived
the
Princess
Heliaxe
coming
towards
them
,
to
whom
Alphorax
ran
,
and
imbrasing
him
with
a
loving
kiss
,
asked
her
how
she
had
escaped
from
the
enemy
.
My
lord
(
said
she
)
when
I
shall
have
told
you
how
,
yet
am
I
in
doubt
you
will
hardly
believe
it
.
And
to
say
the
truth
,
it
séemeth
fortune
hath
taken
pleasure
in
one
day
to
make
me
know
both
the
good
and
evil
she
could
do
unto
me
.
Then
she
shewed
him
of
the
overthrown
of
her
Knights
,
the
words
that
passed
betwéen
Frandalo
,
Esplandian
,
and
her
:
and
lastly
the
honest
entertainment
they
used
in
her
behalf
.
Truly
madam
(
said
Alphorax
)
it
is
very
strange
,
and
I
cannot
imagin
how
these
Christian
dogs
(
having
taken
my
Town
of
Alfarin
by
assault
)
having
used
so
much
humanity
,
not
onely
to
these
people
,
but
have
saved
your
honor
,
being
such
and
so
beautiful
a
Lady
as
you
are
.
But
it
is
to
be
thought
,
that
our
gods
having
compassion
on
me
,
have
preserved
you
,
as
the
thing
I
love
and
most
estéem
off
in
this
world
.
Pet
if
I
live
but
one
year
longer
,
I
swear
and
promise
unto
you
to
assemble
so
many
men
together
,
that
the
City
of
Constantinople
and
her
perjured
Emperor
shall
suffer
and
indure
much
woe
:
in
such
manner
,
that
the
memory
thereof
shall
not
be
extinct
for
one
thousand
years
after
my
decease
.
Heliaxe
that
perceived
him
enter
into
choller
,
to
pacifie
the
same
,
answered
him
and
said
:
My
Lord
,
you
may
do
it
when
it
pleaseth
you
,
but
at
this
present
you
sée
here
a
great
number
of
poor
desolate
people
,
I
beséech
you
speak
unto
them
,
and
comfort
them
as
well
as
you
may
,
for
their
whole
trust
is
in
you
,
with
that
Alphorax
going
unto
them
,
gave
them
many
gracious
and
comfortable
spéeches
,
and
with
them
returned
to
the
City
of
Tesifant
.
CHAP.
XXXI
.
How
Gastilles
took
his
leave
of
Esplandian
,
and
sailed
to
Constantinople
,
and
of
the
arrival
of
Palomir
,
Bransil
,
and
other
Knights
of
great
Britain
at
the
town
of
Alfarin
.
THe
town
of
Alfarin
brought
under
the
subjection
of
the
Knights
of
the
Castle
the
defended
fountain
,
as
yet
heard
before
,
Gastilles
having
prepared
himself
to
return
to
Constantinople
,
went
unto
Esplandian
,
and
said
unto
him
:
My
Lord
,
when
I
departed
from
the
Emperor
,
he
gave
me
express
commandment
with
all
spéed
to
advertise
him
what
I
had
done
,
to
the
end
he
might
determine
either
to
come
himself
in
person
,
if
occasion
served
,
with
the
army
he
is
already
preparing
,
or
else
wholly
to
break
off
his
enterprise
,
for
it
now
beginnineth
to
be
Winter
,
and
séeing
(
as
it
is
Gods
will
)
that
your
affairs
on
this
side
are
in
good
estate
,
I
am
determined
as
to
morrow
to
depart
hence
to
Constantinople
,
that
the
Emperor
understanding
by
me
what
hath
passed
on
this
side
the
Sea
,
he
shall
not
be
forced
for
this
year
to
be
at
further
charges
,
whereof
before
this
time
I
had
willingly
certified
him
,
had
it
not
been
the
daily
expectation
I
had
to
sée
the
end
of
this
our
last
enterprise
,
which
God
be
thanked
is
fallen
out
as
we
desired
.
My
lord
(
said
Esplandian
)
séeing
the
Emperor
(
as
you
say
)
by
your
return
may
receive
both
pleasure
and
profit
,
you
shall
do
well
to
make
haste
thither
:
one
thing
I
beséech
you
do
forme
,
that
is
,
most
humbly
to
commend
me
unto
his
Grace
,
assuring
him
,
that
not
any
subject
he
hath
,
is
,
or
shall
be
readier
to
obey
him
than
my self
:
and
as
touching
our
pr●céedings
,
for
that
you
have
personally
both
séen
and
béen
an
actor
in
the
same
,
you
can
advertise
him
at
large
.
Shew
him
likewise
I
pray
you
,
that
I
kéep
King
Armato
as
his
pris●ner
,
attending
his
pleasure
what
shall
be
done
with
him
,
but
not
the
Castle
of
the
defended
mountain
,
for
I
have
conquered
the
same
in
favor
and
under
the
protection
of
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
kéeping
the
same
at
this
present
onely
to
her
use
and
as
her
servant
,
as
I
mean
to
continue
during
life
.
But
if
it
pleaseth
his
Grace
to
give
the
Town
of
Alfarin
to
Frandalo
,
not
only
thereby
to
increase
his
will
and
desire
to
serve
him
,
but
also
for
that
he
deserveth
a
greater
reward
:
s●
doing
,
me
thinketh
he
shall
therein
shew
the
part
of
a
liberal
Prince
,
considering
the
service
he
hath
done
and
shewed
in
all
places
where
he
hath
béen
employed
:
You
shall
tell
the
Emperor
also
,
that
according
to
my
Fathers
will
and
commandment
,
I
hope
shortly
to
be
in
Constantinople
,
to
present
my self
before
his
Grace
and
the
Lady
Leonorine
,
as
by
the
Gentlewoman
Carmelle
I
have
given
thē
to
understand
,
wherewith
I
think
you
are
not
unacquainted
,
praying
you
in
the
mean
time
to
make
my
excuse
unto
them
,
in
that
I
have
deferred
it
off
so
long
;
for
in
a
manner
you
are
not
ignorant
what
hath
béen
the
cause
.
My
Lord
(
said
Gastilles
)
the
Emperor
my
Vncle
so
much
desireth
your
company
,
that
I
never
saw
man
more
grieved
,
nor
woman
,
than
the
Princess
my
Cousin
,
when
they
perceived
the
great
Serpent
pass
before
Constantinople
,
to
cr●ss
the
Straights
of
Bosphore
.
I
will
shew
them
what
you
say
,
and
in
the
morning
about
break
of
day
,
I
mean
,
God
willing
,
to
set
sayl
.
Will
you
not
(
said
Esplandian
)
first
go
visit
Frandalo
,
Manely
,
and
others
,
that
lie
wounded
in
their
beds
,
to
know
if
they
will
send
any
message
to
the
Emperor
?
That
I
will
(
said
Gastilles
.
)
Go
then
(
said
Esplandian
)
and
I
will
bear
you
company
.
With
that
they
went
to
Frandalo's
lodging
,
where
they
were
no
sooner
entred
,
but
the
watch
that
stood
upon
the
Tower
over
the
water
gate
,
discovered
about
thrée
miles
in
the
sea
,
a
great
Ship
that
with
full
sayl
made
towards
the
Town
:
whereby
they
advertised
Gastilles
,
who
presently
caused
two
Brigandines
to
go
forth
to
sée
if
they
were
friends
or
enemies
:
and
they
were
not
long
before
they
returned
again
with
the
great
Ship
in
their
company
,
wherein
were
Palomir
,
Bransil
,
Helian
le
delibere
,
Garvate
du
Val
Craintif
,
Bravor
son
of
the
giant
Balan
that
king
Amadis
had
newly
made
Knight
,
Imosel
de
Burgoigne
,
Ledarin
de
Faiarque
,
Listoran
de
la
tour
Blanche
,
Trion
cousin
to
quéen
Briolanie
,
Tentilles
le
Superbe
,
Guil
le
bein
esteme
Grodonan
brother
to
Angriote
destravaux
,
and
the
two
sons
of
Isamie
Governor
of
the
Firm
Isle
,
with
many
others
that
had
imbarqued
themselves
in
great
Brittain
,
to
go
to
aid
Esplandian
:
and
coming
to
the
Castle
of
the
defended
Mountain
,
they
had
intelligence
by
the
fishermen
at
sea
,
of
the
overthrow
of
Armatos
navy
,
his
captivity
,
and
the
taking
of
the
City
of
Alfarin
,
whereat
they
much
rejoyced
,
especially
when
they
knew
by
Gastilles
soldiers
that
not
any
of
their
companions
were
slain
in
the
assault
.
They
being
arrived
at
the
Town
,
as
they
began
to
land
,
Esplandian
with
divers
others
went
thither
to
receive
them
:
where
betwéen
them
were
many
salutations
and
welcomes
given
:
which
done
,
Esplandian
led
them
to
his
lodging
,
where
they
refreshed
themselves
about
two
hours
before
they
went
to
visit
Frandalo
,
of
whom
Esplandian
gave
such
commendations
,
that
they
desired
him
to
bring
them
where
he
lay
,
which
he
presently
did
:
but
when
Frandalo
knew
who
they
were
(
being
ashamed
to
sée
them
use
such
courtesie
to
him
)
could
not
well
tell
what
to
say
:
and
as
he
entertained
them
,
Palomir
spake
unto
him
,
and
said
:
Sir
knight
,
I
and
my
company
have
heard
so
great
commendation
of
your
valor
,
that
there
is
not
one
of
us
but
would
be
ready
to
obey
and
serve
you
as
our
Chief
Commander
:
wherefore
,
we
beséech
you
,
use
all
diligence
you
may
to
be
healed
of
your
wounds
,
that
we
may
presently
go
into
the
field
under
your
conduction
.
My
Lords
(
said
Frandalo
)
I
pray
you
pardon
me
,
I
am
well
assured
that
my
valor
is
none
such
as
you
report
,
whereby
I
deserve
not
the
praise
you
give
me
,
neither
did
I
ever
any
thing
worthy
commendation
,
but
only
by
my
Lord
Esplandians
means
.
Nevertheless
I
hope
,
if
God
spareth
me
life
and
health
,
so
to
behave
my self
,
that
all
men
shall
know
the
desire
I
have
to
do
service
unto
Christendom
,
and
particularly
unto
every
one
of
you
.
Companion
(
said
Esplandian
)
I
pray
you
take
care
to
be
cured
of
your
grief
:
that
done
,
we
will
take
order
for
the
rest
:
and
for
that
these
Knights
are
weary
with
their
long
travel
on
the
Sea
,
I
pray
you
give
them
leave
for
to
depart
,
and
in
the
morning
we
will
visit
you
again
.
Which
he
said
,
fearing
lest
too
much
talk
might
cause
him
fall
into
a
fever
,
for
Gastilles
before
that
had
béen
devising
with
him
above
two
hours
together
,
touching
the
conference
betwéen
him
and
Esplandian
as
concerning
his
return
unto
the
Emperor
.
With
that
the
Knights
bad
him
farewel
,
and
went
out
of
the
chamber
:
on
the
other
side
Gastilles
made
all
haste
he
could
to
depart
from
thence
the
next
day
in
the
morning
,
and
taking
leave
of
all
his
friends
,
the
same
night
he
entred
into
his
ship
:
&
when
day
began
to
appear
,
he
set
sayl
with
so
good
winde
,
that
within
eight
days
he
discovered
the
city
of
Constantinople
,
entring
into
the
haven
:
which
the
Emperor
understanding
,
went
to
receive
him
,
&
going
with
him
to
the
palace
,
asked
him
what
he
had
done
in
his
voyage
,
&
whether
Armato
were
retired
from
the
siege
or
not
.
My
lord
(
said
he
,
)
The
good
knight
Esplandian
&
his
company
most
humbly
commend
themselves
unto
your
Grace
,
especially
Frandalo
,
whom
I
can
assure
you
to
be
one
of
the
best
servants
that
ever
you
had
.
With
that
the
Empress
accompanied
with
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
Quéen
Minoresse
,
&
divers
other
Ladies
and
Gentlewoman
came
thither
,
to
whom
Gastilles
doing
humble
reverence
,
they
bad
him
welcome
,
and
because
he
stayed
to
do
Esplandians
commendations
to
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
the
Emperor
said
unto
him
:
Truly
nephew
,
you
shall
make
an
end
,
to
shew
us
what
hath
happened
in
your
voyage
,
then
if
it
please
you
,
you
may
court
ladies
.
Wherefore
I
pray
you
tel
from
the
beginning
what
you
have
done
.
My
Lord
(
said
he
)
at
our
departure
from
hence
we
had
so
good
a
winde
,
that
without
any
let
we
arrived
at
the
castle
the
defended
mountain
,
yet
could
we
not
make
such
haste
,
but
that
Esplandian
with
his
great
serpent
,
and
Frandalos
ships
had
already
drowned
and
overthrown
certain
of
the
enemies
ships
,
and
made
the
rest
to
flie
,
and
the
next
day
after
king
Armato
was
taken
prisoner
,
his
army
overthrown
and
put
to
flight
:
but
the
sport
was
when
I
saluted
the
Turk
,
and
that
he
knew
me
,
then
he
told
the
great
rage
the
Turk
was
in
,
the
threatnings
and
spéeches
he
used
unto
him
,
the
overthrow
of
the
twenty
knights
at
the
adventurous
fountain
,
the
skirmishes
and
assaults
at
the
town
of
Alfarin
,
the
danger
wherein
Esplandian
and
Frandalo
found
themselves
,
the
taking
of
the
town
and
of
Heliaxe
,
her
delivery
with
the
peoples
that
fled
to
the
temple
of
Jupiter
,
and
how
that
before
he
imbarqued
himself
to
return
,
a
great
ship
arrived
there
from
Great
Britain
with
divers
Knights
therein
,
whose
names
and
sirnames
he
rehearsed
,
as
having
séen
them
with
King
Amadis
.
Further
my
lord
(
said
he
)
the
good
Knight
Esplandian
willed
me
to
shew
you
that
he
kéepeth
King
Armato
till
your
Grace
shall
dispose
of
him
,
as
also
the
City
of
Alfarin
,
but
for
the
Castle
the
defended
mountain
,
he
saith
he
mindeth
not
to
yield
the
same
to
any
other
then
to
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
in
whose
name
he
hath
conquered
it
,
hoping
as
her
servant
and
no
other
to
defend
the
same
.
When
will
he
be
here
(
said
the
Emperor
?
)
With
all
the
spéed
he
may
(
said
Gastilles
)
as
he
hath
promised
me
.
In
good
faith
(
said
the
Emperor
)
I
would
it
were
this
day
before
to
morrow
,
I
have
so
great
desire
to
know
him
by
reason
of
the
great
chivalry
that
daily
increaseth
in
him
,
in
such
manner
,
that
if
heretofore
the
Knight
with
the
Gréen
Sword
hath
béen
estéemed
the
best
in
all
the
world
,
now
his
son
diminisheth
a
great
part
of
his
glory
.
And
all
being
well
considered
,
I
think
that
Amadis
hath
not
done
more
in
ten
years
time
,
then
Esplandian
hath
accomplished
in
the
space
of
ten
wéeks
:
But
touching
Frandalo
,
is
he
so
well
disposed
to
our
service
as
you
make
report
?
My
Lord
(
said
Gastilles
,
)
It
is
not
possible
to
do
better
then
he
hath
done
:
wherefore
,
my
Lord
Esplandian
willed
me
to
shew
you
,
that
for
the
better
entertaining
him
in
his
procéedings
,
he
is
of
advise
that
your
Grace
should
give
him
the
City
of
Alfarin
,
not
knowing
any
man
worthier
then
he
to
kéep
it
▪
In
good
truth
(
said
the
Emperor
)
Esplandian
and
his
companions
have
had
the
pains
to
conquer
it
,
wherefore
I
am
content
they
have
the
disposing
thereof
:
Nevertheless
,
if
they
rest
upon
my
consent
therein
,
I
am
well
content
it
shall
be
so
,
and
I
will
not
cease
to
shew
him
greater
favor
,
if
he
persevere
as
he
hath
began
.
And
you
Daughter
(
said
he
to
the
Princess
Leonorine
)
what
say
you
to
this
that
my
cousin
Gastilles
hath
told
you
touching
Esplandian
,
that
sayeth
he
kéepeth
the
Castle
the
defended
mountain
for
you
onely
?
My
Lord
(
said
she
)
I
know
not
how
you
and
many
others
estéem
so
much
of
him
,
considering
the
small
obedience
he
sheweth
to
his
father
,
for
if
he
were
such
a
Knight
as
he
is
reported
,
he
had
long
since
come
hither
to
acquit
the
promise
whereunto
he
is
bound
:
which
maketh
me
verily
think
,
the
spéech
Carmelle
used
of
him
,
and
all
that
he
hath
sent
you
by
word
of
mouth
by
my
cousin
Gastilles
,
are
onely
but
dissimulations
.
And
I
for
my
part
am
not
yet
determined
(
although
he
reporteth
himself
to
be
my
knight
)
to
accept
him
for
the
same
,
much
less
to
pardon
him
before
he
comes
in
person
to
excuse
his
fault
,
then
I
will
consider
what
I
have
to
do
.
The
Emperor
that
perceived
his
daughter
speak
with
such
a
choler
,
&
therewith
to
blush
more
then
ordinary
,
could
not
refrain
laughter
,
and
said
unto
her
:
What
daughter
,
do
you
refuse
the
service
of
the
best
Knight
in
all
the
world
?
I
my
Lord
(
said
she
)
and
so
should
every
master
his
servant
,
when
he
flyeth
from
his
presence
,
and
obeyeth
not
his
commandments
no
more
then
he
hath
done
both
yours
and
mine
Truly
swéet
heart
(
said
the
Emperor
)
I
like
you
well
,
I
would
to
God
that
nature
had
furnished
you
with
a
body
like
unto
your
heart
,
if
she
had
,
she
had
made
you
a
perfect
man
,
and
not
a
woman
as
you
are
.
Now
nephew
you
bear
my
daughters
answer
,
I
pray
you
let
Esplandian
know
it
,
that
he
may
make
haste
hither
,
lest
he
l●se
not
her
good
will
.
And
although
the
Emperor
spake
it
as
in
jest
.
Esplandian
took
it
otherwise
,
when
he
heard
the
news
by
a
Squire
that
Gastilles
sent
unto
him
.
CHAP.
XXXII
.
How
Frandalo
accompanied
of
fourscore
Knights
,
issued
out
of
Alfarin
towards
Tesifant
,
and
of
the
taking
of
Eiraca
Captain
of
the
Town
.
THe
Knights
of
Great
Britain
arrived
in
the
Town
of
Alfarin
,
(
as
you
heard
before
)
Frandalo
and
others
that
were
hurt
being
healed
of
their
wounds
,
Belleris
that
ceased
not
continually
to
hearken
after
Alphorax
,
was
advertised
by
his
spies
,
that
he
continued
in
the
City
of
Tesifant
,
which
he
and
Branfil
told
unto
the
rest
of
their
company
,
who
therewith
being
somewhat
incouraged
,
very
earnestly
desired
Frandalo
to
lead
them
forth
,
and
bring
them
to
some
place
where
they
might
lie
in
ambush
to
surprise
Alphorax
or
some
of
his
company
if
they
chanced
to
stray
abroad
.
Frandalo
not
willing
to
deny
them
any
reasonable
request
,
agréed
(
with
the
consent
of
Esplandian
)
to
depart
the
next
night
following
,
and
to
take
with
them
to
the
number
of
fourscore
Knights
and
no
more
,
which
Esplandian
liked
well
,
he
minding
to
be
one
.
Whereupon
those
that
were
appointed
for
the
journey
prepared
themselves
,
and
about
Sun-setting
issued
out
of
Alfarin
,
Frandalo
and
Belleris
knowing
the
country
so
well
,
that
they
néeded
no
other
guides
,
but
travelled
strait
towards
Tesifant
,
and
having
ridden
till
eleven
of
the
clock
at
night
,
they
came
unto
a
cross
way
,
where
Frandalo
advised
them
to
divide
themselves
in
two
companies
,
willing
the
Knights
(
that
before
that
time
had
never
bin
in
Turky
)
to
hold
close
together
.
For
(
said
he
)
the
wars
in
these
countries
are
far
otherwise
then
they
are
in
Great
Britain
,
where
Knights
use
most
commonly
to
travel
alone
without
company
,
and
although
they
chance
sometimes
to
ride
in
companies
,
the
least
occasion
that
happeneth
maketh
them
separate
themselves
,
but
here
those
that
use
armes
travel
in
great
companies
together
,
whereby
the
combates
that
are
fought
here
most
commonly
are
rather
battels
then
incounters
.
And
more
then
this
,
if
thrée
hundred
Turks
chance
to
surprise
one
hundred
,
thirty
,
twenty
,
or
less
number
of
their
enemies
,
they
take
a
pride
to
put
them
to
death
,
preferring
revenge
before
a
certain
kind
of
honor
,
that
(
as
I
have
understood
)
is
kept
and
observed
in
the
West
parts
,
where
combates
are
in
a
manner
equal
.
Wherefore
my
friends
(
said
he
)
I
pray
you
seperate
not
your
your selves
but
march
all
in
a
company
,
assuring
you
that
in
the
place
whither
we
go
,
we
shall
not
faile
to
finde
men
sufficient
against
whom
we
may
imploy
our
forces
,
and
shew
what
valour
is
in
us
.
I
know
that
within
half
a
mile
of
Tesifant
Alphorax
useth
oftentimes
to
lie
at
a
house
that
he
hath
caused
to
be
made
,
called
Gruobinach
,
where
if
it
be
our
good
fortunes
we
may
chance
to
finde
him
,
wherefore
I
am
of
advise
that
we
divide
our selves
in
two
companies
,
my
nephew
Belleris
shall
take
the
left
hand
,
and
lie
in
ambush
néer
unto
the
village
of
Jentinomele
,
from
whence
he
may
easily
perceive
when
any
man
issueth
out
of
Tesifant
,
and
I
with
Esplandian
and
the
other
half
of
our
company
will
follow
this
way
that
bringeth
us
unto
a
valley
néer
to
Gruobinach
,
where
we
will
secretly
stay
if
néed
require
,
to
succor
each
other
:
where
unto
they
all
agréed
:
but
before
they
departed
thence
,
they
found
their
enterprise
to
be
far
more
dangerous
than
they
estéemed
it
,
as
hereafter
you
shall
hear
.
Belleris
and
his
company
leaving
Frandalo
,
travelled
so
long
,
that
about
two
hours
before
day
they
met
six
souldiers
,
whom
Belleris
saluted
in
the
Arabian
language
,
asking
them
of
what
place
they
were
?
My
Lord
,
said
they
,
we
are
going
to
the
town
of
Srasse
.
My
good
friends
(
said
he
)
we
travel
this
night
to
Tesifant
to
advertise
the
prince
Alphorax
of
the
great
dammage
and
destruction
the
Christian
dogs
continually
do
,
and
within
short
space
have
done
unto
the
country
round
about
:
for
they
are
issued
out
of
Alfarin
,
and
have
taken
and
carryed
away
all
they
can
find
:
and
as
yet
are
abroad
,
not
ceasing
to
execute
all
tyranny
they
can
devise
:
nevertheless
,
if
it
pleaseth
him
to
give
us
aid
,
we
know
the
place
of
their
retreat
,
where
we
may
easily
inclose
them
,
&
not
one
of
them
shall
escape
.
What
are
you
,
said
the
Souldiers
,
that
bring
us
these
news
?
Friends
(
said
Belleris
)
I
am
Roussan
,
cousin
to
Eiraca
,
chief
captain
of
Tesifant
.
We
can
tell
you
good
news
of
him
,
said
the
Souldiers
wherewith
we
think
you
will
be
well
pleased
:
for
he
is
not
far
from
hence
,
being
ridden
out
of
Tesifant
with
two
hundred
Knights
to
go
unto
Falandy
,
to
sée
the
same
be
not
so
lightly
surprised
as
Alfarin
was
.
But
because
he
willed
us
to
ride
before
,
we
will
stay
no
longer
:
wherewith
they
bad
them
farewel
.
Friends
(
said
Belleris
)
the
good
fortune
I
wish
you
I
pray
God
may
happen
unto
you
.
With
that
the
souldiers
passed
on
their
way
,
but
they
had
not
gone
far
when
Belleris
sent
after
them
,
and
fearing
they
would
discover
his
enterprise
,
caused
them
to
be
slain
:
and
therewith
presently
dispatched
one
of
his
Squires
on
message
to
Frandalo
,
to
advertise
him
of
the
enemies
being
abroad
with
a
very
strong
and
huge
company
:
whereupon
he
wished
him
to
joyn
with
them
.
The
Squire
made
all
the
haste
he
could
,
but
before
the
news
came
to
Frandalo
,
Belleris
met
with
Eiraca
and
his
company
about
the
Village
of
Jentinomele
,
being
upon
them
before
they
had
time
to
put
on
their
helmets
.
There
did
the
Captain
of
Tesifant
shew
himself
to
be
no
yong
beginner
in
arms
,
for
that
like
a
valiant
and
hardy
knight
he
entred
among
the
Christians
,
and
being
seconded
by
his
men
,
did
most
valiantly
defend
themselves
,
and
assailed
the
enemy
,
although
at
their
first
encounter
ten
of
their
bravest
soldiers
were
unhorsed
and
overthrown
.
And
as
Eiraca
entered
into
the
prease
,
Norandel
and
he
met
together
with
such
force
,
that
Norandel
was
wounded
in
the
left
shoulder
,
but
not
sore
hurt
,
and
the
Captain
of
Tesifant
loosing
his
stirrops
,
was
thrown
over
his
horse
with
so
great
strength
,
that
with
the
fall
he
was
forced
to
lie
upon
the
ground
,
and
could
remove
neither
hand
nor
foot
,
which
the
Lurks
perceiving
,
to
relieve
their
Captain
,
did
so
valiantly
,
that
they
overthrew
four
of
the
Brittish
Knights
,
who
nevertheless
rose
presently
again
,
and
with
their
swords
in
hand
,
thrust
so
many
of
the
Turks
horses
into
the
sides
and
flancks
,
that
in
short
space
more
than
twenty
of
the
Turks
were
overthrown
likewise
,
and
many
slain
outright
:
at
that
charge
Enil
and
Gavarte
were
hurt
,
and
the
rest
so
bardly
handled
,
that
without
Frandalos
company
that
came
to
succor
them
,
they
had
all
béen
overthrown
:
and
in
truth
they
had
almost
strayed
too
long
,
but
the
squire
that
Belleris
sent
unto
them
,
could
not
overtake
them
before
they
were
in
the
valley
where
they
should
have
met
.
And
although
they
had
heard
the
sound
of
their
blowes
,
yet
did
they
not
suspect
any
such
peril
,
until
the
squire
had
done
his
message
;
wherewith
they
ranne
with
all
the
spéed
they
could
unto
the
place
;
where
Belleris
and
his
companions
(
being
out
of
breath
)
did
nothing
but
rec●il
,
and
defend
themselves
against
their
enemies
blows
,
that
had
slain
divers
of
them
,
but
that
the
captain
of
Tesifant
would
have
them
to
be
taken
and
presented
to
the
Prince
Alphorax
.
Nevertheless
Frandalo
,
Esplandian
,
and
the
rest
of
their
company
,
made
them
change
opinion
:
for
when
they
perceived
their
companions
so
hardly
matched
by
the
enemy
,
they
entered
among
them
with
such
fury
,
that
had
it
not
béen
for
Eiraca
(
who
at
that
time
behaved
himself
most
valiantly
)
they
had
overthrown
the
Turks
at
their
first
on-set
,
but
by
reason
of
the
great
resistance
he
made
,
they
continued
fighting
half
an
hour
after
,
wherein
he
maintained
himself
so
well
,
that
Esplandian
could
never
take
him
before
he
had
overthrown
him
,
and
pulled
off
his
Helmet
,
wherewith
he
yielded
:
mean
time
Frandalo
and
his
companions
being
in
the
midst
of
their
enemies
,
laid
so
well
about
them
,
staying
horses
,
pulling
away
shields
,
and
doing
so
valiantly
,
that
wonder
it
was
to
behold
them
,
yet
did
not
the
Turks
once
séem
abashed
,
but
still
fought
most
couragiously
,
until
such
time
they
perceived
their
Captain
taken
prisoner
,
which
caused
them
to
flie
and
turn
their
backs
:
but
not
all
of
them
,
for
there
lay
more
then
one
hundred
and
fifty
of
them
dead
upon
the
ground
,
the
rest
saved
themselves
by
means
of
the
dark
night
.
It
was
then
about
an
hour
before
day
:
and
Frandalo
fearing
that
those
of
Tesifant
(
hearing
of
the
overthrow
)
would
issue
forth
to
cut
off
their
passage
,
presently
caused
Captain
Eiraca
to
be
remounted
,
and
all
the
Christians
that
wanted
horses
,
and
with
all
spéed
rode
back
again
to
Alfarin
,
not
the
same
way
they
came
,
but
another
way
,
somewhat
farther
about
;
wherein
they
travelled
so
long
,
that
about
Sun-rising
they
entred
into
a
great
wood
,
where
they
alighted
to
refresh
both
themselves
and
their
horses
:
and
staying
not
long
there
lest
they
should
be
surprized
,
they
made
such
spéed
,
that
about
sun-setting
they
arrived
in
the
town
:
mean
time
news
came
to
Tesifant
of
the
overthrow
of
their
men
,
wherewith
Alphorax
was
in
such
a
rage
,
that
in
a
manner
he
séemed
desperate
.
But
for
this
time
we
have
sufficiently
discoursed
of
Martial
affairs
,
now
me
mean
to
bring
Love
in
place
,
who
desiring
to
minister
some
comfort
to
the
Princess
Leonorine
that
lived
in
great
pain
,
expecting
the
arrival
of
her
friend
Esplandian
,
caused
him
to
depart
from
Alfarin
to
visit
her
in
the
City
of
Constantinople
,
as
in
the
Chapters
following
you
shall
hear
.
CHAP.
XXXIII
.
Of
the
great
grief
Esplandian
had
,
understanding
by
the
messenger
that
Gastilles
sent
unto
him
,
what
displeasure
the
Princess
Leonorine
had
conceived
against
him
.
YOu
heard
before
how
Gastilles
shewed
the
Emperor
what
Esplandian
had
done
,
and
what
message
he
sent
unto
him
,
and
to
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
as
also
what
answer
she
made
,
which
Gastilles
by
his
Squire
writ
and
sent
unto
him
,
having
charge
from
the
Emperor
so
to
do
,
thereby
to
procure
his
spéedier
Arrival
in
Constantinople
.
The
Squire
with
his
Letter
made
such
haste
,
that
he
arrived
at
Alfarin
about
five
days
after
the
taking
of
Eiraca
,
and
méeting
Carmelle
at
the
gate
,
asked
her
if
he
might
find
Esplandian
at
convenient
leisure
to
deliver
him
a
Letter
from
Gastilles
,
but
Carmelle
being
subtil
,
suspecting
it
to
be
some
news
from
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
that
might
move
Esplandian
,
who
as
then
séemed
discontent
,
answered
him
&
said
:
My
good
friend
,
you
can
hardly
speak
with
him
at
this
time
,
but
f●llow
me
and
give
me
the
letter
,
and
I
will
present
it
unto
him
,
and
cause
him
to
return
you
an
answer
.
The
Squire
did
as
she
willed
him
,
and
followed
her
to
Esplandians
lodging
:
where
entring
into
his
chamber
,
she
found
him
sitting
on
his
bed
talking
with
the
king
of
Denmark
,
and
delivered
him
Gastilles
letter
,
which
when
he
read
,
the
tears
ran
out
of
his
eyes
,
and
therewith
cast
forth
a
great
sigh
,
saying
:
O
Lord
?
but
Carmelle
that
beheld
him
,
doubting
the
cause
to
be
as
she
suspected
,
asked
him
if
he
were
ill
at
ease
.
Ill
?
said
he
,
I
that
I
am
,
and
so
ill
that
I
would
to
God
I
were
dead
:
and
look
I
pray
you
,
said
he
,
whether
I
have
cause
or
not
:
wherewith
stretching
forth
his
hand
,
he
gave
Carmelle
the
letter
,
and
turning
his
face
,
began
to
make
the
greatest
sorrow
in
the
world
:
but
when
she
had
read
the
contents
,
she
estéemed
not
thereof
,
but
said
unto
Esplandian
:
What
my
Lord
?
are
you
abashed
at
so
small
a
matter
?
By
my
soul
I
now
perceive
very
well
,
that
the
affections
and
loves
of
men
are
far
different
and
much
unlike
the
passions
that
we
simple
women
endure
,
when
we
fall
into
the
like
extremities
:
and
know
you
how
?
you
men
do
most
commonly
take
pleasure
to
manifest
and
make
known
your
love
either
by
word
of
mouth
or
outward
shews
,
and
many
times
dissemble
more
than
you
mean
to
do
:
and
which
is
worse
,
how
much
the
more
the
Lady
or
Gentlewoman
you
love
is
of
great
desert
,
or
high
linage
,
so
much
more
glory
do
you
take
to
make
it
known
,
not
onely
that
you
bear
her
affection
,
but
that
you
are
beloved
and
favored
of
her
above
all
others
:
which
is
clean
contrary
to
the
nature
of
women
(
I
mean
such
as
may
be
tearmed
wise
and
of
good
understanding
)
for
how
much
the
greater
their
parentage
is
,
so
much
more
fear
they
have
to
manifest
their
amorous
passions
,
in
such
manner
,
that
most
commonly
hath
in
word
,
gesture
,
and
countenance
,
they
outwardly
deny
that
which
they
have
most
deeply
engraved
in
their
hearts
and
mindes
:
and
not
without
good
cause
,
for
that
the
thing
which
redoundeth
to
your
praise
and
commendations
(
as
you
think
,
which
is
the
manifesting
of
your
love
)
bréedeth
to
them
a
certain
spot
in
their
honor
,
which
oftentimes
they
can
not
easily
deface
.
Wherefore
it
is
more
than
expedient
,
to
observe
this
modesty
and
constancy
in
us
,
not
that
I
mean
to
restrain
my self
unto
this
law
,
séeing
that
all
my
glory
and
felicity
dependeth
upon
you
,
in
such
manner
,
that
I
desire
no
greater
happiness
in
this
world
,
then
that
the
love
and
dutiful
obedience
I
bear
unto
you
,
should
be
published
and
made
known
unto
the
world
,
to
the
end
that
all
those
that
shall
hear
of
your
great
valor
and
my
mean
estate
,
may
know
my
great
good
fortune
,
to
have
the
mean
to
serve
you
as
I
do
.
Wherefore
my
lord
,
in
my
opinion
you
ought
to
take
the
spéeches
Gastilles
hath
written
unto
you
,
to
be
used
by
the
Lady
Leonorine
in
good
part
and
greatly
to
your
advantage
,
for
I
dare
warrant
you
on
mine
honor
,
that
your
affections
are
both
alike
:
and
to
say
the
truth
,
she
hath
behaved
her self
most
wisely
to
dissemble
the
matter
so
well
as
she
hath
done
in
the
Emperors
presence
.
I
deny
not
but
she
hath
some
cause
to
be
impatient
,
considering
the
message
I
delivered
unto
her
in
your
behalf
,
but
that
is
easie
to
be
cured
:
and
although
the
love
she
hath
born
you
so
long
time
should
be
wholly
extinguished
(
which
I
can
hardly
believe
)
even
as
a
b●ne
that
is
broken
in
two
pieces
and
set
together
again
,
is
stronger
in
that
place
than
in
any
other
part
,
so
being
there
and
in
her
company
,
shall
win
that
you
finde
broken
and
by
that
means
make
it
stronger
than
ever
it
was
before
.
Therefore
I
am
of
advice
(
that
fulfilling
her
desire
)
you
go
unto
her
,
and
that
as
soon
as
possibly
you
may
.
Alas
Carmelle
(
said
Esplandian
)
what
good
or
what
service
did
I
ever
do
unto
her
,
thereby
to
have
deserved
at
her
hands
the
least
favor
among
an
infinite
number
I
have
received
from
her
?
Especially
by
the
report
of
your
own
mouth
.
If
therefore
she
hath
just
occasion
to
be
offended
with
me
,
having
offended
her
so
much
,
can
I
hope
for
any
other
at
her
hands
than
méer
disdain
and
mortal
hatred
?
My
Lord
(
said
Carmelle
)
I
am
a
woman
,
and
know
the
nature
of
women
better
than
you
do
,
or
then
all
the
men
in
the
world
besides
,
I
pray
you
therefore
believe
me
,
and
go
and
sée
her
,
and
if
so
be
she
entertain
you
not
according
to
your
desire
,
then
never
give
credit
to
my
words
again
.
In
faith
my
good
companion
(
said
the
King
of
Denmark
)
Carmelle
giveth
you
so
good
and
wise
counsel
,
that
either
you
ought
to
give
credit
to
her
spéech
,
or
else
wholly
drive
this
fantasie
out
of
your
minde
,
considering
(
as
is
most
true
)
that
sometimes
,
and
very
often
,
how
much
the
more
fervent
and
extream
the
love
of
a
woman
is
,
so
much
the
sooner
is
it
dead
and
wholly
extinguished
,
for
that
their
inconstancy
is
such
and
so
great
,
that
for
the
least
occasion
in
the
world
they
are
over
ready
to
love
,
and
much
more
inconsiderately
do
they
forget
the
same
again
:
not
that
I
accuse
the
Princess
Leonorine
of
so
great
lightness
,
but
to
say
the
truth
as
commonly
we
finde
,
and
for
my
part
I
know
not
upon
what
occasion
you
ground
your
love
,
whereby
you
should
make
so
much
account
of
her
,
séeing
that
she
never
saw
you
,
nor
you
her
,
but
are
only
content
to
conceive
well
of
each
other
upon
a
certain
ronown
that
hath
spred
abroad
,
&
set
forth
the
great
perfections
that
are
reported
to
be
in
you
both
:
which
in
truth
may
be
compared
to
a
fire
made
of
straw
,
that
is
no
sooner
kindled
but
presently
consumed
:
wherefore
be
not
then
so
much
abashed
if
the
Princes
Leonorine
shew
her self
at
this
present
so
smally
affected
towards
you
,
for
those
that
love
most
déerly
,
do
oftentimes
fall
into
discourtesses
and
coldness
of
affection
,
that
they
disdain
,
or
(
at
the
least
)
in
the
twinkling
of
an
eye
,
wholly
forget
those
that
for
a
long
time
they
have
loved
most
intirely
,
and
that
for
their
sakes
shall
have
hazarded
their
lives
in
most
dangerous
adventures
.
Did
you
never
hear
how
Brisarde
behaved
her self
in
regard
of
Troilus
,
after
the
destruction
of
Troy
,
she
loved
him
so
well
that
she
would
néeds
die
in
his
arms
:
when
she
was
constrained
to
forsake
him
,
the
Gréeks
thinking
verily
she
would
have
slain
her self
:
and
yet
was
she
scarse
issued
out
of
Troy
but
she
wholly
forgot
her
love
Troilus
,
and
transported
that
vehement
love
she
had
born
him
all
her
life
,
to
Diomedes
King
of
Thrace
.
O
God
?
What
inconstancy
?
what
lightness
?
what
foundation
upon
a
sandy
ground
was
that
?
This
unconstant
woman
among
other
precious
ornaments
given
her
by
Troilus
her
friend
,
had
a
pair
of
perfumed
gloves
,
which
within
one
hour
after
her
captivity
she
gave
unto
her
new
friend
Diomedes
in
token
of
the
love
and
amity
she
bare
unto
him
.
What
had
Troilus
said
then
if
he
had
bin
present
?
would
he
have
believed
her
?
I
think
not
.
And
what
a
point
of
honesty
,
I
pray
you
,
did
Cliteninestra
shew
unto
her
husband
,
when
in
steed
of
welcoming
him
home
at
his
coming
from
the
siege
of
Troy
,
where
he
had
remained
ten
years
together
▪
she
caused
him
cruelly
to
be
murdered
by
Egistus
her
ruffian
.
But
will
you
hear
more
examples
of
the
like
matter
?
and
as
he
began
to
procéed
,
Esplandian
said
unto
him
,
My
good
friend
,
I
pray
you
do
not
this
wrong
unto
my
lady
Leonorine
,
but
let
me
here
your
counsel
how
I
may
from
henceforth
govern
my self
to
satisfie
her
desire
.
Go
and
sée
her
,
said
the
king
,
and
if
you
think
good
,
I
will
bear
your
company
.
Shall
we
go
and
leave
our
companions
?
(
said
Esplandian
)
that
will
I
never
do
:
wherefore
?
said
the
King
:
are
not
Frandalo
,
Manley
,
and
the
rest
of
their
company
strong
enough
to
defend
the
town
in
your
absence
?
I
am
of
advise
that
you
send
presently
for
them
,
&
give
them
to
understand
that
by
reason
of
certain
news
you
have
of
late
received
,
you
must
be
constrained
to
leave
them
for
the
space
of
eight
or
fiftéen
days
:
and
in
like
sort
dispatch
Gastilles
squire
,
and
write
unto
his
master
,
that
you
thank
him
heartily
for
the
good
remembrance
he
hath
had
of
you
,
and
that
with
all
spéed
you
will
send
a
messenger
expresly
unto
the
Emperor
with
an
answer
to
that
it
hath
pleased
him
to
command
to
be
written
unto
you
:
in
the
mean
time
,
I
will
take
order
to
prepare
a
ship
to
bring
us
to
the
castle
the
defended
mountain
,
where
we
will
imbarque
our selves
in
the
great
Serpent
,
that
will
not
faile
(
as
I
think
)
to
bring
us
unto
Constantinople
,
and
determine
with
your self
what
company
you
mean
to
take
with
you
My
good
friend
(
said
Esplandian
)
do
as
you
think
good
,
I
am
content
to
hazard
my
life
in
your
hands
It
sufficeth
(
said
the
King
)
but
I
pray
you
speak
unto
our
companions
,
and
dispatch
the
squire
.
With
that
Esplandian
called
for
ink
and
paper
,
and
wrote
unto
Gastil●es
as
the
king
of
Denmark
had
advised
him
.
Next
day
in
the
morning
Frandalo
and
the
rest
of
the
company
came
into
his
chamber
as
they
used
ordinarily
to
do
,
and
being
together
devising
of
divers
things
,
Esplandian
said
unto
them
:
My
good
friends
,
I
am
constrained
to
leave
your
company
for
the
space
of
fiftéen
days
or
thrée
wéeks
,
to
go
about
certain
urgent
affairs
that
import
me
much
:
I
will
take
with
me
my
brother
the
King
of
Denmark
,
Gandalin
,
Enil
,
Carmelle
,
and
no
more
.
I
pray
you
think
it
not
strange
,
for
if
I
were
not
constrained
thereunto
,
I
swear
unto
you
of
my
faith
,
I
would
not
do
it
.
There
was
not
any
among
them
that
once
would
ask
him
whither
he
went
,
but
answering
him
,
said
:
That
he
might
go
whither
it
pleased
him
,
and
that
they
for
their
parts
would
kéep
the
place
till
he
came
again
,
although
he
staid
a
whole
year
before
he
returned
:
by
this
means
Esplandian
by
little
and
little
framed
himself
to
take
his
voyage
.
while
the
king
of
Denmark
caused
the
ship
that
brought
the
knights
of
Great
Britain
thither
,
to
be
made
ready
,
and
upon
a
munday
in
the
morning
Esplandian
and
his
company
imbarqued
themselves
to
sayl
unto
the
castle
the
defended
mountain
,
but
they
were
no
sooner
put
to
sea
,
but
the
wind
falling
contrary
,
the
Sea
rose
so
high
and
so
furious
withal
,
that
neither
mast
,
sail
,
nor
cord
could
hold
,
but
brake
all
in
pieces
:
in
which
manner
they
continued
for
the
space
of
ten
days
,
and
as
many
nights
,
so
that
neither
master
nor
marriners
could
tell
in
what
part
they
were
,
for
that
during
that
time
,
the
clouds
were
so
thick
and
the
mist
so
great
,
that
it
made
the
air
so
dark
and
obscure
,
that
those
that
were
in
the
Ship
,
could
scarce
sée
one
the
other
,
expecting
nothing
else
(
without
the
mercy
of
God
)
then
the
overthrow
of
their
ship
:
which
they
thought
verily
had
happened
,
when
they
arrived
at
the
rock
of
the
Enchantress
,
whereupon
they
were
driwen
about
thrée
of
the
clock
after
midnight
:
wherewith
the
sailers
cast
anker
,
and
going
on
land
,
stayed
till
day
appeared
.
CHAP.
XXXIII
.
How
Esplandian
and
his
company
went
up
unto
the
broken
pallace
of
the
Enchanteress
,
and
of
the
strange
things
they
found
there
.
ESplandian
and
his
company
being
on
land
,
not
knowing
the
place
where
they
were
arrived
,
caused
a
great
fire
to
be
made
,
about
the
which
they
thought
to
lie
down
and
sléep
,
but
they
heard
such
a
noise
from
the
top
of
the
Rock
,
that
they
were
all
abashed
:
with
that
the
winde
began
to
cease
,
and
the
Sea
to
wax
calm
,
the
sky
shewing
full
of
Stars
,
and
withal
the
Moon
shone
so
bright
,
that
it
séemed
as
light
as
if
it
had
bin
day
;
wherefore
Esplandian
desirous
to
know
what
the
noise
might
be
,
determined
to
mount
up
the
Rock
,
but
he
was
counselled
by
his
company
to
stay
till
the
next
day
in
the
morning
.
When
Esplandian
knew
it
certainly
to
be
the
Rock
of
the
Enchantress
,
he
said
unto
the
King
of
Denmark
:
I
good
truth
I
think
I
have
béen
here
before
,
and
take
it
to
be
the
place
whither
the
great
Serpent
brought
me
the
same
day
I
received
the
order
of
Knighthood
,
which
putteth
me
in
better
hope
of
our
voyage
then
I
had
before
:
which
he
said
,
remembring
the
scroll
with
the
prophesie
that
he
found
in
the
lions
paw
.
Then
he
told
the
King
of
Denmark
how
he
conquered
the
Sword
he
bare
,
the
death
of
the
Serpent
,
and
all
that
he
had
séen
upon
the
Rock
,
and
it
is
called
(
said
he
)
the
Rock
of
the
Enchantress
.
By
God
(
said
Gandalin
)
you
say
true
,
for
I
remember
,
that
pursuing
after
a
knight
that
led
a
Gentlewoman
away
,
I
found
your
father
king
Amadis
and
Grandasor
here
,
and
the
knight
likewise
that
I
sought
that
had
hidden
himself
in
the
old
pallace
upon
this
Rock
:
then
he
told
them
from
point
to
point
what
had
happened
unto
him
,
and
the
great
love
the
knight
bare
unto
the
gentlewoman
he
had
carried
away
by
force
,
but
(
said
he
)
before
we
departed
she
agréed
with
him
,
and
they
promised
marriage
to
each
other
,
although
before
that
time
she
hated
him
most
deadly
:
nevertheless
,
understanding
that
the
force
he
used
unto
her
was
onely
done
for
the
love
he
bare
her
,
she
clean
forgot
her
former
hatred
,
changing
it
to
a
most
excéeding
love
.
In
good
faith
(
said
Carmelle
)
as
far
as
I
perceive
,
no
man
ought
to
despair
of
any
thing
he
taketh
in
hand
,
no
more
will
I
during
my
life
:
which
she
said
in
respect
of
Esplandian
,
who
in
time
as
she
thought
might
love
her
,
and
wholly
forget
the
Princess
Leonorine
.
And
so
long
they
talked
,
that
day
began
to
appear
,
then
Esplandian
said
to
the
King
of
Denmark
:
Companion
,
I
pray
you
stay
here
or
me
while
I
go
up
,
for
I
will
have
no
body
with
me
but
Gandalin
and
Enil
,
and
they
shall
go
with
me
,
not
that
I
fear
any
danger
that
may
happen
unto
me
,
but
onely
because
they
may
help
me
to
lift
up
the
tomb
whereof
I
told
you
even
now
.
My
Lord
(
said
the
King
)
I
pray
you
offer
me
not
so
much
injury
,
for
I
will
not
leave
you
though
it
cost
me
my
life
,
especially
in
this
place
where
I
have
most
great
desire
to
sée
that
I
never
saw
before
.
Séeing
it
is
your
pleasure
(
said
Esplandian
)
let
us
go
,
and
let
our
Squires
bring
some
victuals
with
them
,
if
we
néed
to
eat
before
we
come
back
again
:
which
the
Squires
did
,
wherewith
they
began
to
mount
up
the
Rock
,
and
travelled
so
long
,
that
about
Sun-sitting
they
came
unto
the
hermitage
,
where
the
great
image
was
erected
,
whereof
you
heard
before
,
where
they
stayed
all
night
,
the
next
day
they
travelled
again
,
and
came
unto
the
lake
that
ran
before
the
old
pallace
,
and
because
it
began
to
be
dark
,
they
determined
not
to
travel
any
further
for
that
time
,
and
to
say
the
truth
they
were
weary
:
but
all
night
the
serpents
that
issued
out
of
their
holes
to
drink
of
the
water
,
ceased
not
to
hiss
and
pass
before
and
about
them
to
assail
them
,
which
they
had
not
failed
to
do
,
had
it
not
béen
for
the
vertue
of
Esplandians
Sword
,
whereunto
no
venomous
things
might
once
approach
or
come
néer
.
Nevertheless
they
rested
not
,
but
as
soon
as
they
might
sée
,
rose
up
and
went
on
their
way
:
and
pas●ng
by
the
ruinated
monuments
,
they
came
unto
the
palace
of
the
Enchantress
,
where
they
found
the
gates
shut
,
whereat
Esplandian
gave
so
great
a
blow
with
his
foot
,
that
they
opened
,
and
they
entred
into
the
place
where
the
shining
tomb
stood
with
the
Lion
upon
it
.
Then
Esplandian
said
unto
the
thrée
Knights
:
In
good
faith
when
I
was
here
before
,
I
could
not
lift
up
this
plate
,
I
pray
you
each
man
prove
what
you
can
do
,
then
I
will
sée
if
I
be
grown
stronger
in
the
back
then
I
was
at
that
time
:
wherewith
the
King
of
Denmark
assailed
to
do
it
,
but
what
strength
so
ever
he
used
,
it
was
impossible
for
him
,
the
like
did
Gandalin
and
Enil
,
but
they
sped
no
better
then
the
King
,
whereat
Esplandian
began
to
laugh
,
and
taking
it
by
the
two
ends
,
lifted
it
up
so
easily
as
if
it
had
béen
a
piece
of
dry
wood
,
yet
was
it
a
piece
of
Christal
of
thrée
fingers
thick
,
and
about
ten
or
twelve
foot
long
:
under
it
they
found
an
azure
stone
,
the
fairest
and
most
orient
colour
that
ever
was
séen
that
covered
a
Ceder
chest
,
which
smelt
as
swéet
as
any
Balm
,
the
Chest
being
shut
with
a
lock
of
Emerald-stone
,
having
a
key
of
Diamonds
that
hung
by
it
at
a
Chain
of
fine
Gold
,
all
most
artificially
composed
:
the
stone
taken
up
and
the
Chest
opened
,
they
found
the
Image
of
Jupiter
lying
therein
all
of
massy
Gold
,
garnished
with
many
Pearls
,
Rubies
,
and
other
inestimable
rich
Iewels
,
especially
a
Crown
that
he
ware
on
his
head
,
about
the
which
were
placed
certain
Carbuncles
in
form
of
Gréek
Letters
,
with
these
words
.
Jupiter
is
great
God
of
all
Gods
,
and
in
his
right
hand
he
bare
a
Table
containing
this
prophesie
,
When
time
shall
come
,
that
my
art
and
knowledge
shall
faile
,
the
heart
of
the
hand
inclosed
herein
,
and
life
restored
by
them
that
were
the
cause
of
death
,
the
Grecian
sheep
long
time
nourished
in
pleasant
pastures
,
shall
be
constrained
to
feed
on
a
herb
bitterer
then
Gaul
,
by
meanes
of
the
extremity
the
hungry
Sea-Wolves
shall
put
them
unto
,
whose
number
shall
be
so
great
,
that
they
shall
cover
the
Sea
in
divers
places
,
in
such
wise
,
that
the
poor
sheep
inclosed
in
their
great
Forrest
,
and
divers
of
their
lambs
being
dead
and
torn
in
pieces
,
their
shepheard
(
having
in
a
manner
lost
all
hope
of
restoring
them
again
,
)
with
anguish
of
heart
and
mind
,
in
abundance
of
tears
shall
lament
their
great
misfortune
.
Then
shall
come
the
brave
Lions
whelp
,
by
whose
means
the
great
troop
of
wolves
shall
be
driven
away
and
destroyed
.
Nevertheless
,
he
shall
take
from
the
shepheard
his
great
power
,
and
the
best
beloved
of
his
sheep
,
whereupon
he
shall
seize
,
in
such
sort
,
that
his
strong
teeth
and
sharp
clawes
shall
enter
into
her
heart
,
and
the
entrailes
of
her
body
,
the
rest
of
the
flock
resting
in
the
power
and
government
of
him
and
his
fierce
company
,
whereby
not
long
after
it
shall
come
to
pass
,
that
the
great
deceitful
Serpent
,
the
Inchanted
Sword
,
and
this
high
Rock
,
shall
sink
into
the
bottom
of
the
Sea
,
and
shall
never
after
be
seen
again
of
any
man
.
But
although
Esplandian
understood
the
Gréek
tongue
,
yet
could
he
not
give
any
interpretation
or
exposition
to
this
prophesie
,
no
more
could
any
of
his
company
:
wherefore
they
determined
,
not
to
stay
long
about
the
same
,
but
were
more
busied
to
behold
the
stones
and
great
riches
they
saw
within
the
tomb
,
which
they
determined
to
take
with
them
,
and
return
unto
their
ships
without
staying
any
longer
,
for
their
victuals
began
to
fail
:
wherefore
Esplandian
willed
Carmelle
to
take
the
Lion
,
he
and
the
king
of
Denmark
took
the
plate
of
Christal
,
Gandalin
and
Enil
the
azure
stone
,
and
the
Squires
the
Ceder
Chest
with
the
Image
of
Jupiter
.
And
in
that
sort
they
issued
out
of
the
pallace
,
descending
down
the
rock
,
till
about
evening
they
came
unto
the
hermitage
,
where
they
stayed
all
night
:
the
next
day
they
went
on
till
they
found
their
ship
,
wherein
about
Sunsetting
they
imbarqued
themselves
:
and
because
Esplandian
would
not
be
séen
in
Constantinople
without
the
great
Serpent
,
he
commanded
the
master
of
the
Ship
to
direct
his
course
to
the
castle
called
the
defended
mountain
,
whith
he
did
.
But
having
sailed
about
two
days
and
more
,
as
the
King
of
Denmark
sat
talking
with
Esplandian
about
the
Letter
that
was
sent
unto
him
,
he
asked
him
if
he
thought
not
good
that
he
should
make
a
voyage
unto
the
Princess
Leonorine
to
understand
the
truth
of
her
affection
towards
him
.
For
(
said
he
)
it
may
be
Gastilles
hath
mistaken
her
words
,
or
the
Emperor
himself
hath
commanded
him
to
write
unto
you
in
such
sort
,
that
thereby
you
should
make
the
more
haste
to
go
thither
:
at
the
least
I
should
know
of
her
what
her
pleasure
is
,
and
how
you
shall
govern
your self
in
respect
of
her
.
Ha
my
good
friend
(
said
Esplandian
)
you
have
toucht
me
now
even
at
the
quick
,
if
you
would
do
me
so
much
favor
,
you
shall
bind
me
for
ever
unto
you
:
mean
time
I
will
stay
for
you
in
the
gulf
where
I
found
you
with
Frandalo
,
when
we
raised
the
siege
of
the
castle
the
defended
mountain
.
Assure
your self
(
said
the
King
)
I
will
do
my
good
will
.
There
was
belonging
to
their
ship
a
little
Pinnace
,
which
the
master
took
with
him
(
besides
the
boat
)
to
save
himself
and
his
people
if
any
tempest
should
happen
,
wherein
the
King
with
certain
marriners
to
guide
him
entred
,
and
taking
their
leave
of
Esplandian
,
sailed
forwards
with
so
good
a
winde
,
that
in
short
space
they
lost
the
fight
of
the
great
ship
.
But
the
next
night
following
there
happened
such
a
tempest
,
that
at
the
break
of
day
their
Pilot
knew
not
where
he
was
,
and
without
knowledge
of
the
place
he
was
constrained
to
abandon
the
Pinnace
unto
the
mercy
of
the
waves
,
which
continued
for
the
space
of
forty
days
together
,
in
which
time
they
indured
so
many
fortunes
,
that
it
would
be
over-tedious
to
recount
them
,
and
we
should
likewise
digress
from
the
matter
whereunto
we
are
entered
,
to
bring
our
History
unto
an
end
.
Let
it
therefore
suffice
you
to
know
,
that
their
victuals
being
spent
,
they
chanced
to
arrive
in
the
Island
of
the
Giant
Drapheon
,
where
the
King
of
Denmark
and
his
squire
lost
their
wits
and
became
mad
,
by
force
of
a
water
that
they
drunk
out
of
a
fountain
called
the
fountain
of
Forgetfulness
,
that
sprang
in
that
Isle
,
where
they
were
taken
and
kept
in
a
cruel
prison
,
from
whence
in
short
time
after
they
were
delivered
by
the
meanes
of
a
Gentlewoman
that
fell
in
love
with
the
King
,
and
caused
him
to
recover
his
health
,
armes
,
horse
,
and
a
ship
,
with
all
things
necessary
for
himself
and
his
Squire
,
and
having
done
,
she
with
them
put
to
Sea
:
and
coasting
the
country
of
Trevisane
,
they
came
unto
an
Island
where
the
people
of
the
countrey
would
have
burnt
a
Gentlewoman
because
she
could
not
finde
a
Knight
for
to
maintain
her
quarrel
:
but
the
King
fought
for
her
,
and
overcame
him
that
accused
her
,
and
taking
the
Gentlewoman
with
him
,
put
to
Sea
again
,
and
sailing
six
days
together
along
the
coast
,
he
perceived
a
maid
out
of
a
tower
,
wherein
the
Lord
of
that
countrey
kept
her
prisoner
,
for
the
cause
which
she
declared
to
the
King
out
of
a
window
that
looked
into
the
Sea
,
for
whose
sake
the
king
took
land
to
fight
with
the
Lord
till
he
delivered
the
poor
Gentlewoman
out
of
prison
:
such
were
the
adventures
of
the
King
of
Denmark
,
which
are
rehearsed
at
large
in
the
great
Chronicles
,
that
master
Elizabeth
wrote
not
long
after
the
Coronation
of
Esplandian
:
wherein
the
prowess
and
adventures
of
the
Brittish
Knights
and
others
remaining
at
Alfarin
,
are
likewise
registred
and
orderly
set
down
.
For
this
time
content
your selves
to
understand
the
manner
how
and
in
what
sort
Esplandian
and
the
Princess
Leonorine
saw
each
other
,
how
afterward
Urganda
came
to
Constantinople
,
of
the
armies
both
by
Land
and
Sea
,
of
the
cruel
battel
betwéen
the
Turks
and
Christians
:
which
ended
,
our
History
likewise
shall
be
finished
,
but
having
many
things
to
describe
,
before
I
come
to
that
point
,
we
will
return
to
Esplandian
,
that
was
not
smally
abashed
at
the
long
absence
of
the
King
,
expecting
from
day
to
day
some
news
of
him
,
that
had
left
his
company
onely
for
the
cause
you
heard
before
.
CHAP.
XXXV
.
How
Esplandian
having
stayed
Garinter
King
of
Denmarks
return
about
two
weeks
space
,
and
perceiving
no
news
of
him
,
determined
(
by
the
counsel
of
Carmelle
)
to
go
in
person
to
the
City
of
Constantinople
.
AFter
that
Garinter
King
of
Denmark
had
set
saile
towards
Constantinople
as
it
is
said
before
,
Esplandians
ship
arrived
at
the
gulf
where
he
promised
to
stay
,
&
they
lay
at
anker
for
the
space
of
two
wéekes
,
not
hearing
any
news
of
his
desired
message
:
wherewith
he
doubted
either
that
the
King
of
Denmark
should
be
drowned
,
or
that
forturne
had
carried
his
vessel
some
other
way
:
wherefore
he
thought
to
send
one
of
his
marriners
to
enquire
of
him
.
But
before
he
did
it
,
he
determined
first
to
speak
with
Carmelle
,
and
taking
her
aside
,
said
unto
her
:
My
great
friend
,
you
know
for
what
cause
the
King
of
Denmark
left
us
,
and
the
reason
of
his
voyage
,
as
also
the
promise
he
made
unto
me
to
return
again
with
all
spéed
,
but
we
can
hear
no
news
of
him
at
all
,
which
maketh
me
assuredly
believe
either
he
is
dead
,
or
that
the
storm
he
was
in
hath
cast
him
in
some
countrey
so
far
off
,
that
he
cannot
by
any
means
do
as
he
hath
promised
,
wherefore
I
pray
you
give
me
your
advice
what
I
were
best
to
do
:
for
those
that
are
in
the
like
mind
that
I
am
,
although
in
some
things
they
have
their
understandings
whole
and
perfect
,
yet
are
they
commonly
to
séek
in
that
which
concerneth
them
as
touching
those
points
.
My
lord
(
said
she
)
séeing
it
is
your
pleasure
to
use
my
counsel
,
I
wil
tel
you
truly
what
I
think
therein
,
and
so
much
I
can
assure
you
,
that
if
you
should
search
throughout
the
world
,
you
shall
hardly
find
one
that
can
come
néer
me
in
judging
the
passion
wherewith
you
are
molested
:
for
the
same
is
in
me
that
is
in
you
,
and
I
féel
it
as
well
as
you
do
,
and
it
may
be
more
,
but
the
ease
and
great
contentment
I
receive
by
your
presence
,
hath
given
me
so
many
remedies
,
that
I
delight
in
my
grief
,
and
live
not
,
but
only
to
cause
my
sorrow
to
indure
To
tell
you
truth
,
at
such
time
as
you
began
to
use
spéeches
unto
me
of
the
king
of
Denmark
,
I
thought
upon
his
long
absence
,
and
me
thinketh
it
were
best
we
sailed
unto
Constantinople
,
assuring
you
that
I
have
devised
a
means
to
bring
you
unto
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
whereby
you
may
both
sée
and
speak
with
her
,
without
being
known
of
any
other
then
her self
,
if
you
think
it
good
.
And
to
bring
it
to
pass
,
(
we
being
arrived
there
)
it
shall
be
necessary
that
all
those
of
our
ship
be
advertised
(
if
any
man
asketh
for
you
)
to
say
,
that
you
stayed
in
the
castle
the
defended
mountain
,
mean
time
you
shall
lie
in
the
bottom
of
the
ship
,
and
I
with
Gandalin
and
Enil
,
will
go
unto
the
Emperor
,
to
whom
I
will
say
that
you
sent
me
to
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
to
present
unto
her
in
your
behalf
,
that
which
you
have
conquered
in
the
Rock
of
the
Enchantress
,
and
for
the
rest
let
me
alone
.
When
Esplandian
heard
her
speak
in
that
manner
,
he
beheld
her
for
a
while
,
and
at
last
said
unto
her
:
My
good
friend
,
I
fear
not
death
,
neither
can
it
be
more
bitter
or
sharper
unto
me
then
the
life
I
now
indure
:
but
I
fear
the
dishonor
of
my
Lady
,
and
the
injury
that
thereby
I
might
do
unto
the
Emperor
,
who
by
his
courtesie
hath
so
much
bound
my
father
unto
him
,
as
if
I
should
wrong
him
,
it
would
be
a
blemish
to
my
honor
while
I
live
.
Nevertheless
,
I
am
content
to
hazard
my self
in
all
the
dangers
you
shall
think
convenient
:
that
is
sufifcient
(
said
Carmelle
)
I
pray
you
then
be
merry
and
make
good
chear
:
for
if
ever
woman
accomplished
the
thing
she
took
in
hand
I
will
bring
this
to
pass
.
Wherewith
leaving
Esplandian
,
she
called
the
Patron
,
and
willed
him
to
set
sayl
for
Constantinople
,
whereunto
he
obeyed
,
and
had
so
good
a
winde
,
that
within
thrée
days
after
they
entered
into
the
haven
:
where
being
arrived
,
Esplandian
told
his
men
what
(
by
the
counsel
of
Carmelle
)
he
had
determined
to
do
,
commanding
them
expresly
not
to
make
it
known
to
any
man
of
his
being
there
,
but
that
they
should
say
they
left
him
in
the
castle
the
defended
mountain
.
For
(
said
he
)
I
am
not
now
in
such
estate
as
I
would
be
to
present
my self
before
so
great
a
Prince
as
the
Emperor
is
.
And
to
the
end
you
be
not
found
liars
,
I
will
stay
in
the
bottom
of
the
ship
till
you
return
again
:
then
he
,
Carmelle
,
Gandalin
,
and
Enil
spake
together
,
where
the
gentlewoman
shewed
them
at
large
how
she
meant
to
bring
her
enterprise
to
pass
,
I
will
presently
(
said
she
)
cause
the
tomb
we
brought
from
the
Rock
of
the
Enchantress
to
be
set
up
in
the
same
sort
we
found
it
,
upon
the
hatches
of
the
ship
,
then
will
I
go
tell
the
Emperor
that
I
have
one
of
the
singularest
things
abord
that
ship
that
ever
was
séen
,
and
we
finde
means
to
bring
him
hither
,
where
I
will
shew
him
the
Lion
with
Jupiter
,
and
all
the
rest
of
the
furniture
,
which
having
séen
and
perused
,
I
will
tell
him
that
you
send
it
to
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
He
being
gone
unto
his
palace
,
you
shall
go
into
the
Cedar
Chest
,
and
so
will
I
cause
you
to
be
carryed
into
the
princess
chamber
lying
in
the
same
,
whereof
I
will
secretly
advertise
her
,
and
by
this
means
she
may
speak
to
you
,
and
you
to
her
what
you
think
good
.
I
but
(
said
Esplandian
)
●ell
me
how
I
shall
come
out
again
?
I
will
desire
her
(
said
she
)
to
give
me
the
Cedar
Chest
,
therein
to
bury
the
body
of
Matroco
that
died
a
Christian
,
wherein
you
shall
be
inclosed
,
and
to
morrow
in
the
morning
I
will
cause
you
to
be
brought
hither
again
.
By
God
(
said
Gandalin
)
it
is
the
prettiest
devise
that
ever
I
heard
,
&
now
I
confess
that
I
was
never
but
a
fool
in
regard
of
C●rmelle
.
Meddle
you
not
with
any
thing
(
said
she
)
but
rest
content
,
let
me
alone
to
work
my
will
,
and
to
the
same
end
let
us
presently
begin
:
then
Esplandian
went
down
into
the
bottom
of
the
ship
,
and
the
gentlewoman
prepared
the
tomb
as
she
had
determined
before
:
with
that
she
,
Gandalin
,
and
Enil
,
landed
and
went
unto
the
Emperor
,
whom
they
saluted
most
honorably
,
but
Carmelle
did
him
no
reverence
:
for
(
as
it
is
said
before
)
she
estéemed
not
of
any
man
living
,
how
great
a
Prince
soever
he
were
,
but
only
of
Esplandian
:
she
and
Gandalin
were
known
in
Constantinople
by
reason
of
their
being
there
before
.
Wherefore
the
Emperor
received
Gandalin
very
courteously
,
and
with
smiling
countenance
said
unto
him
:
Friend
Gandalin
,
although
your
presents
hath
procured
great
melancholly
in
my
minde
,
remembring
I
have
often
séen
you
here
with
the
man
,
that
in
all
Christendom
I
most
entirely
love
,
whom
I
am
utterly
perswaded
I
shall
never
sée
again
,
yet
you
are
heartily
welcome
,
and
I
pray
you
tell
me
how
doth
the
knight
with
the
Gréen
Sword
.
My
Lord
(
said
Gandalin
)
it
is
long
since
I
left
him
to
come
into
this
country
,
nevertheless
I
am
assured
wheresoever
he
is
,
he
is
a
prince
ready
to
do
your
Grace
any
pleasure
he
can
.
In
good
faith
(
said
the
Emperor
)
I
believe
it
well
,
and
I
am
glad
of
the
honor
I
understand
he
hath
received
at
the
hands
of
King
Luisart
,
that
voluntarily
hath
deposed
himself
of
all
Princely
dignity
to
invest
him
therewith
.
My
Lord
(
said
Enil
)
that
is
true
,
I
can
assure
your
Grace
thereof
,
as
one
that
was
present
as
his
Coronation
:
and
although
I
could
wish
king
Amadis
the
Monarch
of
all
the
world
,
Truly
when
I
beheld
the
gesture
and
humble
countenance
of
good
King
Luisart
,
I
could
not
refrain
wéeping
,
for
compas●●on
I
had
to
sée
him
,
and
not
I
onely
,
but
all
the
people
that
beheld
him
.
I
pray
you
,
Sir
knight
(
said
the
Emperor
)
shew
me
how
it
was
,
for
that
all
wise
men
are
bound
not
onely
to
enquire
of
all
vertuous
actions
,
but
also
to
imitate
them
as
néer
as
possibly
they
may
:
with
that
Enil
shewed
him
at
large
the
whole
order
of
the
same
,
as
you
heard
it
before
.
Whereat
the
Emperor
(
holding
down
his
head
)
mused
for
a
while
,
and
then
said
:
I
am
certainly
perswaded
it
will
be
long
before
we
finde
a
better
Prince
then
king
Luisart
is
,
or
one
that
hath
passed
his
yong
years
with
more
wisd●●
〈◊〉
magnanimity
of
courage
,
and
as
I
understand
,
both
fortune
and
vertue
have
béen
favorable
unto
him
:
fortune
in
giving
him
force
to
overcome
and
obtain
honor
against
divers
misfortunes
and
hard
adventures
that
she
her self
had
prepared
for
him
:
and
vertue
,
for
that
in
the
end
of
his
days
she
hath
set
him
in
the
way
to
enter
into
paradise
.
And
leaving
that
discourse
:
he
changed
purpose
and
spake
to
Carmelle
,
of
whom
in
jest
he
asked
,
if
she
were
still
tormented
with
the
extream
passions
of
love
towards
Esplandian
as
she
had
béen
in
times
past
.
My
Lord
(
said
she
)
if
there
be
any
change
since
I
spake
with
you
,
it
is
,
that
the
love
,
servitude
,
&
affection
I
bear
unto
him
,
are
augmented
in
me
,
and
daily
more
and
more
increase
.
Whereat
every
man
began
to
laugh
.
In
good
faith
(
said
the
Emperor
)
we
may
then
very
wel
perswade
our selves
,
that
you
came
not
to
our
Court
to
move
any
of
our
Gentlewomen
to
love
the
good
knight
your
master
,
although
he
should
expresly
command
you
to
do
it
.
My
Lord
(
said
she
)
you
judge
as
in
reason
it
ought
to
be
,
nevertheless
I
take
so
great
a
pleasure
in
serving
him
to
his
contentment
,
that
I
will
except
no
service
whatsoever
:
and
to
speak
truth
,
my
arrival
here
is
to
ask
your
Grace
a
gift
,
neither
gold
nor
silver
,
but
onely
that
it
would
please
you
to
go
unto
the
haven
,
to
sée
a
present
that
my
Lord
Esplandian
sendeth
to
the
princess
Leonorine
as
her
knight
.
In
good
truth
(
said
the
Emperor
)
you
require
a
thing
at
our
hands
,
that
we
should
rather
desire
at
yours
.
Come
then
my
Lord
(
said
she
)
for
I
may
not
stay
long
here
.
With
that
the
Emperor
(
accompanied
of
divers
Noble
men
)
went
unto
the
haven
,
and
being
there
,
entred
into
Carmelles
ship
,
she
shewed
him
the
christal
tomb
,
then
that
of
azure
stone
,
and
lastly
the
Image
of
Jupiter
:
whereat
the
Emperor
stayed
longer
to
behold
it
than
the
rest
,
not
so
much
for
the
richness
thereof
,
as
to
read
the
prophecy
it
held
:
and
having
read
it
,
was
not
a
little
abashed
:
which
Carmelle
perceiving
,
spake
unto
him
and
said
:
My
Lord
,
all
this
you
sée
hath
continued
above
two
hundred
years
in
the
broken
palace
of
the
inchantress
,
yet
in
all
that
time
not
any
knight
(
how
valiant
soever
he
were
)
could
ever
conquer
the
same
,
nor
yet
so
much
as
sée
it
,
until
my
lord
Esplandian
arrived
there
,
that
is
become
Lord
and
possessor
of
the
same
,
as
you
now
behold
.
Truly
(
said
the
Emperor
)
it
is
the
goodliest
present
that
ever
I
saw
,
and
worthy
the
greatest
admiration
:
for
although
it
be
of
incomparable
riches
,
yet
do
I
estéem
it
of
no
value
in
respect
of
the
great
science
and
wonderful
knowledge
that
was
in
her
to
whom
it
first
belonged
,
as
she
maketh
it
well
appear
by
the
threatnings
she
used
against
us
in
this
table
:
God
grant
all
may
fall
out
better
than
I
doubt
it
will
.
My
Lord
(
said
Carmelle
)
although
it
be
such
as
you
estéem
it
,
yet
do
I
fear
that
my
Lady
your
Daughter
will
not
make
so
much
account
thereof
,
that
in
recompence
of
the
same
she
will
acquit
the
good
knight
Amadis
and
the
master
that
I
serve
,
of
the
promise
they
have
made
unto
her
.
I
know
not
that
(
said
the
Emperor
)
but
I
am
well
assured
,
that
no
earthly
treasure
can
be
comparable
unto
the
valor
and
vertue
of
your
master
:
neither
will
I
ever
give
my
consent
that
Leonorine
shall
make
that
exchange
,
as
desiring
the
company
of
Esplandian
,
much
more
than
to
have
all
the
treasures
in
the
world
within
my
coffers
:
and
with
good
reason
,
for
that
the
wickedest
person
living
on
the
earth
may
be
rich
of
gold
and
silver
,
but
not
of
vertue
,
which
is
not
abundant
unto
any
but
to
th●se
that
séek
it
:
wherefore
if
you
think
good
,
carry
your
presents
back
again
,
for
Esplandian
cannot
be
acquitted
unto
us
,
but
onely
by
his
presence
.
My
Lord
(
said
Carmelle
)
I
am
commanded
to
leave
them
with
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
whether
it
be
upon
that
condition
or
not
:
and
if
it
be
your
pleasure
(
séeing
she
is
not
come
hither
with
you
)
I
will
cause
it
to
be
carryed
into
her
chamber
.
My
daughter
(
said
the
Emperor
)
is
with
her
mother
the
Empress
about
a
mile
hence
to
take
the
air
,
when
she
cometh
home
you
may
present
it
unto
her
,
and
assure
your self
she
will
not
refuse
it
:
not
so
much
for
the
value
thereof
,
as
for
the
good
I
wish
to
him
that
sent
it
her
,
as
she
knoweth
full
well
.
Wherewith
he
departed
out
of
the
ship
,
and
being
a
land
walked
to
wards
his
pallace
,
not
without
much
talk
with
his
knights
and
noble
men
,
touching
the
excellency
of
the
tomb
.
Which
the
more
they
spake
of
,
the
more
they
estéemed
it
,
in
such
manner
,
that
they
all
acknowledged
never
in
their
lives
to
have
séen
so
rich
nor
so
singular
a
present
.
CHAP.
XXXVI
.
How
Esplandian
was
put
into
the
Cedar
Chest
,
and
with
the
tomb
carryed
into
the
Princess
Leonorines
Chamber
,
and
what
conference
they
had
together
.
THe
Emperor
and
his
company
gone
as
it
is
said
before
,
Carmelle
called
Esplandian
,
that
in
the
mean
time
lay
in
the
bottom
of
the
Ship
,
and
told
him
the
manner
of
their
procéedings
,
as
also
the
spéech
the
Emperor
had
with
Gandalin
and
Enil
,
and
all
what
had
happened
,
as
it
is
before
rehearsed
By
my
soul
(
said
Esplandian
)
I
was
never
in
the
like
pain
,
for
hearing
all
you
speak
,
onely
the
Lady
Leonorine
,
I
could
not
tell
what
to
think
:
but
when
the
Emperor
told
you
she
was
not
in
the
City
,
believe
me
,
it
comforted
my
heart
.
Did
not
I
play
my
part
well
?
said
Carmelle
.
That
you
did
,
and
as
well
as
one
could
wish
,
(
said
Esplandian
)
and
if
it
be
true
which
is
commonly
said
:
That
a
good
beginning
makes
a
good
ending
,
I
hope
I
shall
not
fail
to
bring
my
purpose
to
pass
.
And
while
they
devised
together
it
waxed
night
,
so
that
the
Empress
returned
into
the
City
:
which
Carmelle
understanding
,
caused
Esplandian
presently
to
lie
down
in
the
Cedar
Chest
,
in
such
sort
,
that
the
air
entred
therein
on
all
sides
,
and
covering
it
with
the
Azure
and
Christal
Stones
,
Gandalin
,
Enil
,
and
their
Squires
took
the
tomb
,
and
with
the
Gentlewoman
went
out
of
the
ship
and
came
unto
the
pallace
,
where
they
found
the
Lady
Leonorine
(
being
already
advertised
of
the
goodly
Present
sent
her
by
Esplandian
)
in
great
devotion
staying
for
Carmelle
,
for
it
had
béen
told
her
,
that
in
the
evening
she
would
bring
it
to
her
lodging
:
wherefore
she
had
no
sooner
espyed
it
,
but
she
(
with
many
other
Ladies
and
gentlewomen
no
less
curious
to
behold
the
same
)
met
her
in
the
hall
.
With
that
Carmelle
(
perceiving
her
come
)
stepped
forwards
,
and
doing
reverence
unto
her
,
said
:
Madam
,
the
good
knight
Esplandian
sendeth
you
this
Present
,
that
not
long
since
he
conquered
in
the
Rock
of
the
Enchantress
,
according
to
the
good
fortune
and
happy
destiny
above
hundred
years
past
predestinated
of
him
:
which
he
sendeth
unto
you
,
expresly
to
give
you
to
understand
the
great
desire
that
daily
more
and
more
increased
in
him
to
be
your
faithful
Knight
.
But
before
you
procéed
further
,
it
is
convenient
you
grant
me
two
requests
:
the
one
,
that
neither
you
nor
any
other
shall
look
into
the
tomb
until
the
morning
that
I
return
again
with
the
key
to
open
a
Cedar
chest
,
that
you
shall
finde
therein
:
the
other
,
that
after
you
have
opened
it
you
shall
give
it
me
,
to
carry
with
me
to
the
place
,
where
my
father
kéepeth
his
hermitage
,
therein
to
bury
the
bones
of
Matroco
that
died
a
Christian
,
as
you
have
understood
.
Carmelle
my
friend
(
said
the
Princess
)
that
am
I
content
to
do
:
nevertheless
I
am
much
abashed
why
Esplandian
deferreth
the
time
so
long
before
he
cometh
to
sée
the
Emperor
.
Madam
(
said
she
)
I
will
tell
you
that
to
morrow
:
mean
time
,
I
pray
you
,
determine
where
you
will
have
our
men
to
set
down
their
charge
.
In
the
Great
Hall
(
said
Leonorine
)
that
my
Gentlewomen
may
sée
it
at
their
ease
.
In
faith
Madam
,
you
shall
pardon
me
(
said
Carmelle
:
)
this
place
is
too
open
and
over
common
to
leave
so
precious
a
thing
standing
therein
:
I
deny
not
to
let
them
have
the
pleasure
to
behold
it
,
but
having
séen
it
,
for
the
more
safety
it
shall
be
set
into
your
own
chamber
,
whereof
you
and
none
other
shall
have
the
key
.
With
that
they
that
bare
the
tomb
,
entered
into
the
hall
and
set
it
down
,
till
Leonorine
and
the
rest
of
the
Gentlewomen
had
beheld
it
long
:
and
if
Carmelle
had
not
béen
there
,
assure
your selves
it
had
béen
better
visited
than
it
was
:
but
she
would
not
depart
from
thence
till
it
was
shut
up
.
Which
done
,
taking
her
leave
,
as
she
went
out
she
took
the
Princess
aside
,
and
giving
her
the
key
of
the
Chest
wherein
Esplandian
lay
,
said
unto
her
:
Madam
,
I
leave
you
in
this
tomb
two
inestimable
treasures
,
although
their
difference
be
great
,
as
you
may
well
perceive
you
being
alone
:
for
it
is
sure
,
that
under
this
key
lyeth
the
thing
,
that
in
all
the
world
you
most
desire
to
see
:
and
without
staying
Leonorines
answer
,
she
went
out
of
the
chamber
,
and
with
Gandalin
and
his
company
returned
to
the
ship
,
leaving
the
Princess
in
a
marvellous
doubt
by
reason
of
the
words
she
used
unto
her
:
&
therewith
did
so
certainly
perswade
her self
,
that
her
friend
Esplandian
lay
dead
within
the
same
,
that
she
was
constrained
to
cause
all
her
gentlewomen
to
depart
the
chamber
,
onely
Quéen
Minoresse
that
stayed
to
bea●
her
company
:
with
that
she
threw
her self
on
the
bed
,
and
almost
drowned
in
tears
,
began
to
make
the
greatest
sorrow
in
the
world
Quéen
Minoresse
abashed
at
so
sudden
alteration
,
knew
not
what
to
think
,
but
perceiving
her
grief
to
increase
still
more
and
more
,
went
unto
her
and
said
:
Madam
,
I
pray
you
hide
the
cause
of
this
sorrow
from
me
no
longer
,
for
I
swear
unto
you
of
my
faith
,
if
by
any
means
I
may
relieve
the
same
,
I
well
deal
therein
as
for
my self
.
Leonorine
that
never
ceased
sighing
,
could
not
answer
her
one
word
,
but
with
much
importance
at
the
last
answered
her
and
said
:
Alas
my
good
friend
,
for
Gods
cause
let
me
be
in
rest
,
and
let
it
suffice
you
that
you
know
,
that
I
never
was
so
desirous
for
to
live
,
as
I
am
at
this
present
to
die
.
What
Madam
?
(
said
the
Quéen
)
will
you
tell
me
nothing
else
?
No
,
(
said
she
.
)
In
good
faith
then
(
said
the
Quéen
)
you
shall
do
me
wrong
,
and
I
shall
have
good
cause
to
think
the
love
and
favor
that
in
times
past
you
have
shewen
unto
me
,
to
be
altogether
fained
:
whereat
I
am
much
grieved
,
séeing
I
have
born
such
a
mind
to
you
,
that
I
would
never
have
failed
to
hazard
not
only
my
honor
but
my
life
and
soul
both
for
your
sake
:
when
the
Princess
heard
her
spake
with
such
affection
,
she
was
somewhat
better
assured
,
and
thereupon
said
unto
her
:
Séeing
you
are
so
desirous
to
know
the
cause
,
you
shall
hear
it
presently
,
upon
condition
you
shall
promise
me
to
be
a
means
rather
to
hinder
my
days
than
any
ways
to
further
them
séeing
I
am
fully
determined
to
die
.
You
may
yet
well
remember
(
said
she
)
the
first
time
that
Carmelle
came
hither
to
bring
us
news
of
Esplandian
,
son
to
the
good
Knight
with
the
gréen
Sword
,
that
had
commandment
from
his
father
(
as
she
said
)
to
come
hither
to
serve
us
in
his
place
,
according
to
the
promise
he
had
made
unto
us
being
in
this
court
:
&
Carmelle
said
,
that
for
that
cause
onely
Esplandian
had
sent
her
unto
Constantinople
,
to
give
the
Emperor
and
us
to
understand
thereof
:
but
there
were
other
matters
in
the
wind
,
for
she
came
expresly
to
intreat
me
to
be
good
unto
her
master
,
who
for
the
great
love
and
affection
be
bare
unto
me
,
lived
in
the
greatest
pain
that
p●ssible
could
be
.
Whereupon
it
happened
,
that
being
vanquished
and
overcome
with
an
infinite
number
of
reasons
that
she
made
unto
me
,
I
confirmed
in
my
heart
,
that
which
his
renown
had
already
imprinted
in
my
mind
;
and
therewith
determined
for
to
wish
more
good
to
him
than
to
my self
:
not
that
I
ever
thought
to
commit
any
fault
that
might
redound
to
my
dishonor
,
but
onely
for
the
glory
to
have
so
worthy
a
knight
ready
at
my
commandement
:
whereby
this
fire
did
so
augment
in
me
,
that
ever
since
I
would
not
think
on
any
other
thing
than
upon
Esplandian
,
with
whose
love
my
mind
hath
béen
so
moved
,
that
his
long
absence
hath
almost
procured
my
death
:
yet
the
hope
I
had
from
day
to
day
to
sée
him
,
hath
made
me
able
to
sustain
my
grief
with
so
great
patience
,
that
neither
you
nor
any
other
,
as
I
think
,
could
ever
perceive
it
in
me
.
But
as
the
Sailor
on
the
Sea
being
in
a
tempest
,
thinking
at
length
to
arrive
at
some
haven
for
to
save
himself
,
suddenly
méeteth
with
a
Rock
that
breaketh
his
ship
in
pieces
:
so
I
(
most
unfortunate
Lady
)
hoping
by
the
presence
of
him
I
so
much
desire
to
sée
,
to
be
at
the
end
of
my
great
sorrow
,
am
now
fallen
into
the
gulf
of
desperation
,
considering
the
spéech
which
Carmelle
used
to
me
,
who
speaking
softly
,
said
in
this
manner
:
Madam
,
I
leave
you
within
this
tomb
two
inestimable
treasures
:
the
one
is
the
thing
that
in
all
the
world
you
most
desire
to
sée
:
which
maketh
me
verily
think
it
can
be
no
other
thing
than
the
dead
body
of
Esplandian
,
and
that
(
as
it
is
very
likely
)
he
hath
desired
at
his
death
to
be
brought
unto
me
to
wéep
and
lament
over
him
,
as
I
mean
to
do
during
the
term
of
my
life
:
which
if
it
pleaseth
God
shall
not
be
very
long
.
And
saying
so
she
cast
forth
a
great
sigh
,
swooning
in
Quéen
Minoresses
arms
:
who
being
abashed
to
hear
the
Princess
use
those
words
so
far
from
the
estimation
she
always
had
conceived
of
her
,
knew
not
at
the
first
what
counsel
of
comfort
to
minister
unto
her
:
nevertheless
considering
the
extremity
she
was
in
,
minding
to
provide
for
two
accidents
that
both
at
one
instant
presented
themselves
,
she
ran
in
all
haste
to
fetch
cold
water
,
which
throwing
in
her
face
,
she
revived
again
.
Wherewith
the
Quéen
said
unto
her
,
What
Madam
?
will
you
throw
the
helve
after
the
hatcher
?
Will
you
be
holden
for
a
fool
,
and
loose
the
reputation
that
is
spread
of
you
throughout
the
world
?
Where
is
the
constancy
,
the
modesty
,
and
the
wisdom
wherewith
you
were
wont
to
be
adorned
?
Must
you
for
one
word
(
which
you
misunderstand
)
forget
your self
so
much
?
Suppose
it
were
true
that
Esplandian
should
be
dead
,
can
you
call
him
again
by
this
tormenting
your self
?
For
Gods
sake
be
patient
,
and
if
the
worst
be
,
you
may
prove
if
it
be
so
and
not
fall
into
this
kind
of
fantasie
upon
your
own
imaginations
:
Carmelle
hath
told
you
that
the
thing
you
most
desire
in
all
the
world
is
inclosed
in
this
tomb
:
is
it
therefore
to
be
said
Esplandian
should
not
be
alive
?
Think
you
he
is
the
first
man
that
hath
done
the
like
for
his
beloveds
sake
?
This
I
assure
you
,
that
although
I
break
the
tomb
and
all
that
belongeth
to
it
,
I
will
presently
sée
what
may
be
in
it
.
Alas
cousin
(
said
the
Princess
)
I
fear
you
will
sée
it
over
soon
for
me
,
for
if
he
be
dead
(
as
I
think
he
is
)
assure
your self
I
will
bear
him
company
before
it
be
day
.
I
pray
you
(
said
the
quéen
)
be
not
unhappy
before
your
time
,
but
let
me
work
the
feat
:
hold
then
(
said
Leonorine
)
here
is
the
key
that
Carmelle
left
me
:
which
the
Quéen
took
in
her
hand
,
and
entring
into
the
chamber
where
the
tomb
stood
,
she
lifted
up
the
Christal
plate
;
that
done
,
she
spake
aloud
,
and
asked
if
any
body
were
within
the
same
:
Esplandian
(
to
whom
one
hour
séemed
a
whole
year
)
staying
for
that
time
,
and
hearing
the
Quéen
speak
,
answered
presently
,
and
said
:
I
Madam
.
Who
are
you
?
(
said
Minoresse
.
)
Madam
,
said
he
,
I
am
the
happy
or
unahppy
knight
Esplandian
,
that
put
my self
into
this
tomb
,
ready
to
receive
either
death
or
life
,
as
it
shall
please
the
Princess
Leonorine
to
dispose
.
Are
you
(
said
the
Quéen
)
Esplandian
,
son
to
the
good
knight
with
the
Gréen
Sword
,
that
by
messages
hath
so
oftentimes
promised
to
come
and
serve
us
?
I
Madam
(
said
he
)
and
that
to
accomplish
my
word
,
have
caused
my self
to
be
brought
hither
in
this
manner
.
If
you
will
promise
me
(
said
the
Quéen
)
and
swear
not
to
pass
my
commandment
in
that
I
shall
appoint
you
to
do
,
I
will
cause
you
both
to
sée
and
speak
to
her
you
desire
so
much
to
serve
?
That
will
I
promise
you
,
(
said
he
)
and
a
greater
matter
likewise
,
so
my
Lady
be
content
.
It
is
enough
(
said
the
Quéen
)
wherewith
she
lifted
up
the
second
plate
,
and
then
opened
the
Chest
wherein
he
lay
,
and
coming
out
,
he
used
great
reverence
to
the
Quéen
,
but
as
then
he
knew
her
not
,
till
she
said
unto
him
:
Sir
Knight
,
it
may
be
you
have
heard
of
me
before
this
time
,
I
am
Minoresse
,
that
to
deliver
my
Lady
and
you
from
the
great
pain
you
both
endure
,
hath
taken
you
out
of
this
your
prison
:
Wherefore
I
pray
you
stay
here
a
while
,
till
I
return
again
.
With
that
she
went
unto
the
Princess
Leonorine
(
that
mean
time
for
fear
shook
like
an
Aspen
leaf
)
and
with
a
merry
countenance
said
unto
her
:
Madam
,
when
we
have
a
long
and
hard
Winter
,
it
is
commonly
séen
there
followeth
a
pleasant
Summer
:
and
after
great
sorrow
cometh
excéeding
joy
.
You
have
bewailed
your
Knight
Esplandian
for
dead
,
but
never
in
all
my
life
have
I
séen
a
dead
creature
buried
that
was
so
fair
,
and
of
so
pleasant
countenance
,
as
the
dead
man
I
have
found
within
the
Tomb
:
I
pray
you
come
and
sée
if
I
be
deceived
or
not
.
When
the
Princess
heard
the
Queen
use
those
words
touching
Esplandian
,
and
to
laugh
withal
with
joy
,
her
heart
leaped
in
her
body
,
and
rising
out
of
her
bed
,
without
speaking
any
word
,
she
ran
presently
into
the
Chamber
,
at
the
entery
whereof
she
espied
him
she
had
so
much
lamented
:
who
presently
kneeled
down
to
kiss
her
hands
.
But
Leonorine
was
not
as
then
disposed
to
use
Ceremonies
,
but
forgetting
her
accustomed
modesty
,
and
the
gravity
required
in
her
Sex
,
especially
the
shamefac'dness
that
commonly
is
seen
to
be
in
wise
and
vertuous
Ladies
,
could
not
so
much
command
her
own
affections
,
but
cast
her self
into
Esplandian's
arms
,
kissing
him
with
so
great
affection
,
as
if
she
had
séen
,
loved
and
known
him
all
her
life
time
.
And
assure
your self
,
if
Queen
Minoresse
had
not
drawn
her
back
,
and
reproved
her
lightness
,
that
at
that
instant
those
two
Lovers
had
died
in
the
place
,
for
that
both
their
spirits
had
abandoned
all
their
viral
parts
to
meet
together
at
their
mouthes
,
and
to
embrace
each
other
,
even
to
the
extreamity
of
their
lips
,
ready
to
pass
further
.
I
say
not
but
that
Queen
Minoresse
did
them
wrong
:
and
likewise
,
if
any
man
would
accuse
Leonorine
of
folly
or
inconstancy
,
I
answer
him
again
,
that
she
is
most
easily
to
be
excused
both
of
the
one
and
the
other
,
for
although
she
never
had
séen
Espladian
before
that
time
,
and
that
in
reason
she
should
have
known
him
better
before
she
shewed
her self
so
private
unto
him
,
you
must
suppose
(
as
it
is
true
)
that
love
had
of
long
time
before
so
well
ingraven
him
in
her
minde
,
that
she
ceased
not
to
sée
him
every
day
with
her
inward
eyes
.
And
as
Nature
had
studied
to
make
her
most
perfect
in
all
perfections
whatsoever
,
love
had
likewise
taken
pleasure
to
make
her
the
best
beloved
and
the
truest
lover
that
ever
was
before
her
time
.
Wherefore
it
is
not
to
be
marvelled
,
if
at
the
first
she
shewed
so
good
a
countenance
to
her
friend
,
considering
the
pain
and
grief
she
had
endured
since
the
time
Carmelle
brought
her
news
.
These
two
lovers
being
thus
before
each
other
(
Esplandian
still
knéeling
séemed
to
be
ravish'd
,
that
quéen
Minoresse
could
not
refrain
to
say
to
Leonorine
:
Madam
,
me
thinks
you
should
do
well
to
command
the
Knight
to
rise
up
,
and
lead
him
into
your
chamber
,
where
you
may
talk
together
while
the
night
endureth
,
if
you
think
good
:
but
to
let
him
knéel
still
on
the
ground
,
in
good
faith
it
is
not
well
.
My
good
friend
(
said
Leonorine
)
he
hath
fled
from
us
for
almost
two
years
together
,
now
I
mean
to
kéep
him
so
néer
me
,
that
she
shall
not
easily
escape
away
:
with
that
she
took
him
by
the
hand
to
lift
him
up
,
but
he
would
not
stir
,
but
said
unto
her
:
Madam
,
Gastilles
not
long
since
sent
me
word
being
at
Alfarin
,
that
you
were
much
offended
with
me
,
I
pray
you
shew
me
the
cause
:
for
if
ever
I
committed
fault
against
you
,
it
hath
bin
onely
in
loving
you
with
all
my
heart
,
as
I
am
bound
to
do
Nevertheless
,
if
in
your
advise
I
séem
to
have
presumed
over-much
,
pardon
me
I
pray
you
,
and
give
me
what
punishment
you
shall
think
good
.
My
friend
(
said
she
)
your
absence
hath
procured
me
so
great
cause
of
grief
,
that
I
both
pray
you
,
and
command
you
,
from
henceforth
not
to
absent
your self
from
me
long
again
.
Madam
(
said
Esplandian
)
having
(
with
your
leave
)
made
another
voyage
to
my
companions
,
that
may
think
ill
of
me
,
leaving
them
in
their
chiefest
néed
,
to
come
hither
for
my
pleasure
:
I
swear
unto
you
of
my
faith
I
will
never
offend
you
more
in
that
manner
,
or
any
other
way
whatsoever
.
I
am
content
to
grant
you
that
(
said
she
)
so
you
return
as
soon
as
possible
you
may
:
And
for
the
rest
I
will
that
from
henceforth
you
love
me
in
such
sort
,
that
not
any
other
but
my self
shall
have
power
over
you
,
and
that
you
be
my
Knight
:
Now
I
pray
you
stand
up
,
and
I
will
shew
you
further
of
my
mind
.
With
that
Esplandian
rose
up
,
and
Leonorine
taking
him
by
the
right
hand
,
led
him
into
her
chamber
,
where
she
set
him
a
chair
,
and
she
sat
by
him
,
there
they
began
to
shew
the
pains
each
of
them
had
indured
,
in
what
manner
their
love
did
first
begin
,
who
was
the
mean
thereof
,
and
the
end
whereunto
they
pretended
,
which
was
their
future
marriage
.
In
which
discourse
,
they
grew
into
such
alterations
,
that
if
quéen
Minoresse
had
not
béen
there
as
witness
to
their
talk
,
considering
the
heat
they
then
were
in
,
I
think
not
,
but
in
time
they
would
have
easily
procéeded
to
a
further
matter
.
In
that
manner
the
two
lovers
passed
the
night
till
day
began
to
appear
:
which
Quéen
Minoresse
perceiving
,
went
to
Leonorine
,
and
said
unto
her
:
Madam
,
the
secretest
follies
are
always
best
,
it
is
almost
day
,
and
it
may
be
the
Empress
may
send
some
one
of
her
women
,
or
come
her self
in
person
to
visit
you
,
for
that
yesternight
very
late
it
was
told
her
you
were
not
well
.
I
pray
you
give
this
knight
leave
to
depart
,
and
let
us
shut
him
in
the
Chest
,
as
we
found
him
at
the
first
.
Alas
how
hard
were
those
words
unto
Esplandian
,
and
no
less
unto
the
Princess
,
who
foreséeing
the
danger
that
might
fall
out
if
they
were
sound
together
,
said
unto
him
:
My
good
friend
,
this
happy
night
that
hath
favored
us
so
much
,
shall
cause
you
if
you
think
good
,
to
remember
the
promise
you
have
made
unto
me
:
I
pray
you
let
me
sée
you
again
as
soon
as
possibly
you
may
.
And
as
she
ended
those
words
,
the
Quéen
that
stood
as
a
stout
watch
,
heard
some
body
come
up
the
stairs
,
wherewith
being
in
great
fear
,
she
told
the
Princess
Lenorine
,
which
made
Esplandian
presently
go
into
the
other
chamber
,
and
without
having
time
to
take
any
longer
farewel
,
laid
himself
down
into
the
Cedar
Chest
,
yet
Leonorine
could
not
abstain
,
but
must
of
force
kiss
him
before
he
was
shut
in
,
and
as
they
laid
the
Christal
Plate
upon
the
tomb
,
Carmelle
knocked
at
the
door
,
and
with
her
Gandalin
and
Enil
,
and
the
rest
of
the
company
that
the
night
before
had
brought
him
thither
.
With
that
Quéen
Minoresse
opened
the
door
,
and
they
entering
in
the
chamber
,
Carmelle
saw
Leonorine
that
came
unto
her
,
to
whom
after
she
had
done
her
reverence
,
she
said
:
Madam
,
I
am
commanded
by
him
that
sent
me
unto
you
,
not
to
stay
any
longer
here
,
is
it
not
your
pleasure
to
give
me
leave
to
depart
,
and
cause
the
chest
to
be
delivered
unto
me
,
according
to
your
promise
?
Gentlewoman
(
said
the
Princess
)
I
have
made
you
promise
thereof
,
and
I
will
kéep
it
,
alth●ugh
I
had
rather
it
should
stay
together
as
it
is
,
then
to
separate
it
asunder
.
Take
it
when
you
will
,
you
shall
find
it
in
the
same
place
where
yesternight
you
caused
it
to
be
set
:
with
that
the
Ladies
and
gentlewomen
being
advertised
of
her
rising
came
into
her
chamber
,
which
hindered
Leonorine
to
speak
so
secretly
with
Carmelle
as
she
would
have
done
,
but
onely
gave
her
the
key
of
the
chest
,
which
she
caused
to
be
taken
out
of
the
tomb
:
that
done
,
G●ndalin
and
Enil
,
and
the
two
Squires
,
took
it
up
betwéen
them
and
carried
it
away
,
Leonorine
saying
to
Carmelle
:
I
pray
you
thank
the
knight
(
in
my
behalf
)
that
hath
had
me
in
so
good
remembrance
.
And
find
the
means
if
it
be
possible
that
(
according
to
the
promise
and
messages
he
hath
often
sent
unto
the
Emperor
,
part
whereof
have
bin
done
by
your self
)
he
will
as
soon
as
he
can
,
come
hither
to
sée
us
.
Madam
(
said
she
)
I
will
do
it
with
all
my
heart
,
as
she
that
desireth
to
please
,
serve
and
obey
you
.
Fail
not
then
(
said
the
Princess
)
and
so
God
have
you
in
his
kéeping
.
That
done
,
Carmelle
followed
them
that
carried
Esplandian
,
leaving
Leonorine
accompanied
both
with
joy
&
sadness
:
with
joy
,
to
have
séen
him
that
she
held
dearer
then
her self
,
and
with
sadness
,
for
his
so
sudden
departure
.
But
the
hope
she
had
of
his
spéedy
return
,
eased
her
grief
much
.
Carmelle
having
brought
her
purpose
to
pass
as
you
heard
before
,
desiring
not
to
omit
any
thing
that
séemed
necessary
to
be
done
:
and
to
avoid
all
suspition
,
sent
Gandalin
and
Enil
before
unto
the
ships
,
and
went
unto
the
Emperor
,
whom
she
found
walking
in
the
gallery
who
no
sooner
perceived
her
,
but
he
asked
if
the
Present
that
Esplandian
sent
unto
his
daughter
,
were
yet
in
her
ship
.
No
my
Lord
,
(
said
she
)
I
caused
it
yesternight
to
be
carried
into
her
chamber
as
I
promised
you
,
and
have
left
it
all
with
her
,
onely
that
which
was
given
me
for
my
part
.
What
is
that
?
(
said
the
Emperor
.
)
The
Cedar
Chest
(
said
she
:
)
wherein
(
if
it
pleaseth
God
)
I
will
cause
the
body
of
Matroco
to
be
buried
,
that
as
yet
lieth
in
my
fathers
Hermitage
.
But
my
lord
,
because
as
this
morning
I
determined
to
sayl
unto
the
Castle
the
defended
mountain
,
to
him
that
sent
me
hither
,
I
pray
you
give
me
leave
to
depart
.
Gentlewoman
(
said
the
Emperor
)
when
you
were
last
here
,
I
sent
him
word
by
you
,
what
joy
and
great
pleasure
it
would
be
unto
me
for
to
sée
him
here
,
I
pray
you
once
again
shew
him
what
I
said
:
Assuring
him
,
that
being
here
,
he
shall
have
of
me
all
honor
and
good
entertainment
we
can
devise
.
My
Lord
(
said
Carmelle
)
God
preserve
your
Grace
and
send
you
life
:
And
therewith
taking
her
leave
,
she
returned
into
her
ship
,
where
Esplandian
and
his
company
stayed
for
her
.
CHAP.
XXXVII
.
How
Esplandian
put
to
Sea
,
thinking
to
arrive
at
the
Castle
the
defended
Mountain
,
and
of
the
great
adventures
he
found
.
ESplandian
entred
into
his
ship
,
and
Carmelle
being
returned
as
it
is
said
before
,
they
determined
not
to
stay
longer
,
fearing
to
be
discovered
:
wherefore
they
caused
ankers
to
be
hoised
,
and
setting
sayl
,
made
towards
the
Castle
the
defended
mountain
,
but
fortune
by
a
great
storm
and
contrary
wind
carried
them
another
way
,
driving
them
along
the
coast
of
Alfarin
,
where
the
wind
ceased
,
they
sayling
almost
hard
by
the
shore
,
and
at
the
same
instant
when
they
espyed
among
the
Rockes
certain
horse
and
footmen
fighting
together
:
whereat
Esplandian
marvelled
,
and
said
unto
Gandalin
and
Enil
:
I
pray
you
,
séeing
we
are
arrived
here
at
this
instant
,
let
us
go
sée
from
whence
the
occasion
of
their
combate
procéedeth
,
and
if
we
may
,
help
them
that
have
the
justest
quarrel
.
Let
us
go
(
said
the
two
Knights
)
wherewith
they
presently
landed
,
and
mounting
on
their
horses
,
commanded
the
sailers
to
stay
for
them
,
and
in
great
haste
ran
unto
the
place
where
the
combate
was
,
and
appr●aching
the
same
,
they
knew
their
companions
by
the
white
crosses
they
bare
upon
their
armor
,
and
séeing
them
in
danger
,
and
inclosed
on
all
sides
by
great
number
of
Turks
,
Esplandian
spurred
his
horse
over
the
stones
,
and
entered
into
the
prease
,
but
not
very
far
,
by
reason
the
Turks
kept
a
strait
place
,
where
he
must
pass
,
from
whence
at
the
first
he
was
repulsed
:
Nevertheless
in
the
end
Gandalin
and
Enil
seconded
him
so
well
with
the
help
of
those
that
fought
on
the
other
side
,
that
notwithstanding
the
great
resistance
the
Turks
made
,
they
inclosed
them
on
all
sides
,
and
beat
them
down
:
yet
some
of
them
by
the
swiftness
of
their
horses
saved
themselves
,
whereby
the
Christians
remained
victors
,
not
losing
one
man
.
The
knights
that
had
béen
aided
in
the
manner
,
could
not
imagine
which
way
the
other
thrée
knights
came
:
but
when
they
knew
them
,
never
were
men
gladder
,
praising
God
of
his
great
mercy
shewed
unto
them
.
Wherewith
Esplandian
asked
them
how
they
came
thither
:
My
lord
(
said
Elian
le
delibere
,
)
I
and
my
companions
had
so
much
intreated
Belleris
to
lead
us
into
the
country
,
that
all
this
night
he
hath
ben
our
guide
:
we
being
issued
out
of
Alfarin
,
thinking
to
surprise
the
town
of
Galatia
that
lieth
upon
the
sea-side
not
far
from
hence
,
and
to
the
same
end
we
stayed
in
ambush
,
but
perceiving
our
enterprise
to
be
discovered
,
&
thinking
by
little
and
little
to
retire
,
we
were
inclosed
in
such
manner
,
that
if
God
had
not
helpen
us
by
your
means
,
without
doubt
we
had
al
béen
overthrown
and
destroyed
.
By
the
faith
of
a
knight
(
said
Esplandian
)
if
you
had
considered
the
country
where
we
are
,
and
that
the
loss
of
one
of
our
men
is
greater
to
us
then
a
thousand
others
,
if
we
were
in
Christendom
,
you
would
not
have
hazarded
your selves
so
much
:
but
what
is
past
,
cannot
be
undone
.
And
to
the
end
we
spéed
no
worse
,
let
us
enter
into
my
ship
that
stayeth
for
me
.
My
Lord
Esplandian
(
said
Belleris
)
Occasion
is
offered
now
unto
us
,
and
let
him
go
that
refuseth
it
,
when
time
serveth
.
You
sée
the
overthrow
of
the
Turkes
,
which
is
such
,
that
I
certainly
believe
,
there
is
not
one
man
left
within
the
Town
.
Wherefore
I
am
of
opinion
,
that
we
ride
thither
in
as
secret
manner
as
we
may
,
then
if
we
sée
occasion
,
we
will
set
upon
the
gates
,
and
it
may
be
shall
enter
the
Town
without
resistance
,
mean
time
send
one
of
your
Squires
to
certifie
your
saylers
,
that
they
sayl
unto
Alfarin
,
or
else
that
they
stir
not
from
thence
before
they
hear
news
of
us
.
This
counsel
liked
them
well
,
and
they
all
agreed
unto
it
:
with
that
Belleris
marched
on
before
,
Esplandian
and
the
rest
following
after
,
riding
close
together
upon
a
Causie
,
where
not
far
from
thence
they
espyed
one
sitting
upon
a
sharp
Rock
most
hideous
to
behold
,
whereat
they
spurred
their
horses
thither
to
see
what
it
might
be
,
where
they
saw
a
woman
so
old
,
impotent
,
and
withered
,
that
her
breasts
hung
down
beneath
her
navil
,
apparelled
in
a
Bears
skin
,
whereon
hung
her
long
,
white
,
and
knotted
hair
,
where
she
had
lived
among
those
Rockes
in
all
tempests
and
stormy
weathers
for
the
space
of
six
score
years
together
.
By
which
means
,
her
naked
body
shewed
like
the
bark
of
an
Elm
trée
or
some
ancient
Oke
,
whereby
not
one
of
them
but
began
to
laugh
,
asking
Belleris
if
he
had
heard
of
her
before
.
I
truly
(
said
he
)
for
she
is
so
near
of
linage
to
King
Armato
,
that
she
was
his
great
Grandfathers
Sister
.
And
although
that
in
her
yong
years
she
hath
béen
indued
with
all
the
gifts
of
nature
,
yet
would
she
never
marry
,
what
means
soever
her
friends
could
use
,
but
gave
her self
continually
to
study
the
Art
of
Magick
,
in
such
short
,
that
none
could
surpass
her
in
the
same
,
whereby
she
hath
foreshown
long
time
since
,
that
before
she
died
,
the
land
of
Turky
should
be
overthrown
,
and
brought
in
subjection
unto
strangers
.
And
for
this
cause
she
hath
caused
this
Rock
to
be
hewen
,
wherein
she
hath
made
two
chambers
,
where
continually
she
abideth
,
apparrelled
in
the
same
manner
you
now
behold
her
,
and
as
it
is
commonly
reported
,
she
is
very
near
ninescore
years
of
age
,
and
that
you
may
know
her
better
,
it
is
she
that
caused
the
gilt
pillars
with
the
Tables
hanging
at
them
,
to
be
set
up
at
the
adventurous
fountain
,
which
you
my
Lord
Esplandian
(
said
he
)
might
peradventure
sée
,
when
you
found
the
Princess
Heliaxe
,
and
overthrew
her
guard
in
that
place
.
Truly
(
said
Esplandian
)
I
would
gladly
know
how
she
passeth
the
time
,
being
so
solitary
as
she
is
.
My
Lord
,
(
said
Belleris
)
that
could
never
be
known
,
yet
it
is
thought
,
that
she
hath
carryed
great
number
of
books
into
the
Cave
,
wherewith
she
delighteth
her self
.
I
marvel
(
said
Esplandian
)
why
no
man
ever
adventured
to
go
into
the
Rock
?
So
they
have
done
:
(
said
Belleris
)
but
they
returned
again
so
well
beaten
and
cruelly
handled
,
that
at
their
coming
forth
,
some
of
them
dyed
.
Let
us
speak
unto
her
(
said
Esplandian
)
and
it
may
be
she
will
tell
us
no
goodness
:
wherewith
they
went
néerer
unto
her
,
but
she
presently
rose
up
and
fled
into
her
Cave
,
at
the
entery
whereof
she
stayed
,
saying
to
Esplandian
:
Knight
,
Above
a
hundred
years
before
thou
wast
born
,
I
did
foreshew
the
destruction
of
this
country
by
thy
arrival
here
,
therefore
I
chuse
rather
to
lead
this
miserable
and
cruel
life
,
then
to
fall
into
thy
hands
,
and
live
in
miserable
captivity
.
With
that
she
went
in
,
and
could
no
more
be
séen
,
whereat
they
all
began
to
laugh
,
and
without
longer
staying
went
on
their
way
,
wherein
they
perceived
coming
towards
them
about
sixty
or
fourscore
Knights
,
all
armed
ready
to
fight
:
whereupon
doubting
them
to
be
enemies
,
they
stood
still
,
causing
Enil
and
Belleris
to
ride
forwards
to
know
the
truth
,
who
crossing
the
field
,
and
staying
under
a
tuff
of
Cork
,
they
perceived
one
of
the
company
to
bear
a
red
ancient
with
a
white
cross
,
and
therewith
they
knew
Frandalo
that
ma●ched
before
them
,
whereupon
they
returned
to
their
companions
:
who
glad
of
those
news
,
went
to
méet
them
,
and
coming
in
sight
each
of
other
,
Frandalo
thinking
to
be
surprised
,
willed
his
companions
to
stand
close
,
and
the
better
to
provoke
his
enemies
to
fight
,
he
sent
two
or
thrée
of
the
best
horses
in
his
company
to
skirmish
with
them
,
but
they
perceiving
their
white
crosses
knew
them
presently
to
be
Belleris
and
his
company
that
they
went
to
séek
,
which
Frandalo
knowing
,
spurred
his
horse
forward
,
much
abashed
to
sée
Esplandian
,
whom
he
verily
thought
to
be
in
the
Castle
the
defended
mountain
:
wherewith
they
embraces
each
other
,
talking
of
their
adventures
past
.
CHAP.
XXXVIII
.
How
Frandalo
and
his
company
of
Christian
Knights
,
surprised
the
town
of
Galatia
,
and
of
their
message
sent
unto
the
Emperor
of
Constantinople
by
Gandalin
,
to
crave
more
aid
.
THe
Christian
Knights
being
met
together
,
Esplandian
asked
Frandalo
wherefore
he
rode
abroad
with
so
great
a
company
:
My
lord
,
said
he
,
this
morning
I
was
advertised
,
that
Belleris
my
nephew
had
issued
by
night
out
of
Alfarin
with
certain
knights
,
to
sée
if
they
could
méet
with
our
enemies
,
&
fearing
they
should
find
some
ambush
laid
for
them
that
would
be
stronger
than
themselves
,
I
told
my
lord
Norandel
your
uncle
,
by
whose
advise
we
took
this
way
to
follow
him
,
but
for
that
neither
we
nor
you
have
met
with
any
company
to
provoke
us
to
fight
,
I
pray
you
let
us
return
again
the
best
way
we
can
unto
Alfarin
:
but
my
Lord
(
said
he
)
what
adventure
hath
brought
you
hither
in
so
good
time
to
find
us
here
?
What
adventure
(
said
he
?
)
Truly
you
may
well
tearm
it
so
:
for
Gandalin
,
Enil
,
and
I
,
thinking
to
sail
unto
the
Castle
the
defended
mountain
,
fortune
by
tempest
of
weather
,
drave
our
Ship
so
near
this
coast
,
that
we
might
plainly
behold
Belleris
and
his
company
fighting
against
a
great
number
of
the
enemy
,
that
had
driven
them
among
the
rocks
:
whereupon
we
landed
,
and
entered
so
far
among
the
enemies
,
that
in
the
end
the
victory
was
ours
:
after
that
by
your
nephews
counsel
we
were
riding
towards
Galatie
,
the
which
(
as
he
assureth
us
)
will
be
easily
gotten
without
great
resistance
,
considering
the
overthrow
we
have
already
given
them
.
Truly
(
said
Frandalo
)
it
may
well
be
so
,
and
séeing
fortune
most
commonly
aideth
all
hardy
adventurers
,
let
us
go
forward
,
and
follow
me
,
for
I
know
a
way
whereby
I
will
bring
you
thither
without
being
discovered
.
Let
us
go
(
said
Esplandian
)
and
with
that
they
followed
Frandalo
that
went
softly
before
them
,
till
they
came
unto
a
little
hill
within
a
mile
of
Galatie
,
from
whence
they
might
easily
perceive
who
issued
or
entred
the
town
:
where
they
beheld
great
numbers
of
men
,
as
well
horse-men
as
foot-men
,
who
being
advertised
of
the
overthrow
of
their
men
,
went
to
succour
them
,
thinking
to
finde
the
Christians
in
the
place
where
they
had
fought
,
but
they
were
behind
them
:
which
the
two
knights
(
they
had
sent
out
to
discover
)
perceiving
,
ran
to
advertise
Frandalo
and
his
company
,
who
being
glad
of
the
news
,
went
forward
in
all
haste
,
and
suddenly
set
upon
the
gates
,
where
slaying
the
watch
,
they
entred
and
took
the
Town
,
wherein
there
were
none
but
impotent
and
weak
people
to
defend
the
same
:
which
done
,
they
drew
the
Bridges
,
and
went
upon
the
walls
to
keep
watch
,
and
to
behold
the
enemies
countenance
at
their
return
,
when
they
understood
thereof
,
which
was
not
long
after
;
for
a
countrey-man
leaping
over
the
walls
,
ran
presently
to
advertise
them
.
If
they
were
sorry
for
it
is
not
to
be
d●●bred
,
for
that
besides
the
loss
of
their
goods
,
they
lost
their
wives
and
children
,
thinking
they
should
all
be
sent
prisoners
into
a
strange
country
,
whereat
they
were
much
grieved
:
but
one
Knight
among
the
rest
being
a
man
of
some
stomack
,
perceiving
their
sorrow
bad
them
be
of
good
courage
,
animating
them
in
such
sort
,
that
they
all
determined
either
to
loose
their
lives
or
else
to
win
the
town
again
:
and
thereupon
(
more
moved
with
rage
than
with
reason
)
they
returned
to
the
town
,
and
assailed
it
in
such
furious
and
indiscre●●
manner
,
that
a
great
part
of
them
lost
their
lives
in
the
assault
,
being
repulsed
and
driven
away
by
Frandalo
,
Esplandian
,
Enil
,
Gandalin
,
Elian
,
Tiron
,
and
ten
other
of
the
most
principal
Christian
knights
:
who
to
encrease
more
fear
in
the
Galatians
,
issued
out
of
the
town
and
stew
a
great
number
of
them
:
but
as
a
Cat
that
is
inclosed
and
assailed
(
before
she
beginneth
to
defend
her self
)
seeketh
by
all
means
to
shun
and
avoid
the
fury
of
the
man
,
and
finding
her self
out
of
her
hole
,
and
no
means
of
succor
left
her
,
becometh
so
furious
and
●old
,
that
she
beginneth
to
assail
him
,
from
whom
she
first
fled
away
,
and
oftentimes
doth
him
mischief
:
So
these
poor
people
,
seeing
nothing
but
present
death
before
their
eyes
,
by
reason
of
the
chase
that
the
ten
Christian
Knights
made
after
them
,
being
wholly
desperate
and
out
of
all
hope
of
obtaining
mercy
,
began
to
take
courage
again
,
and
in
such
sort
,
that
desiring
to
revenge
their
lives
,
they
turned
their
faces
towards
the
enemy
with
such
courage
,
that
having
set
upon
the
Christians
,
in
the
end
Frandalo
was
stricken
down
,
Esplandian
and
the
rest
being
enclosed
in
such
manner
,
that
they
had
all
lost
their
lives
in
that
place
,
had
they
not
been
aided
of
their
companions
,
and
night
that
came
upon
them
,
which
was
the
cause
they
left
each
other
:
whereupon
the
Christians
returned
into
the
town
,
and
the
Turkes
rode
towards
Tesifante
to
the
Prince
Alphorax
,
who
being
advertised
of
their
misfortune
,
to
comfort
them
,
spake
unto
them
and
said
:
My
friends
,
I
am
not
a
little
sorry
for
your
losses
,
whereunto
(
if
our
gods
permit
us
)
I
will
take
such
order
,
and
he
revenged
in
such
sort
,
that
it
shall
be
spoken
of
so
long
as
the
world
endureth
.
For
I
hope
not
onely
to
drive
these
thieves
out
of
my
country
,
but
to
go
in
person
to
sp●yl
and
utterly
destroy
the
City
of
Constantinople
,
with
his
wicked
and
accursed
Emperor
,
and
all
the
Christian
Monarchy
.
Which
to
bring
to
pass
,
it
is
not
long
since
I
sent
my
Ambassadors
unto
my
Friends
and
Allies
,
who
have
all
given
me
their
promise
to
aid
and
succor
me
with
all
their
Forces
and
Powers
,
whereof
some
are
already
arrive●
at
Tenedo
,
where
we
(
upon
certain
matters
touching
our
Countries
)
are
to
assemble
together
:
and
staying
the
time
till
I
have
means
to
do
better
for
you
,
I
will
give
order
that
certain
money
shall
be
given
you
to
sustain
your
wants
:
F●r
the
which
the
Citizens
of
Galatia
thanking
him
most
heartily
,
remaining
in
Tesifant
,
where
they
continually
lamented
their
great
losses
:
on
the
other
side
Esplandian
,
Frandalo
,
and
the
rest
of
the
Knights
that
had
gotten
the
Town
,
considering
with
themselves
that
it
would
be
impossible
for
them
to
keep
and
defend
so
many
places
with
so
few
men
,
agréed
among
them
to
send
Gandalin
to
Constantinople
unto
the
Emperor
,
to
shew
him
what
they
had
of
late
done
to
Alphorax
,
and
won
the
town
of
Galatia
,
being
one
of
the
most
famous
havens
in
al
those
parts
,
and
for
that
cause
besought
him
to
send
them
Gastilles
,
or
some
other
of
his
Captains
,
with
some
Forces
to
aid
them
,
otherwise
they
should
be
constrained
either
to
leave
Galatia
,
or
else
Alfarin
,
considering
their
small
number
,
and
the
continual
alarms
that
the
enemies
gave
them
:
and
the
better
to
move
him
thereunto
,
they
sent
him
the
greatest
part
of
the
rich
Iewels
they
had
conquered
in
the
town
.
But
they
had
neither
Barque
nor
Pinnace
ready
to
send
,
wherefore
they
were
constrain'd
to
take
that
wherein
Esplandian
came
thither
:
which
at
that
time
(
as
fortune
would
)
lay
still
at
anker
staying
their
pleasure
.
Wherewith
Esplandian
sent
Sergil
to
cause
the
ship
to
come
thither
:
which
done
,
and
Gandalin
ready
to
imbark
himself
,
Esplandian
took
him
aside
,
and
said
unto
him
:
Friend
Gandalin
,
you
have
always
béen
faithful
and
trusty
to
my
father
,
which
giveth
me
cause
to
disclose
my
secret
unto
●ou
before
all
others
:
when
you
come
to
Constantinople
(
said
he
)
you
shall
sée
the
Lady
Leonorine
,
to
whom
you
shall
present
my
most
humble
Commendations
,
shewing
her
,
that
I
will
not
fail
very
shortly
to
accomplish
my
promise
and
her
commandment
,
and
withal
you
shall
present
her
the
two
Slaves
that
were
given
me
,
which
I
send
to
wait
upon
her
,
that
by
their
presence
she
may
have
me
in
remembrance
:
and
knowing
you
are
not
to
learn
how
to
use
your
spéeches
in
such
cases
,
I
pray
you
Gandalin
let
me
finde
in
you
that
which
I
expect
.
My
Lord
(
said
he
)
God
give
me
grace
to
do
you
service
.
Then
fare
you
well
(
said
Esplandian
.
)
With
that
Gandalin
with
all
his
charge
entred
into
the
ship
,
and
having
set
sail
,
had
a
good
wind
,
that
in
short
time
after
he
arrived
in
Constantinople
:
where
being
landed
,
he
caused
two
squires
to
bear
the
Presents
he
had
brought
;
and
entring
into
the
palace
,
he
found
the
Emperor
talking
with
divers
of
his
Noble
men
:
the
Emperor
perceiving
him
,
went
to
imbrace
him
,
asking
him
where
he
had
left
the
good
knight
Esplandian
,
and
whether
he
meant
not
shortly
to
come
and
sée
him
?
My
Lord
,
said
Gandalin
,
he
commendeth
himself
most
humbly
unto
your
Grace
,
and
hath
sent
you
word
by
me
,
that
not
above
fiftéen
days
past
,
he
,
Frandalo
,
and
others
of
our
company
,
have
taken
the
town
of
Galatia
.
Galatia
?
(
said
the
Emperor
)
By
the
faith
I
bear
to
God
,
that
is
good
news
:
for
as
I
have
béen
informed
heretofore
,
it
is
one
of
the
riches
towns
in
all
Turky
,
but
I
knew
not
well
how
they
can
kéep
it
.
Full
well
my
Lord
,
(
said
Gandalin
)
so
it
be
your
pleasure
to
send
them
some
aid
:
otherwise
they
shall
be
constrained
in
the
end
,
either
to
abandon
that
to
kéep
Alfarin
,
or
Alfarin
for
that
:
which
would
be
a
shame
for
them
,
and
great
damage
both
to
your
Grace
and
all
Christendom
.
Have
they
found
great
riches
therein
(
said
the
Emperor
,
)
or
have
they
lost
any
quantity
of
their
men
?
My
Lord
(
said
Gandalin
)
some
of
the
enemies
were
slain
in
the
taking
thereof
:
and
with
that
he
began
to
shew
him
the
maner
how
it
was
done
,
and
causing
the
cases
wherin
the
presents
were
,
to
be
opened
,
among
other
things
he
shewd
him
the
images
of
Nabuchodonosor
king
of
Assyria
,
of
Alexander
the
great
,
and
that
which
he
most
estéemed
,
the
true
and
lively
representation
of
Hector
of
Troy
,
armed
at
all
points
,
as
he
was
when
he
fought
against
the
Grecians
:
and
surely
the
Emperor
had
reason
to
make
so
much
account
thereof
,
for
that
Agamemnon
was
content
to
receive
it
for
his
part
,
as
being
estéemed
to
be
the
richest
jewel
in
all
the
city
of
Troy
,
for
that
Hector
himself
had
caused
it
purposely
to
be
made
while
the
Grecians
lay
before
the
City
,
by
one
of
the
cunningest
workmen
that
could
be
found
,
and
set
it
upon
the
chief
Gate
of
the
Pallace
of
Ilion
,
which
long
after
fell
into
the
hands
of
the
kings
of
Turky
,
that
had
erected
it
in
the
Market-place
of
Galatia
,
placing
it
upon
a
high
marble
pillar
,
which
Gandalin
shewed
unto
the
Emperor
,
as
he
heard
reported
in
the
countrey
:
wherewith
the
Emperor
was
so
well
pleased
,
that
he
could
not
refrain
to
say
:
In
good
truth
I
should
not
be
better
pleased
with
the
taking
of
the
City
of
Tesifante
,
than
I
am
at
this
time
with
this
goodly
Present
,
&
I
pray
you
tell
the
knights
that
sent
it
,
I
thank
them
for
it
with
all
my
heart
My
lord
(
said
Gandalin
)
they
did
think
it
would
be
more
acceptable
unto
your
Grace
than
all
the
vessels
of
gold
and
silver
that
they
found
within
the
Town
,
part
whereof
they
have
likewise
sent
unto
you
,
that
are
in
this
other
Case
,
which
he
presently
caused
to
be
opened
,
and
after
they
had
perused
them
,
Gandalin
caused
the
two
slaves
that
Esplandian
sent
,
to
come
néerer
,
presenting
them
to
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
saying
unto
her
:
Madam
,
the
good
knight
Esplandian
not
knowing
what
greater
Present
to
offer
you
(
next
unto
himself
)
then
these
two
yong
maids
,
he
sendeth
them
unto
you
as
your
slaves
,
to
the
end
every
man
may
know
,
that
as
you
are
the
goodliest
lady
that
ever
nature
framed
,
so
is
there
not
any
creature
living
on
the
earth
,
that
better
deserveth
to
command
such
as
command
others
,
than
your self
:
wherefore
if
you
shew
him
the
courtesie
to
accept
them
at
his
hands
,
he
will
estéem
it
for
one
of
the
greatest
favors
that
ever
he
received
.
Leonorine
that
knew
as
well
how
to
dissemble
her
affections
as
any
woman
living
on
the
earth
,
and
desiring
to
have
the
same
opinion
that
always
had
run
of
her
,
to
continue
still
,
with
a
dissembled
kinde
of
anger
,
answered
Gandalin
,
and
said
:
Sir
knight
,
it
séemeth
by
your
words
,
that
Esplandian
is
disposed
to
mock
me
;
and
that
you
estéem
me
to
be
a
woman
of
light
credit
:
could
you
of
your
faith
think
me
so
very
,
a
childe
,
that
I
should
not
well
perceive
(
that
if
Esplandian
were
so
much
at
my
commandment
as
you
say
)
he
would
not
have
deferred
the
time
so
long
to
come
hither
unto
us
,
were
it
onely
but
to
acquit
the
promise
king
Amadis
his
Father
made
us
above
six
or
seven
years
past
.
But
I
know
his
mind
full
well
,
he
means
to
content
us
with
words
,
and
many
messages
that
from
time
to
time
he
sendeth
,
together
with
an
infinite
number
of
excuses
,
but
all
to
no
purpose
,
whereof
while
I
live
I
will
not
accept
one
of
them
for
his
discharge
:
let
him
therefore
come
himself
,
and
then
it
may
be
I
will
believe
that
to
be
in
him
,
I
have
so
oftentimes
heard
reported
.
When
the
Emperor
heard
her
speak
in
that
sort
,
he
showed
by
his
countenance
that
he
took
great
pleasure
at
his
daughters
choler
,
and
said
unto
her
:
My
swéet
friend
,
what
will
Ganda
,
lin
say
to
sée
you
so
uncourteous
towards
him
,
that
honoreth
you
so
much
:
I
pray
you
swéet-heart
moderate
your
choler
,
and
take
that
he
sendeth
,
for
if
you
refuse
it
,
he
shall
have
great
occasion
to
dislike
thereof
:
And
you
sée
that
for
your
sake
he
doth
so
many
valiant
acts
,
that
the
good
Knight
with
the
Gréen
Sword
could
never
do
the
like
.
My
Lord
(
said
she
)
I
believe
for
valor
he
is
not
inferior
unto
his
father
,
but
for
courtesie
his
father
surpasseth
him
.
In
faith
Madam
(
said
Gandalin
)
if
you
knew
him
as
well
as
I
do
,
it
may
be
you
would
commend
him
more
then
now
you
blaspheme
him
,
séeing
that
if
he
hath
deferred
the
time
to
come
hither
,
it
is
onely
because
he
thinketh
he
hath
not
as
yet
done
sufficient
in
arms
,
whereby
he
should
deserve
one
spark
of
favor
at
your
hands
,
considering
your
estate
and
the
small
valor
that
is
in
him
,
although
at
this
day
he
is
estéemed
the
best
Knight
that
ever
bare
arms
for
these
hundred
years
Nevertheless
,
séeing
you
accuse
him
of
that
,
that
ought
most
to
excuse
him
,
I
promise
you
of
mine
honor
,
leaving
all
things
apart
,
presently
upon
my
return
he
shall
come
hither
unto
you
,
to
do
whatsoever
it
shall
please
you
to
command
him
.
Gandalin
(
said
the
Princess
Leonorine
)
think
not
(
whatsoever
I
say
)
that
I
either
take
pleasure
or
displeasure
at
his
presence
or
his
absence
,
but
onely
as
my
Father
doth
,
and
I
for
his
sake
,
knowing
the
great
love
and
affection
he
hath
always
born
to
King
Amadis
his
Father
,
and
continued
●he
same
to
his
Son
.
But
hereof
am
I
well
assured
,
that
he
cannot
so
excuse
himself
,
or
make
us
think
other
,
then
that
herein
he
hath
done
us
wrong
.
Nevertheless
,
séeing
it
is
the
Emperors
pleasure
,
I
will
kéep
the
Present
he
hath
sent
me
,
upon
the
promise
and
assurance
you
have
made
of
his
coming
hither
as
soon
as
you
shall
be
arrived
at
Galatia
.
Truly
Leonorine
played
her
part
,
very
cunningly
here
:
for
hardly
would
it
have
béen
thought
or
once
imagined
,
that
Esplandian
and
she
had
so
faithfully
given
their
hands
and
hearts
as
they
had
done
in
the
presence
of
Quéen
Minoresse
,
as
you
heard
before
▪
&
Gandalin
for
his
part
knew
not
what
to
think
although
he
had
born
Esplandian
in
the
tomb
,
and
set
him
in
her
chamber
as
you
likewise
heard
.
Then
the
Emperor
asked
him
how
long
he
meant
to
stay
.
My
lord
(
said
Gandalin
)
as
little
as
I
may
,
for
it
were
not
fit
forme
to
live
at
rest
,
while
my
companions
are
in
arms
:
Wherefore
I
most
humbly
beséech
your
Grace
to
give
me
my
dispatch
as
soon
as
possible
you
can
.
Gandalin
,
(
said
the
Emperor
)
I
will
presently
send
for
my
admiral
,
&
will
cause
men
in
al
haste
to
be
prepared
,
that
within
six
or
seven
days
they
shall
be
ready
to
depart
.
With
that
he
went
into
the
Garden
to
recreate
himself
,
and
the
Ladies
with
him
:
where
when
Ganlin
perceived
Leonorine
in
an
Arbor
of
Mirtle
trées
,
walking
pensively
alone
,
he
went
unto
her
and
said
:
Madam
,
my
Lord
Esplandian
commanded
me
to
certifie
your
Grace
,
that
since
the
time
he
departed
from
you
,
and
that
he
received
so
great
favor
at
your
hands
,
his
heart
(
that
wholly
is
yours
)
hath
so
longed
after
you
,
that
he
hath
thought
to
die
a
thousand
times
with
grief
,
for
the
loss
of
your
presence
.
And
to
say
the
truth
,
I
have
known
many
men
troubled
with
the
passions
of
love
,
but
I
certainly
believe
there
was
never
his
like
,
nor
that
more
wisely
could
dissemble
it
,
which
maketh
me
greatly
to
doubt
his
person
.
For
that
it
is
impossible
,
considering
the
grief
he
still
indureth
,
together
with
the
small
comfort
he
received
of
his
familiar
friends
,
(
not
knowing
his
disease
)
but
that
he
must
in
short
time
end
his
days
:
whereby
great
dammage
should
then
arise
unto
all
Christendom
,
considering
the
strange
beginning
of
Knighthood
and
great
prowess
that
is
in
him
:
which
is
such
,
as
that
if
he
continue
as
he
hath
begun
,
he
will
bring
that
Order
in
greater
estimation
then
ever
it
hath
béen
before
:
wherefore
Madam
,
séeing
I
have
always
(
as
it
may
be
you
are
already
adver●sed
)
béen
a
Servant
to
his
father
,
and
that
I
am
acquainted
with
the
nature
of
his
son
,
and
the
danger
wherein
he
is
like
to
fall
into
,
if
you
shew
him
not
some
favor
,
I
have
presumed
to
shew
your
Ladyship
the
hard
case
wherein
he
was
when
I
left
him
,
as
also
that
he
hath
expresly
commanded
me
to
assure
you
,
that
his
onely
intent
and
desire
is
to
be
in
your
presence
.
Yet
perceiving
the
danger
wherein
his
companions
do
remain
,
he
knoweth
not
what
excuse
to
make
,
whereby
he
might
take
occasion
for
to
leave
them
:
wherefore
he
beséecheth
you
to
impu●e
his
long
absence
unto
fortune
,
and
not
to
him
that
is
born
only
to
love
,
serve
and
obey
you
.
In
uttering
whereof
Gandalin
shewed
so
sorrowful
a
countenance
,
that
he
made
Leonorine
ready
to
wéep
,
In
which
kind
of
office
he
had
so
well
bin
exercised
from
his
youth
,
that
no
man
could
surpass
him
in
the
same
.
Friend
Gandalin
(
said
the
Princess
Leonorine
)
I
know
not
what
you
mean
I
should
do
for
him
more
then
already
I
have
done
,
nor
yet
for
what
cause
you
should
imagine
that
I
seek
to
be
the
means
of
his
death
:
seeing
that
if
he
were
but
sick
,
I
know
my self
so
feeble
and
impatien●
,
that
with
grief
&
sorrow
I
should
not
be
able
to
live
one
hour
after
.
Let
it
therefore
be
far
from
you
,
once
to
think
that
I
would
ever
be
any
other
mans
then
only
his
:
and
think
it
not
strange
,
if
in
the
Emperors
presence
,
or
before
the
world
,
I
dissemble
as
I
do
,
for
I
would
not
in
any
case
,
that
the
least
inckling
of
the
burning
love
wherein
my
heart
continually
flameth
towards
him
,
should
as
yet
be
once
perceived
,
chiefly
for
the
great
good
I
wish
unto
him
.
Madam
(
said
Gandalin
)
I
am
well
assured
he
will
receive
an
extream
pleasure
to
hear
these
news
,
and
that
he
wil
leave
all
things
to
come
hither
,
if
you
think
it
good
.
That
is
my
desire
(
said
she
)
and
I
pray
him
so
to
do
,
&
you
to
perswade
him
thereunto
.
While
they
were
devising
,
Tartary
the
Admiral
(
so
called
of
the
place
of
his
birth
)
entred
into
the
garden
:
being
a
man
issued
of
a
mean
house
,
but
advanced
unto
great
authority
by
his
great
with
&
valiant
courage
,
so
that
he
commanded
over
all
the
Grecian
seas
.
The
Emperor
and
he
talked
long
time
touching
Gandalins
message
,
concerning
aid
to
be
sent
unto
Galatia
,
and
in
the
end
he
willed
in
all
haste
to
prepare
thirty
gallies
&
Foists
,
with
two
thousand
of
the
best
souldiers
he
could
find
to
man
the
same
.
The
Admiral
Tartary
according
to
his
charge
,
executed
his
Commission
in
such
sort
,
that
within
six
days
after
he
was
ready
with
his
navy
to
set
sayl
,
and
depart
from
thence
.
CHAP.
XXXIX
.
How
Vrganda
arrived
at
Galatia
,
and
of
the
danger
wherein
she
was
by
the
subtilty
of
Melie
the
Enchantress
.
THe
Admiral
Tartary
and
Gandalin
having
taken
their
leaves
of
the
Emperor
,
set
sayl
,
and
passed
the
straights
of
Constantinople
,
and
without
any
adventures
,
arrived
at
Galatia
within
one
wéek
after
their
departure
:
if
they
were
well
received
by
the
Christian
Knights
,
it
is
not
to
be
doubted
,
for
their
number
was
so
small
and
so
dispersed
,
that
they
were
in
doubt
to
be
able
to
kéep
that
Town
,
with
Alfarin
,
and
the
Castle
the
defended
mountain
.
But
when
they
saw
such
aid
,
they
were
in
better
hope
,
and
having
received
the
Admiral
,
they
divided
their
two
thousand
men
,
as
néed
required
.
Mean
time
Esplandian
had
no
small
desire
to
know
of
Gandalin
if
he
had
spoken
with
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
and
how
she
did
:
for
the
which
cause
being
in
his
chamber
,
he
sent
for
him
.
Where
talking
together
,
Gandalin
shewed
him
from
point
to
point
what
spéeches
had
passed
betwéen
the
Princess
and
him
,
not
onely
before
the
Emperor
,
but
also
in
the
garden
And
of
my
faith
sir
(
said
he
)
you
do
her
wrong
,
considering
the
good
meanes
you
have
both
to
satisfie
her
and
your self
▪
for
what
excuse
soever
you
can
make
,
you
are
not
so
sore
charged
on
this
side
,
that
you
may
not
spare
some
time
to
go
and
sée
her
,
which
she
craveth
at
your
hands
.
That
I
will
do
(
said
Esplandian
)
but
I
must
find
the
means
;
take
you
care
for
that
(
said
Gandalin
)
and
let
me
go
sléep
,
for
I
never
had
more
néed
:
Go
(
said
Esplandian
)
&
be
here
again
betimes
in
the
morning
.
Wherewith
Gandalin
took
his
leave
,
leaving
Esplandian
alone
in
great
care
how
he
might
find
some
convenient
excuse
to
leave
his
companions
in
the
extreamity
,
but
God
provided
for
him
:
f●r
the
same
night
about
an
hour
before
day
as
he
began
to
slumber
,
he
heard
a
most
pleasant
sound
of
musick
,
which
you
must
understand
,
came
out
of
the
great
Serpent
that
he
left
in
the
Castle
the
defended
mountain
,
which
at
that
time
was
arrived
before
the
town
of
Galatia
,
but
little
did
he
think
of
any
such
thing
,
or
that
Urganda
had
bin
therein
,
because
he
thought
her
to
be
in
great
Britain
.
This
mellody
continued
for
the
space
of
half
an
hour
and
more
,
which
done
,
he
heard
such
a
noise
of
Trumpets
Clarigals
,
Phifes
,
and
Tabers
,
that
sounded
so
high
,
that
the
sentinels
of
the
town
thought
verily
the
enemies
navy
had
bin
arrived
before
the
same
to
lay
siege
unto
it
:
whereupon
they
caused
an
Alarum
in
the
town
,
each
man
running
to
the
walls
,
being
all
of
that
mind
till
day
,
when
they
might
behold
the
great
Serpent
(
wherein
Urganda
was
)
all
hung
with
long
pennons
and
streamers
:
whereat
Esplandian
was
so
glad
,
that
going
down
unto
the
Haven
,
he
presently
entered
into
a
boat
with
Talanque
,
Manley
,
and
diverse
other
of
the
principal
captains
to
sée
who
might
be
there
.
And
rowing
néer
unto
it
,
they
knew
Urganda
that
stayed
for
them
on
the
hatches
and
stretching
forth
her
arms
,
spake
unto
them
and
said
:
My
good
friends
,
you
are
most
heartily
welcome
,
I
pray
you
come
up
into
my
ship
,
that
I
may
imbrace
you
.
With
that
Esplandian
entred
,
and
as
he
meant
to
salute
Urganda
,
she
knéeled
on
the
ground
to
kiss
his
féet
,
whereat
he
being
ashamed
took
her
up
,
and
said
unto
her
:
Madam
,
I
never
thought
you
would
have
taken
pleasure
to
mock
with
me
,
séeing
I
account
my self
much
more
bound
to
you
then
to
any
creature
living
in
the
world
.
And
therefore
for
Gods
cause
,
if
at
any
time
I
chance
to
offend
you
,
punish
me
I
pray
you
in
some
sort
or
other
.
Most
happy
Knight
,
(
said
she
)
The
aid
I
hope
for
at
your
hands
before
many
days
shall
pass
,
moved
me
to
do
as
I
have
done
,
wherfore
I
beséech
you
take
it
in
good
part
.
And
with
that
she
embraced
him
,
and
after
him
,
Talanque
,
Manley
,
and
all
the
rest
,
every
man
doing
her
great
honor
,
desiring
her
to
shew
them
the
cause
of
her
so
sudden
coming
thither
.
My
good
friends
(
said
she
)
you
●●all
know
it
at
some
other
time
when
better
leisure
serveth
:
mean
while
I
am
to
tell
you
that
it
is
necessary
for
you
shortly
to
go
unto
the
City
of
Constantinople
,
where
you
shall
enter
all
armed
and
apparrelled
in
the
same
armor
I
have
brought
hither
for
you
,
and
thus
must
I
tell
you
,
that
if
you
should
defer
it
till
another
time
,
it
would
be
prejudicial
to
you
all
Wherefore
I
counsel
you
to
do
it
upon
the
first
day
of
the
next
wéek
,
assuring
you
to
be
as
well
received
of
the
Emperor
,
as
ever
were
any
knights
,
which
your
ease
and
pleasure
in
his
company
,
shall
continue
until
the
rolling
whéel
of
fortune
turning
about
,
shall
bring
with
it
many
travels
,
passions
,
&
adventures
,
which
shall
cause
many
griefs
and
sorrows
both
to
you
and
others
.
And
the
better
to
make
you
believe
that
al
I
say
is
true
,
I
tell
you
that
I
my self
shall
fall
into
two
of
the
greatest
dangers
of
my self
that
ever
I
had
,
whether
it
be
here
or
in
another
place
I
know
not
.
And
which
is
worse
,
I
cannot
by
any
means
avoid
the
same
,
not
knowing
any
cause
how
nor
wherefore
it
should
be
so
,
although
it
be
in
a
manner
ready
to
fall
upon
me
.
Madam
(
said
Esplandian
)
before
you
shall
receive
any
hurt
in
our
presence
,
we
will
all
lose
our
lives
to
succor
you
.
My
good
child
(
said
she
)
mans
destiny
of
force
must
be
accomplished
.
But
I
pray
you
let
us
enter
into
some
other
talk
,
for
this
maketh
me
melancholy
.
Madam
(
said
Manley
)
Is
it
not
your
pleasure
to
go
into
the
Town
?
I
(
said
she
)
&
I
pray
you
send
for
Norandel
,
who
at
this
present
I
know
is
at
Alfarin
,
and
I
will
give
you
as
great
cause
to
rejoyce
as
ever
you
had
:
for
that
within
my
ship
I
have
brought
the
King
of
Denmark
,
wounded
in
a
combate
that
he
fought
against
Garlante
Lord
of
the
Isle
of
Calafre
,
that
by
force
would
have
taken
two
Gentlewomen
from
him
.
And
although
Garlante
be
estéemed
a
hardy
and
valiant
knight
,
yet
did
the
king
bring
him
in
such
case
,
that
unless
he
had
craved
mercy
,
the
king
would
have
stricken
off
his
head
:
which
he
spared
upon
condition
,
that
during
his
life
he
should
never
after
injure
any
knight
,
which
Garlante
sware
and
vowed
in
my
presence
,
for
that
by
chance
arriving
there
,
during
their
combate
,
I
heard
what
passed
betwéen
them
.
And
because
I
perceived
the
King
to
be
in
danger
of
his
person
by
reason
of
the
great
number
of
wounds
he
had
upon
his
body
,
I
would
not
leave
him
,
but
caused
him
to
enter
into
my
ship
,
and
layed
him
in
the
best
bed
,
where
now
he
is
almo●●
healed
.
Ha
(
said
Esplandian
,
)
what
good
news
are
these
,
of
my
faith
I
thought
verily
he
had
bin
dead
:
wherefore
madam
,
I
pray
you
for
Gods
cause
let
me
crave
the
means
to
sée
him
:
with
that
Urganda
led
him
where
he
lay
,
but
when
they
saw
each
other
,
Esplandian
could
not
refrain
wéeping
,
with
the
great
pleasure
he
took
to
sée
the
King
.
Nevertheless
,
for
the
time
they
had
no
great
spéech
together
,
neither
would
Urganda
permit
them
to
do
it
,
doubting
lest
the
King
(
being
yet
out
weak
and
feable
)
might
thereby
be
hindered
of
his
health
.
Wherefore
she
caused
Esp●andian
to
go
forth
,
and
entring
with
her
into
the
boa●
they
rowed
to
the
shoar
,
from
whence
they
led
Urganda
〈◊〉
best
lodging
in
the
town
,
with
as
much
honor
as
they
c●uld
have
done
to
the
Quéens
Brisenne
or
Oriane
,
if
any
of
them
had
bin
there
in
presence
.
The
next
day
Esplandian
pitying
the
great
number
of
women
and
little
children
that
had
bin
kept
within
the
town
from
the
time
that
it
was
taken
,
said
to
his
companions
,
that
it
would
be
better
to
give
them
leave
to
depart
from
thence
,
then
to
hold
them
still
,
for
that
the
longer
they
continued
in
the
town
,
the
more
charge
they
put
them
to
:
and
to
kéep
them
prisoners
(
said
he
)
or
in
longer
servitude
,
God
may
possible
be
offended
with
us
.
Wherefore
if
you
will
believe
me
,
using
rather
mercy
then
rigour
towards
them
,
I
am
of
opinion
that
we
send
them
al
to
Tesifant
to
the
Princess
Heliaxe
,
who
wil
thank
us
for
it
,
and
so
shall
we
be
rid
of
so
much
charge
.
To
this
all
the
knights
agréed
,
&
Carmelle
was
appointed
to
execute
the
message
,
and
he
that
had
séen
the
great
number
of
people
that
were
about
her
,
especially
women
,
weeping
most
bitterly
to
behold
themselves
banished
&
driven
from
their
own
houses
,
surely
he
could
not
chuse
unless
he
were
hard-hearted
,
but
have
pittied
their
estate
.
But
let
them
go
,
&
let
us
hear
what
danger
fell
unto
Urganda
that
next
day
after
,
who
being
welcome
to
the
knights
,
took
great
pleasure
to
hear
them
shew
of
the
adventures
they
had
found
in
the
Turkish
country
,
since
the
taking
of
Alfarin
.
And
each
man
after
the
other
discoursing
what
they
knew
,
Esplandian
remembred
the
old
woman
they
saw
among
the
rocks
,
where
she
continued
,
wherat
he
could
not
chuse
but
smile
,
which
Urganda
espying
,
sked
him
the
cause
.
Madam
(
said
he
)
I
thought
upon
the
beauty
of
a
yong
maid
,
that
I
&
some
of
our
company
chanced
to
sée
not
far
hence
,
being
the
best
furnished
of
all
things
for
to
beautifie
her
that
might
be
found
,
and
the
better
to
describe
her
unto
you
,
I
can
assure
you
(
upon
Belleris
word
)
that
it
is
at
the
least
eight
or
nine
score
years
since
she
first
could
go
and
speak
,
yet
hath
she
so
fresh
and
gallant
a
colour
,
that
to
behold
her
well
,
I
cannot
compare
her
better
then
unto
the
bark
of
those
great
Elms
we
commonly
find
along
the
high
ways
as
we
ride
in
great
Brittain
,
her
hair
is
as
white
as
Snow
,
and
for
want
of
combing
all
knotted
together
,
which
setteth
her
out
so
well
,
that
to
behold
it
spread
abroad
upon
a
bears
skin
(
which
she
weareth
for
a
gown
,
)
there
is
not
any
man
living
that
would
not
be
surprised
with
a
sudden
and
vehement
love
,
in
the
beholding
of
her
.
Urganda
that
had
heard
of
her
before
,
and
above
all
things
was
much
desirous
to
sée
her
,
because
of
her
great
skill
,
said
unto
Esplandian
:
In
good
faith
I
know
her
better
then
you
think
I
do
,
and
am
well
assured
,
that
in
her
yong
years
she
hath
bin
one
of
the
goodliest
Ladies
that
ever
you
saw
.
For
she
is
both
daughter
,
sister
,
and
aunt
unto
a
King
,
and
is
called
Melie
,
who
for
to
learn
the
perfect
art
and
science
of
Nigromancy
,
hath
so
much
condemned
the
world
,
that
for
her
inheritance
she
hath
chosen
a
Rock
▪
wherein
she
hath
caused
a
cave
to
be
digged
,
where
she
now
remaineth
and
liveth
in
great
misery
,
and
I
swear
unto
you
of
my
faith
,
that
it
is
above
twenty
years
and
more
since
I
determined
to
come
and
sée
her
,
but
other
affairs
that
touched
me
néerer
,
have
still
hindered
my
desire
.
Madam
(
said
Esplandian
)
séeing
you
are
so
néer
,
you
may
do
it
now
,
and
all
we
will
be
your
guides
.
I
pray
you
let
it
be
so
(
said
she
)
and
let
us
go
as
soon
as
we
have
dined
:
which
done
,
and
the
tables
uncovered
,
every
man
made
preparation
to
go
with
Urganda
to
behold
that
sight
:
but
Esplandian
would
have
but
threescore
with
him
,
who
being
well
horsed
and
armed
at
all
points
,
issued
out
of
Galatia
,
Urganda
on
her
palfrey
,
riding
among
them
,
Belleris
was
their
guide
,
and
when
they
came
neer
unto
the
cave
where
they
had
found
Melie
,
they
espyed
her
set
cross
legged
upon
the
point
of
a
Rock
,
with
that
Urganda
prayed
them
to
stay
,
that
she
alone
might
speak
secretly
unto
her
,
which
the
Knights
agreed
unto
.
Wherewith
she
rode
forwards
,
and
being
neer
unto
her
,
she
said
:
Madam
I
pray
you●ve
not
offended
that
I
come
to
see
you
,
and
offer
you
my
service
.
Who
are
you
?
(
said
she
)
I
am
(
said
she
)
Urganda
le
Discogneve
,
that
have
always
had
a
great
desire
to
see
you
.
Ha
Urganda
,
the
wisest
Lady
among
all
others
(
said
Melie
)
your
coming
hither
pleaseth
me
right
well
,
light
down
I
pray
you
,
that
you
and
I
may
talk
of
such
things
as
we
have
taken
great
pains
to
learn
and
understand
:
for
although
you
have
been
the
onely
occasion
of
the
Christians
arrival
here
,
whereby
our
poor
country
indureth
so
much
woe
,
yet
I
cannot
but
excuse
you
,
knowing
the
faith
&
duty
you
are
bound
to
shew
to
your
religion
.
Wherefore
I
pray
you
come
neer
,
and
sit
down
by
me
.
Urganda
perceivrng
her
to
be
old
and
feeble
,
did
as
she
required
,
hoping
by
force
to
stay
her
there
,
whether
she
would
or
no
,
till
her
company
were
come
thither
,
minding
to
give
her
unto
them
to
bring
her
to
Galatia
,
but
she
met
with
as
crafty
a
mate
as
her self
,
for
the
old
woman
perceiving
Urganda
to
be
neer
her
,
went
unto
the
mouth
of
her
Cave
,
and
said
unto
her
:
Urganda
,
It
would
grief
me
that
these
Knights
should
hear
our
talk
,
wherefore
let
us
go
in
.
Whereat
Urganda
made
no
difficulty
,
thinking
verily
,
that
if
she
might
once
lay
hands
on
her
,
she
would
use
her
at
her
pleasure
:
wherewith
she
followed
her
,
but
she
was
no
sooner
entered
,
but
Melie
stepped
to
her
and
held
her
so
straight
by
the
threat
,
that
she
had
no
means
to
call
Esplandian
or
any
of
the
rest
to
help
her
.
But
they
fearing
the
worst
,
ran
in
all
haste
unto
the
Cave
,
and
the
first
that
entred
was
Talanque
,
and
after
him
Manley
,
and
they
had
no
sooner
stepped
in
,
but
they
fell
down
as
if
they
had
béen
dead
,
and
their
fall
was
so
great
,
that
Esplandian
that
followed
them
heard
it
,
but
he
had
a
remedy
about
him
against
all
such
adventures
,
and
that
was
his
good
Sword
against
the
which
no
inchantment
whatsoever
could
ought
avail
,
which
he
first
found
to
be
true
when
he
entred
into
Arcabonnes
chamber
:
he
perceiving
his
two
companions
in
such
case
,
being
much
grieved
thereat
,
willingly
would
have
relieved
them
,
but
that
he
espyed
Melie
holding
Urganda
under
her
knee
,
seeking
by
all
means
to
strangle
her
:
which
caused
him
first
to
succor
her
,
threatning
Melie
if
that
she
did
her
hurt
,
she
should
dearly
buy
it
,
but
for
all
his
threatnings
she
ceased
not
to
use
all
the
means
she
could
for
to
destroy
her
,
until
Esplandian
went
neer
unto
her
,
and
with
his
Sword
thought
to
cleave
her
head
.
Wherewith
she
began
to
flie
,
thinking
to
be
safe
within
the
chamber
where
she
wrought
her
charms
,
but
as
she
stepped
upon
the
threshold
of
the
door
,
Esplandian
caught
her
by
the
bears
skin
,
and
whether
she
would
or
not
,
held
her
so
fast
,
that
she
could
go
no
further
.
And
as
he
lifted
up
his
arm
to
kill
her
,
he
remembred
that
he
should
do
wrong
,
thinking
it
not
convenient
for
a
Knight
to
defile
his
hands
in
the
blood
of
a
simple
woman
nor
able
to
resist
:
and
surely
the
thought
of
his
,
moderated
his
colour
in
such
sort
,
that
he
purposed
not
to
do
it
,
minding
onely
to
draw
her
out
of
the
vault
:
wherewith
he
took
her
by
the
hair
,
and
pulled
her
with
all
his
force
.
With
that
he
espyed
a
great
old
Ape
,
with
two
eyes
burning
like
flaming
fire
,
that
lept
upon
him
for
to
tear
his
flesh
,
but
he
gave
him
such
a
blow
with
his
fist
betwéen
the
eyes
,
that
he
stroke
him
dead
.
And
passing
forward
,
brought
Melie
out
of
her
Cave
,
and
leaving
her
in
Frandalos
kéeping
,
went
in
again
to
sée
if
Urganda
were
alive
,
where
he
found
her
in
such
pain
,
that
it
séemed
the
soul
would
depart
out
of
her
body
,
whereat
he
had
so
great
pity
,
that
he
took
her
in
his
arms
,
and
set
her
in
the
air
,
the
like
he
did
to
Talanque
and
Manley
,
who
within
one
quarter
of
an
hour
after
,
could
not
call
to
mind
what
had
happened
unto
them
,
but
were
as
whole
and
as
well
as
ever
they
were
before
.
Wherefore
they
mounted
on
their
horses
,
taking
Melie
with
them
that
sat
upon
Sergils
horse
,
and
he
behind
her
,
holding
her
in
his
arms
,
lest
she
should
escape
.
And
God
knows
with
what
joy
Urganda
shewed
them
what
fear
she
had
bin
in
,
which
as
she
said
was
such
,
that
she
thought
verily
to
die
.
But
(
said
she
)
even
as
one
nail
driveth
out
another
,
so
the
joy
I
have
of
my
delivery
,
maketh
me
in
a
manner
to
forget
the
pain
wherein
I
was
.
And
with
that
they
entered
into
the
Town
,
being
almost
night
.
CHAP.
XL.
How
Carmelle
arrived
at
Tesifante
,
and
spake
with
Heliaxe
,
and
of
the
marvellous
combate
which
Esplandian
,
Frandalo
,
Gandalin
,
&
Enil
fought
against
three
Giants
&
twelve
Turkish
knights
.
CArmelle
travelled
so
long
with
the
women
and
children
of
Galatia
,
that
they
arrived
at
Tesifant
,
where
they
found
both
their
fathers
and
husbands
,
as
many
of
them
as
had
saved
themselves
,
as
it
is
said
before
.
Estéem
I
pray
you
what
grief
they
had
to
think
upon
their
exile
,
&
loss
of
all
their
goods
:
surely
there
is
no
heart
so
hard
,
but
would
have
wept
with
grief
to
behold
great
numbers
of
men
and
women
,
with
divers
little
children
about
them
,
and
not
having
any
means
to
give
them
bread
or
drink
.
Whereof
the
Prince
Alphorax
having
news
,
&
hearing
of
their
sorrow
,
could
not
refrain
to
say
in
presence
of
them
all
:
Ah
immortal
gods
,
it
must
néeds
be
,
that
either
for
some
great
sin
of
me
or
mine
,
this
cruel
war
is
moved
in
my
country
:
O
gods
immortal
,
let
your
wrath
,
appease
,
and
of
your
infinite
goodness
let
it
rather
please
you
that
all
the
mischief
which
you
send
upon
these
impotent
people
,
fall
onely
upon
me
that
alone
have
moved
your
indignati●ns
:
if
not
,
then
I
beséech
you
give
me
grace
,
that
to
your
gl●ry
I
may
drive
these
cursed
Christians
(
enemies
of
your
holy
laws
)
out
of
my
country
,
swearing
unto
you
,
that
if
you
vouchsafe
your
aides
,
I
will
make
so
great
a
slaughter
of
them
,
that
thereby
your
wraths
shall
be
appeased
,
if
it
be
so
that
the
small
indeavor
I
have
hitherto
used
to
drive
them
hence
be
the
occasion
of
your
anger
towards
me
.
Then
he
asked
them
how
they
got
away
.
My
Lord
(
said
he
that
brought
him
news
)
a
fair
gentlewoman
named
Carmelle
(
as
I
hear
say
)
hath
brought
them
hither
,
and
desireth
to
speak
with
you
and
the
Princess
Heliaxe
.
Lady
(
said
Alphorax
to
his
wife
,
do
you
know
her
?
I
my
Lord
(
said
Heliaxe
)
for
she
bare
me
company
all
that
day
that
I
fel
into
Frandalos
hands
,
being
very
ready
to
do
me
all
the
pleasure
and
service
that
she
could
devise
:
wherefore
my
Lord
,
I
pray
you
let
her
have
that
honor
and
entertainment
she
deserveth
.
Lady
(
said
Alphorax
)
I
am
wel
content
therewith
.
With
that
some
of
them
ran
to
fetch
Carmelle
who
being
come
in
presence
of
Alphorax
,
went
presently
unto
the
Princess
Heliaxe
,
and
without
salutation
,
said
unto
her
:
madam
,
you
know
the
lord
and
master
that
I
serve
,
who
onely
hath
authority
over
me
,
think
it
not
therefore
strange
,
if
in
any
sort
I
have
not
humbled
my self
before
the
prince
Alphorax
or
to
you
:
And
to
the
end
Madam
,
that
you
should
know
the
cause
of
my
arrival
here
,
I
think
the
taking
of
Galatia
is
not
unknown
unto
you
,
whereof
at
this
present
the
Christians
are
Lords
and
Masters
,
having
conquered
it
from
you
by
force
,
not
finding
any
Garrison
therein
,
but
a
number
of
women
and
little
children
:
which
my
Lord
Esplandian
and
his
company
send
unto
your
Grace
,
committing
them
unto
your
good
discretion
.
Assuring
you
(
their
Religion
onely
excepted
)
they
are
ready
to
do
you
any
service
that
they
may
.
Carmelle
(
said
the
Princess
)
this
is
not
the
first
favor
they
have
shewed
unto
me
,
I
am
of
long
time
so
much
beholding
to
them
,
that
be
it
in
their
adversities
or
their
prosperities
,
I
will
never
be
unmindful
of
the
same
.
Nevertheless
,
I
am
assured
,
that
at
this
day
I
have
not
,
neither
yet
shall
ever
have
the
means
to
do
it
(
as
I
think
)
unless
that
variable
fortune
turn
her
rowling
wheel
,
and
abase
them
as
much
as
now
they
are
advanced
,
then
(
if
it
so
fall
out
)
they
shall
full
well
perceive
how
much
I
estéem
their
vertues
and
favors
they
have
shown
unto
me
.
Carmelle
(
said
Alphorax
)
have
they
willed
you
to
deliver
no
message
unto
me
?
No
my
Lord
(
said
she
)
but
I
tell
you
plain
,
they
are
determined
very
shortly
to
come
and
visit
you
,
in
such
manner
,
as
will
not
greatly
like
you
.
By
all
my
gods
(
said
Alphorax
)
I
will
ease
them
of
that
burthen
,
if
they
make
not
the
more
haste
;
for
I
have
so
many
men
preparing
,
that
I
mean
to
go
in
person
to
Constantinople
,
to
destroy
the
wicked
Emperor
and
all
the
Christians
.
Then
shall
my
wife
have
means
(
if
she
think
good
)
to
acknowledge
the
favors
towards
them
,
which
they
have
shown
unto
her
,
as
she
saith
.
My
Lord
(
said
Carmelle
)
Mens
enterprises
do
oftentimes
fall
out
contrary
to
their
expectations
,
and
God
that
is
in
Heaven
above
,
commandeth
and
disposeth
of
all
things
as
it
pleaseth
him
,
and
not
as
we
would
have
it
.
Now
Madam
(
said
she
to
Heliaxe
)
I
have
done
the
commandment
of
those
that
sent
me
hither
,
wherefore
I
beséech
you
let
me
be
safely
conducted
to
the
place
from
whence
I
came
.
My
Lord
(
said
the
Princess
to
Alphorax
)
I
pray
you
shew
her
so
much
favor
,
for
it
would
grieve
me
much
that
she
should
receive
the
least
injury
in
the
world
:
which
he
granted
unto
her
,
and
withal
Heliaxe
gave
her
for
her
pains
one
of
the
richest
Gowns
she
had
.
Wherewith
she
caused
her
to
be
conducted
by
twenty
knights
,
unto
the
Town
of
Galatia
:
where
being
arrived
,
she
shewed
them
what
she
had
done
,
as
also
what
spéeches
the
prince
Alphorax
used
unto
her
,
which
Urganda
marked
well
,
saying
unto
the
knights
:
In
faith
my
good
friends
,
as
touching
Alphorax
high
words
,
they
are
the
fruits
of
his
nature
,
being
altogether
proud
and
arrogant
:
Nevertheless
,
I
can
assure
you
,
that
fortune
promiseth
him
great
matters
.
And
because
it
will
not
be
long
before
they
do
happen
,
I
will
now
use
no
words
of
them
:
praying
some
of
you
to
shew
me
so
much
favor
to
return
again
unto
Melies
Cave
,
to
fetch
her
Books
that
we
left
behinde
us
.
Which
being
in
my
possession
,
it
may
be
they
will
serve
hereafter
to
do
both
you
and
many
others
pleasure
.
Esplandian
hearing
Urganda
speak
with
such
affection
,
and
knowing
the
desire
she
had
to
have
the
Books
,
answered
her
and
said
:
Madam
,
before
I
stéep
I
will
sée
if
I
can
fulfil
your
pleasure
.
And
without
longer
staying
,
he
desired
Enil
,
Frandalo
,
and
Gandalin
,
to
bear
him
company
:
who
presently
armed
themselves
,
and
being
on
horseback
without
any
other
company
then
their
own
Squires
,
issued
out
of
the
Town
,
leaving
Urganda
with
Norandel
,
that
was
newly
come
from
the
City
of
Alfarin
.
The
four
Knights
rode
so
long
till
they
came
unto
Melies
rock
,
where
not
far
from
thence
they
found
thrée
Giants
and
twelve
Knights
,
that
with
a
loud
voice
stood
at
the
mouth
of
the
Cave
calling
Melie
,
for
the
shepheards
kéeping
shéep
in
the
fields
(
having
séen
her
led
unto
Galatia
)
ran
to
tell
them
news
:
and
to
know
the
truth
they
were
expresly
come
thither
.
Esplandian
and
his
company
knew
them
well
to
be
their
enemies
,
wherfore
they
determin'd
to
give
them
battel
although
their
number
was
far
greater
:
wherefore
being
covered
with
their
shields
,
and
their
swords
ready
in
their
hands
,
they
entred
among
them
,
Esplandian
met
the
first
Giant
,
Frandalo
the
second
,
and
Gandalin
and
Enil
the
third
:
and
Esplandian
gave
his
giant
so
great
a
blow
,
that
therewith
he
made
him
take
so
great
a
leap
,
that
both
master
and
horse
lay
upon
the
ground
,
not
once
removing
hand
or
foot
:
but
it
fell
out
otherwise
with
the
rest
,
for
they
having
broken
their
spears
upon
Frandalo
,
Gandalin
,
and
Enil
,
their
horses
being
loosely
bridled
,
bare
them
at
least
a
mile
from
thence
,
before
they
could
make
them
stay
.
With
that
the
four
Christian
Knights
were
inclosed
by
twelve
Turks
,
whereof
thrée
of
them
at
the
first
charge
were
stricken
dead
unto
the
ground
:
wherewith
the
fight
began
to
be
most
perillous
and
fierce
,
in
such
sort
,
that
before
the
two
Giants
could
return
again
,
five
other
of
the
Turks
were
in
such
case
,
that
the
best
of
them
was
hurt
to
death
,
so
there
rested
but
four
:
which
Esplandian
and
Frandalo
left
fighting
with
Gandalin
and
Enil
,
to
méet
the
two
Giants
that
in
great
haste
came
towards
them
to
help
their
companions
:
and
as
they
met
together
never
was
there
braver
fight
,
for
Esplandian
thinking
upon
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
gave
not
one
blow
but
he
made
the
blood
to
follow
on
him
that
had
the
stroke
:
whereby
the
rock
became
all
bloody
,
yet
he
found
his
enemy
no
less
able
to
require
his
blows
,
so
that
in
short
space
his
shield
was
so
hewed
and
cut
in
pieces
,
that
there
rested
nothing
but
the
leathers
in
his
hands
:
whereat
he
was
in
such
a
rage
,
that
rising
in
his
stirr●ps
,
he
gave
his
enemy
so
great
a
blow
upon
the
coife
of
stéell
,
that
he
strake
it
off
,
wherwith
the
Giants
eyes
started
in
his
head
,
which
made
him
b●w
his
neck
upon
the
horses
main
,
and
withal
let
fall
his
Sword
.
With
that
Esplandian
strake
him
such
another
blow
betwéen
the
neck
and
shoulders
that
he
cut
off
his
head
:
wherewith
the
horse
ran
up
and
down
the
fields
with
his
dead
Giant
on
his
back
:
mean
time
Frandalo
handled
the
other
Giant
in
such
sort
,
that
he
had
put
him
out
of
breath
.
Gandalin
and
Enil
for
their
parts
doing
no
less
,
for
they
two
fighting
against
four
,
behaved
themselves
so
couragi●usly
,
that
they
slew
two
of
their
hardiest
enemies
:
yet
the
other
two
would
never
yield
,
although
they
were
still
ready
to
flie
,
especially
when
they
perceived
Esplandian
coming
towards
them
.
And
to
say
truth
,
it
was
not
possible
for
them
to
make
any
resistance
:
yet
he
stayed
a
while
,
because
he
perceived
some
of
them
that
were
stricken
down
to
rise
again
,
and
take
their
Swords
in
hand
:
whereat
he
turned
about
,
but
it
chanced
that
his
horses
foot
lighting
betwéen
a
cliff
stuck
fast
,
and
was
forced
to
fall
down
,
whereby
Esplandian
was
in
the
greatest
danger
of
death
that
ever
he
had
,
by
reason
that
his
enemies
were
on
all
sides
about
him
ready
to
thrust
their
Swords
into
his
belly
:
a
thing
very
easie
to
be
done
if
God
had
not
provided
for
him
,
and
given
strength
and
agility
to
his
horse
to
rise
again
with
his
master
on
his
back
:
who
perceiving
himself
at
liberty
,
and
having
his
Sword
in
hand
,
made
such
execution
on
the
Turks
,
that
he
left
not
one
alive
:
wherewith
those
two
that
fought
with
Gandalin
and
Enil
fled
along
the
mountain
,
as
if
all
the
devils
in
hell
had
béen
behind
them
,
and
not
being
pursued
saved
themselves
,
leaving
the
Giant
behind
them
for
a
pawn
,
to
whom
Frandalo
granted
life
,
not
onely
because
he
asked
mercy
,
but
for
that
he
was
in
a
manner
dead
.
CHAP.
XLI
.
How
Esplandian
entred
into
Melies
Cave
,
to
fetch
her
books
,
and
of
an
assault
made
upon
him
,
Frandalo
,
Enil
,
and
Gandalin
,
as
they
thought
to
return
again
unto
Galatia
.
THe
combate
ended
as
you
heard
before
,
each
man
caused
his
wounds
to
be
dressed
and
bound
up
in
the
best
manner
they
could
:
then
Esplandian
entred
into
Melies
Cave
to
fetch
the
books
he
sought
,
where
he
went
into
a
fair
chamber
being
four
square
,
about
the
which
there
grew
so
much
Ivy
,
that
it
might
verily
be
judged
to
have
béen
placed
there
for
the
hangings
of
the
chamber
:
in
this
chamber
at
each
corner
there
hung
four
Lamps
,
that
burnt
both
night
&
day
and
never
went
forth
,
so
cunningly
could
the
Enchantress
shew
her
Art
in
that
place
:
and
as
Esplandian
looked
well
about
him
,
he
espyed
the
door
of
another
chamber
,
in
the
middle
whereof
stood
a
great
Candlestick
all
of
Massy
Gold
with
seven
branches
,
and
in
every
branch
a
wax
Candle
that
burned
continually
:
hard
by
it
stood
a
Cypres-table
,
whereon
lay
Melies
books
,
some
covered
with
plates
of
Gold
and
graven
upon
it
,
others
with
Silver
,
bound
and
emboised
round
about
,
which
Esplandian
took
and
carried
with
him
out
of
the
Cave
,
giving
them
to
kéep
unto
his
Squire
,
and
mounting
on
their
horses
,
they
rode
the
same
way
they
came
,
thinking
presently
to
be
at
Galatia
again
.
But
they
were
stayed
sooner
than
they
looked
for
,
for
the
Turks
that
fled
away
(
as
you
heard
before
)
made
an
Alarum
at
a
little
Town
not
far
from
thence
,
whereby
there
issued
twenty
horse
and
forty
footmen
,
who
being
assured
that
four
Knights
onely
and
no
more
had
overthrown
their
men
,
made
all
the
spéed
they
could
to
inclose
them
,
especially
those
that
were
well
horsed
:
Frandalo
and
his
company
perceived
them
afar
off
yet
could
they
hardly
shun
them
,
but
of
force
must
fight
,
or
else
endure
the
shame
to
flie
away
.
Wherefore
Esplandian
was
in
mind
to
try
their
fortune
,
and
to
send
one
of
their
Squires
in
all
haste
unto
Galatia
,
to
advertise
them
of
the
danger
they
were
in
,
that
they
might
succor
them
:
whereto
Frandalo
would
not
give
consent
,
shewing
what
great
pain
and
travel
both
they
and
their
horses
had
endured
all
that
day
,
as
also
the
great
number
of
their
enemies
in
regard
of
them
,
in
such
sort
(
said
he
)
that
if
we
take
upon
us
for
to
fight
with
them
,
I
am
in
doubt
,
that
thinking
to
win
honor
,
we
shall
be
counted
rash
and
presumptuous
fools
.
What
then
?
(
said
Esplandian
)
will
you
endure
the
shame
to
flie
away
?
In
good
truth
(
said
he
)
for
my
part
I
had
rather
endure
the
hazard
of
life
or
death
,
what
ever
shall
happen
.
Then
we
will
do
thus
(
said
Frandalo
:
)
my
Squire
shall
run
unto
Galatia
to
advertise
Talanque
and
the
rest
how
we
stayed
behind
.
Mean
time
,
I
know
a
bridge
not
far
from
hence
,
whether
we
will
go
and
defend
the
same
,
till
our
aid
shall
come
,
where
we
cannot
be
assailed
by
them
all
at
once
:
otherwise
think
with
your self
what
meanes
we
have
to
resist
so
many
men
both
on
horse
and
foot
,
that
come
purposely
to
assayl
us
.
Let
us
go
then
(
said
Esplandian
)
wherewith
leaving
the
way
on
the
right
hand
they
turned
to
the
left
,
as
Frandalo
led
them
:
and
they
had
not
ridden
very
far
but
they
came
unto
a
little
river
somewhat
déep
,
over
the
which
there
stood
a
bridge
,
where
they
had
no
sooner
arrived
,
but
they
were
presently
charged
by
their
enemies
,
especially
by
one
of
the
Turks
that
was
most
brave
and
sumptuous
,
and
best
mounted
of
them
all
,
as
being
their
captain
:
who
bearing
a
great
launce
in
his
hand
,
began
to
cry
most
vehemently
in
the
Arabian
tongue
unto
Esplandian
and
his
companions
,
saying
:
You
dogs
,
you
fly
away
,
but
by
our
gods
it
shall
cost
you
all
your
lives
:
wherewith
Enil
that
heard
his
threatnings
better
than
the
rest
,
turned
his
face
,
and
set
spurs
to
his
horse
,
the
Turk
and
he
méeting
so
fiercely
together
,
that
Enil
was
hurt
in
the
right
arm
,
and
the
Turk
thrust
clean
through
the
body
,
wherewith
he
fell
presently
stark
dead
unto
the
ground
:
Which
set
his
companions
in
such
a
rage
to
sée
their
champion
thus
suddenly
slain
,
that
they
thought
to
inclose
Enil
,
but
he
found
means
to
recover
the
bridge
:
surely
whosoever
had
séen
the
great
prowess
of
those
four
champions
,
might
with
good
reason
estéem
them
as
they
were
,
specially
Esplandian
that
stroke
not
one
blow
in
vain
.
And
although
they
were
but
few
in
comparison
of
their
enemies
,
yet
they
did
twice
or
thrice
overthrow
divers
of
the
Turks
that
séemed
boldest
to
adventure
forward
,
in
such
sort
,
that
had
it
not
béen
for
the
footmen
that
came
upon
them
,
the
horsemen
had
but
little
prevailed
:
whereat
it
is
not
to
be
marvelled
,
because
the
greatest
part
of
them
were
Citizens
,
altogether
unexpert
in
arms
,
and
fitter
for
banket
at
a
table
than
to
guide
a
horse
or
break
a
launce
:
whereby
in
less
than
a
quarter
of
an
hour
the
four
Knights
had
done
them
great
hurt
:
and
so
much
,
that
neither
the
horsemen
nor
footmen
durst
once
set
forward
to
enter
upon
the
bridge
,
till
one
of
them
determined
to
make
proof
,
thereby
if
it
were
possible
to
inclose
them
round
about
.
This
Turks
name
was
Tluacam
,
a
valiant
and
hardy
knight
,
as
he
well
shewed
before
the
combate
ended
:
for
although
the
water
was
déep
and
the
other
side
hard
to
climb
up
,
yet
he
waded
through
,
and
at
divers
times
bare
eight
more
of
his
companions
over
:
which
Frandalo
and
the
rest
perceiving
,
they
were
constrained
to
divide
themselves
,
Esplandian
and
Enil
staying
at
the
end
of
the
Bridge
where
the
combate
first
began
,
Frandalo
and
Gandalin
standing
at
the
other
,
and
God
knows
what
trouble
they
had
,
for
Tluacam
desirous
to
win
honor
or
to
loose
his
life
,
with
his
lance
in
hand
,
charged
Gandalin
in
such
sort
,
that
both
man
and
horse
had
like
to
fallen
to
the
ground
,
and
withal
he
brake
his
spear
:
wherefore
taking
his
Sword
in
hand
,
striking
on
both
sides
,
and
thinking
to
be
seconded
by
his
fellows
,
put
his
horse
in
such
a
fury
,
that
whether
he
would
or
not
,
he
bare
him
to
the
middle
of
the
bridge
:
where
thinking
to
stay
,
the
horses
féet
slid
from
him
,
whereby
both
he
and
his
master
fell
into
the
river
and
were
drowned
whereat
the
Turks
gave
so
great
a
cry
,
that
they
séemed
mad
,
and
bowing
down
their
heads
thinking
to
acquit
their
loss
,
used
all
the
force
they
could
on
both
sides
the
bridge
to
enter
upon
the
four
knights
:
who
sustained
their
assault
so
bravely
,
that
the
Turks
at
last
were
forced
to
recoil
,
whereof
nine
were
thrown
into
the
water
,
but
Esplandian
and
his
company
were
so
weary
,
that
in
a
manner
they
could
fight
no
longer
.
With
that
they
perceived
their
aid
in
all
haste
coming
towards
them
:
the
occasion
why
they
stayed
so
long
was
because
Frenace
,
Frandalos
squire
,
that
went
to
séek
Manley
and
the
rest
,
thinking
to
find
his
master
where
he
left
him
,
had
led
them
thither
,
but
not
finding
them
there
,
supp●sed
them
to
be
gone
unto
the
bridge
:
&
to
say
truth
,
they
arrived
in
very
good
time
,
for
that
Esplandian
and
his
thrée
companions
were
almost
clean
out
of
breath
:
but
when
they
perceived
their
aid
,
never
did
poor
prisoners
that
were
set
at
liberty
more
rejoyce
,
nor
were
better
pleased
:
and
the
Turks
on
the
contrary
side
never
more
astonished
,
yet
they
held
close
together
,
determining
rather
to
revenge
their
deaths
than
once
to
yield
unto
their
enemies
:
so
that
before
the
Knights
of
Galatia
could
enter
in
among
them
,
they
gave
them
much
to
do
,
although
in
the
end
they
overcame
them
,
whereby
not
one
escaped
alive
,
to
carry
news
unto
their
friends
.
Enil
at
the
first
onset
had
béen
sore
wounded
,
as
you
heard
before
,
wherefore
he
caused
his
wounds
to
be
searched
:
the
like
did
the
rest
of
the
hurt
Knights
.
Which
done
they
set
forward
to
Galatia
,
contenting
themselves
for
that
day
with
the
victory
it
had
pleased
God
to
send
them
.
And
coming
to
the
gate
,
they
found
Urganda
ready
to
receive
them
:
who
knowing
how
all
had
past
,
and
the
danger
wherein
Esplandian
had
béen
,
jestingly
said
unto
him
:
In
faith
my
Lord
,
said
she
,
if
I
were
afraid
of
death
when
I
fell
into
Melies
hands
,
I
believe
you
were
not
in
much
better
case
since
that
I
saw
you
last
,
as
I
understand
by
those
that
know
what
dammage
you
were
in
.
Madam
(
said
he
)
I
know
I
am
a
mortal
man
,
and
that
my
life
and
death
are
in
the
hands
of
God
,
as
it
pleaseth
him
to
dispose
,
and
I
confess
unto
you
,
if
we
had
not
béen
succored
,
that
in
the
end
we
could
not
have
endured
:
yet
am
I
well
assured
,
that
before
it
had
come
to
pass
,
we
had
laid
so
many
enemies
on
the
ground
,
that
the
rest
should
have
had
greater
cause
to
lament
their
loss
,
than
boast
of
their
conquest
.
Urganda
perceived
by
Esplandian
words
that
he
liked
not
her
spéech
,
whereupon
she
said
unto
him
:
My
Lord
,
pardon
me
I
beséech
you
,
and
excuse
the
indiscretion
of
a
woman
,
specially
in
me
,
who
at
this
present
had
forgotten
my self
.
Madam
(
said
Esplandian
)
you
may
command
me
,
and
likewise
set
me
forth
for
a
coward
,
hardy
,
or
any
other
what
it
pleaseth
you
to
tearm
me
.
In
which
manner
talking
together
,
they
came
unto
his
lodging
,
where
master
Elizabeth
(
newly
come
from
Alfarin
)
visited
his
wounds
,
and
the
rest
likewise
that
had
cause
to
use
his
help
.
CHAP.
XLII
.
How
the
Knights
of
great
Brittain
that
were
at
Galatia
,
imbarqued
themselves
with
Vrganda
in
the
great
Serpent
,
to
sail
unto
Constantinople
,
and
what
happened
unto
them
.
THe
Knights
that
had
béen
hurt
at
the
last
encounter
,
for
the
space
of
fiftéen
days
after
were
forced
to
kéep
their
chambers
until
their
wounds
were
healed
:
during
which
time
,
Urganda
took
great
pleasure
in
reading
Melies
books
which
Esplandian
caused
to
be
brought
unto
her
:
wherein
she
found
such
wonderful
conjurations
and
devises
of
Magick
Art
,
that
she
was
abashed
how
she
that
had
them
so
long
time
in
her
possession
,
knew
no
more
than
yet
she
did
,
estéeming
the
Enchantress
Lady
to
have
béen
the
perfectest
scholar
that
even
studied
in
that
art
,
as
it
well
appeared
by
her
books
.
Now
the
time
approached
wherein
it
was
expedient
(
according
to
the
destinies
appointed
)
that
Esplandian
and
his
companions
should
go
unto
Constantinople
:
wherefore
as
soon
as
their
wounds
were
healed
,
Urganda
caused
them
to
be
assembled
,
and
standing
in
the
middest
of
them
all
,
she
said
unto
them
:
My
good
friends
,
knowing
part
●f
the
prosperities
and
adversities
which
the
heavens
foreshew
unto
you
all
,
I
came
hither
specially
to
sée
Esplandian
and
you
,
of
whom
I
have
received
great
pleasure
,
perceiving
at
my
arrival
the
love
and
amity
that
is
among
you
,
with
the
great
desire
you
have
to
accomplish
the
order
of
knighthood
:
not
for
the
glory
and
recompence
of
this
world
,
but
onely
for
the
increasing
of
our
faith
and
the
service
of
God
,
that
shall
reward
you
for
it
:
and
to
the
end
you
may
continue
in
this
forwardness
,
&
that
the
thing
which
I
pretend
,
may
happily
fall
out
,
I
will
from
henceforth
not
onely
imploy
my
person
by
my
Art
,
which
hath
pleased
God
to
lend
me
,
wherewith
I
will
advise
you
what
I
shall
find
convenient
and
necessary
for
the
augmentation
of
your
honors
already
spread
through
out
the
world
:
which
to
begin
I
am
of
opinion
,
that
you
all
imbarque
your selves
with
me
in
the
great
Serpent
,
that
shall
bring
us
unto
Constantinople
to
the
Emperor
,
for
without
him
it
is
impossible
that
this
great
enterprise
you
have
taken
in
hand
can
come
to
good
effect
:
as
also
that
he
himself
before
many
years
are
past
,
shall
be
found
in
marvellous
necessity
,
and
such
,
that
he
shall
account
himself
most
happy
to
have
your
aid
:
and
with
good
reason
,
for
that
in
the
end
both
he
and
you
shall
overcome
those
hazards
according
to
your
desires
.
Then
shall
you
plainly
know
,
that
this
that
I
foreshew
unto
you
is
most
true
.
While
Urganda
used
these
words
,
all
the
company
stood
still
intentive
for
to
hear
her
:
and
had
it
not
béen
that
they
estéemed
her
words
to
be
most
true
,
they
had
doubted
of
the
threatnings
she
used
against
the
Emperor
,
he
being
so
great
and
puissant
a
Monarch
.
Nevertheless
the
issue
of
that
trouble
which
she
assured
unto
them
,
gave
them
some
ease
and
contentation
of
mind
:
in
expectation
whereof
,
they
made
account
in
the
mean
time
to
prove
their
strengths
and
forces
,
that
thereby
their
valor
and
magnanimity
might
be
further
spread
abroad
.
And
as
touching
their
voyage
to
the
Emperor
,
as
Urganda
gave
them
direction
,
it
was
onely
the
thing
whereupon
Esplandian
did
aspire
,
hoping
that
if
the
wars
were
openly
proclaimed
in
the
Grecian
Empire
,
and
the
Emperors
danger
so
imminent
,
to
shew
such
valor
and
prowess
in
martial
exploits
,
that
he
would
not
onely
frée
and
acquit
his
father
of
the
promise
he
had
made
to
serve
the
Ladies
,
but
confirm
the
love
that
the
Princess
Leonorine
bare
unto
him
,
in
such
sort
,
that
he
might
obtain
her
for
his
wife
:
which
caused
him
to
speak
for
all
his
company
,
assuring
Urganda
that
not
one
of
them
but
was
ready
to
obay
and
go
where
it
pleased
her
.
My
friends
(
said
she
)
then
I
pray
you
to
morrow
in
the
morning
cause
your
horses
to
be
shipped
in
my
ship
,
and
for
armour
take
you
no
care
,
I
●or●
provide
you
thereof
so
well
,
that
each
man
shall
find
himself
content
:
let
it
suffice
you
to
imbarque
your selves
and
set
sail
:
for
often
times
an
enterprise
deferred
over
long
,
falleth
not
out
as
men
desire
it
should
,
not
for
want
of
good
and
wise
counsel
,
but
by
the
negligence
of
those
that
are
appointed
to
execute
the
same
.
Thus
was
their
voyage
to
Constantinople
agréed
upon
,
in
such
sort
,
that
all
the
knights
of
great
Brittain
entred
into
the
great
Serpent
,
taking
with
them
Frandola
,
Melie
,
and
the
captain
of
Tesifant
that
had
béen
taken
prisoner
,
as
you
heard
before
,
leaving
the
Admirals
souldiers
for
garrison
in
the
town
.
Which
done
,
the
ship
went
forward
of
it self
,
sayling
towards
the
Castle
the
defended
mountain
,
where
being
arrived
they
took
Armato
king
of
Turky
and
his
two
captains
with
them
:
or
Urganda
willed
them
so
to
do
:
and
six
days
after
,
the
great
Serpent
arrived
within
half
a
mile
of
Constantinople
,
where
she
stayed
.
Then
Urganda
caused
her
Knights
to
be
armed
with
the
armor
she
had
brought
,
which
were
white
,
with
a
red
cross
both
before
and
behind
,
most
comely
to
behold
.
They
were
in
all
forty
Knights
,
whose
names
are
as
followeth
:
Esplandian
,
Frandalo
,
Norandel
,
Talanque
,
Manley
the
wise
,
Ambor
of
Gandel
,
Grauate
of
the
fearful
valley
,
Gandalin
,
Enil
,
Trian
cousin
to
Quéen
Briolany
,
Bravor
son
to
the
Giant
Balan
,
Belleris
,
Elion
le
Delibere
,
Licoran
of
the
white
Tower
,
Listoran
of
the
silver
bridge
,
Landin
of
Sariaque
,
Imosil
of
Burgondy
,
Ledadrin
of
Ferraque
,
Sarquiles
cousin
to
Angriotes
,
Palomir
,
Branfil
,
Tantiles
the
proud
,
Galbron
Son
of
Isamel
,
Carpin
his
Brother
,
Carin
of
Carante
,
Attalion
Son
of
Olivas
,
Bracele
Son
of
Bandoyvas
,
Garamante
Son
of
Norgalles
,
Amphinio
of
Almain
,
Brandony
of
France
,
Penatry
of
Spain
,
Flamene
his
brother
,
Culspicio
of
Bohemia
,
Amandario
of
little
Brittain
,
Silvester
of
Hungaria
,
Manley
of
Swethland
,
Galfary
of
Italy
,
Galiot
of
Scotland
,
Amandaly
,
his
brother
,
and
Calfeur
the
glorious
.
Being
arrived
,
the
ship
was
presently
espyed
by
the
Citizens
which
they
knew
,
having
séen
it
before
when
it
put
them
in
such
fear
,
as
you
have
heard
,
but
hoping
for
him
that
used
ordinarily
to
sayl
therein
,
they
all
ran
unto
the
walls
,
and
along
the
shore
to
sée
him
land
,
wherewith
the
noise
and
rumor
was
so
great
,
that
the
Emperor
had
news
thereof
being
as
then
talking
with
the
Ladies
.
Those
news
pleased
the
Princess
Leonorine
so
well
,
that
she
no
sooner
heard
the
great
Serpent
named
,
but
she
rose
up
and
went
unto
the
windows
to
see
if
she
could
espy
her
love
Esplandian
:
but
the
ship
was
somewhat
too
far
off
,
neither
did
it
move
from
the
place
whereas
it
lay
.
Wherefore
fearing
to
be
deceived
as
she
had
béen
before
,
she
began
to
change
colour
:
which
Quéen
Minoresse
perceived
,
and
jesting
said
unto
her
:
Madam
,
do
you
make
this
pitiful
countenance
to
dissemble
the
joy
you
have
conceived
,
or
for
fear
I
should
beguile
you
of
him
that
cometh
to
sée
you
?
How
now
cousin
(
said
she
)
how
long
have
you
learned
to
mock
?
In
faith
I
never
thought
upon
the
first
of
those
two
points
,
and
much
less
am
I
in
doubt
of
the
second
,
for
you
know
as
much
as
my self
and
yet
I
am
not
ignorant
that
when
the
great
Serpent
was
there
where
I
now
behold
it
,
he
whom
we
expect
came
not
hither
,
wherefore
I
fear
(
and
with
good
reason
)
that
we
shall
now
be
served
in
like
sort
:
and
as
she
ended
her
spéech
,
the
ship
came
within
a
bow
shot
of
the
haven
where
they
might
perceive
one
of
her
sides
to
open
,
from
whence
they
put
out
a
boat
,
and
not
long
after
they
saw
Carmelle
and
two
other
gentlewomen
come
forth
,
the
two
Gentlewomen
playing
most
swéetly
upon
two
instruments
,
which
they
did
till
they
arrived
at
the
shore
:
from
whence
they
went
unto
the
Emperor
,
who
knowing
Carmelle
,
had
better
hope
to
sée
Esplandian
than
ever
he
had
before
:
&
going
unto
her
to
ask
what
news
,
she
made
no
more
reverence
unto
him
than
she
used
at
other
times
to
do
,
saying
unto
him
:
My
lord
,
Esplandian
my
master
(
that
you
so
much
desire
to
sée
)
is
now
arrived
before
the
town
in
the
great
Serpent
with
divers
other
Knights
his
friends
and
allies
,
and
Urganda
la
Discogneve
,
desiring
you
to
shew
them
the
favor
to
stay
in
your
Pallace
,
where
they
mean
to
come
and
visit
your
Grace
.
Truly
Carmelle
(
said
the
Emperor
)
I
never
heard
message
in
all
my
life
that
pleased
me
so
well
,
I
am
content
to
do
as
they
desire
,
although
I
was
determined
to
méet
them
,
and
to
give
them
that
entertainment
they
deserve
:
But
séeing
they
will
have
it
otherwise
,
I
will
satisfie
their
desires
.
That
is
sufficient
(
said
Carmelle
)
we
will
then
return
to
thom
again
,
to
certifie
your
Graces
answer
.
Go
(
said
the
Emperor
)
and
tell
them
from
me
,
that
they
shall
he
most
heartily
welcome
.
With
that
Carmelle
with
the
two
Gentlewomen
departed
towards
the
Haven
:
mean
time
,
whosoever
had
beheld
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
might
easily
have
judged
the
alteration
of
her
heart
,
it
was
so
full
of
joy
,
that
without
Quéen
Minoresse
that
caused
her
to
refrain
,
she
would
peradventure
have
done
something
whereby
her
honor
had
béen
blemished
,
minding
to
leave
the
Empress
her
mother
,
and
go
to
méet
Esplandian
,
whose
absence
had
procured
so
great
sorrow
in
her
mind
.
But
the
Quéen
as
a
wise
and
discréet
lady
perswaded
her
so
much
,
that
she
stayed
at
the
window
,
whereby
her
alteration
might
not
be
perceived
.
Carmelle
stayed
not
long
,
but
went
into
the
boat
,
rowing
to
the
great
Serpent
,
where
being
entred
,
there
were
presently
two
boats
more
put
forth
that
brought
horses
to
land
,
which
done
,
they
returned
again
to
fetch
the
knights
,
and
those
that
would
went
forth
,
and
among
them
six
gentlewomen
,
thrée
of
them
sounding
the
recorders
,
then
ceasing
,
the
other
thrée
played
on
the
Lute
and
Vials
,
in
that
manner
being
landed
and
mounted
on
their
horses
,
they
entred
into
the
City
the
six
Gentlewomen
marching
first
,
after
them
the
two
Turkish
Captains
that
were
taken
at
the
siege
of
the
Castle
the
defended
mountain
,
then
the
Captain
of
Tesifant
,
next
followed
Armato
,
and
with
him
the
Princess
Melie
,
apparrelled
in
the
bear-skin
as
she
had
béen
taken
,
then
followed
the
forty
Knights
two
in
a
rank
,
armed
horse
and
man
in
one
sort
of
armor
,
in
the
middest
of
them
road
Urganda
,
talking
to
Esplandian
and
the
King
of
Denmark
.
And
as
they
approached
the
Pallace
,
the
Emperor
,
the
Empress
,
and
the
Ladies
met
them
,
where
the
Emperor
coming
to
Urganda
,
did
her
as
much
honor
as
if
she
had
bin
the
greatest
Quéen
in
the
world
.
Mean
time
the
Knights
being
among
the
Ladies
,
gave
occasion
to
be
found
no
less
courteous
,
then
prompt
and
valiant
in
arms
,
especially
Esplandian
,
who
coming
to
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
knéeled
on
the
ground
to
kiss
her
hands
,
but
she
refused
it
making
the
whole
company
believe
,
she
was
offended
with
him
for
delaying
the
time
to
come
unto
the
court
as
he
had
promised
.
Which
the
Emperor
perceiving
,
could
not
refrain
to
smile
,
and
said
unto
her
:
How
now
daughter
?
Is
this
the
good
entertainment
you
shew
unto
your
knight
,
and
the
thanks
you
give
him
,
for
coming
expresly
hither
to
serve
you
?
I
pray
you
call
to
mind
,
that
he
deserveth
a
better
countenance
,
were
it
onely
for
his
fathers
sake
,
to
whom
you
are
so
much
beholding
.
My
lord
(
said
she
)
that
is
the
cause
I
am
so
much
offended
with
him
,
for
if
he
resembled
the
knight
with
the
gréen
Sword
as
much
in
courtesie
as
in
countenance
,
he
had
not
stayed
so
long
to
obay
his
fathers
will
,
and
to
satisfie
the
requests
that
you
and
I
have
made
unto
him
by
Carmelle
and
others
,
as
your
Grace
knoweth
Before
God
(
said
the
Emperor
)
and
say
true
:
yet
I
could
never
have
bin
perswaded
you
would
conceive
displeasure
so
long
time
,
considering
what
he
hath
done
,
and
the
rich
presents
he
sent
to
you
.
My
Lord
(
said
she
)
if
he
hath
done
any
thing
for
me
it
was
without
my
commandment
,
I
had
rather
he
had
done
less
in
those
things
,
and
that
he
had
bin
more
obedient
to
his
fathers
will
and
mine
.
Madam
(
said
the
Emperor
to
Urganda
)
you
sée
in
my
daughter
how
great
the
choler
of
an
angry
woman
is
.
My
Lord
(
said
she
)
she
hath
reason
so
to
do
,
for
that
Esplandian
obaying
his
father
,
ought
to
confirm
himself
both
to
her
will
and
yours
.
And
having
failed
therein
,
all
he
saith
that
he
hath
done
for
her
sake
,
may
be
accounted
nothing
,
although
I
am
assured
,
that
the
remembrance
of
my
Lady
your
daughter
hath
made
him
(
being
in
fight
)
enter
into
such
danger
,
that
it
was
most
strange
how
he
could
escape
.
Wherefore
Madam
(
said
she
to
Leonorine
)
he
deserveth
pardon
for
the
same
,
and
so
I
pray
you
grant
him
.
While
Urganda
spake
,
the
Princess
beheld
Esplandian
with
so
great
affection
,
that
in
a
manner
she
lived
and
died
in
him
:
and
he
for
his
part
by
her
felt
in
what
sort
love
useth
those
he
holds
in
his
power
.
Whereby
she
continued
a
time
without
answering
Urganda
not
for
any
evil
will
to
her
in
using
of
th●se
spéeches
,
but
rather
féeling
such
alteration
in
her
mind
,
that
she
trembled
like
a
leaf
.
But
in
the
end
she
remembred
her self
,
and
said
unto
her
:
Madam
,
séeing
it
is
your
pleasure
that
I
remit
his
offence
,
I
am
content
to
do
it
,
upon
condition
,
that
if
he
forget
himself
as
he
hath
done
heretofore
,
you
shall
bear
the
punishment
for
him
.
With
that
she
took
him
by
the
hand
,
and
made
him
rise
up
,
changing
spéech
,
because
the
Empress
(
that
in
the
mean
time
talked
with
the
King
of
Denmark
)
came
thither
,
whereby
Esplandian
was
constrained
to
leave
the
Princess
,
and
salute
her
.
The
Emperor
all
that
while
had
given
no
entertainment
to
King
Armato
,
as
knowing
him
not
,
but
when
they
shewed
him
which
was
he
,
he
imbraced
him
and
said
:
My
Lord
and
brother
,
I
beséech
you
pardon
my
ignorance
,
in
not
entertaining
you
before
this
time
,
as
not
knowing
you
,
but
I
will
amend
the
fault
when
you
think
good
.
My
Lord
(
said
Armato
)
I
am
now
(
as
it
pleaseth
fortune
)
in
place
where
you
may
command
me
,
yet
I
pray
you
call
to
mind
who
I
was
,
and
what
I
may
be
,
and
do
for
me
as
you
would
I
should
do
for
you
if
your
case
were
mine
:
Considering
with
your self
,
that
the
like
hard
fortune
may
fall
on
you
,
and
that
it
is
no
less
vertue
to
intertain
the
vanquished
courteously
then
to
overthrow
the
puissant
enemy
.
With
that
the
Emperor
led
him
into
his
pallace
,
the
rest
following
after
him
,
and
when
they
were
in
the
Hall
,
he
left
them
with
the
Empress
to
speak
unto
Frandalo
,
and
taking
him
aside
,
said
unto
him
:
Frannalo
,
to
let
you
know
how
well
I
do
account
of
the
great
good
service
you
have
done
for
me
,
I
will
that
from
henceforth
you
shal
be
my
chief
Standard
Bearer
,
in
which
place
I
now
estaplish
you
.
For
the
which
Frandalo
thanked
him
most
humbly
,
accounting
himself
most
happy
to
have
so
great
authority
.
CHAP.
XLIII
.
How
Norandel
and
Queen
Minoresse
fell
in
love
one
of
the
other
,
and
what
conference
they
had
together
.
THe
Emperor
being
among
his
Knights
,
making
them
all
the
charge
and
honor
that
he
could
devise
.
It
happened
that
the
princess
Leonorine
and
Quéen
Minoresse
séeing
the
King
of
Denmark
and
Norandel
together
,
called
Carmelle
,
and
asked
her
who
they
were
.
My
Ladies
(
said
she
)
you
have
séen
him
that
hath
the
least
beard
here
before
,
(
which
is
the
King
of
Denmark
)
for
he
came
hither
with
Frandalo
,
the
other
is
Norandel
king
Luisarts
Son
,
estéemed
for
one
of
the
hardiest
Knights
living
on
the
earth
.
I
pray
you
(
said
the
Princess
)
desire
them
to
come
hither
,
that
we
may
speak
with
them
.
With
that
Carmelle
called
them
unto
her
,
and
as
they
were
before
the
two
Princesses
the
more
they
beheld
the
excellency
of
their
beauties
,
the
more
they
marvelled
at
it
,
and
not
without
cause
,
for
next
unto
Leonorine
there
could
hardly
be
found
in
all
Greece
one
that
matched
Queen
Minoresse
,
especially
in
comeliness
and
good
behavior
,
but
if
she
had
some
perfection
in
her
,
nature
had
not
forgotten
her self
in
forming
the
two
Knights
,
especially
Norandel
,
who
till
that
time
had
never
felt
the
stings
of
love
,
no
more
had
Quéen
Minoresse
.
Nevertheless
,
that
little
thief
surprised
them
so
covertly
,
that
he
bound
them
both
,
making
them
captives
one
to
the
other
,
in
such
manner
,
that
after
many
Questions
and
Answers
propounded
they
drew
themselves
apart
,
leading
the
King
of
Denmark
talking
with
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
the
Queen
asking
Norandal
what
he
thought
of
the
Princese
.
Madam
(
said
he
)
although
I
have
heard
her
estéemed
for
one
of
the
goodliest
Ladies
in
the
world
,
yet
did
I
never
think
her
beauty
had
béen
such
as
now
I
sée
it
is
,
althought
you
are
little
behind
her
in
that
respect
,
whereby
I
might
estéem
my self
most
happy
if
I
had
bin
asléep
that
day
I
enterprised
to
take
my
journey
hither
.
Wherefore
(
said
the
Quéen
)
have
you
had
so
ill
entertainment
in
this
Court
?
No
Madam
(
said
he
)
but
there
is
one
hath
stollen
that
from
me
which
I
have
most
carefully
kept
during
my
life
.
The
Quéen
not
knowing
what
he
meant
,
was
thereat
abashed
,
asking
him
what
it
was
,
and
whither
he
knew
the
thief
.
I
Madam
(
said
he
)
and
it
resteth
in
you
to
do
me
justice
,
if
it
be
your
pleasure
:
for
you
and
none
other
have
that
whereof
I
speak
.
In
good
faith
(
said
the
Quéen
)
you
shall
pardon
me
,
for
I
have
nothing
of
yours
that
I
can
remember
.
Madam
(
said
Norandel
)
since
the
time
I
first
did
know
what
belonged
to
a
man
,
I
kept
my
liberty
,
not
alienating
it
to
any
one
:
But
coming
hither
(
I
had
no
sooner
set
mine
eye
on
you
)
but
I
found
my self
of
a
fréeman
a
bondslaue
and
captive
to
your
Ladyships
good
favor
:
which
I
beséech
you
afford
me
,
in
recompence
of
the
liberty
you
now
have
taken
from
me
.
Truly
fix
knight
(
said
she
)
you
have
at
this
present
run
too
far
astray
,
for
if
you
beheld
me
as
you
should
,
you
had
not
found
me
such
a
one
as
you
say
,
and
would
have
bin
twice
advised
to
use
such
spéeches
as
you
do
Nevertheless
,
I
will
not
take
them
at
your
hands
(
being
a
stranger
)
in
so
evil
part
as
mine
honor
doth
require
,
and
I
think
likewise
you
speak
far
otherwise
then
you
mean
:
which
she
said
to
undermine
him
.
Thereby
to
sée
if
Norandels
words
were
spoken
from
the
heart
,
who
hearing
that
overthwart
answer
,
was
much
astonished
,
but
being
moved
with
love
,
answered
her
and
said
:
Madam
,
pardon
my
boldness
I
beséech
you
,
but
I
swear
unto
you
,
by
the
faith
of
a
Knight
,
that
I
have
discovered
the
secret
of
my
heart
:
and
if
you
will
not
believe
me
at
this
time
,
I
hope
in
time
to
come
to
do
so
much
,
that
you
shall
well
perceive
what
great
desire
I
have
to
be
your
Knight
,
if
it
will
please
you
to
grant
me
so
much
favor
to
accept
me
for
the
same
.
When
Quéen
Minoresse
perceived
him
so
earnest
,
as
that
in
uttering
those
words
she
shewed
great
affection
,
she
estéemed
in
her
mind
to
have
sufficient
argument
that
might
perswade
her
to
believe
his
words
,
wherewith
she
answered
him
and
said
:
My
Lord
Norandel
,
If
you
do
as
you
promise
,
I
well
believe
that
you
say
:
and
for
the
accepting
you
to
be
my
Knight
,
me
thinketh
I
should
do
wrong
to
refuse
so
small
a
favor
to
so
courteous
a
gentleman
as
you
are
:
wherefore
I
both
grant
it
and
desire
it
of
you
.
With
that
she
took
a
little
ring
(
she
commonly
wore
)
off
from
her
finger
,
giving
it
unto
him
for
a
witness
of
their
new
confirmed
aliance
:
And
had
it
not
bin
that
the
Emperor
was
ready
to
go
to
supper
,
they
had
no
sooner
left
talking
,
but
the
Empress
went
in
,
whereby
Quéen
Minoresse
was
constrained
to
follow
after
,
taking
Melie
and
Carmelle
with
her
,
to
whom
she
did
all
honor
and
good
entertainment
she
could
devise
:
Supper
being
done
,
and
the
tables
uncovered
,
the
Princess
Leonorine
that
had
séen
Norandel
and
Quéen
Minoresse
talking
with
so
great
affection
,
doubted
some
feathers
in
the
wind
,
wherefore
taking
her
aside
,
said
unto
her
:
Cousin
,
I
believe
the
knight
that
entertained
you
so
long
,
told
you
some
news
out
of
Great
Brittain
,
or
something
else
that
pleased
you
full
well
,
I
pray
you
fair
Lady
tell
me
what
it
was
,
for
you
were
very
earnest
to
harken
thereunto
.
How
now
Madam
?
(
said
she
)
since
when
I
pray
you
,
did
you
learn
to
mock
?
Call
you
that
mocking
(
said
she
)
which
is
done
in
earnest
?
I
pray
God
the
mockery
I
mean
to
you
,
may
fall
out
as
I
desire
it
would
,
then
shall
I
at
the
least
have
as
good
advantage
at
you
,
as
you
have
had
at
me
,
which
would
please
me
well
,
not
so
much
to
have
a
companion
in
mine
own
estate
,
as
to
yield
you
in
exchange
the
like
pleasure
I
have
received
at
your
hands
,
when
you
first
were
made
acquainted
with
the
love
betwéen
Esplandian
and
me
.
Wherefore
fear
not
to
utter
your
minde
unto
me
,
otherwise
I
will
from
henceforth
have
you
in
a
jealousie
,
for
that
you
have
already
done
,
or
yet
would
do
.
Madam
(
said
the
Quéen
)
rather
than
you
should
do
so
,
I
will
declare
to
you
the
secretest
thing
I
know
.
The
Knight
(
said
she
)
whereof
you
speak
(
I
know
not
by
what
means
)
hath
so
captivated
my
minde
,
that
I
féel
the
thing
in
my self
which
I
never
thought
would
have
happened
unto
me
.
And
as
they
that
are
molested
with
a
continual
Ague
,
do
finde
the
taste
of
water
better
than
the
hope
of
life
to
them
:
so
I
likewise
,
that
was
accustomed
not
onely
to
contemn
the
force
of
Love
,
but
blame
all
such
as
yield
to
his
might
,
(
estéeming
their
estate
rather
voluntary
than
forcible
)
finde
my self
so
much
surprised
,
that
if
God
help
me
not
,
I
am
in
the
greatest
danger
that
ever
poor
woman
was
.
What
(
said
the
Princess
)
think
you
my
Lord
Norandel
is
of
so
hard
a
heart
and
little
courtesie
,
as
that
he
would
disdain
the
love
of
so
fair
and
comely
a
Lady
as
you
are
?
Do
you
perceive
by
him
that
his
minde
is
placed
elsewhere
?
No
Madam
(
said
she
)
but
to
the
contrary
,
he
protested
to
be
wholly
mine
,
without
any
further
advantage
,
then
that
I
have
accepted
him
for
my
knight
.
Truly
(
said
Leonorine
)
I
am
glad
thereof
,
and
if
you
had
done
otherwise
,
he
might
surely
have
complained
,
and
you
much
more
,
to
have
refused
so
great
a
good
,
when
it
is
offered
without
dissimulation
:
else
if
it
be
otherwise
,
it
is
no
good
,
but
rather
a
curse
.
I
am
of
this
opinion
(
said
she
)
that
my
Lord
Norandel
would
rather
die
a
thousand
deaths
than
bear
that
minde
:
wherefore
determine
I
pray
you
,
to
use
him
well
,
assuring
you
,
that
I
will
not
fail
to
succor
you
in
what
I
may
,
and
will
do
for
you
as
you
have
done
for
me
.
So
long
they
talked
together
,
that
the
Emperor
and
his
company
risen
from
the
Table
,
came
to
sée
the
Ladies
.
Nevertheless
neither
the
Princess
nor
Quéen
Minoresse
could
have
the
means
to
entertain
their
friends
,
but
onely
with
a
look
,
whereby
(
their
hearts
panting
in
their
bellies
)
were
somewhat
eased
:
when
night
approached
,
every
man
withdrew
him
to
his
rest
,
but
when
Quéen
Minoresse
found
her self
alone
,
and
in
her
bed
,
she
began
to
think
upon
the
spéches
that
Norandel
used
unto
her
,
sometimes
determining
to
assay
,
if
by
any
means
she
could
drive
the
same
out
of
her
mind
,
and
then
presently
changed
thoughts
,
and
said
unto
her self
:
Alas
,
was
there
ever
greater
constancy
in
a
woman
,
then
that
I
always
had
until
this
time
?
Must
I
now
of
force
yield
up
the
fort
,
that
against
so
many
hard
assaults
I
held
invincible
?
Alas
,
I
now
perceive
it
is
of
force
,
wherefore
it
is
better
presently
to
séek
for
remedy
,
then
to
consume
thus
secretly
as
I
do
.
Alas
what
?
If
I
chance
in
this
sort
to
yield
unto
mine
own
desire
,
(
poor
soul
that
I
am
)
then
do
I
manifestly
perceive
the
danger
wherein
I
fall
,
and
the
thraldom
that
I
bring
my self
into
,
from
whence
whi●e
I
live
,
I
shall
never
escape
.
Wherefore
it
were
far
better
for
me
to
bridle
mine
own
affection
,
and
command
that
which
commandeth
me
,
then
do
that
which
hereafter
I
might
repent
.
With
that
she
held
her
peace
,
and
turning
on
each
side
,
like
one
not
well
at
ease
in
body
nor
in
mind
,
she
had
no
sooner
resolved
one
thing
,
but
presently
dissolved
it
again
,
so
great
was
her
inconstancy
therein
.
Nevertheless
,
having
well
debated
with
her self
all
the
pleasures
or
displeasures
that
might
chance
thereby
:
In
the
end
,
with
a
loud
voice
she
uttered
these
words
:
I
know
not
what
may
come
to
pass
,
but
Love
promiseth
me
great
things
:
Wherefore
if
the
worst
fal
out
,
and
that
from
henceforth
I
forget
my self
,
he
shall
bear
the
blame
,
and
not
I
,
that
will
do
nothing
but
under
his
protection
:
In
which
opinion
,
she
fell
a
sléep
,
and
the
next
day
Norandel
and
she
finding
means
to
talk
together
,
they
confirmed
their
love
in
such
sort
,
that
they
determined
to
use
the
same
more
by
wisdom
,
then
by
passion
:
which
those
that
are
in
like
case
,
ought
to
follow
,
thereby
to
attain
unto
the
point
of
their
desired
joys
,
which
in
times
past
before
,
was
commonly
called
the
gracious
gifts
of
Mercy
.
CHAP.
XLIIII
.
How
Vrganda
declared
unto
the
Emperor
the
signification
of
the
Prophesie
that
was
found
in
the
tomb
,
and
of
two
Dragons
that
carried
her
with
King
Armato
and
Melie
up
into
the
air
,
and
set
them
in
the
middle
of
the
City
of
Tesifant
.
YOu
heard
before
how
Carmelle
in
her
ship
,
shewed
the
Emperor
the
tomb
that
Esplandian
had
conquered
in
the
Rock
of
the
Enchantress
with
the
Image
of
Jupiter
,
and
the
Prophesie
he
held
within
his
hand
,
which
the
Emperor
remembred
so
well
,
that
he
never
ceased
to
think
thereon
.
Whereby
,
the
next
day
after
the
arrival
of
that
noble
company
in
the
City
of
Constantinople
,
he
calling
to
mind
that
there
could
no
person
be
found
in
all
the
world
better
able
to
resolve
his
doubt
,
then
Urganda
was
,
caused
her
to
go
into
the
closet
,
where
the
Emperess
with
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
Quéen
Minoresse
,
and
no
more
,
stayed
for
her
:
they
five
being
together
,
the
Emperor
caused
the
Image
of
Jupiter
to
be
brought
thither
:
which
done
,
he
said
unto
Urganda
:
Madam
,
I
pray
you
do
me
so
much
pleasure
as
to
declare
(
if
it
be
possible
)
what
are
the
meaning
of
the
Letters
that
this
Image
holdeth
.
With
that
Urganda
read
it
,
and
having
considered
thereof
,
she
said
unto
the
Emperor
:
My
Lord
,
the
great
knowledge
and
skill
that
this
Idol
hath
foreshowen
shall
in
time
to
come
be
lost
,
is
already
happened
:
for
as
you
know
,
the
power
of
Jupiter
and
of
other
gods
,
hath
béen
suppressed
and
abolished
by
the
coming
of
Iesus
Christ
:
and
as
touching
these
words
,
The
bondslave
of
the
bond
of
slavery
shall
be
burried
here
,
and
life
restored
by
him
that
suffered
death
.
These
are
hard
and
obscure
tearmes
,
yet
will
I
declare
them
to
your
Grace
as
well
as
possibly
I
may
.
With
that
Leonorine
and
Quéen
Minoresse
thought
:
she
would
have
spoken
of
the
Knight
Esplandian
that
had
béen
put
into
a
Cedar
Chest
,
as
you
heard
before
:
wherewith
they
being
surprised
with
a
deadly
fear
,
began
to
behold
each
other
in
most
pitiful
manner
:
which
Urganda
well
perceiving
,
intending
to
ease
their
mindes
continued
her
discourse
in
this
manner
:
My
Lord
(
said
she
)
this
Prophecy
was
written
concerning
Matroco
Lord
of
the
Castle
of
the
defended
mountain
,
who
as
you
know
was
always
a
Pagan
till
his
latter
day
that
he
became
a
Christian
,
whereby
long
time
he
continued
a
bond-slave
of
the
bond
of
slavery
:
for
such
ought
the
Sect
of
Idolatry
to
be
named
:
but
Esplandian
perceiving
his
repentance
,
suffered
him
to
be
buried
in
the
hermitage
,
where
as
yet
Carmelles
father
doth
remain
,
who
since
that
time
hath
so
much
honored
the
Giants
body
,
that
she
hath
buried
his
bones
within
the
Cedar
Chest
,
that
you
Madam
(
said
she
to
Leonorine
)
if
you
do
remember
,
gave
unto
her
:
And
touching
these
lines
which
contain
these
words
,
That
life
shall
be
restored
by
him
that
suffered
death
:
that
is
likewise
to
be
understood
of
him
,
for
that
loosing
this
transitory
life
,
he
hath
obtained
the
eternal
in
Abrahams
bosom
:
so
great
grace
hath
he
receiv'd
at
the
hands
of
God
by
the
merit
of
his
Sons
passion
,
in
whom
he
did
believe
,
as
I
said
before
:
and
so
my
Lord
(
said
she
)
you
have
heard
what
I
can
say
as
touching
this
strange
Prophecy
.
Ey
but
(
said
the
Emperor
)
what
means
the
rest
?
My
Lord
(
said
she
)
I
can
tell
you
no
more
of
it
than
can
my
Lady
your
daughter
,
or
Quéen
Minoresse
,
but
so
much
I
can
assure
you
,
that
in
short
time
you
shall
sée
it
come
to
pass
:
and
if
in
any
point
it
concerneth
you
,
the
best
is
it
will
all
fall
out
to
greater
good
of
your
soul
,
than
to
any
power
or
worldly
glory
:
wherewith
for
this
present
I
pray
you
content
your self
.
I
truly
(
said
the
Emperor
)
and
so
will
I
always
do
:
for
so
my
soul
be
well
,
I
estéem
not
the
misery
or
torments
of
my
body
.
And
with
that
he
left
Urganda
with
the
Empress
,
&
went
into
the
Hall
,
where
great
number
of
Knights
and
Gentlemen
stayed
for
him
:
with
whom
he
passed
the
rest
of
the
day
in
all
pleasant
delights
:
mean
time
fortune
by
little
and
little
began
to
play
her
part
,
and
to
spread
the
nets
wherewith
she
meant
to
inclose
that
troop
,
thereby
to
work
the
envy
and
great
tribulations
that
afterward
fell
upon
them
:
the
beginning
whereof
was
such
as
you
shall
hear
.
About
a
mile
without
the
City
,
the
Emperor
had
built
a
sumptuous
Palace
,
called
Vaelbeniatnof
,
as
like
to
that
of
Apollidon
in
the
Firm
Isle
,
as
well
could
be
devised
:
which
place
was
compassed
with
a
Park
furnished
with
all
things
requisite
for
mans
delight
,
whither
he
meant
to
lead
the
Ladies
,
with
Esplandian
and
his
company
,
as
also
king
Armato
,
to
feast
them
in
the
same
,
and
for
that
purpose
within
thrée
days
after
their
arrival
,
they
departed
from
the
City
of
Constantinople
,
and
went
to
Vaelbeniatnof
,
going
into
the
park
,
wherein
they
found
the
hunters
,
and
at
their
first
entrance
a
great
Hart
was
singled
out
,
which
in
the
end
after
long
chace
was
killed
almost
before
the
Ladies
:
and
going
further
,
they
espyed
a
Bore
so
fiercely
hunted
by
dogs
,
that
they
made
him
turn
,
and
with
his
Tusks
stroke
the
dogs
,
that
none
durst
set
upon
him
:
but
at
the
last
one
of
the
hunters
strake
him
in
the
throat
,
and
so
he
died
:
so
long
this
sport
endured
,
that
supper
time
drew
on
,
wherefore
the
Lords
and
Ladies
entring
into
the
pallace
found
the
tables
covered
,
and
sitting
down
,
were
served
in
most
sumptuous
manner
:
and
having
supped
,
they
began
to
dance
,
which
continued
till
midnight
,
minding
the
next
day
to
begin
their
sport
again
:
but
fortune
minding
to
bear
a
part
,
did
so
trouble
the
feast
that
she
gave
them
well
to
understand
,
how
she
can
work
in
all
things
at
her
pleasure
:
for
the
next
day
about
evening
the
Knights
and
Ladies
being
in
the
Park
,
some
talking
with
those
to
whom
they
bare
affections
,
and
contenting
their
mind
with
such
devises
as
love
to
pass
the
time
in
pleasure
,
put
into
their
heads
,
others
running
about
and
taking
pleasure
to
gather
flowers
,
and
do
as
most
delighted
them
.
Melie
(
from
whom
till
then
they
could
not
hear
one
word
)
went
unto
Urganda
,
and
before
them
all
spake
unto
her
and
said
:
Madam
,
I
marvel
(
if
it
be
so
that
your
learning
and
skill
be
such
as
is
reported
)
why
you
make
no
sport
unto
this
company
.
Melie
(
said
Urganda
)
where
you
are
present
I
will
not
undertake
to
do
it
before
you
,
but
you
should
rather
do
it
,
being
well
assured
,
that
the
Emperor
would
be
thankful
for
the
same
.
If
it
pleaseth
him
(
said
she
)
I
am
content
,
upon
condition
,
that
after
me
you
do
the
like
,
or
better
if
you
can
.
Truly
(
said
the
Emperor
)
it
is
but
reason
:
and
I
pray
you
both
to
do
it
.
My
Lord
(
said
Melie
)
then
command
Urganda
to
lend
me
a
book
that
I
was
wont
to
have
,
whereon
the
picture
of
Medea
,
(
and
her
name
written
over
it
)
doth
stand
,
then
shall
you
behold
some
of
mine
art
,
and
if
Urganda
never
knew
it
before
,
she
may
learn
it
now
of
me
.
In
good
faith
(
said
Urganda
)
that
will
I
not
deny
you
:
with
that
she
called
one
of
her
Gentlewomen
,
willing
her
to
fetch
the
book
:
mean
time
Melie
took
King
Armato
by
the
hand
,
and
making
as
though
she
would
speak
a
word
with
him
,
they
walked
a
while
together
,
then
they
sat
them
down
hard
by
the
place
where
the
Empress
and
the
Ladies
were
talking
with
each
other
,
and
staying
till
the
thing
Melie
had
requested
,
were
brought
unto
her
,
she
having
it
in
her
hand
opened
the
book
,
and
then
began
to
read
,
making
certain
signs
with
her
eyes
lifted
up
to
heaven
and
calling
Urganda
,
prayed
her
to
come
thither
,
saying
she
should
sée
that
she
never
had
séen
before
.
Urganda
not
doubting
any
treason
by
Melie
prepared
,
went
and
sat
down
by
her
,
and
next
her
King
Armato
,
so
that
she
sat
betwéen
Melie
and
him
,
where
Melie
began
to
turn
the
book
,
shewing
them
certain
prophesies
,
and
other
strange
devises
,
which
continued
not
long
but
the
air
began
to
be
covered
with
a
round
black
cloud
,
and
therewith
it
séemed
so
dark
,
that
they
could
not
sée
each
other
,
at
the
last
the
cloud
opened
,
and
they
beheld
two
horrible
Dragons
coming
down
out
of
the
cloud
that
drew
a
waggon
,
and
stayed
right
before
Urganda
,
who
by
Armato
and
Melie
was
so
straitly
embraced
,
that
whither
she
would
or
not
they
thrust
her
in
,
and
they
after
her
.
Wherewith
the
Dragons
séeing
their
waggon
charged
,
flew
up
into
the
air
,
and
carried
them
away
,
Urganda
crying
for
help
,
but
all
in
vain
:
for
in
less
than
the
twinckling
of
an
eye
she
was
out
of
sight
:
wherewith
there
was
such
a
noise
among
the
company
,
that
Esplandian
,
Talanque
,
Ambor
,
Manley
,
and
the
rest
of
the
Knights
that
came
thither
with
her
,
swear
never
to
rest
above
one
night
in
a
place
before
they
found
her
out
:
so
that
the
same
day
taking
their
leaves
,
both
of
the
Emperor
and
others
,
that
by
them
were
left
in
sorrow
,
they
entred
again
into
the
great
Serpent
,
but
before
Esplandian
went
,
he
spake
unto
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
beséeching
her
not
to
take
in
evil
part
his
enterprise
taken
in
hand
for
the
love
of
her
,
to
whom
he
found
himself
so
much
beholding
,
promising
her
that
presently
(
having
found
Urganda
)
he
would
return
again
.
My
good
friend
(
said
she
)
me
thinkes
you
should
do
this
at
better
leisure
,
and
not
in
so
great
haste
as
now
you
do
:
yet
am
I
well
content
to
do
as
pleaseth
you
:
but
forget
not
I
pray
you
(
said
she
)
to
return
again
as
you
have
promised
.
Which
Esplandian
vowed
upon
his
faith
:
mean
time
Norandel
and
Quéen
Minoresse
(
as
much
grieved
as
might
be
)
knew
not
what
countenance
to
hold
,
having
their
hearts
so
seized
with
care
,
that
the
Quéen
was
constrained
to
withdraw
her self
into
her
chamber
,
and
lay
upon
her
bed
,
shutting
the
door
:
whereby
Norandel
had
no
meanes
to
take
his
leave
,
but
imbarqued
himself
,
charged
with
an
infinite
number
of
griefes
and
sorrowes
:
with
that
the
great
Serpent
began
of
it self
to
set
forward
,
and
within
two
days
after
arrived
at
the
Castle
of
the
defended
mountain
.
CHAP.
XLV
.
How
the
two
Dragons
set
Vrganda
,
Melie
,
and
King
Armato
in
the
middle
of
the
City
of
Tesifant
,
and
of
the
great
army
that
Armato
prepared
to
enter
into
Greece
.
THe
Dragons
bearing
Urganda
,
Melie
,
and
King
Armato
,
in
the
air
,
flew
so
swiftly
,
that
before
day
they
were
right
over
the
City
of
Tesifant
,
where
they
set
down
their
charge
:
that
done
,
they
flew
away
,
and
never
were
séen
again
.
King
Armato
was
excéeding
glad
when
he
perceived
himself
to
be
in
place
whereas
he
might
command
,
and
went
unto
his
pallace
,
where
finding
the
guard
,
he
made
himself
known
unto
them
,
they
presently
went
to
advertise
the
Prince
Alphorax
,
who
much
abashed
at
those
news
,
start
out
of
his
bed
,
and
casting
a
furred
gown
upon
his
shouldiers
,
ran
to
imbrace
his
father
,
who
séemed
to
be
so
changed
,
not
onely
because
his
beard
was
longer
than
he
used
,
but
by
reason
of
the
great
grief
and
melancholly
he
had
so
long
endured
,
that
the
Prince
began
to
wéep
,
and
say
unto
him
:
My
Lord
,
you
are
more
than
heartily
welcome
,
for
Gods
cause
I
beséech
you
tell
us
how
fortune
hath
béen
so
much
your
friend
to
deliver
you
out
of
the
misery
wherein
you
have
continued
so
long
,
to
my
no
little
grief
.
Son
(
said
he
)
Melie
can
tell
you
better
than
my self
,
for
she
is
the
only
meanes
of
my
good
hap
,
and
hath
brought
with
her
Urganda
discogneve
,
(
of
whom
heretofore
you
have
heard
.
)
And
as
he
left
speaking
,
Melie
and
Urganda
entred
into
the
hall
,
wherewith
the
rumor
of
the
Kings
return
was
so
great
within
the
City
,
that
all
the
people
ran
unto
the
palace
for
to
sée
him
,
being
as
glad
of
his
arrival
,
as
Urganda
sorry
to
sée
her self
in
such
a
place
,
and
that
which
grieved
her
more
,
was
that
Melie
in
presence
of
them
all
,
spake
unto
her
and
said
:
Urganda
,
two
things
move
me
to
save
thy
life
:
the
one
,
for
that
in
my
captivity
thou
hast
not
once
suffered
an
evil
word
to
be
used
to
me
,
neither
permitted
that
any
man
should
do
me
harm
:
the
other
because
I
certainly
know
that
King
Armato
hath
by
thy
means
received
all
the
good
intertainment
he
had
,
during
his
hard
imprisonment
.
Nevertheless
,
the
mischief
thou
hast
procured
unto
this
country
(
being
the
onely
cause
the
Christians
entered
into
the
same
)
is
sufficient
to
make
thée
indure
perpetual
imprisonment
:
wherein
by
mine
art
I
will
so
straightly
inclose
thée
,
that
thy
Art
shall
nought
avail
thée
ever
to
get
forth
.
But
although
that
sentence
might
well
abash
Urganda
,
yet
she
shewed
such
constancy
,
that
she
never
changed
colour
,
determining
with
her self
to
indure
whatsoever
should
fall
out
,
wherefore
she
said
unto
Melie
:
Madam
,
you
may
do
with
me
as
pleaseth
you
,
but
in
reason
you
ought
not
to
use
me
otherwise
then
you
your self
were
used
when
I
had
the
like
authority
over
you
,
as
you
have
now
of
me
,
otherwise
you
shall
do
wrong
both
to
your self
and
me
:
To
me
,
that
am
old
and
ancient
,
putting
me
in
prison
,
wherewith
you
threaten
me
,
(
not
having
offended
you
,
)
and
to
your self
,
in
preferring
cruelty
before
the
courtesie
that
hath
bin
found
in
you
:
where
to
Melie
answered
her
not
a
word
,
but
commanded
her
to
be
shut
into
a
great
tower
standing
in
the
midst
of
thy
City
,
over
the
which
she
wrought
such
conjurations
,
that
Urganda
knew
without
Gods
help
,
it
would
be
impossible
for
her
ever
to
come
forth
:
yet
she
lived
in
hope
,
considering
the
mutability
of
fortune
,
and
the
King
Armato
himself
had
ben
casually
delivered
,
who
continued
certain
days
in
his
great
City
of
Tesifant
,
without
making
any
shew
to
be
revenged
.
But
in
the
end
he
sent
Embassadors
to
all
the
Princes
in
the
East
that
were
his
allies
and
confederates
,
desiring
them
to
enter
into
arms
,
not
onely
to
drive
the
Christians
out
of
Galatia
,
Alfarin
,
and
other
places
that
they
had
usurped
in
his
Countrey
,
but
to
destroy
Constantinople
,
with
all
the
Christian
Monarchs
,
and
therefore
wrote
a
Letter
unto
them
,
the
Contents
whereof
do
follow
.
ARmato
,
by
the
providence
of
our
immortal
gods
,
called
to
the
Government
of
the
puissant
Countrey
of
Turky
,
the
Frontier
and
Bulwark
of
all
the
Pagan
Land
,
to
all
Caitifs
,
Kings
,
Soldiers
,
Admirals
and
Governors
of
the
Countreys
scituated
in
the
East
parts
,
sendeth
greeting
:
Being
returned
out
of
prison
,
from
whence
we
are
now
delivered
,
I
thought
good
to
give
you
to
understand
,
that
not
long
since
there
is
a
Knight
come
out
of
the
South
into
the
Marches
,
descended
(
as
men
say
)
of
the
Race
of
Brutus
the
Trojan
,
to
whom
for
our
injustice
(
as
it
is
very
likely
)
our
gods
have
given
power
to
conquer
the
Castle
of
the
defended
mountain
,
slaying
Matroco
and
Frerion
,
two
of
the
best
Knights
in
all
the
East
parts
:
and
which
is
worse
(
the
number
of
the
Christians
increasing
more
and
more
)
they
have
sought
all
means
to
destroy
our
holy
Law
:
which
to
prevent
,
we
entred
into
arms
,
and
having
raised
a
mighty
Army
,
thought
to
drive
them
out
of
our
quarters
:
but
having
long
time
continued
siege
before
the
Castle
of
the
defended
mountain
,
and
brought
it
to
such
extremity
,
that
they
had
no
victuals
to
sustain
themselves
;
he
of
whom
we
were
most
in
doubt
,
the
first
beginner
of
those
wars
,
found
means
by
the
aid
of
a
villain
named
Frandalo
(
that
sometime
belonged
unto
us
)
to
enter
therein
,
and
by
subtilty
to
take
us
prisoners
,
in
such
sort
,
that
our
Army
being
overthrown
,
we
remained
prisoners
in
their
hands
,
where
they
have
holden
us
in
straight
keeping
almost
for
the
space
of
a
whole
year
together
:
mean
time
our
fortune
continuing
worse
and
worse
,
they
have
by
treason
seized
upon
the
Towns
of
Alfarin
and
Galatia
,
two
of
the
best
Ports
in
all
our
Realm
:
which
they
had
never
taken
in
hand
without
the
aid
of
the
traiterous
and
disloyal
Emperor
of
Constantinople
;
who
for
to
aid
and
succor
them
,
hath
falsly
broken
the
Truce
concluded
between
us
,
and
raised
so
many
men
,
that
without
your
aids
,
we
are
in
danger
to
fall
into
their
hands
,
a
thing
that
would
concern
you
much
,
seeing
we
(
as
you
know
)
are
the
Frontier
and
Rampart
to
you
all
.
Wherefore
in
the
name
of
all
our
gods
,
we
pray
and
desire
you
,
that
not
onely
for
the
safeguard
of
our
Law
,
but
for
the
profit
and
utility
of
all
the
East
countreys
,
you
will
assemble
your
Forces
in
so
great
number
,
that
thereby
we
may
drive
these
Christians
out
of
our
Countrey
,
and
conquer
the
Empire
of
Constantinople
,
even
to
France
,
and
the
Countreys
of
Great
Brittain
,
which
will
be
both
easie
and
profitable
unto
us
.
These
Letters
written
and
the
Messengers
dispatched
,
they
made
such
haste
,
that
before
the
end
of
July
following
there
were
so
many
men
assembled
at
the
port
of
Tenedos
,
that
the
Christians
had
news
thereof
,
as
hereafter
you
shall
hear
.
One
day
among
the
rest
as
Belleris
,
Talanque
,
and
Manley
being
issued
out
of
the
Castle
of
the
defended
mountain
,
hoping
to
take
some
Turk
in
the
way
to
Tesifant
that
might
tell
them
news
,
not
onely
of
the
King
Armato
,
but
of
Melie
and
Urganda
,
as
day
began
to
appear
they
came
unto
the
adventurous
fountain
,
where
they
beheld
the
pillars
of
brass
,
the
pavillion
,
and
the
field-bed
that
Heliaxe
had
left
there
,
with
a
great
Serpent
lying
therein
,
which
presently
began
to
run
away
,
and
the
Knights
after
,
thinking
to
kill
her
,
but
their
horses
durst
not
go
néer
her
,
yet
she
began
to
complain
and
wéep
as
bitterly
as
a
woman
travelling
with
childe
.
Wherewith
there
appeared
four
men
well
mounted
and
armed
at
all
points
,
that
cryed
out
and
said
:
Sir
Knights
,
depart
from
hence
and
trouble
not
our
gentlewoman
in
this
sort
,
or
it
shall
cost
you
your
lives
.
And
scarce
had
they
ended
their
spéech
,
but
they
ran
each
at
other
,
the
strange
knights
breaking
their
spears
in
such
manner
upon
the
Christians
,
that
Manley
and
his
companions
thought
they
had
run
against
them
with
long
strawes
.
Yet
could
not
one
of
them
couch
his
launce
,
but
ran
their
course
without
once
touching
them
.
Mean
time
,
the
Serpent
entred
into
a
hole
,
and
could
no
more
be
séen
,
and
as
they
turned
their
horses
to
run
another
course
,
the
four
Knights
would
not
abide
,
but
flying
away
,
cryed
unto
them
and
said
:
Sir
Knights
,
our
Gentlewoman
is
safe
,
for
the
rest
content
your selves
if
you
think
good
.
Get
you
hence
to
all
the
devils
(
said
Talanque
)
and
ill
fortune
might
he
have
that
followeth
after
you
.
With
that
they
thrée
returned
unto
the
fountain
,
not
without
great
laughing
at
their
adventure
.
And
as
they
were
before
the
pavillion
,
they
perceived
a
Knight
that
watered
his
horse
,
to
whom
Belleris
riding
,
asked
him
his
name
:
What
have
you
to
do
therewith
?
(
said
he
.
)
So
much
(
said
Belleris
)
that
either
you
shall
tell
me
presently
with
good
will
,
or
else
shall
fight
with
me
.
You
shall
fail
in
the
one
,
but
not
in
the
other
:
for
although
you
be
thrée
,
yet
am
I
well
content
to
prove
what
the
Knights
of
Great
Brittain
can
do
.
When
Talanque
heard
him
speak
so
boldly
,
he
could
not
refrain
to
say
:
By
God
Sir
Knight
,
that
you
shall
prove
without
delay
,
and
setting
spurs
to
his
horse
,
ran
fiercely
against
the
other
that
refused
him
not
,
but
strake
him
so
sure
,
that
he
overthrew
him
to
the
ground
.
Which
Manley
wondring
at
,
set
forward
to
revenge
his
friend
:
but
if
the
first
sped
ill
,
he
sped
no
better
,
no
more
did
Belleris
:
all
thrée
rising
up
again
,
ashamed
at
their
falls
,
which
minding
to
amend
by
dent
of
Swords
,
the
other
Knight
fled
along
the
wood
,
crying
so
loud
,
that
they
might
hear
him
say
:
Sir
Knights
,
another
time
sit
better
on
your
horses
,
and
trouble
not
your selves
to
follow
me
,
if
you
mean
not
to
lose
your
way
.
In
Gods
name
(
said
Talanque
)
what
may
this
mean
,
shall
we
have
no
better
fortune
all
this
day
,
I
think
we
are
inchanted
.
Let
us
mount
upon
our
horses
and
follow
after
him
,
that
we
may
know
whether
God
or
all
the
devils
in
hell
have
determined
to
cross
us
in
this
journey
.
Wherewith
they
mounted
,
determining
to
follow
after
the
other
,
but
they
heard
a
lamentable
voice
,
wherefore
they
stayed
to
sée
what
it
might
be
.
With
that
they
espyed
a
woman
with
her
head
undrest
,
crying
out
for
help
:
And
after
her
ran
a
Lion
ready
to
devour
her
:
whereat
they
being
moved
with
compassion
,
thought
to
step
betwéen
them
,
but
the
Lion
began
so
horribly
to
rore
,
that
the
horses
stricken
with
fear
,
bare
their
masters
above
two
long
bows
shot
from
thence
:
mean
time
,
the
woman
and
the
Lion
vanished
away
,
whereat
Talanque
and
Manley
more
abashed
then
before
,
asked
Belleris
if
ever
he
heard
of
such
adventures
.
In
good
faith
(
said
he
)
those
that
are
desirous
to
sée
strange
things
,
must
repair
unto
this
fountain
:
For
there
are
many
(
and
such
as
yet
you
have
not
séen
)
that
wonder
it
is
to
hear
,
and
will
you
know
how
it
cometh
to
pass
?
Me●ie
had
devised
them
long
time
since
,
wherefore
it
is
not
to
be
marvelled
No
m●re
I
do
not
(
said
Manley
:
)
nevertheless
,
were
it
not
for
the
enterprize
we
now
have
taken
in
hand
,
by
the
faith
of
a
Knight
(
said
he
)
I
would
not
depart
from
hence
before
I
had
séen
them
all
.
That
shall
be
at
another
time
(
said
Belleris
:
)
let
us
now
kéep
on
our
way
,
that
we
be
not
discovered
.
With
that
they
held
on
the
left
hand
,
always
riding
toward
the
City
of
Tesifant
:
and
having
ridden
about
five
miles
space
,
they
met
ten
men
on
horseback
all
unarmed
,
leading
two
Gentlewomen
,
one
of
them
being
somewhat
fair
and
well
aparelled
.
But
the
ten
men
were
in
so
great
fear
,
that
leaving
the
Gentlewomen
,
they
ran
and
saved
themselves
not
being
pursued
,
for
the
thrée
knights
stayed
with
the
Gentlewomen
,
of
whom
they
hoped
to
hear
such
news
as
they
desired
.
And
in
effect
,
after
they
had
somewhat
assured
them
,
ther
asked
them
what
news
of
king
Armato
,
and
whether
he
were
still
prisoner
.
My
Lords
(
said
the
eldest
Gentlewoman
)
it
is
not
long
since
he
escaped
out
of
the
Christians
hands
,
and
is
returned
to
Tesifant
with
Melie
,
that
hath
shut
Urganda
in
a
Tower
,
from
whence
she
shall
never
depart
without
her
leave
.
That
is
good
news
for
us
then
(
said
Belleris
:
)
and
what
hath
king
Armato
done
since
his
return
?
Doth
he
not
(
said
he
)
mean
to
be
revenged
on
them
that
kept
him
prisoner
so
long
?
I
truly
(
said
she
)
for
all
the
Kings
,
Souldans
,
Cailiffs
,
and
Admirals
of
the
Pagan
Law
,
have
promised
him
to
arrive
at
Constantinople
,
and
to
destroy
all
Christendom
.
And
as
it
is
said
,
the
most
part
of
them
are
already
arrived
in
the
Isle
of
Tenedos
.
In
good
faith
(
said
Belleris
to
his
companions
)
considering
the
spéeches
of
these
gentlewomen
,
I
am
of
this
opinion
,
that
we
meddle
no
longer
with
them
,
but
return
unto
our
hold
.
Whereunto
they
both
agréed
,
and
letting
the
Gentlewoman
depart
,
made
so
great
haste
,
that
about
two
hours
after
sun-setting
,
they
arrived
at
the
Castle
of
the
defended
mountain
,
where
they
shewed
their
companions
what
adventures
they
sound
in
the
adventurous
Fountain
.
And
at
our
departure
(
said
they
)
we
found
ten
men
on
horseback
leading
two
Gentlewomen
,
by
whom
we
have
for
certain
understood
,
that
Urganda
is
straightly
shut-up
in
one
of
the
Towers
of
Tesifant
,
and
so
inchanted
therein
by
Melies
conjurations
,
that
she
is
like
never
to
come
forth
,
as
also
that
the
Pagan
Kings
assemble
themselves
together
in
the
Isle
of
Tenedos
,
to
over-run
the
Emperor
of
Constantinople
,
and
all
the
Christians
country
.
CHAP.
XLVI
.
How
the
Pirate
Crescelin
,
nephew
to
the
admiral
Tartary
,
brought
certain
news
to
Esplandian
of
the
great
Army
that
the
Lords
of
the
East
parts
prepared
to
come
unto
Constantinople
.
THe
report
that
Belleris
,
Talanque
,
and
Manley
used
to
their
companions
as
touching
the
great
preparation
the
Pagans
made
to
invade
the
Empire
of
Constantinople
and
all
the
Christendom
,
caused
them
to
think
thereon
,
in
such
sort
,
that
they
took
counsel
to
determine
among
themselves
,
whether
it
were
better
for
them
to
augument
the
Garisons
of
the
Castle
of
the
defended
mountain
,
Alfarin
,
and
Galatia
,
or
go
to
Constantinople
to
aid
the
Emperor
.
And
as
they
were
in
debating
of
the
matter
,
Crescelin
nephew
to
the
Admiral
of
Greece
,
(
that
not
long
before
had
stollen
ten
Gallies
from
the
Emperor
to
rove
upon
the
Sea
)
came
to
advertise
the
Knights
,
that
as
he
sailed
into
Phrigia
,
he
had
discovered
in
the
Isle
of
Tenedos
,
so
many
Gallies
,
Foistes
,
and
other
vessels
,
of
the
enemies
,
that
the
Sea
séemed
covered
therewith
,
who
without
doubt
assembled
to
over-run
the
Emperor
and
destroy
all
Christendom
:
wherefore
(
said
he
)
I
thought
to
let
you
understand
the
same
,
not
onely
because
you
might
provide
for
them
,
but
also
to
desire
your
favors
to
entreat
the
Emperor
in
my
behalf
:
assuring
you
,
that
if
he
pardon
the
offence
I
have
committed
against
his
Majesty
I
will
from
henceforth
do
him
so
good
service
,
that
he
shall
like
it
well
.
My
Lord
Crescelin
(
said
Esplandian
)
I
have
always
heard
the
Emperor
reported
to
be
one
of
the
best
Princes
living
in
the
world
,
and
most
easie
to
be
appeased
,
when
with
reason
men
reconcile
themselves
unto
him
:
wherefore
I
am
assured
,
that
if
he
know
you
mean
faithfully
to
serve
him
as
you
protest
,
that
he
will
not
onely
forget
your
fault
,
but
do
you
much
more
good
then
to
others
of
his
men
:
and
the
better
to
incite
him
thereunto
,
I
am
of
this
opinion
,
that
with
your
ships
you
presently
return
to
the
Gulfe
Propontide
,
and
there
(
if
it
be
possible
)
shall
find
the
means
to
take
some
Turkish
gally
,
thereby
to
know
the
truth
of
their
intent
:
and
if
you
will
,
Belleris
shall
go
with
you
,
and
according
to
your
reports
,
we
will
determine
what
were
best
for
us
to
do
,
whereunto
the
Pirate
willingly
condescended
:
so
that
the
same
day
he
put
to
Sea
,
and
with
Belleris
they
coasted
the
country
of
Thrace
unto
Solombre
,
where
staying
secretly
at
the
entry
of
the
Gulfe
,
they
continued
certain
days
to
bring
their
enterprise
to
pass
:
mean
time
Esplandian
not
being
idle
,
and
thinking
upon
the
news
that
Crescelin
brought
,
was
of
advise
that
Frandalo
and
all
the
other
Knights
of
Great
Brittain
should
return
to
Constantinople
to
aid
the
Emperor
(
which
he
desired
them
to
do
:
)
and
I
(
said
he
)
with
the
King
of
Denmark
,
Gandalin
,
and
Enil
,
with
the
garrison
of
this
place
,
will
stay
the
return
of
those
that
are
gone
to
Tenedos
,
and
having
spoken
with
them
,
either
we
will
remain
here
still
,
or
presently
follow
you
.
Estéem
I
pray
you
,
if
this
opinion
of
Esplandian
were
liked
of
by
Norandel
,
for
that
from
the
day
he
left
quéen
Minoresse
,
he
had
not
shewen
a
pleasant
countenance
,
but
was
so
melancholly
that
every
man
wondred
thereat
:
and
although
the
rest
were
not
infected
with
the
like
disease
,
yet
was
there
none
that
started
back
,
but
all
agréed
to
Esplandians
mind
:
wherupon
without
long
delay
,
they
imbarqued
themselves
with
so
good
a
wind
,
that
the
seventh
day
after
they
arrived
at
Constantinople
,
whereof
the
Emperor
being
advertised
was
excéeding
glad
,
going
to
méet
them
at
the
haven
:
and
having
imbraced
them
one
by
one
,
not
séeing
Esplandian
in
their
company
,
he
asked
where
they
left
him
:
with
that
the
Knights
told
him
what
intelligence
they
had
received
by
Crescelins
means
from
out
of
Asia
,
the
great
danger
prepared
against
him
by
the
Kings
of
the
Cast
,
how
he
and
Belleris
were
returned
to
sée
the
countenance
of
the
enemy
,
and
to
know
more
certain
news
:
and
lastly
,
what
the
occasion
was
why
Esplandian
stayed
behind
in
the
castle
of
the
defended
mountain
,
with
the
king
of
Denmark
,
Gandalin
and
Enil
.
The
Emperor
hearing
these
news
,
was
much
abashed
,
yet
like
a
stout
and
valiant
Prince
dissembled
what
he
thought
,
and
not
long
after
(
minding
to
prevent
all
inconveniences
)
in
all
haste
caused
Constantinople
and
his
other
towns
,
places
,
and
havens
of
the
Sea
,
to
be
provided
of
victuals
and
munition
as
he
thought
méetest
for
them
:
mean
time
sending
forth
his
captains
throughout
all
his
Empire
,
to
assemble
men
in
all
places
,
that
might
be
ready
when
occasion
served
.
Thus
did
the
Emperor
take
care
to
provide
for
his
affairs
:
wherein
Norandel
mean
time
to
govern
Minoresse
,
who
minding
to
try
him
like
gold
within
the
fornace
,
one
day
among
the
rest
shewed
him
a
harder
countenance
than
usually
she
did
,
faining
she
had
received
news
that
he
loved
a
lady
in
great
Brittain
:
wherein
Norandel
by
all
means
sought
to
excuse
himself
:
but
the
more
he
séemed
constant
,
so
much
more
did
the
Quéen
make
him
believe
she
thought
the
worse
of
him
:
wherewith
he
was
in
such
perplexity
,
that
he
could
not
choose
but
say
:
In
faith
madam
,
as
far
as
I
perceive
,
you
mean
to
end
my
days
,
for
the
wrong
you
do
me
is
so
great
,
that
it
cannot
well
be
judged
but
by
such
as
know
your
cruelty
:
and
yet
the
affection
I
bear
you
is
so
great
,
that
neither
I
nor
any
other
can
well
express
the
same
,
if
presently
they
do
not
shew
the
beauty
and
perfection
wherewith
nature
hath
adorned
you
.
Wherefore
estranging
me
from
your
wonted
favor
,
I
perceive
my
life
begin
to
shorten
,
wherewith
I
am
not
grieved
,
were
it
not
,
that
dying
,
I
should
loose
the
means
to
do
you
service
,
but
not
the
benefit
of
loyalty
:
for
whether
I
live
or
die
,
the
same
shall
still
accompany
my
soul
unto
the
place
of
rest
.
Which
words
when
Norandel
had
uttered
,
the
tears
trickled
down
his
cheeks
.
Whereat
Quéen
Minoresse
took
such
pity
,
that
forgetting
her
dissimulation
,
with
a
smiling
countenance
she
answered
him
and
said
:
My
good
friend
,
I
now
believe
you
well
,
and
therefore
I
pray
you
pardon
my
indiscretion
:
for
so
it
is
,
that
this
that
I
have
done
,
hath
been
onely
to
avoid
the
means
that
should
procure
you
to
attempt
the
same
.
Now
I
well
perceive
your
constancy
(
according
to
my
counsel
at
your
last
departure
hence
)
remember
I
beseech
you
how
necessary
dissimulation
is
to
such
as
are
infected
with
the
like
disease
:
I
mean
,
it
should
not
be
between
us
two
,
but
before
the
world
that
they
perceive
it
not
.
Madam
(
said
Norandel
)
I
will
not
,
if
I
may
offend
your
Grace
,
knowing
mine
own
constancy
so
well
,
that
impossible
it
were
for
me
to
withdraw
my
love
from
you
,
as
also
not
to
serve
and
honor
you
,
yea
though
you
should
reward
me
with
the
greatest
cruelties
that
all
such
as
love
and
are
not
loved
,
might
endure
.
While
they
thus
devised
together
,
the
Princess
Leonorine
(
that
served
them
as
a
watch
)
entertained
Frandalo
and
the
rest
,
and
making
as
if
she
knew
not
the
cause
of
Esplandians
return
to
Constantinople
,
she
asked
it
of
them
,
faining
to
be
displeased
at
the
same
,
but
they
excused
him
:
in
like
sort
they
did
unto
the
Emperor
,
as
you
heard
before
.
CHAP.
XLVII
.
How
Crescelin
and
Belleris
returned
to
the
Castle
of
the
defended
mountain
,
with
a
ship
that
they
had
taken
from
the
Turks
,
by
whom
they
understood
the
enemies
pretence
.
NOt
long
after
that
Crescelin
and
Belleris
departed
from
the
Castle
of
the
defended
mountain
,
sayling
as
secretly
as
they
could
along
the
coast
of
Phrigia
,
fortune
favored
them
so
well
,
that
a
Brigandine
sailing
to
Tenedos
,
charged
with
Turks
fell
into
their
hands
,
whereof
they
left
but
four
alive
:
by
whom
they
certainly
understood
,
that
the
army
of
the
Princes
of
the
East
was
to
depart
from
thence
within
a
moneth
or
six
wéeks
after
at
the
furthest
,
and
sail
to
Constantinople
,
which
they
hoped
easily
to
surprise
,
having
by
their
espials
had
intelligence
that
the
Emperor
made
no
preparation
to
withstand
them
.
Which
having
heard
,
they
returned
without
longer
stay
to
give
advise
unto
Esplandian
,
who
fearing
that
the
Emperor
would
not
be
able
to
withstand
their
might
,
determined
to
use
the
aid
of
all
his
friends
,
minding
to
send
Gandalin
and
Enil
unto
them
,
with
Letters
to
the
same
effect
:
especially
to
his
uncle
the
Emperor
of
Rome
to
whom
he
wrote
as
followeth
.
My
Lord
,
the
danger
I
sée
prepared
against
all
Christendom
,
constraineth
me
to
send
this
messenger
unto
you
,
by
whom
at
large
your
Grace
may
understand
who
great
and
puissant
an
Army
all
the
Kings
and
Potentates
of
the
East
(
enemies
of
our
Faith
)
have
lately
raised
,
by
the
perswasion
of
Armato
king
of
Turky
,
therewith
to
over-run
not
only
the
Empire
of
Greece
,
but
all
the
Land
of
Christendom
,
and
wholly
to
extinguish
our
Faith
and
holy
Law
.
And
for
that
all
those
of
whom
you
hold
the
place
,
have
always
bin
the
true
Defenders
of
the
Christian
Faith
,
as
also
that
the
case
toucheth
you
so
néer
,
I
am
of
this
advise
(
my
lord
)
that
you
ought
to
spare
neither
mony
nor
men
,
but
to
assemble
your
Forces
in
all
haste
,
and
prepare
your
Vessels
to
aid
and
succor
the
good
Prince
,
who
is
the
Frontier
(
as
you
know
)
both
unto
you
,
and
all
the
Potentates
that
hold
the
Law
of
Christ
.
I
write
the
like
unto
the
King
my
Father
,
and
to
most
part
of
all
the
Christian
Lords
,
to
whom
I
send
Gannalin
.
And
for
that
Enil
hath
in
charge
to
certifie
your
Grace
by
word
of
mouth
,
what
it
shall
please
you
to
demand
:
I
will
not
trouble
you
with
many
lines
,
beséeching
you
to
give
credit
unto
him
,
as
to
my self
.
The
like
he
wrote
to
the
King
of
Sardaigne
:
which
two
Messages
Enil
had
in
charge
,
to
whom
he
gave
ample
Instructions
and
Remembrances
of
the
Advertisements
and
secret
Intelligences
he
had
received
from
the
Turkish
Coast
:
not
onely
of
the
number
of
men
both
on
horse
and
foot
,
but
also
of
the
multitude
of
their
Vessels
and
other
warlike
Instruments
:
commanding
Gandalin
to
go
with
him
till
he
came
unto
Cicilia
,
where
he
should
provide
shipping
to
sayl
into
Great
Brittain
to
Amadis
his
father
,
and
from
thence
to
France
unto
king
Perion
,
then
to
Sobradise
to
Galaor
,
likewise
to
king
Bruneau
,
to
Quedragant
,
Dragonis
,
and
Gosquilant
:
to
whom
he
sent
several
Letters
.
Gandalin
carrying
them
likewise
the
same
Instructions
that
Enil
had
unto
the
Emperor
,
commanding
them
expresly
to
assure
them
all
,
that
he
would
not
depart
from
the
Castle
of
the
defended
mountain
,
before
their
arrival
there
,
but
meant
to
kéep
while
breath
was
in
his
body
.
Gandalin
and
Enil
had
so
good
and
prosperous
a
weather
,
that
in
less
than
fiftéen
days
after
their
departure
,
they
passed
the
Countrey
of
Messine
,
and
landed
at
Saragource
,
where
Gandalin
hired
a
Brigandine
to
execute
his
charge
.
And
to
the
end
you
may
understand
what
effect
their
Messages
did
work
,
I
will
leave
Gandalin
traversing
the
Mediteranean
Sea
,
and
entring
into
the
Ocean
,
and
speak
of
Enil
that
arrived
at
Ostre
,
where
as
then
he
found
the
Emperor
accompanied
with
King
Florestan
,
devising
onely
of
hawks
and
hounds
:
but
when
they
espied
Enil
,
presuming
he
brought
some
ill
news
,
they
asked
him
where
he
left
Esplandian
?
Enil
knowing
how
to
behave
himself
,
kissed
the
Letters
,
and
gave
one
to
the
Emperor
,
the
other
to
the
king
of
Sardaigne
:
which
having
read
,
and
perceiving
them
to
be
of
credit
,
took
him
apart
,
where
he
discovered
unto
them
all
you
heard
before
.
With
that
the
Emperor
leaving
Enil
with
King
Florestan
,
went
unto
the
Gentlemen
and
Knights
that
then
were
present
,
and
said
unto
them
:
My
friends
,
we
must
all
to
the
Wars
:
my
Nephew
Esplandian
hath
advertised
me
(
by
this
Gentleman
expresly
sent
unto
me
)
that
the
king
of
Turky
and
all
his
Allies
are
in
arms
,
and
have
raised
a
mighty
Army
to
assail
my
brother
the
Emperor
of
Constantinople
:
but
I
vow
to
God
(
if
he
give
me
life
and
help
)
that
before
the
moneth
of
September
next
ensuing
,
I
will
be
there
with
such
a
Force
,
that
I
will
make
him
twice
repent
how
he
so
rashly
doth
assail
,
and
learn
him
to
defend
himself
.
Wherefore
let
every
man
be
ready
,
for
I
will
go
my self
in
person
:
And
calling
king
Florestan
,
he
asked
him
if
he
would
go
with
him
?
My
Lord
(
said
he
)
to
morrow
I
will
send
to
all
my
Ports
and
Havens
that
all
the
Ships
of
War
that
can
be
found
may
be
in
a
readiness
:
mean
time
I
will
in
all
parts
assemble
men
to
do
as
my
Nephew
Esplandian
hath
required
.
My
Lord
(
said
Enil
)
my
Lord
Esplandian
hath
written
by
Gandalin
to
king
Amadis
,
and
other
of
his
friends
,
whom
he
hath
desired
to
joyn
with
you
,
so
that
I
hope
about
one
time
all
your
Armies
will
be
ready
,
and
that
without
long
staying
for
each
other
,
you
will
assemble
all
together
.
Truly
(
said
king
Florestan
)
it
was
well
devised
.
With
that
divers
captains
were
dispatched
into
sundry
places
to
give
order
for
their
men
,
and
to
ballast
,
rigge
,
and
prepare
Vessels
for
their
Voyage
into
the
East
.
Gandalin
on
the
other
side
coasting
the
Isles
of
Majorque
and
Minorque
,
leaving
Guinea
and
Barbarie
,
passed
the
straits
of
Gibraltar
,
and
had
so
good
a
wind
,
that
in
few
days
without
staying
in
Spain
,
he
arrived
in
Great
Brittain
with
King
Amadis
,
who
as
then
continued
in
London
,
and
presented
him
with
the
Letter
that
Esplandian
sent
,
shewing
him
likewise
his
charge
by
word
of
mouth
,
the
good
and
evil
adventures
that
he
had
since
he
departed
from
Mirefleur
,
and
among
the
rest
the
overthrow
of
the
Turkish
army
on
the
Sea
,
the
taking
of
King
A●mato
,
the
occasion
why
the
siege
rose
up
before
the
Castle
of
the
defended
mountain
,
the
arrival
of
Gastilles
,
the
taking
of
Alfarin
,
and
of
the
captain
of
Tesifant
,
the
surprising
of
Galatia
,
the
loss
o●
Urganda
:
and
lastly
,
all
what
you
have
read
at
large
in
the
chapters
going
before
.
And
to
the
end
my
lord
(
said
he
)
that
order
may
be
had
to
prevent
the
inconvenience
he
foreséeth
to
be
prepared
against
all
Christendom
(
if
it
be
not
succored
)
he
hath
expresly
willed
me
to
shew
you
,
that
he
hath
had
certain
intelligence
,
that
all
the
Kings
of
the
East
parts
have
sworn
and
promised
together
to
over-run
all
Christendom
:
which
is
very
likely
,
considering
the
great
preparations
&
assembly
of
men
they
have
already
made
in
the
Isle
of
Tenedos
:
which
is
such
,
that
as
our
spies
report
,
they
are
at
least
six
hundred
sail
of
Ships
,
and
about
four
or
five
hundred
thousand
men
.
God
will
help
us
if
it
pleased
him
,
said
the
King
Amadis
,
for
my
part
,
I
will
do
what
possible
I
may
,
and
will
likewise
advertise
King
Perion
my
father
,
and
my
brother
Galaor
.
My
Lord
(
said
Gandalin
)
I
have
also
charge
to
travel
unto
them
,
and
likewise
unto
Gasquillan
,
Don
Brunean
,
Quedragant
,
and
others
,
to
whom
Esplandian
hath
written
in
like
sort
as
he
hath
done
to
you
,
and
hath
expresly
given
me
in
charge
to
sée
King
Luisart
,
and
do
his
humble
commendations
unto
him
.
It
is
great
reason
(
said
the
king
:
)
nevertheless
I
am
of
this
opinion
,
that
before
my
mother
the
Queen
you
do
not
once
declare
the
occasion
of
your
coming
,
but
give
her
to
understand
that
all
is
well
,
but
not
unto
the
king
,
if
you
find
him
alone
:
for
he
is
a
man
(
as
every
one
well
knoweth
)
to
take
all
things
with
patience
as
they
shall
fall
out
:
and
because
my
Sons
affairs
require
no
delay
,
I
pray
you
Gandalin
after
you
have
refreshed
your self
a
day
or
two
,
go
on
your
journey
as
you
have
in
charge
.
So
Gandalin
that
day
remained
there
,
during
which
time
Quéen
Oriane
talked
long
with
him
:
the
next
day
he
departed
to
sée
King
Luisart
and
Quéen
Brisanne
at
Mirefleur
,
who
knowing
he
came
of
message
from
Esplandian
were
excéeding
glad
:
the
Quéen
,
although
she
were
wise
and
very
aged
,
yet
could
not
change
her
womans
nature
,
but
before
the
king
spake
any
word
asked
him
for
her
son
:
but
Gandalin
(
accustomed
readily
to
devise
excuses
,
as
he
had
béen
instructed
by
King
Amadis
)
told
her
that
he
had
left
him
in
the
firm
Isle
not
well
at
ease
by
reason
of
his
long
travel
,
but
not
so
ill
(
said
he
)
as
that
he
could
not
have
taken
pain
to
come
hither
and
sée
you
,
but
he
feared
lest
his
sickness
would
encrease
:
where
he
thought
it
better
for
him
to
kéep
his
chamber
a
while
,
than
to
entertain
a
long
and
envious
ague
for
a
long
space
:
which
the
Quéen
easily
believed
:
and
for
the
hope
she
had
shortly
to
sée
him
,
she
made
no
account
thereof
:
nevertheless
,
the
same
evening
Gandalin
told
King
Luisart
all
that
you
heard
before
,
wisely
excusing
himself
of
the
spéech
he
used
before
him
unto
the
Quéen
,
as
King
Amadis
had
given
him
charge
:
wherein
king
Luisart
commended
him
,
&
for
the
rest
he
promised
to
think
thereon
while
he
travelled
unto
those
with
whom
he
had
to
do
.
In
this
sort
Gandalin
being
dispatched
,
returned
to
king
Amadis
,
who
in
the
mean
time
(
perswaded
by
Quéen
Oriane
)
wrought
a
marriage
for
him
,
as
you
shall
hear
.
You
have
read
in
the
beginning
of
our
history
of
the
services
the
gentlewoman
of
Denmark
did
for
them
,
and
the
things
wherein
she
&
Gandalin
had
béen
exercised
:
wherefore
it
was
reason
,
that
having
béen
partakers
of
their
youthful
toys
,
she
should
also
taste
some
of
their
prosperous
fortunes
.
Wherefore
Quéen
Oriane
moved
king
Amadis
to
make
a
marriage
betwéen
them
two
,
but
he
thought
the
match
unfit
,
because
the
gentlewoman
was
already
aged
,
&
Gandalin
being
yong
&
lusty
:
nevertheless
,
)
as
all
women
that
are
wise
and
of
a
quick
conceit
,
can
bring
their
enterprises
to
effect
,
the
Quéen
found
means
to
get
the
kings
consent
:
wherby
Gandalin
was
no
sooner
come
from
Mirefleur
,
but
he
took
him
aside
,
&
said
unto
him
:
Gandalin
,
the
quéen
is
desirous
to
have
you
stay
with
us
,
not
only
for
the
love
she
knoweth
I
bear
unto
you
,
but
also
for
the
good
she
wisheth
you
.
And
for
this
cause
she
would
have
you
marry
with
the
gentlewoman
of
Denmark
,
whom
she
loveth
,
and
will
do
much
both
for
her
and
you
,
if
you
consent
thereto
:
you
know
her
long
time
since
both
to
be
wise
,
good
,
&
vertuous
,
and
for
my
part
I
pray
you
and
counsel
you
thereunto
.
Gandalin
would
gladly
have
excused
himself
,
and
to
say
the
truth
,
he
was
too
yong
for
so
old
a
match
:
nevertheless
having
from
his
infancy
learned
to
confirm
his
will
to
that
of
Amadis
,
he
was
content
to
do
as
pleased
him
:
in
such
sort
,
that
in
less
than
three
days
after
the
marriage
was
celebrated
and
ended
.
Mean
time
king
Amadis
took
the
letters
and
instructions
that
Gandalin
should
carry
to
Gasquillan
and
king
Brunean
,
and
sent
them
by
a
gentleman
of
his
named
Handro
,
cousin
german
to
the
Countess
of
Flanders
,
desiring
them
as
much
as
possible
they
might
,
to
aid
his
son
in
his
so
good
a
cause
:
but
the
next
week
following
,
Gandalin
more
affected
to
the
service
of
Esplandian
than
to
court
his
wife
,
departed
from
thence
to
travel
into
France
unto
king
Perion
,
and
from
him
to
Sobradise
to
Galaor
.
Mean
time
king
Amadis
sent
for
all
the
Pilots
,
masters
,
and
marriners
of
his
country
that
he
could
find
,
commending
King
Arban
of
Norgales
,
to
take
care
for
all
things
requisite
for
the
enterprise
and
charges
of
such
a
voyage
,
both
for
men
and
vessels
.
In
this
manner
did
the
affairs
touching
these
wars
proceed
through
the
greatest
part
of
Europe
while
al
the
kings
in
the
East
by
little
&
little
assembled
themselves
together
,
as
you
shall
hear
.
CHAP.
XLVIII
.
How
the
great
City
of
Constantinople
was
besieged
by
the
Princes
of
the
East
,
and
of
the
sallies
that
were
made
by
those
of
the
City
to
keep
them
from
the
same
.
THe
army
of
the
Pagan
Kings
daily
assembling
in
the
Isle
of
Tenedos
,
the
Emperor
mean
time
fortified
his
city
of
Constantinople
both
with
men
and
victuals
in
the
best
manner
he
could
,
commanding
those
that
had
charge
of
his
army
by
Sea
to
cause
all
his
vessels
to
come
into
the
Haven
of
the
Town
,
which
he
caused
to
be
barred
with
a
chain
,
that
on
that
side
he
might
be
cut
of
danger
.
Then
he
sent
divers
brigandines
unto
Natolia
,
to
discover
the
Pagans
army
,
and
bring
him
certain
news
:
Mean
time
,
the
country
people
reaped
all
their
corn
,
and
brought
it
to
the
City
.
Within
eight
days
after
the
Brigandines
that
were
sent
forth
,
discovered
in
the
straights
of
Hellespont
the
great
Fléet
of
the
Turks
that
lay
at
Abidos
,
where
they
stayed
a
certain
time
to
take
in
victuals
and
other
munitions
necessary
for
their
ships
.
Whereof
the
Emperor
being
advertised
,
caused
his
men
to
muster
,
giving
Frandalo
charge
of
the
Dragon-gate
,
so
called
,
because
that
at
the
foundation
of
the
city
,
when
it
was
named
Brisance
,
there
was
found
a
marvellous
Dragon
under
the
foundation
of
the
gate
,
which
Dragon
was
bound
,
chained
,
and
nourished
so
long
time
,
that
it
was
thought
most
strange
.
Norandel
had
charge
of
the
Gate
called
Equiline
,
and
Gastilles
his
nephew
of
that
called
The
Well
,
so
named
of
a
great
and
profound
well
that
stood
hard
by
it
.
And
causing
the
other
gates
to
be
rampired
up
,
provided
for
all
things
as
a
wise
and
valiant
captain
should
do
in
such
a
case
.
With
that
a
Grecian
that
had
bin
taken
by
the
Turks
,
came
into
the
City
,
and
assured
them
for
certain
that
the
Souldan
of
Liquie
was
himself
in
person
with
king
Armato
,
and
almost
all
the
Kings
of
the
east
,
having
two
hundred
Gallies
,
as
well
great
as
small
,
fifty
great
ships
,
thirty
mahomes
,
and
one
and
twenty
caf●rds
,
that
are
thips
not
much
unlike
to
gallies
:
besides
thirty
foistes
and
divers
brigandines
,
barques
,
galions
and
sciffs
,
where
in
they
had
laid
their
victuals
and
other
munitions
:
and
for
their
number
of
footmen
,
they
might
be
about
some
thrée
hundred
and
fifty
thousand
men
:
saying
likewise
,
that
Alphorax
had
the
chief
charge
at
Sea
,
and
Armato
on
land
,
and
that
their
determination
was
never
to
depart
from
Constantinople
,
till
they
had
destroyed
it
,
and
from
thence
would
go
to
Rome
,
and
further
if
they
could
.
The
sixt
day
after
,
this
great
Army
(
passing
the
gulf
of
Propontide
)
came
into
the
straights
of
Constantinople
,
entring
in
the
great
sea
,
where
they
remained
during
the
siege
,
robbing
al
the
country
about
,
where
first
they
stayed
a
wéek
before
they
landed
any
of
their
men
:
mean
time
,
certain
gallies
and
small
ships
set
forward
to
make
an
alarum
in
the
haven
,
from
whence
(
to
their
great
loss
)
they
were
repulsed
,
for
that
six
of
the
principallest
of
them
were
sunk
in
the
Sea
.
Nevertheless
,
the
next
day
following
they
began
to
land
,
and
in
great
numbers
thought
to
win
the
gate
:
thers
were
many
brave
blows
both
with
Sword
and
Spear
given
on
both
parts
,
and
many
a
valiant
man
ended
their
days
,
and
became
meat
to
fishes
.
There
the
Knights
of
Great
Brittain
shewed
themselves
not
to
be
unacquainted
with
such
dangers
,
and
who
so
had
beheld
Norandel
,
Frandalo
,
Manley
,
and
Talanque
repulse
the
enemy
,
that
thought
to
advance
themselves
,
might
easily
judge
with
what
desire
they
f●ught
.
But
what
should
I
stand
longer
to
describe
this
conflict
?
To
conclude
,
the
gate
was
defended
,
and
the
enemies
repulsed
from
the
same
,
yet
their
number
was
so
great
,
that
notwithstanding
the
valor
of
the
Emperors
men
they
landed
and
lay
within
two
bows
shot
of
the
City
,
they
of
the
City
being
forced
to
retire
.
The
Pagans
being
on
land
,
divided
themselves
into
four
parts
,
in
such
sort
,
that
the
City
was
so
well
besieged
,
that
not
a
man
could
enter
or
come
forth
without
their
leave
.
Wherefore
King
Armato
presently
caused
great
number
of
ladders
to
be
prepared
,
the
most
part
of
them
double
,
hoping
before
the
wéek
were
ended
,
to
assault
,
take
,
spoil
,
and
destroy
the
City
.
But
they
within
slept
neither
night
nor
day
,
but
made
artificial
fires
,
with
all
other
things
requisite
for
such
a
charge
.
The
Pagans
stayed
not
long
to
execute
their
purpose
,
so
that
upon
a
munday
in
the
morning
,
they
came
in
great
fury
to
set
fire
on
the
gates
,
and
to
seale
the
Town
,
although
for
that
time
they
lost
their
labors
,
and
many
of
them
their
lives
,
where
in
the
end
they
were
constrained
to
retire
to
their
no
little
shame
and
great
confusion
.
And
in
their
retreat
,
Norandel
with
four
or
five
hundred
men
issued
at
a
postern-gate
,
and
set
upon
them
behind
,
which
put
them
in
such
fear
,
that
they
drave
them
to
their
tents
.
Yet
not
being
content
with
this
first
repulse
,
they
determined
on
Friday
after
either
to
die
,
or
enter
into
the
town
.
And
the
day
appointed
,
ran
unto
the
walls
,
where
the
number
of
the
assailants
was
so
great
,
and
the
assault
given
in
so
many
places
both
by
sea
and
land
,
that
if
God
had
not
provided
for
them
,
it
is
most
certain
the
town
had
béen
taken
:
especially
on
Frandalos
side
,
for
the
most
part
of
his
men
fled
away
from
their
guard
:
whereby
it
happened
,
that
more
then
a
hundred
Turks
mounted
on
the
walls
,
but
they
stayed
not
long
,
for
that
the
Emperor
(
who
during
the
assault
stayed
in
the
midst
of
the
City
with
the
rest
of
all
his
power
to
aid
such
places
as
had
most
néed
)
advertised
thereof
,
marched
to
Frandalos
quarter
,
and
with
such
force
repulsed
the
enemy
,
that
he
made
them
glad
to
get
them
thence
,
in
such
sort
,
that
they
received
no
less
loss
at
the
second
assault
,
then
at
the
first
.
It
is
true
,
that
ten
of
the
Knights
of
Great
Brittain
were
slain
at
the
conflict
,
which
much
grieved
their
companions
,
especially
for
the
loss
of
Ledarin
,
of
Feiarque
,
of
Trys
,
and
Imosil
of
Burgundy
.
This
second
assault
having
had
such
issue
as
you
heard
before
,
Armato
went
to
counsel
with
al
the
other
kings
and
princes
to
know
what
they
should
do
,
where
it
was
concluded
to
kéep
their
tents
,
and
so
inclose
the
town
:
for
to
get
it
by
assault
,
they
knew
full
well
they
should
but
l●se
their
labors
,
wherefore
they
meant
no
more
to
try
the
same
:
but
many
times
made
skirmishes
with
that
City
to
their
no
little
loss
.
Thus
they
passed
above
a
month
without
doing
any
thing
worthy
the
rehearsing
,
till
one
day
among
the
rest
,
a
gentlewoman
belonging
to
the
Souldan
of
Liquy
came
on
message
to
the
gate
that
Norandel
had
in
charge
,
of
whom
she
asked
if
the
Knight
of
the
great
Serpent
were
among
them
.
Wherefore
?
said
Norandel
.
I
bring
him
(
said
she
)
a
letter
from
the
chief
and
most
courteous
knight
in
all
Asia
.
Norandel
desirous
to
understand
the
contents
of
the
letter
,
said
he
was
the
man
.
Then
look
upon
it
(
said
she
)
at
your
leisure
:
And
if
you
think
it
good
return
an
answer
:
with
that
she
turned
her
horse
,
and
rid
the
same
way
that
she
came
.
Which
done
,
Norandel
opened
the
letter
,
the
contents
whereof
are
these
.
ROdrigue
Great
Souldan
of
Liquie
,
Friend
to
the
gods
,
and
Enemy
to
their
Enemies
,
Defender
of
the
Pagan
Law
:
To
thee
that
callest
thy self
Knight
of
the
Great
Serpent
,
greeting
:
Know
thou
that
the
cause
of
our
long
Voyage
by
Sea
to
enter
into
these
Countries
,
hath
been
in
hope
to
be
revenged
of
the
Outrages
that
my
Uncle
Armato
King
of
Turky
hath
received
at
the
hands
of
thee
and
thy
companions
,
not
having
once
offended
thee
:
and
although
we
are
most
sure
of
the
destruction
of
the
wicked
Emperor
that
favoureth
thee
in
thy
so
wicked
and
damnable
enterprizes
,
and
that
before
long
time
be
past
,
both
he
and
his
shall
end
their
lives
by
our
hands
,
yet
should
I
be
much
grieved
,
that
this
misfortune
should
happen
unto
thee
before
I
have
proved
my
body
against
thine
,
because
of
the
renown
that
is
spread
of
thee
throughout
the
world
.
Wherefore
chuse
whether
thou
wilt
accept
of
the
Combate
between
us
two
alone
,
of
ten
to
ten
,
a
hundred
to
a
hundred
,
or
of
greater
number
as
thou
thinkest
good
.
Swearing
unto
thee
by
all
our
gods
,
that
those
thou
shalt
bring
with
thee
for
that
cause
,
shall
receive
no
more
displeasure
than
thy self
,
unless
it
be
by
such
as
are
ordained
to
fight
with
them
,
according
to
the
Agreement
we
shall
make
.
Wherefore
make
me
an
answer
worthy
such
a
Knight
,
that
thereby
thy
honor
be
not
stained
.
Norandel
having
read
this
Letter
,
shewed
it
to
his
friends
,
who
were
all
of
advice
to
grant
the
Souldan
his
request
.
But
Norandel
would
determine
nothing
before
he
made
the
Emperor
acquainted
,
under
whose
conduct
during
the
siege
,
he
had
submitted
himself
:
whereupon
he
went
to
speak
with
him
,
and
having
shewed
him
the
Contents
of
the
Letter
he
had
received
in
Esplandians
name
,
and
the
counsel
of
his
companions
,
the
Emperor
asked
him
what
he
thought
therein
.
My
Lord
(
said
he
)
if
it
pleaseth
you
that
I
,
and
nine
others
which
I
will
chuse
,
shall
undertake
this
combate
,
you
shall
do
us
much
favor
.
My
good
friend
(
said
the
Emperor
)
you
sée
the
estate
wherein
I
am
,
and
the
time
wherein
I
ought
to
kéep
,
not
onely
you
and
others
wherein
I
put
my
whole
affiance
,
but
the
meanest
souldier
in
this
City
.
Nevertheless
,
I
wil
so
much
agrée
unto
your
will
,
that
if
you
and
your
companions
think
it
good
,
I
am
content
you
do
it
.
My
Lord
(
said
Norandel
)
both
I
and
they
most
humbly
crave
it
of
your
Grace
.
Well
then
(
said
the
Emperor
)
if
it
pleaseth
God
,
you
shall
win
honor
thereby
,
as
you
have
done
before
in
many
as
perillous
adventures
as
this
is
.
Norandel
thanked
the
Emperor
,
and
the
same
day
caused
his
Knights
of
Great
Brittain
to
be
assembled
together
,
by
whose
advice
there
was
an
Answer
framed
to
the
Souldans
Letter
,
the
contents
whereof
do
follow
.
THe
Knights
that
are
servants
to
Jesus
Christ
,
being
at
this
time
with
the
Emperor
of
Constantinople
,
for
the
defence
and
augmentation
of
the
Christians
name
,
to
thee
Rodrigue
Souldan
of
Liquy
,
like
greeting
thou
hast
sent
unto
the
Knight
of
the
great
Serpent
:
A
Gentlewoman
that
saith
she
belongeth
unto
thee
,
that
hath
given
us
a
Letter
directed
unto
him
,
the
contents
whereof
are
in
two
points
.
In
the
first
,
thou
complainest
of
the
enterprises
he
hath
made
against
thine
uncle
King
Armato
:
in
the
other
thou
shewest
a
desire
thou
hast
to
prove
thy
person
against
his
,
or
a
greater
number
against
a
greater
,
as
he
shall
think
it
good
.
But
for
that
the
Knight
thou
writest
unto
at
this
present
is
not
here
,
nor
in
place
whereas
he
can
return
thee
answer
,
we
thought
it
convenient
in
his
behalf
to
satisfie
thy
request
,
and
to
accept
the
offers
thou
hast
made
unto
him
:
assuring
thee
,
that
here
is
the
son
of
a
King
,
and
nine
other
Knights
with
him
that
will
fight
with
thee
and
as
many
more
of
thine
,
if
thou
be
content
therewith
:
Advise
thy self
then
herein
,
and
having
received
thy
answer
,
with
safe
conduct
safely
to
go
and
come
,
we
will
not
fail
to
be
in
the
place
where
you
shall
appoint
.
This
Letter
sealed
up
,
Norandel
gave
it
to
one
of
his
squires
to
bear
it
to
the
Souldan
,
who
made
him
answer
that
he
desired
onely
to
prove
his
body
against
the
Knight
of
the
great
Serpent
and
no
other
.
But
(
said
he
)
if
those
that
sent
you
hither
have
any
desire
to
fight
against
ten
of
my
Knights
,
they
shall
finde
them
ready
,
being
as
great
gentlemen
and
of
as
high
a
linage
as
they
are
.
And
as
touching
their
safe
conduct
,
I
will
so
well
provide
for
it
,
that
they
shall
have
occasion
to
think
well
of
me
:
wherefore
return
thou
unto
them
,
and
let
me
know
their
answer
.
With
that
the
Squire
having
his
dispatch
,
went
and
came
so
often
betwéen
them
,
that
in
the
end
the
combate
of
ten
to
ten
was
fully
agréed
upon
,
and
the
Lists
appointed
hard
before
the
Town
:
whither
the
next
morning
the
ten
Knights
went
,
whose
names
were
as
followeth
.
Norandel
,
Garvate
of
the
dreadful
Dale
,
Talanque
,
Manley
,
Ambor
de
Galdel
,
Elian
le
Delibere
,
Bravor
son
of
Balan
,
Trion
cousin
german
to
Quéen
Briolany
,
Imosil
de
Burgoigne
,
and
Listoran
of
the
silver
bridge
.
CHAP.
XLIX
.
How
the
ten
Christian
Knights
entred
into
the
Lists
,
and
of
the
Combate
between
them
and
ten
Pagan
knights
that
belonged
to
the
Souldan
of
Liquie
.
ALl
that
night
the
ten
Knights
watched
in
the
principallest
Church
of
Constantinople
,
confessing
themselves
,
and
praying
unto
God
as
if
they
should
presently
die
:
The
next
day
as
the
Sun
began
to
appear
,
the
Emperor
accompanied
of
divers
Noblemen
,
the
Emperess
,
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
Quéen
Minoresse
,
with
divers
other
Ladies
and
Gentlewomen
,
came
unto
them
,
where
they
heard
Masse
devoutly
;
that
done
,
they
returned
unto
the
Pallace
,
where
Norandel
and
his
nine
companions
armed
themselves
,
the
Ladies
serving
them
for
squires
,
in
such
sort
,
as
Norandel
received
such
favor
at
Quéen
Minoresses
hands
,
that
she
sound
means
to
help
to
buckle
on
every
piece
of
his
Armor
one
after
the
other
.
As
she
was
busie
about
him
,
he
found
means
to
say
unto
her
:
Madam
,
the
honor
that
you
do
me
,
maketh
me
so
couragious
,
that
this
day
I
hope
to
make
it
known
to
those
that
shall
behold
us
fight
,
how
much
my
strength
is
now
increased
by
your
means
.
But
if
it
pleaseth
you
to
bestow
some
favor
upon
me
,
that
I
might
bear
the
same
about
my
Armor
,
I
should
account
my self
for
one
of
the
most
happy
Knights
living
on
the
earth
.
My
good
friend
(
said
she
)
the
most
precious
Iewel
that
I
can
give
unto
you
,
is
my
heart
,
that
shall
acc●mpany
yours
,
to
the
end
that
being
united
together
,
they
may
the
better
preserve
both
your
life
and
mine
.
And
taking
a
Bracelet
of
Gold
,
that
from
her
infancy
she
had
always
kept
,
she
tied
it
about
his
right
arm
.
And
this
circle
(
said
she
)
being
round
as
you
behold
it
,
shall
without
ceasing
be
witness
of
our
loves
,
serving
as
a
Rampart
to
this
Army
:
which
(
if
it
pleaseth
God
)
in
defending
,
it
shall
so
well
defend
his
master
,
that
he
shall
return
in
as
good
health
as
I
desire
he
should
.
Norandel
thanked
her
most
heartily
:
mean
time
Leonorine
entertained
Talanque
,
Manley
,
and
the
rest
,
to
whom
she
said
:
My
friends
,
I
hope
the
Lord
will
shew
you
so
much
grace
,
that
the
Victory
shall
be
yours
,
for
the
Combate
you
take
in
hand
is
not
for
to
defend
the
honor
of
a
Gentlewoman
,
but
the
glorious
Faith
of
Christ
.
If
therefore
it
be
so
,
the
strength
procéedeth
from
him
,
be
you
then
well
assured
,
that
he
will
impart
so
much
to
you
as
you
shall
want
.
Madam
(
said
Talanque
)
at
other
times
we
have
béen
at
the
like
feast
,
from
whence
we
have
returned
to
the
great
expence
of
those
that
called
us
thither
:
as
(
if
it
be
Gods
will
)
we
hope
this
day
to
do
the
like
.
Wherewith
taking
their
leaves
of
her
,
they
went
to
finde
their
horses
,
and
being
mounted
,
the
Emperor
with
great
number
of
Knights
and
Gentlewomen
brought
them
to
the
gate
:
And
committing
them
to
God
,
the
ten
Knights
marched
bravely
to
the
place
of
Combat
,
where
the
Souldan
with
a
great
number
of
his
friends
met
them
,
asking
them
whom
the
Emperor
had
appointed
Iudge
on
their
side
.
Souldan
(
said
Norandel
)
we
desire
no
other
Iudge
then
your self
,
that
are
accounted
a
courteous
and
most
faithful
Prince
.
By
all
my
gods
(
said
he
)
I
had
rather
die
a
thousand
deaths
,
then
you
should
endure
the
least
injury
in
the
world
:
we
believe
it
well
(
said
all
the
knights
)
With
that
he
caused
them
to
enter
into
the
Lists
at
one
end
,
and
the
ten
Pagans
at
the
other
:
but
before
they
entred
into
fight
,
he
called
Norandel
and
his
companions
,
and
said
unto
them
:
My
friends
,
I
pray
you
let
me
shew
you
what
the
custom
of
my
Countrey
is
in
such
affairs
:
then
if
you
think
good
,
you
may
observe
it
;
if
not
,
my
knights
shall
kéep
your
custom
if
it
be
indifferent
.
Shew
us
then
(
said
Norandel
)
what
it
is
,
and
if
the
same
be
reasonable
,
we
will
not
refuse
it
.
You
shall
understand
(
said
he
)
that
all
knights
justle
one
against
one
,
to
the
end
that
all
men
may
know
the
excellency
of
the
Victor
:
And
if
any
one
be
overthrown
,
he
that
is
on
the
horse
back
shall
not
assail
the
other
before
their
companions
have
run
out
their
course
:
Then
he
that
is
on
horseback
shall
a
light
,
and
shall
fight
it
out
by
dint
of
sword
with
him
that
before
was
overthrown
.
Because
it
chanceth
oftentimes
,
that
the
best
knights
that
are
,
fall
into
such
inconvenience
,
onely
by
the
fault
and
means
of
bad
horses
,
which
cause
them
divers
times
either
to
fail
in
striking
of
their
enemy
,
or
else
not
to
run
their
right
course
:
which
cannot
be
excused
in
th●se
that
are
on
foot
,
to
whom
it
is
permitted
to
succor
each
other
if
néed
require
.
Truly
(
said
Norandel
)
that
custom
is
well
ordained
,
and
I
and
my
companions
wil
observe
the
same
:
wherewith
the
Souldan
went
out
of
the
Lists
,
causing
his
Heralds
to
proclaim
the
fight
:
With
that
a
Pagan
stepped
forth
against
Norandel
,
that
refused
him
not
:
but
covering
himself
with
his
shield
,
they
met
so
fiercely
,
that
their
spears
were
broken
to
their
wrests
,
méeting
body
to
body
with
so
great
strength
,
that
the
Pagan
fell
over
his
horse
tail
,
lying
flat
upon
the
ground
:
but
Norandel
had
no
hurt
,
onely
that
his
horses
shoulder
was
thrust
out
of
joint
,
so
that
he
lighted
off
,
staying
till
the
rest
had
run
their
courses
,
as
he
had
promised
.
Then
Garvate
du
Val
Craintif
ran
against
one
of
the
other
,
and
they
charged
each
other
in
such
sort
,
that
their
féet
failing
in
their
stirrops
,
they
were
both
cast
out
of
their
saddles
.
Then
Talanque
ran
against
the
third
Pagan
,
to
whom
fortune
was
more
favorable
then
to
any
of
the
rest
:
for
they
ran
so
well
,
that
neither
of
them
once
started
aside
,
or
moved
in
their
saddles
,
and
yet
brake
their
spears
in
many
pieces
.
The
like
chanced
to
Manley
and
Ambor
,
but
not
to
Bravor
the
son
of
Balan
,
for
he
hit
him
that
ran
against
him
right
in
the
breast
,
and
threw
him
from
his
horse
.
And
presently
therewith
Imosil
of
Burgundy
had
so
great
a
stroke
with
a
launce
that
his
eyes
started
in
his
head
,
and
was
therewith
so
much
astonished
,
that
his
horse
bare
him
to
the
side
of
the
barriers
,
where
he
fell
down
flat
.
Elian
le
delibere
,
and
he
that
ran
against
him
,
were
constrained
to
hold
by
their
horses
mains
.
Listoran
of
the
bridge
missed
his
stroke
,
and
his
enemy
likewise
:
the
like
happened
to
Trion
,
and
the
last
that
ran
with
him
.
That
done
,
all
they
that
were
on
horse
back
,
lighted
down
to
fight
with
swords
,
and
there
began
betwéen
them
such
a
fight
as
the
like
had
not
béen
séen
of
so
few
Knights
together
,
maintaining
themselves
so
brabely
one
against
the
other
,
that
the
strongest
of
them
was
so
weary
and
out
of
breath
,
that
they
were
constrained
to
rest
.
And
as
Norandel
leaned
upon
his
Sword
which
he
rested
on
the
ground
,
the
bracelet
that
Minoresse
gave
him
fell
downward
upon
his
arm
,
which
put
him
in
so
good
remembrance
of
her
,
that
clean
forgetting
all
the
travel
he
had
taken
before
,
he
spake
so
loud
that
every
man
might
hear
,
and
said
:
By
God
,
sir
Knight
,
this
rest
doth
not
beséem
us
:
many
men
will
from
henceforth
be
in
doubt
of
the
great
glory
that
now
we
mean
to
win
.
Wherefore
let
every
man
shew
forth
what
we
can
do
,
and
let
no
man
spare
.
Wherewith
taking
the
little
piece
of
his
shield
that
rested
in
his
hand
,
and
lifting
up
his
arm
,
he
gave
so
great
a
blow
unto
his
enemy
,
that
he
made
him
réel
therewith
:
and
doubling
it
strake
him
so
surely
on
the
helmet
,
that
with
the
blow
the
Turk
was
forced
to
knéel
down
,
and
let
his
sword
fall
out
of
his
hand
:
which
Norandel
seized
upon
being
ready
to
strike
off
his
head
,
if
he
had
not
cried
him
mercy
:
which
Talanque
and
Manley
perceiving
,
imployed
their
forces
in
such
manner
,
that
it
might
easily
be
judged
they
would
soon
obtain
the
victory
.
As
for
Bravor
he
had
already
stricken
his
knight
down
,
wherefore
he
ran
to
help
the
rest
,
and
Norandel
likewise
.
With
the
which
help
it
soon
appeared
,
that
they
which
rested
yet
to
overcome
would
not
long
resist
:
for
in
short
space
they
found
themselves
in
such
extremity
,
that
unless
the
Souldan
of
Liquie
had
desired
the
Christian
Knights
to
stay
a
while
,
they
had
all
died
:
but
calling
Norandel
unto
him
,
he
said
:
I
pray
you
(
said
qe
)
procéed
no
further
in
this
combate
,
and
content
your selves
that
I
account
my
Knights
for
vanquished
,
as
in
truth
they
are
,
and
so
hardly
handled
,
that
the
force
you
shall
from
henceforth
use
against
them
,
shall
more
be
holden
for
a
kinde
of
cruelty
than
any
chivalry
.
Nevertheless
if
my
request
may
take
no
place
with
you
,
do
as
you
think
good
.
Souldan
(
said
Norandel
)
if
they
acknowledge
it
at
our
hands
and
ask
us
mercy
,
they
shall
not
fail
to
have
it
:
for
it
was
never
our
custom
to
use
force
to
such
as
could
not
stand
against
us
.
Content
your selves
(
said
he
)
that
I
that
am
their
Lord
yield
you
the
victory
,
and
I
pray
you
therefore
shew
mercy
unto
them
,
swearing
unto
you
by
my
crown
(
if
you
do
them
so
much
good
)
that
while
I
live
,
I
will
not
be
unmindful
of
the
same
.
With
that
the
ten
Christian
Knights
went
out
of
the
field
,
and
mounon
their
horses
,
took
their
way
unto
the
City
,
where
the
Emperor
stayed
for
them
,
for
he
had
séen
the
issue
of
the
combate
,
and
now
they
returned
victors
:
but
he
heard
not
what
words
had
past
betwéen
them
,
till
they
being
lighted
off
their
horses
,
told
him
what
was
done
,
for
the
which
he
praised
God
,
estéeming
more
of
them
for
their
courtesie
they
had
shewen
unto
the
enemy
.
CHAP.
L.
How
Queen
Calafre
came
to
aid
the
Pagans
,
and
of
the
marvellous
assault
that
she
gave
to
the
City
of
Constantinople
.
THe
renown
of
this
War
undertaken
by
the
Kings
,
Taborlans
,
Souldans
,
Califfes
,
and
Princes
dwelling
in
Tartaria
,
India
,
Arabia
and
other
countries
in
the
East
,
against
the
Emperor
and
his
Empire
of
Constantinople
,
was
spread
so
far
abroad
,
that
it
was
known
to
the
puisant
Quéen
Calafre
reigning
in
Califorine
,
a
most
fertile
and
pleasant
country
confining
on
the
head
of
the
river
Borisleness
,
hard
by
the
foot
of
the
Riffee
mountains
.
This
country
whereof
I
speak
,
was
sometimes
peopled
with
good
Knights
and
men
of
all
quarters
,
but
the
women
upon
malice
devised
a
means
to
kill
them
all
,
establishing
a
law
among
themselves
,
that
from
that
time
forwards
they
would
acknowledge
for
Lady
and
Quéen
one
of
their
own
country
w●men
,
governing
themselves
as
the
Amazons
used
to
do
.
Whereby
it
was
▪
not
lawful
for
any
of
them
to
use
the
company
of
men
above
once
or
twice
a
year
,
upon
the
days
and
times
by
them
app●inted
,
when
they
went
of
their
own
country
and
used
their
neighbors
help
,
with
whom
God
knoweth
if
they
found
not
means
to
make
them
pay
the
usury
of
the
time
lost
,
in
such
sort
,
that
most
of
them
returned
home
with
childe
:
but
the
bringing
up
of
their
children
was
far
different
,
for
the
maiden
children
were
kept
alive
,
burning
their
right
paps
,
but
not
the
men
children
,
for
as
soon
as
they
were
born
they
put
them
to
death
,
having
agréed
not
to
suffer
one
alive
,
or
else
so
few
,
that
they
very
easily
might
overcome
them
.
For
this
cause
oftentimes
they
warred
against
the
Tartarians
b●rdering
on
their
country
,
putting
them
to
great
trouble
by
divers
and
continual
invasions
,
as
well
by
sea
as
by
land
.
In
their
laws
and
customes
they
observed
so
great
rigour
,
as
that
if
any
man
(
by
casualty
or
otherwise
)
fell
into
their
hands
,
he
proved
for
food
unto
a
great
number
of
grissons
,
nourished
among
them
when
they
were
yong
,
being
so
tame
and
gentle
,
that
never
any
hauk
knew
better
the
Faulkoners
lure
,
then
those
gentle
birds
knew
the
voice
of
her
that
ordinarily
fed
them
.
To
come
unto
the
point
,
this
quéen
of
Califorine
being
a
woman
of
great
spirit
,
valiant
,
hardy
,
yong
,
fair
,
and
of
good
behavior
,
hearing
of
the
wars
undertaken
against
the
Christians
,
was
desirous
to
be
there
,
not
for
any
ill
she
wished
them
,
but
onely
for
to
know
them
,
and
to
sée
their
country
that
bare
so
great
renown
.
And
for
that
cause
she
assembled
great
numbers
of
the
principal
Ladies
of
her
country
,
shewing
them
what
honor
they
might
obtain
in
that
voyage
:
which
may
peradventure
be
such
(
said
she
)
that
by
our
force
and
great
prowess
we
may
greatly
augment
our
Empire
,
being
feared
and
redoubted
of
each
man
,
and
not
continue
always
buried
among
these
mountains
,
as
they
in
times
past
did
,
of
whom
at
this
present
we
now
possess
and
injoy
the
place
.
The
Quéen
in
this
sort
could
so
well
perswade
them
,
that
they
moved
with
a
marvellous
desire
to
go
with
her
,
presently
prepared
their
ships
,
and
set
sail
for
Thracia
,
with
so
good
and
prosperous
a
winde
,
that
the
tenth
day
after
the
assaults
of
Constantinople
,
they
arrived
in
the
army
of
Armato
,
where
they
were
honorably
received
:
and
after
divers
spéeches
used
by
the
Souldan
of
Liquy
,
and
other
Princes
of
the
camp
unto
the
Quéen
of
Califorine
,
specially
touching
their
determination
concerning
that
great
enterprise
,
she
being
sorry
they
had
done
so
little
against
the
town
,
desired
them
that
she
might
once
have
leave
to
try
her
fortune
against
it
,
by
means
that
she
would
use
.
And
the
better
to
induce
them
thereunto
,
she
told
them
she
had
fifty
Griffons
that
would
not
fail
(
being
let
out
of
their
cages
)
to
seize
upon
the
Christians
without
hurting
of
her
women
,
because
they
knew
them
and
had
béen
nourished
with
them
.
And
while
they
take
their
flight
(
said
she
)
I
will
give
such
an
assault
against
the
town
,
that
without
doubt
we
will
inforce
the
same
:
for
if
the
Emperors
souldiers
appear
but
to
defend
the
walls
;
my
Griffons
shall
be
ready
to
carry
them
clean
away
,
as
the
Merlin
doth
the
Lard
.
But
to
the
end
(
said
she
)
your
men
receive
no
hurt
,
let
them
abide
within
their
tents
till
they
be
shut
into
their
cages
.
When
King
Armato
and
the
Souldan
of
Liquie
heard
the
great
zeal
and
affection
she
shewed
to
imploy
her
forces
,
as
also
the
invention
that
she
had
,
they
all
agréed
that
the
next
day
after
she
should
do
what
liked
her
Whereupon
she
sent
presently
to
her
that
kept
the
Griffons
,
that
she
should
give
them
nothing
for
to
eat
of
all
that
day
,
that
when
they
meant
to
use
them
at
the
assault
,
they
might
gréedier
:
and
further
sent
word
by
sound
of
drum
,
that
all
her
companies
should
be
ready
the
next
day
early
in
the
morning
,
to
give
assault
unto
the
City
.
Quéen
Calafre
having
in
this
manner
provided
for
her
enterprise
,
at
the
time
appointed
all
her
women
armed
according
to
their
manner
(
the
most
part
of
them
bearing
bows
)
ran
with
great
fury
unto
the
walls
,
and
with
their
ladders
began
to
mount
up
:
with
that
the
alarm
went
about
the
city
,
all
men
running
to
defend
the
same
:
and
as
they
were
some
upon
the
walls
and
other
places
of
defence
,
the
Quéen
made
sign
to
let
the
Griffons
loose
,
which
being
hungry
and
flying
over
the
town
,
seized
upon
such
as
they
could
find
abroad
:
wherewith
the
Emperors
souldiers
were
in
so
great
fear
,
that
most
part
of
them
that
fought
,
forsook
the
walls
to
hide
themselves
.
Alas
what
pity
was
it
to
sée
soldiers
,
citizens
,
knights
,
and
others
,
yea
women
and
little
children
,
and
all
whatsoever
they
could
get
into
their
claws
taken
up
into
the
air
,
and
sometimes
having
taken
them
up
,
they
let
them
fall
upon
the
stones
,
whereby
they
had
a
strange
and
cruel
death
:
surely
if
God
had
not
kept
the
City
better
than
those
that
had
the
charge
,
it
is
most
sure
it
had
been
taken
at
that
time
.
But
there
happened
a
strange
case
,
for
as
the
Griffons
held
their
prey
,
and
that
the
Knights
of
great
Brittain
with
some
small
number
of
others
,
resisted
the
assault
made
by
the
women
,
the
Turks
(
that
had
been
advertised
not
to
come
out
of
their
tents
while
they
assailed
the
town
)
moved
with
too
greedy
a
desire
to
sack
the
City
which
they
thought
surely
had
been
taken
,
ran
unto
the
assault
making
such
a
noise
,
that
the
Griffons
(
feeding
on
their
preys
)
left
the
bodies
they
had
seized
upon
,
and
flying
up
again
,
seized
on
them
that
they
saw
come
running
to
the
town
,
whereof
in
short
space
after
they
made
so
great
a
butchery
,
that
more
than
four
hundred
Turks
were
presently
slain
by
them
:
mean
time
those
within
the
town
perceiving
that
good
fortune
,
did
so
fiercely
repulse
the
Californiens
,
that
their
principal
women
lay
dead
within
the
ditches
:
wherewith
the
Queen
was
forced
to
retire
,
knowing
her
enterprise
would
not
take
effect
as
she
desired
it
should
,
not
by
reason
of
her
souldiers
,
but
in
that
they
kept
not
in
as
they
had
promised
.
Wherewith
she
commanded
to
take
the
birds
again
,
but
the
Falconers
could
not
by
any
means
make
them
to
come
in
,
before
they
had
slain
and
devoured
above
a
thousand
Turks
and
others
,
whereof
they
onely
suckt
the
blood
.
Wherewith
King
Armato
and
the
Souldan
of
Liquie
were
so
grieved
,
that
from
thenceforth
they
began
to
shew
so
hard
a
countenance
to
the
Queen
,
that
she
was
in
the
minde
to
return
into
her
country
,
not
offering
from
that
time
once
to
give
stroke
with
sword
to
their
advantage
.
Yet
not
long
after
she
was
appeased
,
and
fought
with
King
Amadis
,
as
it
shall
be
shewed
you
at
large
in
the
end
of
this
our
fifth
Book
.
And
that
we
may
have
the
better
means
to
attain
thereto
,
we
will
now
return
again
unto
the
Christian
Princes
,
that
assembled
their
powers
and
forces
to
help
the
Emperor
,
imbarquing
themselves
,
as
presently
you
shall
hear
.
But
before
they
arrived
at
Constantinople
,
many
good
Knights
both
of
Great
Brittain
and
others
were
slain
within
the
City
,
not
onely
in
the
assaults
made
against
it
by
the
Pagans
,
but
at
the
last
assault
made
by
the
Queen
Calafre
,
among
the
which
,
none
were
so
much
lamented
as
Ledarin
de
Faiarque
,
Trys
,
Imosil
of
Burgundy
,
and
the
two
sons
of
the
Giant
Balan
.
CHAP.
LI.
How
the
Christian
Princes
as
well
of
the
East
as
West
parts
,
assembled
their
Forces
to
aid
the
Emperor
of
Constantinople
,
and
of
their
navigation
.
IF
you
have
read
the
discourse
of
this
our
History
,
it
hath
been
shewed
you
before
,
how
Enil
went
unto
the
Emperor
of
Rome
,
and
Florestan
King
of
Sardaigne
,
and
what
became
of
Gandalin
after
he
had
passed
the
Straights
of
Gibraltar
,
and
entred
in
the
Ocean
Sea
,
even
to
Great
Brittain
and
other
places
,
where
he
found
King
Amadis
and
others
,
to
whom
he
had
charge
to
go
:
Now
we
must
declare
the
rest
.
You
shall
therefore
understand
,
that
Gandalin
having
sojourned
eight
days
in
London
,
more
by
the
commandment
of
king
Amadis
and
Queen
Oriane
,
than
for
the
pleasure
that
he
took
in
the
woman
they
had
caused
him
to
marry
,
knowing
the
affairs
wherein
he
had
left
his
companions
,
departed
from
thence
,
and
travelled
so
long
,
that
he
arrived
in
France
,
and
went
unto
King
Perion
to
whom
he
gave
the
letter
that
his
son
and
grand-child
sent
unto
him
:
and
withal
declared
the
state
of
the
East
countries
,
as
they
then
were
,
with
the
inconvenience
that
might
fall
unto
all
Christendom
,
if
the
Empire
of
Constantinople
were
in
obedience
to
the
infidels
.
So
well
could
Gandalin
tell
his
tale
,
that
the
good
old
King
Perion
moved
with
a
holy
zeal
,
determined
to
go
himself
in
person
,
and
to
take
with
him
great
quantity
of
ships
and
men
,
furnished
for
the
wars
.
Gandalin
stayed
not
long
with
them
,
but
while
he
prepared
himself
,
he
went
into
Scotland
,
Norway
,
Sobradise
,
Denmark
and
Sweathland
,
and
did
his
Embassages
so
well
,
that
all
the
Kings
and
Princes
to
whom
he
went
,
determined
with
all
spéed
to
aid
Esplandian
,
in
such
sort
,
that
in
short
time
after
their
ships
were
ready
,
and
those
of
Sweathland
,
Norway
,
and
Denmark
,
come
unto
the
port
of
Suer
,
from
whence
setting
sail
,
they
coasted
along
Freseland
,
Holland
,
and
Braband
,
till
they
arrived
at
Bulloigne
,
where
King
Perion
had
prepared
great
number
of
Ships
,
Hulkes
,
and
other
vessels
:
which
being
furnished
with
men
,
victuals
,
and
munition
necessary
for
the
wars
,
hoised
sail
and
put
to
sea
.
And
coasting
Normandy
,
came
to
little
Brittaigne
where
they
ankered
in
S.
Mathews
Haven
,
where
the
Kings
,
Luisart
and
Amadis
accompanied
of
Grumedan
and
divers
other
Knights
,
were
arrived
to
refresh
themselves
:
having
passed
the
Isle
of
Sorlingue
,
the
Irish
men
imbarqued
themselves
at
the
cape
Antiquan
,
and
the
Scots
at
cape
Balso
.
And
having
sailed
the
way
that
the
Brittons
had
past
,
joyned
with
the
Western
Princes
that
went
that
voyage
,
in
such
sort
,
that
within
thrée
days
after
they
set
sail
,
and
having
a
Northeast
winde
,
they
discovered
the
coast
of
Spain
,
passing
the
Port
of
Finis
terre
in
compostelle
:
after
that
the
cape
S.
Vincent
:
&
drawing
in
the
left
side
,
they
passed
the
straights
of
Gibraltar
,
&
leaving
Barbary
and
Guinde
on
the
right
hand
,
sailed
toward
Tamar
,
Austora
,
and
Lagarde
,
minding
to
leave
Majorque
&
Minorque
,
to
enter
into
the
straights
of
Busina
and
Monaco
,
and
from
thence
to
sail
to
the
ports
of
Elese
and
Corse
,
where
they
met
with
Florestan
King
of
Sardaigne
and
his
Fléet
,
but
before
they
arrived
there
,
fortune
was
so
contrary
unto
them
,
that
certain
of
their
Gallions
could
not
follow
the
ships
,
but
stayed
behind
to
the
number
of
eight
,
being
so
scattered
,
that
they
made
account
they
had
béen
lost
.
Nevertheless
,
the
next
day
they
arrived
all
at
Port
S.
Luce
,
where
without
longer
staying
they
passed
forward
to
go
to
Regi
,
where
the
army
of
the
Emperor
of
Rome
,
(
coming
from
Osty
)
lay
at
anker
staying
for
them
.
Where
they
continued
six
days
,
not
onely
to
take
in
fresh
water
,
but
also
to
calk
and
mend
their
ships
and
other
vessels
that
had
need
:
the
seventh
day
having
a
good
wind
,
they
hoysed
ankers
,
and
setting
sail
,
coasted
along
the
country
of
Morea
,
coming
to
Cape
de
Malvasie
,
where
the
winde
fell
somewhat
contrary
:
but
in
the
end
the
sea
waxing
calm
,
put
forward
to
Cape
Calon
,
and
the
Isle
of
Negrepont
:
and
entring
into
the
Archipelago
they
discovered
the
side
of
the
Cape
Athos
,
till
they
approached
Galiopi
,
leaving
the
I
le
of
Tenedos
,
because
they
would
not
be
discovered
by
the
Turks
that
Armato
had
set
there
to
kéep
a
passage
for
his
victuals
to
be
brought
unto
the
army
:
where
they
stayed
not
long
but
they
entered
into
the
goulfe
of
Propontide
,
coasting
Thrace
,
till
they
came
unto
the
Port
of
Salombre
,
which
is
not
above
thirty
miles
from
the
City
of
Constantinople
,
where
they
landed
,
that
they
might
the
better
approach
the
Pagans
camp
:
with
that
they
agréed
among
them
that
King
Childadan
and
Quedragant
should
be
Generals
of
the
army
by
Sea
:
and
having
left
sufficient
number
of
men
for
the
furnishing
and
safe
kéeping
of
their
ships
,
their
Fléet
sailed
towards
Constantinople
,
hoping
to
set
upon
Alphorax
and
his
army
by
Sea
before
they
should
perceive
them
.
But
it
fell
out
otherwise
,
for
the
Turks
that
had
spies
in
all
places
,
discovered
them
,
not
suffering
Alphorax
to
fight
,
desiring
him
most
earnestly
onely
to
kéep
the
entry
of
the
straits
,
to
take
all
means
from
the
town
to
be
victualled
on
that
side
.
Which
King
Childadan
and
Quedragant
understanding
,
would
not
hazard
themselves
,
but
ankered
within
half
a
mile
of
the
enemy
,
staying
for
king
Luisart
,
the
Emperor
of
Rome
,
and
those
that
marched
by
land
,
mean
time
giving
divers
skirmishes
to
the
enemy
with
their
Pinnaces
,
but
Alphorax
for
all
that
would
not
leave
his
hole
,
lying
as
close
as
possibly
he
could
:
on
the
other
side
Armato
and
his
company
being
advertised
of
the
great
aid
that
came
towards
the
town
,
caused
their
forces
to
assemble
,
determining
to
kéep
the
side
of
the
great
sea
,
by
the
which
they
might
easilier
recover
victuals
,
as
well
from
Natolia
as
out
of
Tartaria
.
The
Kings
Amadis
,
Perion
,
and
others
made
such
haste
,
that
the
ninth
day
after
they
incamped
themselves
in
the
sight
of
Constantinople
right
before
their
enemies
,
in
a
place
that
séemed
most
convenient
.
But
if
the
Pagans
at
the
first
were
much
abashed
to
sée
those
succors
,
the
Emperor
and
those
within
the
town
were
not
much
less
,
doubting
it
had
béen
some
new
forces
come
against
the
town
:
for
they
had
not
any
intelligence
of
the
sending
of
Gandalin
and
Enil
to
the
Christian
princes
,
that
brought
with
them
a
multitude
both
of
ships
and
men
,
as
well
Knights
as
others
.
Now
to
return
to
the
Christians
Fléet
:
King
Childadan
knowing
that
Alphorax
played
the
fox
,
desired
Quedragant
(
having
equal
power
with
him
)
to
be
content
that
he
with
threescore
Pinnaces
might
skirmish
with
him
,
that
thereby
if
it
were
possible
,
he
might
provoke
him
to
come
out
,
which
he
agréed
unto
:
wherefore
setting
sail
,
he
made
towards
his
enemy
,
so
neer
,
that
they
were
ready
to
fight
hand
to
hand
:
nevertheless
Alphorax
for
that
time
would
not
touch
the
bait
,
but
entred
farther
in
the
straights
:
wherewith
King
Childadan
retired
,
and
came
unto
the
haven
of
the
City
,
making
the
bravest
show
that
might
be
séen
:
those
of
Constantinople
perceiving
the
Handirols
and
Streamers
of
Great
Brittain
,
and
of
other
Christian
Princes
,
made
him
answer
with
the
like
,
and
so
high
,
that
the
noise
of
the
Trumpets
,
Clerons
,
and
Tabers
was
so
great
,
that
Armato
and
all
the
Pagans
might
easily
hear
it
.
With
that
King
Childadan
was
received
by
the
Emperor
,
Norandel
,
and
others
,
to
whom
he
shewed
what
aid
was
come
unto
them
,
and
what
princes
had
taken
the
voyage
in
hand
.
In
good
faith
(
said
the
Emperor
)
they
bind
me
for
ever
unto
them
,
yet
am
I
much
abashed
how
they
understood
of
the
wars
between
Armato
and
me
.
What
?
my
Lord
(
said
Childadan
)
did
Esplandian
never
tell
you
thereof
?
No
I
assure
you
(
said
the
Emperor
)
nor
any
of
his
companions
,
as
far
as
I
know
.
Is
he
not
in
the
City
(
said
the
King
?
)
In
good
truth
(
said
Norandel
)
he
would
not
leave
the
castle
of
the
defended
mountain
,
minding
to
keep
it
,
if
the
Pagans
came
to
besiege
it
.
Assure
your selves
(
said
Childadan
)
he
will
not
long
stay
there
before
King
Amadis
sendeth
for
him
:
for
we
determine
presently
to
give
battel
,
and
if
he
should
fail
at
such
a
journey
,
it
would
grieve
him
ever
after
.
Much
other
talk
had
the
Knights
of
Constantinople
with
Childadan
and
those
that
bare
him
company
,
where
he
stayed
till
the
next
day
in
the
morning
,
that
he
entered
into
his
ships
to
return
unto
Quedragant
.
CHAP.
LII
.
How
Esplandian
and
the
king
of
Denmark
were
sent
for
by
Gandalin
that
went
unto
the
Castle
the
defended
mountain
,
where
they
stayed
,
attending
the
succors
of
the
Christian
Princes
,
and
of
a
Letter
that
the
Souldan
of
Liquie
and
Queen
Calafre
wrote
unto
King
Amadis
and
Esplandian
.
KIng
Childadan
returned
to
Quedragant
as
you
heard
before
,
and
the
army
on
land
incamped
in
fight
of
the
enemy
,
Amadis
was
advertised
by
those
that
had
bin
in
the
City
of
Constantinople
,
that
Esplandian
and
the
King
of
Denmark
were
at
the
Castle
of
the
defended
mountain
,
whereupon
he
sent
Gandalin
to
fetch
them
,
Gandalin
took
shipping
,
and
had
so
good
a
winde
,
that
without
any
adventure
he
arrived
there
,
where
he
declared
unto
them
how
King
Amadis
and
almost
all
the
Christian
Princes
were
incamped
within
half
a
mile
of
the
Pagans
host
,
and
al
what
he
and
Enil
had
done
concerning
their
charge
.
And
because
(
said
Gandalin
)
that
our
men
are
determined
shortly
to
give
them
battel
,
they
pray
you
to
come
unto
them
.
Truly
(
said
Esplandian
)
Gandalin
my
friend
,
you
have
wrought
the
matter
well
,
and
I
thank
you
for
the
pains
that
you
have
taken
.
My
Lord
(
said
the
King
of
Denmark
)
are
you
not
determined
that
we
go
unto
them
?
For
my
part
,
I
had
rather
lose
one
of
mine
arms
,
then
fail
thereof
.
Brother
(
said
Esplandian
)
to
morrow
if
it
pleaseth
God
,
the
great
serpent
shall
bring
us
thither
:
before
that
time
it
had
always
used
to
sail
of
it self
,
but
as
then
it
failed
.
For
when
they
were
entered
into
it
,
it
stirred
not
,
whereat
Gandalin
much
abashed
,
could
not
refrain
to
say
:
By
god
,
this
vessel
is
like
to
the
horse
with
the
white
leg
,
that
failed
us
when
we
have
most
néed
.
Friend
(
said
Esplandian
)
I
am
surely
perswaded
that
this
procéedeth
by
reason
of
Urgandas
imprisonment
,
who
at
this
time
is
in
Melies
power
,
and
so
well
inchanted
,
that
her
art
profiteth
her
as
little
as
this
vessel
doth
us
that
moved
by
her
inchantments
,
which
at
this
present
hath
no
means
to
stir
,
as
you
may
well
perceive
.
And
Esplandian
said
true
,
for
at
the
same
time
the
country
wherein
Urganda
dwelt
,
called
the
unknown
Island
,
(
because
it
was
always
invisible
)
was
as
then
discovered
and
séen
of
all
men
.
With
that
Gandalin
counselled
them
to
enter
into
the
Pinnace
which
Esplandian
the
the
King
of
Denmark
did
,
and
having
a
good
wind
,
sailed
towards
Constantinople
,
&
on
a
sunday
in
the
morning
they
espied
the
vessels
of
king
Childadan
and
Quedragant
,
which
not
long
after
they
boarded
,
where
Esplandian
and
the
King
of
Denmark
were
received
with
great
joy
:
after
that
he
went
to
sée
his
father
and
the
rest
of
the
Knights
that
were
on
land
,
and
after
an
infinite
number
of
imbracings
and
welcomes
on
all
sides
,
they
determined
to
visit
their
enemies
somewhat
nearer
,
whereby
many
brave
skirmishes
were
made
,
where
the
women
of
Quéen
Calafre
were
continually
in
arms
,
and
among
the
rest
,
a
sister
of
the
Quéens
named
Liote
,
a
hardy
and
valiant
Lady
,
that
took
a
Frenchman
prisoner
,
which
certified
the
Souldan
of
Liquie
that
Amadis
de
Gaule
King
of
Great
Brittain
,
and
Esplandian
his
Son
were
in
the
army
.
Whereof
the
Souldan
and
Quéen
Calafie
being
advertised
,
determined
together
to
write
unto
them
,
the
contents
whereof
do
follow
.
Rodrigue
Souldan
of
Liquie
,
mortal
enemy
to
the
enemies
of
our
gods
,
and
Calafre
Queen
of
Califorine
,
a
country
most
rich
and
abundant
in
Gold
and
precious
Stones
,
give
you
Amadis
de
Gaule
King
of
Great
Brittain
,
and
your
son
Knight
of
the
great
Serpent
,
to
understand
,
that
the
occasion
of
our
arrival
in
these
countries
,
hath
been
for
these
two
causes
.
The
one
in
hope
to
destroy
all
Christendom
,
and
the
other
to
prove
if
we
may
〈◊〉
from
you
the
renown
that
is
spread
abroad
of
you
,
to
be
the
two
best
Knights
living
in
the
world
for
we
account
our selves
for
such
,
as
that
if
you
will
accept
the
combate
of
your
persons
against
ours
,
we
will
evidently
make
it
known
,
that
our
valor
is
no
less
then
yours
.
And
to
the
end
the
glory
of
the
victors
may
be
known
,
the
vanquished
shall
remain
in
their
powers
,
to
dispose
of
them
as
they
shall
think
convenient
.
Advise
your selves
therefore
to
answer
us
herein
by
this
our
messenger
,
to
whom
we
have
given
charge
to
declare
unto
you
(
if
you
refuse
this
combate
)
that
from
henceforth
we
shall
have
just
occasion
to
attribute
to
our selves
the
advantage
of
the
praises
and
endless
glories
that
fortune
heretofore
hath
given
you
,
and
to
esteem
of
you
as
meanly
in
time
to
come
,
as
you
have
been
highly
renowned
heretofore
.
This
Letter
given
to
the
Gentlewoman
that
bare
the
first
to
Norandel
,
she
went
unto
the
Christians
camp
,
and
being
advertised
which
was
Amadis
tent
,
entered
therein
,
as
he
sat
talking
with
king
Luisart
,
Esplandian
,
and
other
good
knights
.
Where
knéeling
on
the
ground
,
she
asked
which
of
them
was
the
knight
of
the
great
Serpent
and
his
father
.
Amadis
spake
unto
her
and
said
:
Gentlewoman
,
I
am
the
one
,
and
this
is
my
Son
.
Is
it
your
pleasure
to
speak
with
us
?
The
gentle
woman
casting
her
eye
upon
Esplandian
,
marvelling
at
his
great
beauty
,
spake
&
said
In
good
faith
king
Amadis
,
I
verily
believe
that
this
is
he
,
for
I
have
heard
him
in
divers
places
esteemed
for
the
same
that
now
I
do
behold
in
him
.
Gentlewoman
(
said
Amadis
)
if
you
came
into
our
camp
onely
to
sée
him
,
you
now
have
your
desire
.
That
hath
not
bin
only
the
cause
(
said
she
)
but
to
bring
this
letter
which
the
Souldan
of
Liquie
and
quéen
Calafre
send
unto
you
both
:
wherefore
having
read
it
,
I
pray
you
return
an
answer
.
With
that
(
Amadis
having
taken
it
in
his
hand
)
the
Gentlewoman
departed
out
of
the
rent
attending
their
resolution
.
King
Amadis
having
read
it
,
shewed
it
to
King
Luisart
and
the
rest
that
were
in
presence
,
wherewith
there
a
rose
great
controversie
among
them
concerning
the
refusal
or
acceptation
of
the
combate
,
for
that
the
most
part
of
them
were
of
advise
it
should
not
be
accepted
,
shewing
divers
great
and
evident
reasons
to
confirm
the
same
,
as
the
greater
number
of
enemies
they
had
before
them
ready
to
give
them
battel
,
and
if
it
happen
(
said
they
)
that
fortune
should
be
contrary
to
King
Amadis
and
Esplandian
(
in
whom
partly
consisteth
our
hope
)
such
hard
chance
would
bréed
great
fear
in
divers
men
that
are
now
very
willing
and
ready
to
do
the
best
they
can
.
Others
held
the
contrary
,
saying
that
it
would
be
shame
unto
them
all
,
for
that
refusal
onely
would
much
incourage
the
enemy
:
but
they
were
of
this
opinion
,
that
it
might
well
be
required
that
the
number
of
the
combatants
might
be
greater
.
In
good
truth
(
said
Amadis
)
be
it
of
two
against
two
,
twenty
against
twenty
,
or
of
greater
number
,
the
victory
is
in
the
hands
of
God
.
Wherefore
in
refusing
thereof
,
I
should
do
my self
wrong
,
and
cause
a
great
blemish
to
all
Christendom
,
that
would
not
be
defaced
in
long
time
after
.
Besides
I
have
great
hope
of
Gods
help
herein
,
for
whose
faith
and
honor
I
have
undertaken
this
voyage
.
When
Esplandian
heard
his
fathers
mind
,
he
spake
boldier
and
said
:
That
he
would
take
that
combate
upon
himself
alone
,
not
onely
against
the
Souldan
and
the
Quéen
,
but
against
two
others
more
with
them
,
rather
then
it
so
should
be
refused
:
whereupon
it
was
concluded
,
that
Amadis
and
he
would
fight
,
and
sending
for
the
messenger
into
the
tent
,
Amadis
said
unto
her
:
Gentlewoman
,
you
shall
tell
the
Souldan
and
the
Quéen
that
I
and
my
son
are
content
to
do
as
they
require
,
wherefore
set
them
chuse
what
arms
they
will
,
and
for
the
place
it
shall
be
betwéen
their
camp
and
ours
:
assuring
them
on
the
faith
of
a
King
,
that
not
one
of
our
soldiers
shall
once
remove
how
soever
we
spéed
,
which
we
desire
likewise
at
their
hands
:
and
if
it
be
their
desire
to
have
the
combate
fought
this
day
,
we
are
content
to
do
it
.
With
that
the
Gentlewoman
returned
,
and
coming
to
the
Souldans
tent
,
she
declared
her
message
unto
them
,
being
such
as
you
have
heard
:
whereof
the
Souldan
was
glad
,
but
especially
the
Quéen
,
for
the
great
desire
she
had
to
sée
Esplandian
,
whereof
she
asked
the
Gentlewomen
what
she
thought
of
him
.
Madam
(
said
she
)
I
have
in
my
life
time
seen
many
men
and
women
that
nature
had
indued
with
great
beauty
but
by
the
gods
I
confess
it
is
all
but
painting
in
regard
of
that
I
have
found
in
him
:
for
he
is
so
fair
and
beautiful
,
that
the
more
I
think
thereon
,
so
much
the
more
it
maketh
me
conceive
such
beauty
to
be
rather
divine
them
humane
.
That
is
much
(
said
the
Queen
.
)
I
know
not
(
said
the
Gentlewoman
)
what
you
mean
by
that
word
Much
,
but
I
am
well
assured
,
if
you
had
seen
him
as
I
did
,
that
you
would
say
as
much
as
I
do
,
and
it
may
be
more
.
Truly
(
said
the
Queen
)
before
I
enter
in
combate
with
him
,
I
will
first
see
him
unarmed
,
and
speak
with
him
,
not
as
an
enemy
to
an
enemy
,
but
as
friends
commonly
do
one
unto
the
other
.
Madam
(
said
the
Souldan
)
seeing
it
is
your
desire
,
it
were
good
our
Gentlewoman
went
again
unto
them
,
to
desire
them
to
give
you
leave
to
come
and
visit
them
in
their
camp
,
not
to
procure
them
any
cause
of
envy
but
to
do
them
honor
:
and
for
that
cause
to
desire
their
safe
conduct
.
This
counsel
seemed
good
unto
the
Queen
,
and
without
longer
staying
she
sent
the
Gentlewoman
back
again
unto
Amadis
and
Esplandian
whom
she
found
yet
in
the
Tent
whereas
she
left
them
.
With
that
she
told
them
what
her
message
was
,
and
the
great
desire
the
Queen
had
to
see
them
before
they
entred
into
combate
.
King
Amadis
could
not
refrain
laughing
to
hear
the
Gentlewoman
express
the
affection
her
mistress
had
,
asking
king
Luisart
what
he
thought
therein
.
Son
(
said
he
)
deny
not
her
request
,
for
I
assure
you
(
since
our
coming
hither
)
I
have
heard
the
Queen
to
be
esteemed
a
wise
and
beautiful
Princess
.
You
hear
our
answer
(
said
Amadis
to
the
Gentlewoman
)
let
the
Queen
come
hither
when
she
thinketh
good
,
for
she
shall
be
heartily
welcome
.
With
that
the
Gentlewoman
returned
to
the
Queen
,
who
being
greatly
pleased
with
that
answer
,
determined
the
next
day
to
go
unto
them
.
But
she
knew
not
well
what
manner
of
apparrel
she
were
best
to
wear
:
sometimes
she
thought
it
fit
to
go
as
she
used
when
she
went
to
battel
,
and
then
presently
changed
opinion
,
thinking
a
womans
apparrel
would
be
more
seemly
and
convenient
,
seeing
she
went
not
to
try
their
forces
,
but
onely
to
win
the
love
and
favor
of
Esplandian
,
if
she
might
procure
the
same
.
And
thinking
on
it
all
night
long
,
in
the
morning
when
she
meant
to
apparrel
her self
,
she
was
resolved
to
dress
her
as
women
use
to
do
▪
thinking
she
had
means
enough
afterward
to
shew
her self
in
habit
of
a
Knight
,
whereby
she
might
be
seen
both
in
the
one
and
the
other
sort
.
Whereupon
she
caused
her
most
precious
Robes
to
be
brought
unto
her
,
and
apparrelling
her self
,
forgot
not
any
thing
that
might
once
beautifie
or
adorn
her
person
,
or
that
in
her
opinion
would
deck
her
well
,
the
better
to
be
liked
.
And
to
bear
her
company
she
took
twelve
of
her
own
gentlewomen
,
so
well
furnished
and
set
forth
with
Stones
and
Pearls
,
that
the
like
was
never
séen
.
That
done
,
she
sent
unto
her
ships
for
a
most
strange
and
monstrous
beast
:
whereupon
sometimes
she
used
to
ride
in
great
pomp
.
It
was
as
big
as
a
great
Dromadary
,
the
hair
long
and
somewhat
yellow
,
black
spots
,
his
two
ears
hanging
down
unto
his
knées
,
having
but
one
eye
,
shining
brighter
then
a
burning
glass
,
and
stood
right
in
the
midst
of
his
forehead
:
out
of
his
mouth
there
issued
two
great
teeth
like
horns
,
and
although
his
feet
were
cloven
like
an
ox
,
yet
was
there
no
Hart
in
all
the
world
that
could
outrun
him
,
were
it
in
plain
way
,
or
over
rocks
.
In
that
manner
she
entered
into
the
Christans
camp
,
of
whom
she
was
not
a
little
wondred
at
before
she
came
to
King
Luisarts
tent
,
where
Amadis
,
and
in
a
manner
all
the
principal
captains
of
the
army
stayed
for
her
,
praying
Quedragant
to
go
out
to
welcome
her
,
which
he
did
with
great
courtesie
:
for
he
had
no
sooner
espied
her
,
but
he
stepped
forward
,
and
doing
her
great
reverence
,
holp
her
to
descend
,
and
taking
her
by
the
arm
,
led
her
,
into
the
tent
,
where
the
Lords
were
all
assembled
,
of
whom
she
was
most
honorably
received
.
But
when
she
beheld
Esplandians
beauty
,
she
was
so
much
surprised
with
the
love
of
him
,
that
she
repented
her
coming
thither
,
not
so
much
for
the
small
hope
she
had
to
win
him
,
(
being
divers
in
religion
)
but
doubting
that
the
fantasie
newly
entred
into
her
mind
would
so
much
estrange
her
force
(
by
overmuch
thinking
upon
him
)
when
she
went
to
fight
,
that
thereby
she
should
be
in
danger
to
lose
the
honor
and
reputation
she
had
gotten
in
arms
among
the
best
Knights
in
all
the
world
:
which
to
prevent
,
she
determined
to
stay
the
less
time
there
,
knowing
the
nature
of
love
to
be
such
,
that
it
can
steal
the
hearts
of
all
persons
,
and
commonly
maketh
himself
possessor
of
it
,
before
he
that
hath
it
in
possession
,
can
perceive
it
.
And
as
the
Princes
entertained
her
with
divers
swéet
and
pleasant
speeches
,
she
returned
to
Esplandian
and
said
:
Sir
Knight
,
for
two
most
excellent
graces
that
are
in
you
,
I
have
taken
the
pains
to
come
and
visit
you
:
The
first
is
the
gift
of
beauty
,
which
is
such
in
you
,
as
I
could
never
have
imagined
the
same
:
The
other
is
the
force
of
your
body
and
magnanimity
of
your
courage
,
whereby
you
are
accounted
altogether
invincible
.
The
one
I
have
séen
wich
mine
eyes
to
be
so
perfect
,
that
I
never
hope
to
see
the
like
again
,
although
I
lived
a
thousand
years
and
more
:
the
other
,
the
combate
you
shall
have
against
the
most
puissant
Souldan
of
Liquie
will
be
a
witness
unto
us
:
and
had
it
not
bin
that
he
requested
me
to
fight
against
King
Amadis
(
because
his
onely
desire
is
to
prove
his
body
against
yours
)
I
would
have
tryed
it
my self
.
Of
one
thing
can
I
well
assure
you
,
that
if
the
honor
remain
to
us
and
life
to
you
,
I
will
afterward
tell
you
a
thing
that
much
importeth
me
,
and
which
I
greatly
desire
to
let
you
know
before
I
sail
into
my
country
.
Now
for
this
time
I
have
satisfied
my
desire
:
wherefore
my
Lords
(
said
she
unto
all
the
Princes
)
I
beseech
you
pardon
me
in
not
using
longer
speeches
,
for
I
know
full
well
that
my
long
staying
with
you
,
(
thinking
to
finde
that
I
hoped
for
)
might
possibly
cause
me
to
lose
my self
,
wherewith
I
should
be
overmuch
displeased
,
for
that
before
sunsetting
I
hope
to
be
in
place
where
I
will
shew
such
valour
in
arms
,
that
he
which
never
could
be
vanquished
by
man
(
as
it
is
reported
)
shall
now
receive
an
overthrow
at
a
simple
womans
hand
.
Madam
(
said
King
Perion
)
fortune
can
do
much
when
it
pleaseth
her
,
if
you
do
as
you
say
,
truly
you
shall
do
more
then
we
can
well
believe
,
but
commonly
the
workman
is
known
by
his
work
,
and
because
the
issue
of
the
combate
is
the
glory
of
him
or
you
,
til
then
we
wil
defer
our
judgements
.
And
although
Amadis
perceived
himself
much
outraged
by
the
queen
,
yet
he
made
no
sign
thereof
,
but
taking
her
by
the
arm
,
led
her
where
her
company
stayed
,
and
as
she
mounted
to
return
,
with
a
smiling
countenance
he
spake
unto
her
and
said
,
Madam
,
when
we
come
to
dealing
of
blows
,
I
beseech
you
shew
me
not
the
greatest
extremity
you
can
,
because
I
was
always
a
friend
to
women
,
and
ever
will
be
during
my
life
:
whereunto
the
queen
answered
not
a
word
,
but
rode
unto
the
Pagans
camp
to
arm
her self
.
Mean
time
Brian
de
Moniaste
arrived
in
the
Christians
camp
,
who
having
bin
sent
by
the
King
of
Spain
his
father
with
a
great
power
of
men
into
Africa
,
to
besiege
the
town
of
Cesonie
,
after
called
Centie
,
was
advertised
by
a
pirate
,
of
the
christians
enterprise
,
and
how
their
army
&
great
fléet
had
passed
the
cape
of
Finis
terre
,
presently
sent
unto
his
father
to
desire
him
to
give
him
leave
to
go
that
voyage
:
whereunto
by
much
importunity
he
granted
.
For
which
cause
Brian
brake
up
his
siege
of
Cenite
,
and
entring
again
into
his
ships
sailed
to
Cicile
,
and
from
thence
to
Galipoli
,
and
so
to
Constantinople
,
where
he
joyned
with
the
Christian
princes
that
received
him
most
gladly
.
CHAP.
LIII
.
How
king
Amadis
&
Esplandian
his
son
,
fought
against
the
Souldan
of
Liquie
and
Queen
Calafre
,
and
of
the
battel
fought
the
same
day
both
by
sea
and
land
,
between
the
Christians
&
the
Pagans
.
QVéen
Calafre
returned
to
the
Pagans
camp
as
you
heard
before
,
presently
armed
her self
,
and
the
Souldan
likewise
,
and
stayed
not
long
before
they
came
unto
the
place
where
the
combate
was
assigned
,
where
not
long
after
they
found
Amadis
and
Esplandian
:
and
because
the
camps
were
not
well
assured
of
each
other
(
notwithstanding
the
oaths
and
promises
on
both
sides
made
)
they
set
themselves
in
order
of
battel
,
not
stirring
one
foot
:
King
Perion
sending
word
to
Quedragant
and
King
Childadan
,
that
as
they
had
intelligence
from
the
enemy
,
they
should
set
upon
their
Army
by
Sea
:
the
like
word
was
sent
unto
the
Emperor
of
Constantinople
,
that
he
might
likewise
be
prepared
:
and
as
the
four
Combatants
were
ready
to
strike
each
other
,
the
Souldan
called
Amadis
and
Esplandian
,
asking
them
if
they
would
not
swear
and
kéep
promise
(
according
to
the
agréement
sent
unto
them
by
his
gentlewoman
)
that
the
vanquishers
without
impeachment
should
lead
away
the
vanquished
.
I
truly
,
said
they
,
therefore
beware
of
us
.
With
that
Amadis
made
towards
the
Quéen
,
and
the
Souldan
against
Esplandian
,
to
whom
he
gave
so
great
a
blow
with
his
launce
into
the
shield
,
that
he
pierced
it
through
:
whereby
divers
thought
assuredly
he
had
béen
wounded
to
death
,
but
it
was
not
so
,
for
the
launce
passed
under
his
saddle
without
any
further
hurt
:
but
Esplandian
gave
him
his
exchange
,
striking
him
so
fiercely
,
that
he
made
him
loose
both
stirrop
and
saddle
and
fall
upon
the
ground
,
with
so
great
might
,
that
he
rolled
twice
or
thrice
before
he
stayed
,
in
such
manner
,
that
the
helmet
flew
off
his
head
.
Quéen
Calafre
ran
against
King
Amadis
,
and
he
against
her
:
and
as
they
were
in
the
middle
of
their
course
,
Amadis
turned
the
butt
end
of
his
launce
against
her
,
&
passing
forward
would
not
strike
her
:
yet
she
held
her
launce
down
and
strake
his
horse
in
the
stéel
of
his
forehead
,
and
withal
they
met
so
strongly
body
to
body
,
that
therewith
the
Quéen
fell
down
,
and
Amadis
was
constrained
to
light
,
his
horse
was
so
astonished
with
the
truncheon
of
the
launce
that
stuck
within
his
forehead
.
But
the
Quéen
rose
presently
,
and
with
her
sword
in
hand
went
towards
Amadis
,
the
like
did
the
Souldan
to
Esplandian
that
had
suffered
him
to
take
breath
and
lace
his
helmet
,
not
for
any
good
he
wished
him
,
but
that
at
the
end
of
his
career
he
espied
the
princess
Leonorine
standing
on
the
walls
of
Constantinople
,
whereat
he
was
so
abashed
,
that
every
man
said
,
the
Souldan
had
hurt
him
in
the
body
.
Nevertheless
within
short
space
after
they
knew
the
contrary
:
for
he
lighted
on
foot
,
where
between
them
two
was
fought
the
most
perillous
combat
that
ever
was
séen
,
for
Rodrigue
was
as
valiant
a
Knight
in
arms
as
any
in
his
time
:
but
Esplandian
handled
him
in
such
maner
,
that
oftentimes
he
made
him
clean
forget
the
subtilties
that
commonly
he
used
in
such
affairs
,
and
in
the
end
used
him
so
hardly
,
that
it
might
evidently
be
séen
the
victory
would
be
his
.
Mean
time
the
Quéen
used
all
her
force
to
overcome
King
Amadis
,
whom
holding
in
his
hand
a
great
truncheon
of
a
launce
in
stead
of
a
sword
,
gave
her
such
a
blow
on
the
crest
of
her
helmet
,
that
he
made
her
eyes
start
within
her
head
.
Wherewith
she
being
much
offended
,
spake
unto
him
,
and
said
:
What
sir
Knight
?
Do
you
think
me
either
to
be
a
dog
or
else
a
country
clown
,
that
you
séem
to
beat
me
with
a
staff
?
By
my
head
before
you
escape
out
of
my
hands
,
there
is
no
armor
you
have
but
will
be
needful
for
you
to
the
safegard
of
your
life
.
Calafre
(
said
Amadis
)
all
my
life
time
I
have
been
a
servant
unto
Ladies
,
and
if
at
this
time
I
should
begin
with
you
to
shew
them
ill●
the
good
that
others
have
received
received
at
my
hands
would
be
less
esteemed
.
You
account
me
then
(
said
the
Queen
)
one
of
that
number
:
but
you
shall
presently
feel
that
I
am
something
more
:
with
that
she
took
her
sword
in
both
hands
,
and
in
great
choller
gave
him
such
a
blow
,
that
she
clave
his
shield
in
two
,
and
thinking
to
double
her
stroke
,
Amadis
stepped
unto
her
and
plucked
hers
from
off
her
neck
,
with
such
force
,
that
she
was
constrained
to
kneel
upon
the
ground
.
Nevertheless
she
rose
presently
again
,
and
thinking
to
be
revenged
,
used
all
her
force
to
charge
Amadis
,
who
turning
aside
gave
her
such
a
blow
with
his
truncheon
hard
by
the
ear
,
and
therewith
made
her
so
astonished
,
that
her
sword
fell
out
of
her
hand
:
wherewith
he
stepped
forward
,
and
taking
her
by
the
helmet
,
said
unto
her
:
Now
you
shall
be
my
prisoner
whether
you
will
or
not
,
as
well
as
the
Souldan
is
prisoner
to
my
son
.
With
that
the
Queen
looked
aside
and
perceived
that
Amadis
said
true
:
wherefore
she
said
:
Truly
I
am
your
prisoner
,
seeing
fortune
will
have
it
so
:
and
therewith
Rodrigue
and
Esplandian
came
unto
them
,
and
they
four
going
out
of
the
lists
,
went
unto
the
Christians
camp
:
the
Pagans
that
saw
them
led
away
in
whom
in
a
manner
consisted
most
of
their
hope
,
when
the
camps
should
joyn
in
battel
,
made
countenance
to
rescue
them
:
which
caused
the
Christians
to
stand
all
day
in
order
of
battel
:
mean
time
they
agreed
among
themselves
to
send
the
Souldan
and
the
Queen
unto
Constantinople
,
Gandalin
having
charge
to
bring
them
thither
,
and
present
them
to
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
from
Amadis
and
Esplandian
,
who
thanked
them
most
heartily
.
And
before
he
returned
again
unto
the
●amp
,
a
souldier
of
Thrace
(
that
had
dwelt
in
Tartaria
above
twenty
year
together
)
came
and
yielded
himself
unto
the
Christians
,
and
told
King
Perion
and
Luisart
,
that
their
enemies
determined
the
next
day
in
the
morning
to
surprise
them
before
they
were
aware
,
whereof
they
advertised
the
Emperor
of
Constantinople
,
to
the
end
he
might
be
ready
.
There
were
in
the
City
forty
thousand
men
,
whereof
he
appointed
thirty
thousand
to
issue
forth
upon
the
enemies
rereward
,
as
soon
as
they
perceived
the
battel
once
begun
,
and
gave
likewise
intelligence
to
King
Childadan
and
Quedragant
,
that
his
spies
had
brought
him
news
that
Alphorax
had
unfurnished
his
ships
of
men
to
strengthen
their
army
on
land
,
trusting
to
the
straights
which
they
mean
to
kéep
,
hoping
thereby
to
sail
into
the
Majorque
seas
,
if
fortune
favor
not
their
enterprise
:
and
there
it
would
be
good
(
with
the
other
Christian
princes
advise
)
that
they
should
set
upon
him
,
and
that
Frandalo
with
his
Fléet
should
second
them
.
Which
news
understood
by
the
two
Generals
of
the
army
by
sea
,
they
sent
unto
King
Amadis
and
the
rest
of
the
Commanders
in
the
Camp
,
to
know
their
advise
:
whereunto
answer
was
returned
,
that
they
should
follow
the
opinion
of
the
Emperor
of
Constantinople
,
which
they
should
execute
upon
the
next
day
in
the
morning
:
whereupon
Frandalo
ceased
not
all
night
to
make
and
prepare
divers
kinds
of
artificial
fires
,
wherewith
he
made
account
to
burn
the
most
part
of
Alphorax
ships
,
which
he
did
,
as
hereafter
you
shall
hear
.
But
to
return
to
King
Armato
and
his
forces
:
About
an
hour
before
day
,
according
to
their
former
determinations
,
they
began
to
march
against
the
Christians
,
thinking
to
finde
them
sléeping
,
and
thereby
to
stay
their
watch
before
they
should
have
means
to
set
themselves
in
order
of
battel
.
Nevertheless
they
found
themselves
deceived
,
for
they
were
already
set
in
order
of
battel
,
standing
close
,
with
great
desire
to
receive
their
enemy
as
they
did
:
the
Emperor
of
Rome
had
the
vantguard
,
and
with
him
king
Luisart
:
King
Amadis
,
king
Perion
,
Galaor
,
and
Esplandian
the
main
battel
:
and
Florestan
,
Bruneo
,
and
Balan
,
the
rereguard
.
On
the
Pagans
side
there
marched
first
,
the
Souldan
of
Alaxa
,
thréescore
Knights
,
two
Califfes
,
and
four
Tamorlanes
,
that
in
great
fury
set
upon
the
Emperor
of
Rome
and
his
battel
:
where
at
their
first
arrival
many
a
brave
Knight
was
stroken
down
,
both
on
the
one
side
and
the
other
,
for
Esplandian
and
the
Christian
Princes
being
joyned
together
,
gave
not
one
blow
but
it
was
a
deadly
stroke
:
yet
at
the
first
they
were
repulsed
by
the
great
quantity
of
arrows
the
enemies
shot
against
them
,
which
flew
in
so
great
number
,
that
hailst●nes
never
fell
thicker
out
of
the
skies
:
wherby
it
fell
out
,
that
both
vantguard
,
main
battel
,
and
reregard
,
indured
much
pain
:
with
that
Norandel
,
Talanque
,
Manley
,
Trion
,
Landin
,
Licoran
,
Imosil
,
Palomir
,
Enil
,
Elian
,
and
to
conclude
,
all
Esplandians
companions
with
thirty
thousand
men
chosen
by
the
Emperor
,
issued
out
of
the
City
:
which
small
troop
(
resolutely
determined
)
did
so
abash
the
Pagans
,
that
in
a
manner
they
all
lost
their
courages
:
whereby
they
presently
began
to
recoil
as
far
back
as
they
advanced
themselves
,
wherewith
those
that
before
had
bin
in
fear
took
courage
again
,
and
turning
their
faces
on
the
enemy
,
recovered
the
ground
that
they
had
lost
,
in
such
sort
,
that
with
good
cause
they
might
well
cry
,
Victory
.
On
the
other
side
,
Quedragant
and
Childadan
setting
sail
,
made
towards
the
Straights
,
at
the
entry
whereof
Frandalo
overtook
them
with
fourscore
vessels
of
all
sorts
:
and
as
they
had
spoken
together
touching
their
enterprize
,
(
considering
the
great
power
of
their
enemies
)
it
was
agréed
that
Frandalo
(
that
had
proved
them
at
other
times
)
should
first
set
upon
them
:
wherewith
he
began
to
sail
forwards
,
and
Alphorax
likewise
against
him
,
giving
a
sign
of
battel
to
his
men
,
who
with
great
courage
entred
upon
ten
of
the
best
Gallies
the
Christians
had
,
and
sunk
them
in
the
sea
:
yet
Frandalo
nought
abashed
,
set
fire
on
more
than
an
hundred
of
their
Ships
before
Childadan
entred
into
fight
:
but
not
long
after
,
he
and
Quedragant
came
unto
them
,
where
good
defence
prevailed
.
In
which
fight
they
continued
for
the
space
of
eight
hours
without
any
sign
upon
which
side
the
victory
would
fall
,
until
Quedragant
boarded
Alphorax
ship
,
and
entred
by
force
,
staying
all
that
were
therein
.
What
néed
I
stand
longer
to
discourse
?
The
Turks
séeing
their
Captain
dead
,
and
their
manifest
overthrow
before
their
faces
,
being
ready
to
fall
into
the
Christians
hands
,
began
to
flie
,
and
by
force
of
oars
entred
into
the
Majorque
sea
:
but
not
all
,
for
there
were
taken
,
burnt
,
and
drowned
about
two
or
thrée
hundred
Gallies
,
Galliasses
,
Foists
,
and
Brigandines
,
the
rest
saved
themselves
in
such
sort
as
you
heard
before
:
to
whom
night
was
so
much
assistant
,
that
the
chase
endured
not
so
long
as
else
it
would
have
done
.
Alphorax
dead
,
and
his
Army
overthrown
,
the
Christians
assembled
themselves
together
,
staying
to
hear
news
from
their
Army
on
land
,
which
in
the
mean
time
had
so
much
to
endure
,
that
wonder
it
was
how
they
could
hold
out
:
and
among
the
rest
the
good
old
King
Perion
and
Luisart
séeing
Esplandian
raging
like
a
lyon
followed
by
the
Hunters
,
would
not
leave
him
fearing
to
loose
him
,
and
so
long
they
followed
him
,
striking
both
on
the
right
side
and
the
left
,
that
they
found
themselves
inclosed
by
above
a
thousand
Turkish
horsemen
,
not
having
any
other
aid
than
Grumedan
Duke
of
Bristol
,
Guilan
,
Brandoyuas
,
Nicoran
of
the
silver
Bridge
,
Cendil
de
gonate
,
and
a
few
others
.
Surely
those
eight
or
nine
caused
those
that
met
them
to
buy
full
dearly
their
approach
,
as
not
being
the
first
danger
wherein
they
had
fallen
:
nevertheless
in
the
end
being
over
weary
and
sore
travelled
with
the
blows
they
had
given
and
received
,
they
were
clean
out
of
breath
,
and
the
worst
was
their
horses
were
slain
under
them
,
and
they
themselves
so
sore
wounded
,
that
they
were
all
slain
in
the
place
,
onely
Esplandian
that
in
a
maner
could
scarce
lift
up
his
arms
,
when
King
Amadis
his
father
with
a
great
number
of
French-men
found
him
there
:
whereat
the
battel
begun
fiercer
than
ever
it
had
béen
,
for
Amadis
and
his
company
séeing
the
Kings
dead
,
and
their
companions
lying
on
the
ground
,
and
Esplandian
fighting
in
the
middle
of
them
on
foot
,
they
were
in
a
maner
mad
,
and
therewith
made
such
slaughter
,
that
the
Turks
were
forced
to
separate
themselves
,
and
Esplandian
horsed
again
,
and
being
on
horseback
,
notwithstanding
all
his
wounds
,
●e
shewed
well
that
his
body
was
not
weary
,
for
he
followed
the
enemies
in
such
sort
,
(
moved
with
grief
to
sée
his
friends
dead
)
that
in
short
space
(
by
the
aid
of
his
father
and
the
rest
that
followed
him
)
he
forced
the
Souldan
of
Alaxa
and
his
soldiers
to
turn
their
backs
and
flie
,
and
in
his
flight
gave
him
such
a
blow
with
his
sword
upon
the
head
,
that
he
strake
him
dead
,
and
more
than
an
hundred
Pagans
with
him
:
Amadis
likewise
did
so
valiantly
,
with
all
the
knights
of
France
,
Great
Brittain
,
and
Sweathland
,
especially
the
king
of
Denmark
,
Talanque
,
Ambor
,
and
Norandel
,
that
wonder
it
was
to
sée
,
yet
had
their
valor
little
prevailed
without
the
aid
that
the
Emperor
of
Constantinople
brought
thither
,
with
a
great
Troop
of
Horse-men
that
the
Emperor
of
Rome
had
likewise
gathered
together
:
by
which
means
King
Armato
with
thirty
other
Kings
and
their
Retinue
,
were
clean
overthrown
,
and
the
most
part
of
them
put
to
the
sword
:
the
Christian
Knights
making
such
slaughter
,
that
the
blood
ran
about
the
field
in
such
abundance
,
as
if
it
had
rained
blood
a
whole
day
together
:
and
greater
had
the
abundance
béen
if
night
had
not
come
on
,
which
separated
them
,
the
Western
Princes
remaining
incamped
in
the
field
,
till
day
opened
,
that
they
might
accomplish
their
desires
.
Mean
time
Amadis
caused
Watch
and
Sentinels
to
be
set
in
all
places
,
because
he
had
béen
advertised
that
King
Armato
that
had
fled
away
,
assembled
his
men
by
little
and
little
,
which
to
do
he
caused
horns
and
drums
to
sound
throughout
the
field
,
making
fire
round
about
the
place
where
he
had
retired
,
sending
two
Knights
to
the
sea
side
to
know
what
had
happened
to
his
son
:
but
news
was
brought
him
that
he
was
slain
,
and
all
his
ships
burnt
and
drowned
,
except
fifty
or
thréescore
that
were
at
the
end
of
the
straights
of
the
Majorque
sea
,
staying
to
hear
news
of
him
:
assure
your selves
that
such
news
pleased
him
not
too
well
,
nevertheless
,
perceiving
it
more
convenient
to
supply
his
own
necessity
than
to
spend
the
time
in
sorrow
and
tears
,
he
called
such
captains
as
he
had
together
,
with
whom
he
determined
presently
to
depart
,
and
before
day
to
imbarque
that
small
number
of
men
that
rested
,
before
the
Christians
should
perceive
the
same
.
With
that
he
commanded
from
place
to
place
that
every
man
should
presently
retire
,
and
without
noise
make
towards
the
sea
:
where
being
arrived
,
they
entred
into
their
ships
flying
towards
Tartaria
in
all
the
haste
they
could
:
whereof
the
Emperor
of
Constantinople
being
advertised
,
sent
Frandalo
and
divers
Gallies
with
him
to
follow
them
,
but
all
in
vain
:
in
the
mean
time
the
hurt
Knights
and
soldiers
were
brought
into
the
City
,
and
the
dead
buried
each
according
to
his
degree
:
wherein
the
Emperor
shewed
great
affection
,
especially
as
touching
the
burial
of
the
Kings
Perion
and
Luisart
,
for
whom
,
Esplandian
(
coming
to
the
Empire
)
and
those
that
succeeded
after
him
,
caused
two
Pyramides
to
be
made
,
not
any
thing
inferior
to
those
which
sometime
were
erected
in
the
City
of
Memphis
,
as
well
for
the
Kings
Miris
,
Chemnis
,
as
others
:
and
hard
by
them
they
buried
the
bodies
of
the
valiant
knights
Balan
,
Helian
,
Polimner
,
Enil
,
Grumedan
,
the
good
old
man
,
and
divers
other
knights
that
died
in
that
battel
,
fighting
in
the
defence
of
the
faith
of
Iesus
Christ
,
with
whom
their
blessed
souls
do
now
remain
in
joy
.
And
because
no
mention
hath
béen
made
of
Quéen
Calafre
since
her
captivity
,
neither
of
the
aid
that
she
had
brought
unto
the
Pagan
kings
,
it
séemeth
th●
reason
that
I
should
declare
the
occasion
why
her
women
fought
not
with
the
rest
:
you
must
understand
,
that
the
Quéen
perceiving
her
in
one
day
to
be
taken
not
onely
with
the
love
of
the
knight
Esplandian
,
but
by
the
force
of
his
father
king
Amadis
,
not
long
after
she
had
béen
in
the
company
of
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
to
whom
Gandalin
brought
her
,
she
sent
unto
her
Sister
Lyote
to
will
her
with
her
women
to
return
to
sea
,
keeping
a
part
from
all
the
Pagans
,
without
once
stirring
from
thence
,
for
any
thing
whatsoever
should
fall
,
till
she
received
further
news
from
her
,
which
was
partly
the
cause
of
the
enemies
overthrow
:
for
they
doubting
some
treason
,
being
separated
in
that
sort
,
from
that
time
forward
were
in
some
fear
and
in
greater
suspition
than
before
:
and
not
without
cause
,
for
that
if
Lyote
had
aided
king
Armato
both
by
sea
and
land
,
as
she
might
have
done
,
if
her
sister
had
not
forbidden
her
,
it
is
likely
her
esquadron
of
women
being
twenty
thousand
strong
and
somewhat
more
,
had
done
great
mischief
to
the
Christians
:
but
God
of
his
goodness
provided
better
for
them
.
CHAP.
LIIII
.
How
after
the
Pagans
were
driven
out
of
Thrace
,
the
Emperor
of
Constantinople
renouncing
his
Empire
,
invested
Esplandian
therewith
,
marrying
him
to
his
daughter
the
princess
Leonorine
.
THe
Obsequies
and
Funerals
of
the
Kings
,
Princes
,
Lords
and
others
,
that
died
in
the
battel
,
being
finished
,
the
wounded
cured
,
and
all
things
set
at
rest
:
the
Emperor
of
Constantinople
knowing
that
Amadis
and
those
that
were
come
with
him
from
the
Western
parts
,
would
return
again
into
their
countries
,
desired
them
to
assemble
,
shewing
them
that
his
meaning
was
to
let
them
know
what
he
determined
to
do
before
they
went
from
thence
?
The
next
day
in
the
morning
they
all
met
in
the
Emperors
great
hall
,
and
he
standing
in
the
middest
,
spake
unto
them
and
said
:
My
brethren
,
Lords
,
and
good
friends
,
the
bond
wherein
I
stand
bounden
unto
you
is
so
great
,
that
although
it
hath
pleased
God
to
make
me
Emperor
of
all
Grecia
,
yet
I
am
well
assured
,
it
is
far
beyond
my
poor
ability
to
satisfie
you
for
the
same
,
estéeming
the
honor
and
riches
that
I
now
have
(
next
under
God
)
be
it
little
or
much
,
to
procéed
from
you
:
I
am
now
thréescore
years
of
age
,
wholly
aged
and
decrepit
,
by
reason
of
the
pains
that
in
my
youthful
years
I
have
continually
taken
in
following
arms
:
so
it
is
I
have
but
one
child
,
which
is
a
Daughter
,
the
onely
staff
and
hope
of
my
old
years
,
whom
I
have
determined
(
if
you
think
good
)
to
give
in
marriage
unto
the
valiant
Knight
Esplandian
,
and
with
her
likewise
to
invest
him
with
the
Empire
and
Government
of
all
my
Countreys
.
And
the
better
to
live
solitarily
,
and
to
separate
my self
from
worldly
company
,
I
have
determined
to
go
(
with
the
Emperess
my
Wife
)
into
the
Monastery
that
I
caused
to
be
made
,
there
to
live
religiously
,
calling
upon
God
,
and
doing
pennance
for
the
evils
I
have
committed
heretofore
.
Wherefore
my
good
Lord
and
friends
I
pray
you
,
if
this
my
determination
like
you
well
,
let
every
man
give
consent
,
and
you
first
(
said
he
unto
king
Amadis
)
to
whom
the
matter
toucheth
nearer
than
to
any
of
the
rest
,
as
being
father
and
son
.
My
Lord
(
said
he
)
my
son
shall
do
as
you
command
him
.
I
will
tell
you
(
said
the
Emperor
)
I
remember
that
among
other
Prophecies
which
ought
to
happen
in
this
our
time
,
there
is
one
that
maketh
me
(
as
I
think
)
agrée
with
you
in
one
consent
.
Esplandian
hath
on
his
body
(
as
I
have
understood
)
certain
characters
,
which
shew
his
name
and
others
that
in
no
wise
can
be
read
,
but
only
by
the
woman
that
is
ordained
to
be
his
wife
,
let
us
now
sée
if
it
be
my
daughter
or
not
:
with
that
he
sent
for
the
Princess
Leonorine
,
who
being
brought
thither
by
the
Emperess
and
divers
other
Ladies
,
the
Emperor
desired
Esplandian
,
to
open
his
doublet
and
shew
them
the
letters
he
had
born
upon
his
body
from
his
mothers
womb
,
which
he
refused
not
,
but
before
them
all
shewed
them
openly
,
where
every
man
might
easily
perceive
the
white
characters
,
containing
this
word
Esplandian
but
they
could
not
know
the
red
:
wherefore
the
Emperor
caused
his
Daughter
to
come
néer
,
asking
her
what
she
could
do
therein
?
My
Lord
(
said
she
)
not
long
before
Melie
betrayed
Urganda
,
she
and
I
being
alone
in
my
chamber
,
she
sent
to
fetch
one
of
the
books
that
had
bin
taken
from
her
,
covered
with
gold
,
whereon
the
Enchantress
was
engraven
,
and
I
remember
that
I
saw
therein
the
like
characters
that
Esplandian
beareth
on
his
body
,
and
over
them
their
signification
,
which
is
nothing
else
but
his
name
and
mine
.
Daughter
(
said
the
Emperor
)
if
you
have
the
book
still
,
cause
it
to
be
brought
hither
:
whereunto
she
obeyed
.
The
book
being
brought
,
she
shewed
him
the
place
that
Melie
had
read
unto
her
,
containing
that
which
followeth
:
The
happy
knight
that
shal
conquer
the
sword
and
the
great
treasure
inchanted
by
me
,
shall
from
his
mothers
womb
bear
his
name
in
white
characters
,
and
the
name
of
her
that
shal
be
his
wife
in
red
characters
upon
his
body
,
which
red
characters
shal
be
so
difficult
to
understand
,
that
no
man
living
in
that
time
,
how
wise
or
learned
soever
he
be
,
shall
express
the
same
without
he
see
this
book
,
which
will
teach
him
what
the
seven
characters
do
signifie
,
representing
the
seven
words
that
follow
,
Leonorine
Daughter
of
the
Emperor
of
Greece
.
In
good
faith
(
said
the
Emperor
)
here
is
a
strange
case
,
and
sheweth
well
that
the
Enchantress
Lady
had
more
knowledge
in
art
magick
,
then
any
that
lived
in
her
time
:
&
séeing
my
daughter
hath
so
well
divined
,
I
am
determined
that
you
(
said
he
to
the
Archbishop
of
Thrace
)
do
grant
unto
Esplandian
that
which
nature
before
his
birth
had
promised
to
him
,
which
is
my
daughter
Leonorine
.
By
which
means
the
marriage
was
solemnised
and
finished
the
same
day
with
no
great
ceremonies
,
the
Court
being
as
yet
troubled
for
the
death
of
so
many
princes
and
great
Lords
that
were
slain
in
the
battel
.
But
let
it
suffice
to
know
,
that
those
two
Lovers
enjoyed
the
thing
which
they
so
long
desired
,
Esplandian
the
same
day
being
proclaimed
Emperor
of
Greece
,
according
to
the
commandment
of
his
father
in
law
:
who
within
two
months
after
,
with
the
Empress
his
wife
,
went
to
a
monastery
and
place
of
devotion
.
And
because
quéen
Calafre
had
always
pretended
to
marry
with
Esplandian
,
perceiving
her
intent
frustrate
,
she
could
not
refrain
to
speak
in
presence
of
thē
all
,
&
said
unto
them
:
My
Lord
,
I
beséech
you
give
me
leave
to
declare
my
mind
.
It
is
certain
(
said
she
)
that
those
which
know
me
are
not
ignorant
that
I
am
one
of
the
greatest
&
most
puissant
princess
in
all
the
east
parts
,
by
reason
of
the
great
quantity
of
gold
and
precious
stones
that
are
within
my
countries
.
As
touching
my
linage
,
I
am
daughter
of
a
Quéen
of
ancient
race
,
and
as
noble
as
any
that
ever
was
in
the
world
:
so
it
is
that
fortune
brought
me
into
these
marches
,
promising
me
shortly
to
return
laden
with
great
number
of
slaves
and
abundance
of
treasure
:
but
to
the
contrary
,
I
that
pretended
and
sought
the
captivity
of
others
,
finde
my self
taken
and
better
holden
prisoner
then
they
that
are
in
their
mortal
enemies
hands
.
This
imprisonment
whereof
I
speak
,
is
not
that
whereunto
I
am
bound
by
the
faith
I
have
given
unto
king
Amadis
,
having
vanquished
me
by
force
,
which
I
certainly
know
to
be
wholly
subject
to
fortune
:
but
the
imprisonment
whereof
▪
I
now
complain
,
is
that
wherein
my
heart
hath
inclosed
it self
,
and
hath
the
onely
moving
by
the
sole
beauty
and
favor
I
have
found
in
the
new
and
most
happy
Emperor
,
estéeming
my self
to
be
such
,
that
I
hoped
(
leaving
my
law
to
accept
of
yours
)
to
have
had
him
for
my
lord
and
husband
,
although
my
hope
by
little
and
little
began
to
diminish
,
when
I
perceived
the
Princess
Leonorine
to
be
more
recommended
in
al
perfections
then
any
that
ever
I
heard
of
,
or
ever
have
séen
:
so
that
(
speaking
against
my self
)
it
had
béen
impossible
to
finde
a
more
equal
match
,
nor
more
conformable
one
unto
the
other
,
then
the
marriage
of
them
together
:
which
maketh
me
believe
that
fortune
extendeth
wholly
to
eternize
this
my
passion
,
wherein
I
will
(
if
I
can
)
s●
much
impeach
her
,
that
forgetting
my
first
affection
,
and
if
it
will
please
him
to
give
me
another
husband
worthy
my
estate
,
I
will
accept
it
willingly
together
with
baptism
and
the
law
of
Christ
,
which
you
do
hold
.
When
the
Emperor
Esplandian
saw
her
good
pretence
,
he
began
to
comfort
her
in
the
best
manner
he
could
,
and
calling
Talanque
(
a
fair
lusty
and
well
disposed
Gentleman
)
he
said
unto
the
Quéen
:
Madam
,
this
Gentlewoman
I
offer
unto
you
,
is
my
cousin
,
and
son
unto
King
Galaor
,
one
of
the
best
knights
as
I
think
living
in
the
world
,
I
pray
you
at
my
request
refuse
him
not
for
your
lord
and
husband
,
assuring
you
,
that
I
know
no
Princess
(
how
great
soever
she
be
)
living
in
the
world
,
but
might
content
her self
with
him
.
The
Quéen
beheld
him
with
so
good
affection
,
that
she
easily
believed
Esplandian
,
and
said
unto
him
:
Vpon
your
word
my
Lord
I
will
accept
of
him
,
and
from
this
time
forward
yield
my self
to
be
his
wife
,
and
will
for
his
sake
do
so
much
,
that
the
Island
wherein
I
and
others
my
predecessors
would
not
suffer
a
man
to
live
,
shall
from
henceforth
be
governed
by
him
as
other
c●untries
are
by
their
Kings
and
Princes
.
And
because
her
sister
Liote
was
not
at
that
assembly
▪
but
with
her
ships
lying
in
the
straights
(
as
Quéen
Calafre
had
commanded
her
as
you
heard
before
)
she
desired
the
Emperor
to
send
for
her
,
who
presently
sent
the
admiral
Tartary
to
fetch
her
:
she
being
come
,
and
having
heard
her
sisters
mind
,
easily
agréed
thereto
,
and
by
the
same
meanes
was
married
to
Manley
the
wise
,
both
espoused
at
one
time
,
and
being
baptised
,
caused
all
their
army
to
do
the
like
:
which
done
,
not
long
after
those
new
married
couples
taking
their
leaves
of
the
Kings
,
Princes
,
Lords
,
Ladies
,
and
Gentlewomen
of
the
Court
,
they
imbarqued
themselves
,
Manley
having
with
him
the
vessels
wherein
Childadan
his
father
arrived
in
the
east
,
and
Talanque
those
of
king
Galaor
,
which
they
caused
to
be
fraighted
and
laden
with
all
things
necessary
for
so
strange
a
country
.
And
setting
sail
for
Californie
,
not
without
great
trouble
,
(
which
in
the
end
they
overcame
)
they
arrived
in
safety
,
where
afterward
they
had
many
battels
with
their
neighbors
bordering
about
them
,
whom
they
overcame
,
augmenting
their
dominions
with
many
great
lands
and
territories
.
But
because
the
subject
of
our
History
is
not
further
to
intreat
of
them
,
we
will
for
this
present
leave
them
to
go
on
with
that
which
afterward
was
done
in
the
City
of
Constantinople
.
You
heard
before
of
the
love
of
Norandel
and
Quéen
Minoresse
,
that
daily
increased
in
them
more
and
more
,
which
the
Empress
knowing
full
well
,
caused
them
to
be
married
together
,
the
Emperor
giving
to
Norandel
the
Castle
of
the
defended
mountain
,
with
the
towns
of
Alfarin
and
Galatia
,
for
the
which
he
recompenced
Frandalo
with
the
rich
,
fertile
and
well
peopled
Isles
of
Galatines
.
Mean
time
the
Emperor
Esplandian
not
forgetting
the
imprisonment
of
Urganda
,
one
day
among
the
rest
(
not
long
before
the
Princes
of
the
West
imbarqued
themselves
to
return
into
their
countries
)
he
shewed
them
in
what
sort
Melie
had
taken
her
away
,
and
by
inchantment
carried
her
to
the
great
city
of
Tesifant
,
where
he
held
her
prisoner
in
a
great
tower
,
desiring
them
most
earnestly
to
give
him
counsel
what
he
might
do
therein
.
Son
(
said
king
Amadis
)
it
were
good
you
sent
unto
Armato
to
offer
him
for
her
the
Souldan
of
Liquie
that
is
your
prisoner
:
and
if
he
refuse
you
so
to
do
,
we
will
enter
into
his
country
and
fetch
her
thence
by
force
.
Whereunto
they
al
agréed
,
so
that
without
longer
delay
Carmelle
was
sent
to
Tesifant
,
i●barquing
her self
with
four
squires
,
and
thrée
gentlewomen
,
and
with
a
good
wind
arrived
at
the
castle
of
the
defended
mountain
,
where
she
remained
certain
days
,
staying
for
king
Armatos
pasport
which
by
one
of
her
women
she
sent
to
fetch
,
who
found
Armato
as
melancholly
as
might
be
,
féeling
as
yet
his
fortune
past
,
specially
the
death
of
his
son
Alphorax
,
which
without
ceasing
he
continually
lamented
.
With
that
the
gentlewoman
gave
him
to
understand
the
cause
of
her
arrival
,
wherewith
he
was
so
well
pleased
,
that
presently
he
caused
Carmelles
safe
conduct
to
be
made
,
and
giving
it
to
the
messenger
,
said
unto
her
:
My
friend
,
return
unto
your
mistriss
and
assure
her
from
me
,
that
she
may
come
unto
my
court
as
often
as
it
pleaseth
her
,
remembring
well
the
pleasures
she
shewed
unto
me
during
my
imprisonment
.
The
gentlewoman
thanked
him
most
heartily
,
and
returned
to
Carmelle
:
who
within
few
days
after
went
to
Tesifant
to
Armato
,
where
she
declared
at
large
the
effect
of
her
embassage
,
which
heard
by
king
Armato
and
considring
with
himself
,
that
for
Urganda
he
might
recover
one
of
his
greatest
friends
,
and
thereby
cause
the
Christian
Princes
for
a
time
to
refrain
the
overrunning
of
his
country
,
sent
presently
for
Melie
,
desiring
her
in
all
affection
(
for
his
sake
)
to
grant
to
his
desire
and
the
pleasure
of
the
Christians
,
considring
the
offer
made
by
them
was
both
advantage
unto
him
and
his
.
Melie
desirous
to
please
Armato
,
brake
her
inchantments
,
and
without
delay
Urganda
was
delivered
unto
Carmelle
,
upon
condition
,
that
she
being
arrived
in
the
city
of
Constantinople
,
should
likewise
set
the
Souldan
of
Liquie
at
liberty
,
which
she
swore
and
promised
to
do
:
which
done
,
taking
their
leave
of
Armato
,
they
travelled
so
long
,
that
they
came
unto
the
castle
the
defended
mountain
,
where
Urganda
caused
them
to
leave
Carmelles
ship
to
enter
into
the
great
serpent
that
as
yet
she
found
there
,
which
presently
of
it self
began
to
sail
,
as
it
had
always
done
before
Urganda
was
in
prison
,
in
such
manner
,
that
without
impeachment
they
arrived
in
the
Haven
of
Constantinople
,
where
the
Princes
and
lords
being
on
shoar
,
descended
to
the
water
side
to
receive
Urganda
:
And
thinking
to
bring
her
to
the
palace
,
she
desired
them
to
stay
there
till
a
prophesie
were
accomplished
,
that
should
be
done
before
the
sun
went
down
,
which
they
agréed
unto
:
not
onely
to
please
her
mind
,
but
likewise
desiring
to
sée
what
it
should
be
.
With
that
they
were
abashed
that
the
great
serpent
began
to
leap
and
labor
in
the
water
,
as
if
it
had
bin
in
the
greatest
storm
that
ever
was
,
although
the
sea
was
very
calm
,
but
only
about
the
serpent
,
where
it
raged
in
most
horrible
maner
,
but
that
which
most
abashed
the
beholders
was
,
that
the
vessel
cast
forth
such
horrible
cries
,
that
not
one
among
them
but
his
hair
stood
upright
upon
his
head
for
fear
.
And
having
continued
in
the
maner
about
half
an
hour
&
more
,
the
serpent
thrust
his
head
into
the
water
,
wherewith
it
sunk
and
never
was
séen
again
And
with
that
they
perceived
a
far
off
a
great
rock
,
which
being
driven
by
the
waves
,
came
within
half
a
bow
shot
néer
unto
the
shore
,
on
the
top
whereof
stood
a
woman
bareheaded
,
and
c●vered
only
with
a
linen
cloth
to
hide
her
privities
,
being
invironned
by
more
then
a
thousand
serpents
as
well
great
as
small
,
which
stung
her
in
such
sort
,
that
she
wept
&
lamented
in
most
pittiful
maner
,
wherat
the
knights
of
great
Brittain
had
so
much
compassion
,
that
they
thought
to
enter
into
the
ships
,
to
go
&
help
her
:
which
Urganda
forbad
them
.
For
(
said
she
)
besides
the
dangers
that
may
happen
,
you
shall
lose
your
labors
,
because
she
whom
you
behold
(
which
is
the
inchantress
lady
)
hath
ordained
it
to
be
s●
.
With
that
the
rock
sunk
into
the
water
&
the
gentlewoman
vanished
out
of
sight
,
but
not
long
after
she
appeared
again
upon
the
waves
,
flying
from
the
fury
of
a
monster
of
the
sea
,
that
with
his
throat
open
followed
after
,
ready
to
devour
her
,
in
such
manner
,
that
she
came
right
un●o
the
haven
,
crying
with
a
loud
voice
unto
Esplandian
:
Gentle
Emperor
,
I
pray
you
help
me
for
none
but
you
can
do
it
:
wherewith
Esplandian
stepped
forward
,
and
holding
the
sword
he
conquered
in
the
old
pallace
of
the
inchanted
R●ck
in
his
hand
,
ran
unto
her
,
and
thinking
to
go
neer
the
Monster
the
Gentlewoman
that
fled
from
it
,
caught
hold
of
his
sword
,
and
whether
he
would
or
not
took
it
away
,
wherewith
she
threw
her self
into
the
sea
,
and
the
monster
after
her
.
Whereat
every
man
began
to
laugh
,
saying
to
the
Emperor
,
that
if
a
gentlewoman
had
predestinated
the
same
unto
him
,
and
kept
it
long
time
,
another
gentlewomen
or
she
her self
upon
a
sudden
had
taken
it
from
him
again
.
With
that
Urganda
was
led
unto
the
palace
,
accompanied
by
the
Emperor
with
all
the
kings
and
knights
:
where
not
long
after
the
Souldan
of
Liquie
was
delivered
and
sent
to
Tesifant
,
and
about
the
beginning
of
the
next
wéek
after
the
western
pinces
took
shipping
:
and
being
imbarqued
with
Urganda
(
recommending
the
Emperor
to
God
)
sailed
forwards
,
till
at
the
last
every
man
arrived
at
his
desired
haven
,
namely
king
Amadis
,
that
found
Oriane
very
sad
for
the
death
of
her
mother
newly
deceased
,
which
much
more
increased
when
she
knew
her
father
king
Luisart
was
dead
.
But
in
the
end
,
time
made
her
to
forget
her
sorrow
,
but
not
so
soon
as
Amadis
could
have
wished
.
CHAP.
LV.
How
the
Emperor
Esplandian
sent
Norandel
to
take
possession
of
the
country
he
had
given
him
,
and
of
the
taking
of
Tesifant
.
NOt
long
after
the
western
princes
were
departed
into
their
countries
,
the
Emperor
Esplandian
would
that
Norandel
should
go
unto
the
Castle
of
the
defended
mountain
,
and
other
towns
that
he
had
given
him
,
to
make
war
against
king
Armato
,
for
which
cause
he
gave
him
a
great
number
of
soldiers
,
with
the
which
to
make
short
he
assailed
the
king
of
Turky
,
and
had
battel
together
,
wherein
many
a
valiant
knight
lost
their
lives
:
nevertheless
,
the
victory
fell
on
Norandels
side
,
whereby
he
caused
Armato
to
fly
away
,
retiring
to
his
city
of
Tesifant
,
which
being
known
unto
the
Emperor
,
he
departed
from
Constantinople
,
and
with
a
great
army
going
into
Turky
,
joyned
with
Norandels
power
,
and
besieged
Tesifant
,
but
fear
seized
so
wel
upon
Armato
,
that
he
found
means
to
flie
away
,
and
leave
the
town
,
which
not
long
after
was
taken
,
and
the
Princess
Heliaxe
brought
unto
the
emperor
,
who
used
her
courteously
,
and
sent
her
again
unto
her
fathr
,
Ampheon
king
of
Medea
,
giving
her
divers
rich
Presents
.
News
being
spread
throughout
the
country
of
Turky
of
the
fight
of
king
Armato
,
as
also
of
the
taking
of
Tesifant
,
divers
towns
and
cities
yielded
to
Esplandian
,
that
gave
them
likewise
to
Norandel
:
&
because
winter
came
on
he
returned
into
Thrace
,
where
two
of
his
nephews
,
sons
of
Galaor
came
to
visit
him
,
and
to
receive
the
order
of
knighthood
:
which
he
gave
unto
them
with
both
armor
&
horses
,
minding
to
request
them
to
travel
to
Tesifant
unto
Norandel
,
there
to
begin
their
first
intrance
into
arms
,
but
they
desired
rather
to
take
the
way
to
Californie
,
where
Manley
and
Talanque
had
great
war
against
their
neighbors
;
which
the
Emperor
perceiving
,
caused
all
things
necessary
for
so
long
a
voyage
to
be
given
them
,
with
so
good
Pilots
,
that
in
the
end
they
arrived
at
their
desired
Haven
,
where
they
attained
to
great
honor
and
estimation
among
the
best
Knights
.
But
not
to
enter
further
to
discourse
of
them
,
we
will
for
this
present
let
them
rest
.
And
let
it
suffice
you
to
know
,
how
that
as
time
passed
,
Perion
succéeded
in
his
fathers
seat
,
and
Garinter
married
in
the
east
parts
with
Heletria
quéen
of
Citharee
,
and
was
the
best
knight
in
all
the
world
.
And
because
it
is
declared
at
large
in
the
sixth
and
seventh
books
of
this
our
Histdry
,
we
will
pass
it
over
at
this
time
.
CHAP.
LVI
.
How
Vrganda
sent
to
desire
king
Amadis
,
the
Emperor
Esplandian
,
Don
Galaor
king
of
Sobradise
,
and
others
,
to
come
unto
the
Firm
Isle
,
and
of
the
marvellous
inchantments
that
she
made
over
them
.
URganda
being
in
her
Isle
not
as
yet
discovered
,
taking
great
pleasure
to
read
Melies
Books
,
knew
by
her
art
death
to
be
near
unto
the
Kings
and
Princes
whom
she
most
loved
,
and
haing
great
sorrow
that
worms
should
consume
the
flesh
of
so
valiant
Knights
,
devised
to
prevent
the
same
,
which
to
do
she
took
sea
,
accompanied
of
her
two
cousins
Juliande
and
Solisde
,
with
divers
other
Gentlewomen
,
and
went
unto
the
Firm
Isle
,
where
being
arrived
,
she
sent
to
the
Emperor
Esplandian
,
Amadis
,
Galaor
,
Florestan
,
Agraies
,
and
Gransador
,
praying
them
most
earnestly
to
come
unto
her
to
the
palace
of
Apolidon
,
for
matter
that
touched
them
most
near
,
otherwise
she
sent
them
word
,
if
they
did
it
not
,
that
before
long
time
past
evil
would
happen
unto
them
,
and
that
master
Elizabeth
should
bring
with
him
the
book
that
he
made
of
the
Adventures
of
the
knights
living
in
his
time
,
as
also
that
they
should
the
space
of
thrée
quarters
of
an
hour
,
those
whom
she
had
caused
to
sit
down
(
as
you
heard
before
)
remained
in
a
trance
without
all
knowledge
,
as
if
they
had
béen
dead
:
and
with
that
there
appeared
a
cloud
so
obscure
and
thick
which
invironed
the
place
,
that
never
after
it
could
be
séen
,
till
Luisart
of
Greece
son
to
Esplandian
brought
that
inchantment
to
an
end
,
by
means
of
a
sword
which
he
conquered
,
as
it
shall
be
declared
to
you
in
the
sixt
Book
:
wherein
is
described
one
of
the
most
pleasant
and
delectable
Histories
that
ever
was
read
.
At
which
time
all
the
Princes
,
and
the
rest
were
revived
again
,
and
not
before
.
The
Emperor
Esplandian
at
that
time
had
a
son
after
his
grandfathers
name
called
Luisart
,
as
then
about
the
age
of
eight
years
:
King
Amadis
a
son
and
a
daughter
,
the
son
named
Perion
,
and
the
daughter
Brisene
that
married
the
eldest
son
of
the
Emperor
of
Rome
:
King
Galaor
two
sons
,
the
one
named
Perion
,
and
other
Garinter
,
of
whom
I
have
shewed
you
before
:
Florestan
the
King
of
Sardaigne
two
sons
,
the
one
named
Florestan
after
his
father
,
that
raigned
after
him
,
and
the
other
Palmindan
of
Almain
after
his
grandfather
:
Agrayes
Earl
of
Salandry
two
sons
,
the
one
called
Languines
,
the
other
Galmenes
:
King
Brewneo
one
son
named
Vallade
,
and
a
daughter
named
Helisenne
that
married
Quedragants
son
,
and
bare
his
fathers
name
:
King
Childadan
two
sons
,
the
eldest
called
Abies
of
Ireland
after
his
grandfather
,
whom
Amadis
slew
the
first
day
he
entred
into
Knighthood
.
And
although
these
princes
left
such
heirs
as
you
heard
before
,
yet
would
they
not
during
their
fathers
absence
,
take
on
them
the
names
or
titles
of
Kings
,
h●ping
by
Gods
help
,
that
they
should
once
return
as
well
as
ever
they
were
.
For
the
which
cause
they
having
attained
to
the
age
and
strength
to
bear
arms
,
passed
into
Ireland
,
there
to
be
made
Knights
b●
King
Childadan
,
being
as
then
very
weak
and
withered
with
age
:
which
done
,
they
followed
strange
adventures
,
doing
many
valiant
feats
of
Arms
,
which
are
at
large
declared
in
the
Book
that
follow
,
which
in
time
may
come
unto
your
hands
,
when
it
pleaseth
God
.
FINIS
.